SYNOPSIS
OF

THE

CONTENTS
OF THE

BRITISH MUSEUM.

FORTY-SECOND EDITION.

LONDON:
P R I N T E D BY

w.

WOOD&ALL AND SON,

ANGEL COURT, SKINNER

1840,

STREET*

T H E PUBLIC are apprised that this Synopsis is merely intended for the
use of Persons who take a cursory view of the Museum. The following
is a List of the more ample descriptions of several parts of the Collection,
most of which may be purchased at the Museum, and of Messrs. Longman and Co.} Payne and Foss, W . Pickering, and Do Colnaghh

Description of the Ancient Terracottas, by Taylor Combe, 1810, &to0
£1 lls.Gd.
Marbles, Part 1, by the same, 1812, 4to c
£ 1 55.
Part 2, 1815, 4to. £ 2 12s. M.
Part 3, 1818, 4to. £ 1 10s.
Part 4, 1820, 4to. £2 2s.
Part 5, by E . Hawkins, 1826, 4to. £ 1 Is,
. Part 6, by C. R. Cockerell, 1830, 4to»
£ 2 2s.
Part 7, by E . Hawkins, 1835, 4to. £2 2s.
Part 8, by the same, 1889, 4to. £3 3s.
Veterum Populorum et Regum Numi qui in Museo Britannico adservantur, ed. Taylor Combe, 1814, 4to. £ 4 4s.
A Catalogue of the Anglo-Gallic Coins, by Edward Hawkins, 1826, 4to,
£1 4s,
_ Library of Printed Books, by H . Ellis, and Rev. H,H . Baber, 1813—1819, 7 vol. 8vo. £ 4 4s.
.
Cottonian M S S . by J . Planta, 1802, fol.
.
.
Harleian M S S . by H . Wanley and Rev, R. Nares,
1808, 3 vol. fol. With a 4th Vol. of Index.
MSS. of the King's Library, by David Casley, 1734,
4to.
— MSS. heretofore undescribed, by Rev. S„ Ayscough,
1782, 2 vols. 4to.
_ _
_ Lansdown MSS. fol. by F . Douce and H , Ellis,
1819. fol.
—.
" M S S . formerly F . Hargrave 5 s ? by H . Ellis, 1818,
4to. 12s.
Fac Simile of the Codex Alexandrinus, 3 vol. fol. £ 1 8 .
A Catalogue of the Geographical and Topographical Collection attached to
the Library of King George I I I . 1829, 2 vol. 8vo. £ l 4s.
Nummi Veteres in Museo R. P . Knight asservati, ab ipso ordine geo~
graphico descripti, 1830, 4to. £l 15s.
A Catalogue of the Arundel Manuscripts, fol. 1834. £ 1 8s.; or with
coloured Plates, £ 4 14s. 6d.
Catalogus Codicum Manuscriptorum Orientalium qui in Museo Britan~
nico asservantur. Pars Prima, codices Syriacos et Carshunicos amplectens. fol. 1838. 12s.
Description of the Greek Papyri in the British Museum, Part I. 1839 ?
4to. 10s.

CONTENTS.
Page
1

FOUNDATION and Notice of the Buildings
Rooms
I—XVI.

LOWER ROOMS.
GROUND FLOOR

.

.

.

.

U P P E R FLOOR.
I.
Artificial Curiosities from different Countries
5
I I . I I I . I V . Sloane and Banksian Collections of Dried Plants
12
Working Rooms of the Natural History DepartV. V I . V I I .
ment
.
.
.
.
.
12
VIII.
Impressions from Ancient Seals, Hindoo Bronzes, &c. 12
SALOON.
Collection of Quadrupeds
.
.
. 1 8
Room I X .
Quadrupeds, Amphibia, Crustacea, & c , in Spirits
24
Reptiles •
.
.
.
.
. 2 8
X.
Collection of Fish
.
.
.
. 4 4
XL
.
. 5 7
X I I . X I I I . The contents under re-arrangement
N O R T H E R N ZOOLOGICAL GALLERY.
Room I .
Sponges and Corallines
*
Radiated Animals
II. III.
I V . V.
Annulose Animals
EASTERN ZOOLOGICAL GALLERY
NORTH

.

G A L L E R Y . Mineralogy and Geology, including
Secondary Fossils
.
.
.
.

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.
Room I .
Terracottas
II.
Greek and Roman Sculptures .
III.
Ditto
.
.
.
.
IV.
Ditto
.
.
V.
Roman Sepulchral Antiquities
Sir T . Lawrence's Collection of Casts
VI.
Greek and Roman Sculptures
VII.
British Antiquities
VIII.
At present unoccupied .
IX.
Portland Vase
X.
Sir William Hamilton's Collection
XL
Greek and Roman Sculptures
XII.
Ditto
G R A N D C E N T R A L SALOON
ANTE-ROOM
,.
P H I G A L I A N SALOON
E L G I N SALOON
.
E G Y P T I A N SALOON
E G Y P T I A N ROOM .
ETRUSCAN ROOM
M E D A L ROOM

.

P R I N T ROOM

•

57
58
77

156
195
201
202
206
206
209
210
215
217
217
218
221
228
233
234
235
237
261
274
869
369
370

IN

the ENTRANCE

COURT of the Museum, sheltered by

<f the Colonnade, are
The remains of a Canoe found in 1834 at South Stoke in
Sussex, presented by the late Earl of Egremont;
A large wooden Idol from Otaheite, presented by Mr. W.
Howard; and
A sepulchral Stele, with a few architectural
part of the Elgin Collection,

fragments,

Near the steps of the main Building, fenced in, are placed
the Skulls and lower Jaws of the Spermaceti and Whalebone Whales, from the North Sea; together with several
Bones of the Southern Whalebone Whale, from the Cape
of Good Hope,

SYNOPSIS
OF T H E

CONTENTS OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
T H E FOUNDATION of the B R I T I S H M U S E U M
originated with the will of Sir H A N S SLQANE, who
during a long period of practice as a physician had
accumulated, in addition to a considerable Library
of Books and Manuscripts, the largest collection of
objects of Natural History and Works of Art of his
time. These he directed should be offered after his
death, which took place in 1753, to Parliament.
T h e offer was accepted : and the Act of 26 Geo. I I . ,
which directed the purchase, also directed the purchase of the Harleian Library of M a n u s c r i p t s ; and
enacted that the Cottonian Library, which had been
given to the Government for public use in the reign
of Will. I I I . , should, with these, form one General
Collection.
.In the spring of 1754 the mansion in Great R u s sell Street, then known as Montagu House, was
purchased as a repository for the whole. Between
1755 and 1759 the different Collections were removed into it, and it was determined that the new
Institution should bear the name of the B R I T I S H
MUSEUM,

Till the arrival of the E g y p t i a n Antiquities from
Alexandria in 1801, Montagu House was competent to the reception of all its acquisitions. T h e
Egyptian Monaments, most of them of too massive
a character for the floors of a private dwelling, first
B

2

suggested the necessity of an additional building,
rendered still more indispensable by the purchase of
the Townley Marbles in 1805. A Gallery adequate
to the reception of both was completed in 1807;
after which, although the Trustees meditated, and
had plans drawn for new buildings, none were undertaken till 1823, when, upon the donation from
his Majesty King George IV. of the Library collected by King George I I I . , the Government ordered drawings to be prepared for the erection of an
entire new Museum, a portion of one wing of which,
was to be occupied by the recently acquired Library. This wing, on the Eastern side of the then
Museum Garden, was finished in 1828; and the
Northern, and a part of the Western compartment of
a projected Square have been since completed. The
Tow7nley Gallery at present joins on to the centre of
the Western compartment: and Montagu House, the
old building of the Museum, continues to form the
general front.
On entering the Gate of the Museum from Great
Hussell Street, a quadrangle presents itself, with an
Ionic colonnade on the South side, and the main
building on the North; the side buildings beingallotted for the dwellings of the Officers.
The House itself measures two hundred and sixteen feet in length, and fifty-seven in height to the
top of the cornice. The architect, Peter Puget, a
native of Marseilles, and an artist of the first eminence in his time, was sent over from Paris by Ralph,
first Duke of Montagu/for the sole purpose of constructing this splendid mansion. It was the repetition of a building first designed in 1674 by Dr.
Hooke, wdiich was destroyed by fire in 1686.

3

GROUND FLOOR.
This floor, consisting of sixteen rooms, originally contained the Library of Printed Books*, now removed to
the North side of the New Square. These are at present
used as store and sorting-rooms.
The Entrance Hall contains
A statue in Marble of Shakspeare, by Roubilliac. Bequeathed to the British Museum, after the death of hh
Widow, by David Garrich, Esq.
A statue of the Hon. Anne Seymour Darner, holding in
her hands a small figure of the Genius of the Thames.
Presented by Lord Frederick Campbell.
A gilt figure of Gaudma, a Burmese idol; and the symbolical representation of his foot. Both presented by Capt.
Marry at, R.N.
Against the pier between the iron Gates which lead to
the staircase, is a statue of the late Sir Joseph Banks,
by Chantrey. It represents him seated in an arm-chair,
holding a scroll in his left hand. The figure is raised
upon a marble pedestal. Presented by the personal
Friends, at whose expense the statue was made.
On the other side of the pier, is a specimen of Hindoo
sculpture, discovered in 1809/ near the banks of the
sacred river Nerbudda; a fragment, probably, of an
ancient temple. Presented by D. D. Inglis, Esq.
Before the window on the left, adjoining the messenger's
small room, is a Hippopotamus. Presented by the Trustees of the Hunterian Collection of the Royal College of
Surgeons.
By the side of the staircase, in the passage leading to
the Gallery of Antiquities, are three specimens of the
genus Rhinoceros, from Southern Africa,—viz., R. Ketloa
—R. African us, young—and R. Simus.
* An Alphabetical Catalogue of this Library was printed n the year
1787, in two volumes folio; and another published, in seven volumes
8vo, 1813—1819, containing, as far as possible, the accessions to the
latter year. A Catalogue of the Royal Library, givento the Museum in
1823, was printed in rive volumes folio, and privately distributed, by orde*
of his late Majesty King George the Fourth. A new and more com
prehensive Catalogue of the whole Library is preparing, and at press.

4

STAIRCASE.

The landscapes and architectural decorations of the
Great Staircase are by Jacques Rousseau, whose skill in
perspective was held in high estimation. The paintings
on the ceiling, representing Phaeton petitioning Apollo
for leave to drive his chariot, are by Charles de la Fosse,
who, in his time, was deemed one of the best colourists
of the French school, and of whom there are many
valuable performances in France.
On the first landing place, is a Llama from South
America, where it is used as a beast of burthen; presented by Charles Darvoi?i, Esq.
Above the Llama is a specimen of the Stag (Cervus
elephas, Linn.). Presented by the Earl of Derby.
On the second landing-place are a Musk Ox, from
Melville Island, and a Polar Bear; procured a few years
ago in the Arctic expeditions, and presented by the Lords
of the Admiralty.
Over the Musk Ox is a specimen of the Striped Antelope of Pennant, from the Cape of Good Hope; and
on the Polar Bear's case, the Elk from Sweden. Both
presented by the Trustees of the Hunterlan Collection.
Between these animals stands the trunk of an arborescent Fern {Alsophila Brimoniana of Wallich) forty-five
feet in height, from the mountains to the eastward of
Silhet in Bengal. Presented by the East India Company.
By the side of this is placed a transverse section of the
stem of another arborescent Fern (Dicksonia antarctica).
Presented by W. J. Broderip, Esq.
Also a specimen of a species of Palm (Euterpe oleracea,
Mart.), native of South America. Cultivated and presented by Messrs. Loddiges.
On the upper landing-place are a male and female
Giraffe, or Camelopard, from South Africa, presented by
W. J. Burchell, Esq-; another Giraffe, presented by the
Trustees of the Hunterian Collection; a young Indian
Elephant, and a Malay Tapir. The last mentioned
Giraffe was brought to England by Mr. Paterson, and is
the first ever seen in this country.
HENRY ELLIS.
Oct. 10, 1840.

o

U P P E R FLOOR.
FIRST ROOM.

T H E ceiling of this room, representing the fall of
Phaeton, was painted by Charles de la Fosse.
The upright cases round the room contain a series of artificial Curiosities from the less civilized parts of the world.
CASE 1. Esquimaux dresses, from Winter Island ; a
whalebone net, used by the Esquimaux for laying under
their beds; a wooden bowl; a cup and spoon made of
the horns of the musk ox ; a bone ornament, from Savage Island ; some Esquimaux arms; a small basket; a
pair of eye-shades formed of bone ; a bow-string ; a culinary vessel and lamp, cut out of stone. Over the Cases
is placed a sledge from Baffin's Bay, which, together with
the rest of these articles, was brought to England by
Capt. Sir Edward Parry, in 1822.
CASE 2. Esquimaux dresses from Point Hope: a steersman's cap, from West Georgia; men's boots, and an Esquimaux landing net, formed of whalebone, from Kotzebue
Sound; a band, worn as a maro, from Egmont Island ; a
pair of woman's boots, from Cape Thomson ; a dart
thrower, from Point Barrow; and a richly carved paddle,
from Otaheite.
CASE 3. Various specimens of cloth, formed of the
Paper Mulbeny from the Sandwich Islands, some of them
with stamped patterns ; a harpoon line, made of the skin
of a Wallruss, and a sail of the intestines of the same animal from Kotzebue Sound ; two large teeth of the Wallruss, from Behring's Straits; a stone club used for bruising nuts, and three fine mats, from Egmont Island ; a cap,
ornamented with tufts of feather and hair; several bows
and arrows, some of the latter tipped with obsidian and
bone, from California; and a small harpoon, with a moveable tip, for spearing fish, from Point Barrow.
On the sides of these Cases, near the door, are placed
three spears from Tongataboo, a spear from the interior
of Chili, and a paddle from Egmont Island. Over these
cases are several other spears, arrows, and harpoons,
from the Pacific Ocean. These articles and those in
Cases No. 2 and 3, were collected during Capt. Beechey's
voyage of discovery, A.X>? 1825—1828.

6

MISCELLANEOUS

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

CASE 4. A seal-skin dress ; a dog's harness for a sledge,
and the handle of an instrument for throwing bird-darts,
from the coast of Labrador ; a pair of boots ornamented
with leather of different colours, with divided toes; a
leathern whip, and some arrows from the interior of Peru.
CASE 5. A quiver formed of palm leaves, containing
small poisoned arrows ; a bag of netted twine, with bombax and some poisoned arrows from the Indians of the
Maraiion. Presented by Lieut, Henry Lister Maw, R.N.
Various wampum belts, and a pair of eye-shades, formed
of wood. From the Sloane Collection,
A straw hat, a poncho, or cloak, leggings, shoes, spurs,
and stirrups. From Chili. Presented by •
Sinclair,
Esq.
A hammock, from Africa,presented by H. Bright, Esq.;
and a pair of sandals, from Ashantee, presented by Mr.
Fenton.
CASE 6. A piece of cloth, 1 6 | feet long by 7 J feet wide,
decorated with borders and various stellated patterns, produced by discharging the deep colour of the indigo; it is
woven in narrow strips, each three inches wide. Another
piece of cloth, formed of similar strips, but the check pattern produced in the weaving. A piece of very narrow
cloth, of the original width before it is made up for use.
From Africa. Presented by Major Denham and Captain
Clapperton.
A Foulah cloak, formed of very narrow strips of cloth,
a cap, and a musical instrument, from the neighbourhood
of Sierra Leone. Presented by J. Whitfield, Esq.
A cap, made of a fine mat, from the Cape of Good
Hope. Presented by Capt. Duncan^ 1780.
Several pieces of cloth formed of narrow strips on a
white ground ; a white cloth, painted with black patterns;
two others made of different coloured stripes; and a single
stripe formed of three different colours ; a piece of very
fine matting; a child's umbrella, or sunshade, covered
with various coloured and printed cottons, and stripes of
woollen cloth, with a carved wooden top; an iron padlock
and keys; four variously shaped earthenware tobacco-pipe
heads ; a small earthen pan, with a deeply notched edge;
a small basket; a string of beads resembling spangles,
formed from shells ; a fly-flapper, made from hair; a
shuttle and reel of thread belonging to the loom ; a rau-

ROOM I . ]

ARTICLES.

7

sical instrument; a leathern pouch, surrounded by stripes
of leather, and worked with leather and cloth in different
patterns; a short dagger, and a wooden handle and sheath,
ornamented with brass; a pair of worked sandals; two
arrows with steel heads ; a large leathern cushion, and a
stool of carved zesso wood. On the top of the Case is a
loom for weaving the narrow cloth, used by the Africans.
All from Ashantee. Presented by T. E. Botvdich, Esq,,
and described in his Travels, p. 307, fyc.
CASE 7. Two baskets made o^ a species ofjuncus;
two water-baskets made of the bark of a birch ; a bladder,
containing a pigment used by the natives ; a quiver, some
arrows, and a bow ; the rope of a canoe; a necklace formed
of shells; and an axe, the iron of which was probably obtained from an English or American ship, from Terra del
Fuego.
C A S E 8. A coat of mail formed of seven folds of horse
skin, used by the Araucarian Indians on the west coast of
South America, taken from the body of an Indian who
was shot by a party of Chilian Indians, sent to disperse an
incursion of the native tribes ; a pair of spurs ; a couple of
balls, united by a cord, which are used to destroy the
wild animals, and a pair of rattles ; all from the coast of
Patagonia.
O V E R THESE CASES are two fishing spears from Terra

del Fuego ; a spear from the west coast of Australasia; a
fish-gig from the South Sea islands. Also a canoe, with
its paddles, from Behring's Straits. Presented by Capt.
Beechey, R.N.
The whole of the contents of the CASES 7 and 8, and
the spears over them, were collected by Capt. P. P. King,
in his late voyage, and presented by him to the British
Museum.
CASE 9- Shelves 1 and 2. Vessels in various forms,
from tombs of the aboriginal Peruvians. Chiefly from the
Sloane and Tovoneley Collections.
Shelves 3, 4, 5. Various objects, chiefly collected in
Mexico, and purchased, at the sale of the Mexican Museum belonging to Mr. Bullock ; they consist of small
statues formed of various stones, and of rude workmanship ; a mask of stone; two statues and five fragments
of terracotta, found on the mountains of Tezeossingo, the
pyramids of St. Taun de Toetiutican; an adze; a heart-

8

MISCELLANEOUS

[ U P P E H FLOOR.

shaped ornament of serpentine, with engraved characters
resembling hieroglyphics; two vases of alabaster, one with
the head and arms of a monkey sculptured on it, the other
with the head, tail, and wings of a cock; a small terracotta statue of a sitting figure, similar to an Egyptian
sphynx ; a head of a boy in basalt; a small vase-shaped
statue; an Azteek mirror, made of a large plate of obsidian,
polished on both sides; a large double bottle of black
earthenware, one of the bottles with the head of a dog,
the other with that of a bird; a small earthen vessel in
the form of a dog; several knives formed of obsidian, with
two of the larger pieces from which they have been split;
an incense burner in the form of an owl; a bust of a female sculptured in lava, with a turretted head-dress, having some resemblance to the Isis of the Egyptians; another of a priest with a mitre-shaped cap decorated with
jewels and a feather, and with long pendant ear-rings; the
greater part of the body is covered by a large snake, its
head being on the right side of the figure ; the eyes of this
bust were probably supplied by jewels; a statue of an Azteek princess in a sitting posture; her feet are bent under
her, and her hands rest upon her knees; a small serpent
idol, probably one of the Penates, or household gods *.
CASE 10. Shelf 1. Cloth which enveloped the dead
bodies of ancient Peruvians; cups, a harpoon, sling, fishing-line, fishes' eyes, basket, and Indian corn; from the
tombs of children of the ancient Peruvians. The globular
vessels were placed, with Indian corn, under the breasts
of the dead bodies. Presented by the Rev. W, V. Hennah,
1828.
Shelves 3 and 4?. Three mortars, silver images, and
vessels; from the tombs of aboriginal Peruvians in the
island of Titicaca. Collected by J. Pentland, Esq., and
presented by the Right Hon. the Earl DudleyFive
earthen images, from tombs in Vera Cruz. Presented by
G. A. Princep, Esq., 1821.
Shelf 2. Seven vessels from tombs of aboriginal Peruvians of maritime provinces on the coast of the Pacific.
One vase from Tiaquauco. Presented by the Earl Dudley,
from Mr. Pentland's Collection.
* There are some other Mexican sculptures at present in the Ante
Room, next the Elgin Marbles, which are too heavy to be exhibited
here.

ROOM I . ]

9

ARTICLES.

Shelf 5. Stone basin, ornamented with serpents; a
smaller basin ornamented in the angles, at the outside, by
four animals ; a small vessel in the form of a Llama, from
the Temple of the Sun at Cusco. Presented by the Earl
Dudley Kfrom Mr. Pentland's Collection* A vesselin the form
of a human figure. From the Shane Collection, No, 404.
The remaining Cases contain articles from the west
coast of North America and the South Seas, chiefly presented by Sir Joseph Banks, Captain James Cook, R.N.,
and Archibald Menzies, Esq, Many of them are figured
in Captain Cook's Voyages.
CASE 11. Fishing implements from Nootka Sound and
Oonalashka; harpoons; lines made of sinews, and of seaweed (a species of Fucus), &c. Models of fishing-boats,
&c.; waterproof fishing-jackets, made of the intestines of
the whale, from Nootka Sound.—Several caps of wood,
representing heads of beasts; a bird's head of wood, ornamented with feathers, &c.; a wooden coat of armour ;
birds made of wood, hollow, and containing stones, used
as rattles ; from Nootka and Oonalashka.
CASE 12. Warlike implements, and various tools,
clubs, adzes, &c.; Patoo-patoos of wood and bone, &c.
Various domestic utensils from the same part of the coast.
A screen made of the feathers of an eagle; knives;
spoons; eating-bowls; bread made of the root of the
Casada tree (a species of Jatropha), with an unprepared
piece of the latter.—Caps of various shapes and colours,
some with representations of the whale fishery; combs,
&c.; from Nootka and Oonalashka.
CASE 13. Baskets made in various parts of the west
coast of North America.-—Mattings, &c. The inner bark
of a species of cypress (CUPRESSUS thuyoides) in its different stages of preparation, for making mats, articles of
dress, &c.; a garment made of this bark by the natives of
Banks's Island.
CASE 14. Specimens of sculpture ; imitations of the
human form ; masks, &c.
CASES 15 AND 16. Otaheite winter and summer cloths,
made of the bark of the paper mulberry [Broussonetia),
and variously dyed.—•A mourning dress; a breast-plate
made of feathers, & c , used in war.
CASE 17. Coarse mats for sails, &c. Basket-work
B3

10

MISCELLANEOUS

|~UPPER FLOOR.

and cordage.—Ornamental mats made of a kind of flag ;
a dancing apron, & c , from Otaheite.
C A S E 18. Fishing implements. Various utensils made
of a basaltic stone ; rasps made of shagreen ; wooden pillows ; adzes of a kind of jade called axe-stone, &c.—Ornamental carvings ; cloth-beater; plaited hair; tatooinginstruments ; a planting spade made of a fragment of a
shield ; nose flutes ; a bread fruit.—Various stone adzes,
hatchets, &c.
CASES 19 AND 20. Large cloaks ; aprons ; helmets ;
hats; distorted human figures ; & c , made of feathers.
From the Sandwich Islands.
CASE 21. Various specimens of mats and cloths ; gorgets made of red seeds, &c. Cordage; slings; cloth beaters ; hair for ornamental head-dresses. Fishing-hooks
made of bones and shells; saws made of sharks' teeth ; and
other tools. From the Sandwich Islands.
CASE 22. Articles of ornament; bracelets made of
boars' tusks, and of tortoise-shell; assortment of shells and
seeds, &c. Necklaces, and other ornaments. Coverings
for the legs, composed of shells, seeds, and teeth, used
in dancing; round mirrors made of a black slaty
stone, which is wetted when used ; quoits, weights, &c.
From the Sandwich Islands. Small cloaks, a head-dress,
and other ornaments made of feathers; a specimen of the
species of creeper [Certhia vestiaria) which supplies the
red feathers. Fans ; wooden bowls supported by grotesque
figures for ornament. Mostly from the Marquesas.
CASE 23. Specimens of cloth, matting, and cordage.
Basket-work, plain and ornamented; sun-screens.—ornamental basket-work ; various pouches; a dancing-dress
made of the fibres of the bark of cocoa-nuts.—From the
Friendly Islands.
CASE 24. Fishing implements, hooks, and various
nets ; models of canoes ; adzes made of shelves ; tatooing
instruments ; rasps, &c Various articles of ornament;
necklaces made of shells, seeds, &c.; combs ; bracelets;
kernels of a nut which, when burnt, yields a strong light.
Aprons, and other ornaments, made of the thigh-bones of a
small bird ; nasal flutes ; fly-flaps, a shuttle, &c. Various
Cava bowls of wood, curiously carved ; some earthen vessels, &c. From the Friendly Islands.

ROOM I , ]

11

ARTICLES.

CASE 25. Various specimens o^ matting and cordage,
mostly made of the New Zealand hemp (Phormium tenaxj.
Sundry woven articles; belts, &c. Fishing-nets ; hooks,
cordage, &c. From New Zealand*
CASE 26. Articles of ornament; combs ; necklaces,
&c. Specimens of carving in wood and bone ; pipes, and
other musical wind instruments. Warlike instruments ;
conchs used in war; clubs; saws made of sharks' teeth
for dissecting the bodies of slain enemies ; two human
hands, being parts of the body of a slain enemy. Tools of
various kinds, &c. Various wooden boxes ornamented
with carvings. Boat scoops, &c. From New Zealand.
O V E R T H E CASES 11 TO 14?. Various missile weapons

from different parts of the west coast of North America
and the islands of the South Sea; harpoons, javelins,
spears; a wooden shield; also various calabashes, some
inclosed in wickerwork.
O V E R THE CASES 18 TO 20.

Bows, arrow's, quivers,

drums, &c.
ROUND T H E DOOR OPPOSITE T H E E N T R A N C E .

Vari-

ous sorts of plain and carved clubs, maces, &c.
OVER CASE 21. A large Cava bowl; wooden pillows.
O V E R C A S E 23.

A canoe composed of many pieces

of wood sewed together, from Queen Charlotte's Island ;
various kinds of paddles, &c.
O V E R T H E CASES 25 AND 26.

A large wooden drum

with lateral opening, made of the trunk of a tree; a wooden
box, &c.
IN

T H E W I N D O W NEAR T H E ENTRANCE-DOOR, are a

pacuna, or tube for blowing the small poisoned arrows in
CASE 5 ; a bow of the Indians of the banks of the Ucayall;
some spears made of palm wood and some of bow wood,
and a bow from the Indians of the Maranon ; and a wooden
spear from the Napo. Presented by Lieut, Henry Lister
Maw, R.N.
In the centre of the Room, within a glazed frame, is one
of the originals of Magna Charta> belonging to the Cottonian Library; at the side, there is an Engraving of
it in fac-simile by Pine.
EDWARD HAWKINS.
Oct. 10, 1840.

12

MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES.

[UPPER FLOOR.

SECOND ROOM;
THIRD ROOM ;
FOURTH ROOM.

These apartments are devoted to Sir Joseph Banks's
Herbarium, together with Sir Hans Sloane's and other
collections of dried plants.
F I F T H ROOM;
SIXTH ROOM;
SEVENTH ROOM.

These apartments are at present occupied as working
rooms for the Natural History Department.
In the Sixth Room the general collection of Insects
and Crustacea is preserved in cabinets. They may be
seen by persons who wish to consult them for the purposes of study, (by application to the Keeper of the
Zoological Collection,) every Tuesday and Thursday. To
prevent disappointment, it is requested that persons
wishing to see those collections, will apply two days
previous to their intended visit.
JOHN EDWARD GRAY.
Oct, 10, 1840.
EIGHTH ROOM,

The CASES NO. 1 AND 2, together with two table Cases,
contain a collection of Impressions from ANCIENT SEALS,

royal, baronial, monastic, ecclesiastical (not monastic),
municipal, and private, made for and presented to the
Museum by Mr. John Doubleday in 1830.
The CASE No. 3 contains a large collection of bronze
and flint Celts, Spear-heads, and Arrow-heads; the greater
part of the flint arrow-heads and celts found in Ireland.
C A S E 4 contains a collection of Hindoo Bronzes; and an
assemblage of ancient Chess-men found in the sands upon
the coast of one of the Western Islands of Scotland.
C A S E 5.

Various South Sea objects, not yet arranged.

*12

OBJECTS FROM THE SOUTH SEA ISLANDS, PRESENTED BY

H E R MAJESTY, 1841.
ROOM
CASE

I.
34.

The upper part of this Case contains a short club, with
conical and pointed head, from Tonga Island, and two
others with heads in the shape of hawks' bills, from the Isle
of Pines. At the side of the Case is another club. In
the centre are bows and arrows from Euramengo, or
Erromango and Navigators' Islands, and loops used in
projecting spears from Navigators' Islands; beneath these
are plumes of feathers and combs from the same locality ; the leaf-shaped comb, and its companion, are
from N . Hebrides, and the bamboo comb, for the back
hair, from New Caledonia. The specimens of chiefs'
hair, showing the mode in which it is worn by the natives,
is from Navigators' Islands. Two fly-flaps, or fans of
fibres, one stained black, from the same place, and a
wood-smoother, or plane, and two fans, composed of
fibres, one uncoloured, the other stained black, also from
Navigators' Islands. A hatchet, with a celt-shaped blade,
adapted for insertion at an angle into the hand, and made
from a piece of green jade, or nephrite, with a tobaccopipe of wood from New Caledonia. In the lower division are two fishing lines and hooks, with artificial
baits, from Navigators' Islands; a net, with broken shells
instead of leads to sink it, and small bundles of the bark
of a tree for floats, from New Caledonia. A wooden idol,
the household god of a chief's family, from Navigators'
Islands; and a jar, or vase of red earthenware, from
Fidjee, or Feeje Island. At the sides of the Case are
two clubs, one ornamented with a kind * of native fringe
of a red colour round the handle, and one spindle-shaped,
A
from Tanna Island.
In CASE 33, are various specimens of native cloth, some
used by females as girdles to incircle the waist, their only

*1S

clothing in these Islands, of a maroon colour, or else
cream white, with a pattern rudely delineated, representing crosses, stars, &c. Besides these are a shaggy white
mat used for the same purpose made of fibre, and sleeping mats of rushes plaited to various degrees of fineness,
from the islands of New Caledonia, Navigators' Islands,
&c. At the top of the Case are various spears from New
Caledonia, the Isle of Pines, &c.
In CASE 26 is a woman's bonnet, formed of tortoiseshell, from Navigators' Islands. It is composed of thin
laminae or plates of the shell, drilled and perforated, and
then sewed or tied together. The back of this article
has been decorated with portions of printed cotton.

ROOM V I I I . ]

ANTIQUITIES.

13

C A S E 6.

Di v. A. Portrait of Bion, broken from a bust or statue.
Portrait, supposed of Diomede, also broken from a statue.
Mutilated figure of Bacchus.
D i v . B. iEsculapius between two Gryphons. Two
Aliptes or Anointers; they have been handles or stands
for Mirrors. Head of an Amazon. Three heads of
Ammon; two have been weights, one, part of a vase handle.
Anubis. Ten figures or heads of Apollo ; the one to the
right hand, as in the act of bending his bow, being probably the most excellent specimen of Grecian art existing,
it was found in 1792 near Janina in Epirus.
Div. C. Various representations of Bacchus. Among
them is a remarkable Fantheic Bust, 7^ inches high, of
very good workmanship ; it has goat's dewlaps, bull's ears,
fish issuing from the temples, crab's claws in the place of
horns, and the leaves of an aquatic plant forming upon
every part of the face, neck, and breast.
D i v , D . Three heads of Asses, originally decorations
of seats or beds. Bust of Astarte. Bust and two figures
of Atis. Various glass Beads. Two Bells. Head and
two figures of Boars, one decorated for sacrifice, the other
bearing a mutilated and consequently unascertained female
figure. Nine representations of Bulls, or parts thereof.
D i v . F. Figure of Castor. Two heads of Gryphons ;
the larger was probably the handle of some vessel.
D i v . G. Three figures of Bellona. Two Cats, and two
Pedestals in form of Cats' heads, decorated with wings.
A singular Group, consisting of a Centaur between Hercules and iEsculapius. Ceres seated. Two Cocks. An
Upupa sacred to Horus and Harpocrates.
D i v . H. Twenty figures of Cupid. Eight figures of
Fauns.
D i v . I. Cybele, the mother of the Gods, bearing, upon
a crescent supported by the tips of her wings, the busts of
Saturn, Sol, Luna., Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, arranged according to the days of the week over which they
respectively preside; over the points of the pinions are
busts of the Dioscuri, and issuing from a double cornucopia, those of Apollo and Diana. A dead Fawn: the hind
leg of a Deer; a Doe worried by a Leopard. Five Statues

14

ANTIQUITIES.

£l7PPER FLOOR.

or portions of Statues of Diana. Head of Diomede, which
has been a weight. Dione, the wife of Dodonaean Jupiter.
Pollux. Two Dogs; head of a Greyhound ; head of a
Mastiff, once the end of a spout. Dolphin. Eagle, formerly attached to a Roman standard.
On the top of this Case is a statue of Bacchus.
C A S E 7-

D i v . A. Vizor of a Helmet found in a tomb upon the
face of a skeleton. Mars, complete^ accoutred in Homeric armour. Hercules.
D i v . B. Four figures of Fortune. A pair of Frogs.
Three figures of Ganymede. Two Genii. Three ornaments decorated with Goats' heads ; a figure of the singlehorned symbolical Goat of the Persians. A Hand broken
from some fine statue. A mystic Hand covered with
numerous symbols. Two Horses; two heads of Ditto ; a
fetlock joint broken from some large statue.
D i v . C. Eight figures of Harpocrates. Two Harpies;
to the pedestal of one is affixed a figure of Harmony.
Hawks. Twenty figures, &c. of Hercules.
Div. D. Hermaphrodite. Hygeia. Iphicles, starting
at the sight of the serpents, which originally formed part
of the group. Three figures of Isis. Two figures, and a
bust, of Latona. Two Ornaments decorated with Leopards'
heads. Five figures or portions of Lions. Two Lizards
in silver, one of bronze, cast from nature. Pedestal decorated with the head of Lunus. Three figures of Mars.
Three faces or masks of Medusa. Three figures of Minerva.
D i v . E. Glass Bottle, Lachrymatories, &c.
Div. F. ARMOUR. Celts; Mace-heads; Helmets, on
the edge of one of which are inscribed Greek characters.
Div. G. Seven statues or busts of Juno, ten of Jupiter ; a Group of Jupiter and Juno, of fine Etruscan
workmanship.
Div. H. Twenty-one statues, busts, &c. of Mercury.
D i v . I. Mask of Omphale. Two statues and a bust of
Osiris. P A N : an Etruscan figure reclining; a standing,
and a sitting Figure ; a Bust; and a Mask in ancient tessellated work. Two statues of Paris. Head of Perseus.

EOOM VIII;]

ANTIQUITIES.

15

Two heads of Pluto. A Poppy seed-vessel. P O R T R A I T S ;
Alexander, Cicero, Otho. Bust of an Egyptian mendicant
Priest. Boy, and a horseman unknown.
Div. K.
Articles found in a tomb in Campania.
They were probably used in the sacred mysteries of
Ceres and Bacchus.
On the top of the Case is an Etruscan Head of some
unknown person, attached to a bust of modern workmanship.
C A S E 8.

Div. A. Nineteen Armillae ; military Zones ; Spear
and Arrow Heads.
Div. B. A cylindrical Lock. Three Mirrors; two Mirror Stands, each composed of a figure resting on the back
of a monkey, or a tortoise. Proserpine. Four figures, of
which three have been stands for mirrors or paterae. Three
Rams, under one of which is Ulysses clinging to the body
to escape from the cave of Polyphemus. Small silver statue
of Saturn devouring an infant. An infant Satyr seated
upon a Ram's head. Nine Scenic figures; a Mask; a
Ticket of admission to g, theatre, inscribed, AHMOSION
OrAOON.

D i v . C TWO figures of Serapis, and a Head in terracotta. A small Serpent, and a portion of one twining
round a staff, formerly attached to a statue of iEsculapius.
Eleven statues, busts, &c, of Silenus. Four Thuribula,
or incense vessels, in the form of human heads. A Triton.
Six weights, one in the form of a head.
Div. D . Blank.
Div. E. TWO large Dishes, found with the articles in
Division K.
Div. F. Rings of various dimensions; the centre one,
upon which eighteen smaller ones are strung, has been
supposed to have been the ear-ring of some colossal
statue.
Div. G. Nine figures or busts of Venus. Vesta.
Four figures, a bust, and a wing of Victory. Two figures
of Ulysses. Two figures of armed Soldiers; one has
formed part of a group; he is wounded, and falling into
the arms of a comrade, of whom the hand and arm only
remain.

16

MISCELLANEOUS

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

D i v . H. Two Legs of Tripods ; one composed of parts
of a lion and goat winged. Tortoise. Miscellaneous figures
which, being without symbols or distinct peculiarities,
cannot be named with certainty.
D i v . K. Paterae, Dishes, Cista, found with the large
dishes in Division E, under a stone in a field near the
village of Caubiac, about six leagues from Toulouse.
C A S E 9.

Div. A. Three Simpula; three Strigils; end of a
Chariot pole ; Volutes of wire.
D i v . B. Fibulae. Sacrificial Shovel, elegantly ornamented with a figure of Mercury seated upon a ram's head,
and other decorations. Handle of some vessel, decorated
with the heads of a Gryphon and a Bull. A Loop and
Hooks terminating in the heads of some chimerical animal. Another set, decorated with the figure of an animal, and with an inlaid scroll pattern.
D i v . C. Paterae, or Mirrors.
D i v . D. Vases.
Div. E. Vases.
D i v . F. Three figures of Gaudma, a Burmese Idol.
A figure of Siva trampling upon the prostrate Ganesa.
An emaciated Chinese Devotee.
A Chinese Cup, of
bronze, in form of a leaf. A Knife with an agate handle
ornamented with gold.
D i v . G. Surgical and other Instruments. Four fragments of Ornaments of a votive chariot, of old Etruscan
workmanship ; they are formed of very thin plates of silver
decorated with gold. When discovered in 1812, between
Perugia and Cortona, the whole was nearly complete,
but was speedily cut in pieces, and the greater part
melted. A Silver Cup exquisitely embossed and chased
in the finest style of Italian workmanship of the sixteenth
century.
D i v . H. Dishes, Cups, Handles of Vases variously
formed and decorated.
D i v . I. Vases.
D i v . K. Vases; to the largest of which are attached
as handles, two figures of Neptune, of fine Greek workmanship.

ROOM VIII.]

ARTICLES.

17

On a Shelf between the windows :
No. 1. Figure of Siva, with four arms; in one hand
is the Gadha or Parasha, a warlike weapon; in another is
an Antelope.
No. 2. Figure of Kamala, or Lakshmi, the consort of
Vishnu, bearing the Lotus flower in her hand.
No. 3. Figure of Ganesa with four hands, holding
some article of food, his broken tooth, the Chank of Vishnu,
and a club.
No. 4. Siva, or Mahadeva, trampling upon and destroying Tripurasura.
No. 5. A circular Plate, over which, supported by four
lions, is a platform, from which rises a highly decorated
arch, on one side of which is Krishna playing upon a pipe,
attended by four females and six bulls. On the other side
is Devi seated, holding two Lotus flowers, attended by four
persons, and two elephants, who with their trunks form a
canopy over her head.
No. 6. A similar article, ornamented on one side by
Rama, and perhaps Lakshmi, bearing bows, with Hanuman
and another ape in a submissive attitude; on the other side
is Vishnu, reclining upon Sesha, the mythological serpent,
with a Lotus issuing from his navel, on which is seated
Brahma accomplishing the work of creation.
No. 7» A circular Stand, in two parts, decorated with
twenty-two figures in high relief, representing some of the
principal personages of the Hindoo mythology.
The contents of Cases 6, 7, 8, and 9, with the Hindoo
Bronzes upon the shelf between the windows, were bequeathed to the British Museum, by the late R. P . Knight,

Esq.
At the ends of the Table Cases containing the casts
from ancient seals, are two upright glazed Cases ; one
covers a Model of the middle part of the Bridge at
Black Friars,with the framework used in its construction,
presented in 1770 by the Bridge Committee of the City of
London; the other, Models of the Ships Victory and
Mercury, bequeathed in 1778 by Philip Denoyer, Esq.;
and on the tops of the Cases round the Room are lances
and other objects from Australia, &c.
E. HAWKINS.
Oct, 10, 1840.

18

NATURAL HISTORY.

[jQPPER FLOOR.

T H E SALOON.
The Dome of this apartment was painted by the artist
who decorated the ceiling over the great staircase, Charles
de la Fosse. The design has generally been described as
representing the Apotheosis of Isis, but the most probable
conjecture is, that it exhibits the Birth of Minerva. The
landscape and architectural Decorations are, like those on
the staircase, by Jacques Rousseau, and the garlands of
flowers by Jean Baptiste Monoyer. Over the fire place is
a Hunting Piece by Weenix.
H. ELLIS.
Oct. 10, 1840.
The ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTION is arranged, for the con-

venience of its exhibition, in two Series. The vertebrated
animals and others kept in spirits, are exhibited in the wall
Cases, and the hard part, or the skeletons of the invertebrated animals, as the shells, star-fish, sea eggs, corals,
insects, and Crustacea are arranged in a series in the table
Cases of the several Rooms.
The general collection of Quadrupeds, (MAMMALIA,)
is placed, for the present, in this apartment; the larger
species in upright glazed Cases round the room, the smaller
in those between the windows, and the Bats in shallow Cases
affixed to the others.
The Quadrumana, or Monkeys, Lemurs and Bats,
which, with man, formed the Order PRIMATES of Linnaeus, are contained in the Cases No. 1—4, and in some
smaller Cases fixed beside them, No. 25—34. Amongst
the Monkeys, are the Ourang Outang, or Man of the
Woods (Simia satyrus, Linn.), found in Malacca, Cochin China, and Borneo; also the Chimpanze, or Jocko
(Simia troglodytes, Linn.), found in Guinea, and on the
Congo. These animals are considered to approach nearest
of all others to man, in the form of the head, the size of
the forehead, and the volume of the brain.
In these Cases also are, amongst others, the following
species belonging to the Old World :—the Long-armed Ape
(Hylobates lar), India; Lesser Long-armed Ape (H. variegatus), Malacca; the Siamang (H. syndactylies), Sumatra;
the Guereza (Colobus Guereza), from Abyssinia. This new
species was discovered and named by Dr. Riippell, who

SALOON.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

19

says that the skin is used by the Abyssinian warriors to
cover their shields; the long white hair on the sides of the
animal are suffered to hang down loose, and form an elegant
and graceful ornament to their armour. The Negro Monkey (Semnopithecus maurus), Java; the White-eyelid
Monkey (S. fuliginosus), Ethiopia; the Entellus (#. Entellus), Bengal; the Simpai (S. melalophus), Sumatra;
the Golden Guenon (S. Pyrrhus), India; the Spotted
Monkey (Cercopithecus Diana), from the Congo; the Liontailed Monkey (Macacus Silenus), Ceylon; the Gelada
(M. Gelada), Abyssinia—a new species, also discovered by
Dr. Ruppell; the Chinese Monkey (M. sinicus), Bengal;
the Capped Monkey (M. radiatus), India; the Brown
Baboon (Pithecus nemesirinus), Java; the Innuus ( P . in*
nuus), Africa; the Common Baboon (Cynocephalus Papio),
Guinea; the Hog-faced Baboon (C. porcarius), Cape of
Good Hope; the Dog-faced Baboon ( C hamadryas), Africa;
the Black Baboon (C. niger), India; and the Mandrill
(Papio Mormon)^ Africa.
These Cases also contain the following species of Monkeys belonging to the New World:—the Marimonda
(AtelesBeelzebub); the Chuva (A.marginatus); the Spider
Monkey (A* arachnoides); the Silver-haired Monkey
(Lagothrix canus); the Araguato (Mycetes ursinus); the
Red-handed Howler (M. rufimanus); the Crowned Sapajou
(Cebus cirrifer); the Hand-drinking Saki (Pithecia cheiro*
potes); and the Hairy Monkey (P. hirsuta). The last
nine species are all from the American continent, and in
Case No. 21, are some others from the same locality: viz.
the Chamek (Ateles pentadactylus); the Weeper Monkey
{Cebus apella) ; the Moloch (C. Moloch)-, the Yellow
Sapajou (C. fulvus) ; the Masked Monkey {Callithrix
personatus); the Great-eared Monkey (Midas rufimanus);
the Silky Monkey (M. Rosalia); the Negro Tamarin (M.
Ursulas); and the Great-eared lacchus (Iacchus auritus).
In this case also is the Senegal Galago (Galago senegalensis), from Africa. The American Monkeys differ from
those of the Old World by having four additional molar
teeth, or grinders, a long tail, no cheek pouches, nor
callosities, and the apertures of the nostrils on the sides
of the nose, and not beneath. In these Cases (Nos. 1—4*)
are also some Lemurs, from Madagascar:—as, the Ruffed

20

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

Lemur {Lemur Macaco); the Red Lemur (L. rufus); the
Ring-tailed Lemur ( L . Catta); and the Slow Lemur
(Nycticebus Bengalensis), from India. Here are also the
following Cheiroptera:—the Javanese Fruit-Bat (Pteropus
javanicus), Java; and the Flying Colugo (Galeopithecus
volans), from the Pellew Islands. Adjoining Case No. 1,
are two glass frames, one of which contains thefrugivorous
Bats, the other the so called Horse-shoe Bats. Over these
Cases, is a specimen of the Dugong (Halicore Dugong)
from Singapore.
The Cases No* 5—8 contain various carnivorous animals.—Amongst those called Plantigrade, from their applying the whole of the lower surface of the foot to the
ground in walking, are the Malay Bear ( Ursus Malayanus,
Horsf.), the European and American Badger ( Ursus meles,
Linn., and U- Labradoricus, Gmel.), the Rattel, or Honey
Weasel (Viverra mellivora, Gmel.), the Glutton (Ursus
luscus,Ijixm.), the Raccoon (U. lotor, Linn.), and the
Coati-mundi ( Viverra nasuta, Linn.), together with several
specimens of the common Otter (Mustela Intra; Linn.), and
the Sea Otter (M. lutris, Linn.).—Amongst the Digitigrade,
or those animals which in walking rest principally on the
extremities of their toes, are several varieties of the Dogkind, as the Prairie Wolf (Canis latrans, Say.), from America, the Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus, Linn.), in different
states ; the striped Hyaena (Canis hycena, Linn.) ; the
Raccoon-Dog (C. procyonides, Gray), a new animal, from
China; and the Fennee (C.cerdo, Linn.) from Egypt, &c.
On the top of these Cases is a specimen of the Cape Anteater (Orycteropus capensis), the American Tapir, and a
skeleton of the Malay Tapir.
CASES 9—11. Carnivorous animals continued.—Amongst
these are the Wild Cat (Felis catus, Linn.), and several
varieties of the common domestic Cat; the Puma (F.
concolor, Linn.) and a Mule-whelp between the Lion and
Tiger, born in Atkins's travelling menagerie, at Windsor.
Here are also several Ichneumons,—as Pennant's Madagascar Weasel (Mustela galera, Linn.); the Mangouste of
Java (Herpestes javanicus, Horsf.); and the Zebra Ichneumon (H.fasciata, Desm.), from Abyssinia. Likewise the
Zibet{ Viverra zibetha, Linn.); the Tangalunda ( V. tangalunda), from India; the Blotched Cat of Pennant ( F. tigri-

SALOON.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

21

net, Linn.); Hamilton's Paradoxurus ( P . Hamiltoni); and
other species of that genus. In smaller Cases, between
Cases 11 and 12, are several species of Bats; and over
these Cases is a young specimen of WeddelPs Sea-Leopard
(Leptonyx Weddellii, Gray), presented by Capt. Filzroy,
R.N.
CASES 12 and IS contain the Common Seal (Phoca vituUna, Linn.), also various animals of the Order G L I R E S of
Linnaeus, as Marmots, and specimens of the Common
Beaver. At the bottom of these Cases, are placed some
of the Marsupial animals, which Cuvier has classed in a
separate Order, on account of many peculiarities which
they possess in their economy, especially as regards thereproduction of the species, and the reception of the young
in a very early stage of its existence, into a pouch or bag,
situated beneath the abdomen of the mother. To support
this pouch, a corresponding peculiarity is required in the
skeleton of the animal, which is accordingly provided with
two processes, called the marsupial bones^ and the young,
even long after they have begun to run about, on the slightest apprehension of danger, fly to this natural shelter for
refuge and protection.—In this Case is the first Kangaroo
ever imported into Europe; it was captured in the wild
state, and was brought home by the celebrated circumnavigator, Captain Cook: also the white Kangaroo {Macropus albus, Gray).—All the Marsupial animals, except the
Opossums (Didelpkis), which are from America, come
from the East, particularly New Holland. Here is also a
fine specimen of the Wombat (Phascolomys Wombat, Peron
and Lesueur), and various quadrupeds belonging to the
pachydermatous and ruminant orders, as the Pecary (Dicotyles torquatus, Cuv.), from South America, an animal
closely allied to the Boar, but wanting the projecting
canine teeth, or tusks, and the external toe of the hind
feet of the latter: also some animals belonging to the Order
Edentata (BRUT.A, Linn.), amongst which are several
specimens-of the Sloths, (Bradypus tridactylus, Linn.,
and B. torquatus, Wig.)
The Cases 14—20 contain other animals of the Orders
Edentata, Pachydermata, and Ruminantia,—as the Daman, or Cape Cavy (Hyrax capensis, Linn.); the Great
Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata. Linn.); a very young

22

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

Giraffe, or Camelopard, brought from Africa by the late
Lieut.-Col. Denham; several species of Antelope, the
Small, and the Common Musk, and the Bouquetin des
Alpes, or Ibex. Over these Cases are the Ursine Seal
(Phoca ursina, Linn.), an adult specimen of Weddell's
Sea-Leopard, and the Long-bodied Seal of Parsons
(Halichcerus gryphus, Gray).
CASE 21 contains several of the Weasel tribe, as the
Polecat, Martin, Common Weasel, and Stoat (Mustelaputorius, martes, vulgaris, and erminea, Linn.) The latter
animal is of a pale chestnut-brown colour in summer, but
becomes white in winter, and in that dress forms an important article of the fur trade, under the well known name of
Ermine; the tip of the tail is black at all seasons of the
year. These animals inhabit the northern parts both of
Europe and Asia, and are very abundant in Norway and
Siberia. In the upper part of this Case are some large
Bats [Pteropi), from India and New Holland.
CASE 22 contains the small digitigrade carnivorous
animals, as the Paradoxuri, from India; also some of the
lesser marsupial animals, as the Opossum, (Didelphis
virginiana, Linn.) from Brazil, the Spotted Weasel
(Dasyurus macrourus), a young specimen of the Wombat,
(Phascolomysfused, Desm.), the Pigmy Opossum (Didelphis pygmcea, Shaw), and the Flying Opossum (Didelphis
petaurusy Shaw), all from New Holland.
CASE 23 contains the minor animals belonging to the
order GLIRES, as the Water Rat, (Mus amphibius, Linn.),
Dormice, (M. glis, Linn.), Pouched Rat, (M. bursarius,
Shaw), Chinchilla, (Chinchilla Laniger, Gray), valuable
for its peculiarly soft fur; and a series of Squirrels from
various parts of the world.
CASE 24- contains other G L I R E S , as the Flying Squirrel,
(Scuirus volans, Linn.), Hare, Rabbit, (Lepus timidus, and
L. cuniculus, Linn.), and the prehensile-tailed Porcupine
(Hystrix insidiosa, Illig.); also some of the smallerEdentata, as two species of Armadillo (Dasypus duodecimciuctus, and minutus, Desm.), from South America; the
long and the short-tailed Manis, the former from India,
and the latter from Africa (Manis tetradactyla and pentadactyla, Linn.),—very young specimens of the two, and of
the three-toed Sloth\Bradypus didactylus and tridactylus,

SALOON.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

23

Linn.) ; the Small Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga didactyla,
Linn.), from South America; and the Ornithorhynchus,
or Duck-billed Platypus ( 0 . Paradoxus, Blumenb.), from
New Holland.
The forms of the Armadillo and the Manis, and the
curious shields with which they are furnished-by nature
are sufficiently wonderful; but the structure of the Ornithorhynchus is so anomalous, that Dr. Shaw, who first
described this " most extraordinary genus " in the Naturalist's Miscellany, hesitated whether to admit it into his
History of Quadrupeds, in the first volume of his General
Zoology,—for as the original description was given from
the only individual at that time known, " it was/' he
Jells us, " impossible not to entertain some doubts as
to the genuine nature of the animal, and to surmise,
that though in appearance perfectly natural, there might
still have been practised some arts of deception in its
structure." An animal, " exhibiting the perfect resemblance of the beak of a duck engrafted on the head of
a quadruped," might well excite suspicions of imposture,
till its claim to be received as a genuine production of
nature was confirmed by the arrival of other specimens
from the same locality.
C A S E 25 contains the frugivorous Bats (Pteropi), as
the Egyptian Bat {Pteropus JEgyptiacus), the Stripedeared Bat (P. marginatus), from India, and the Kiodote
(P. rostratus, Horsf.), from Java.
C A S E 26 contains the Horse-shoe Bats (Rhinolopki),
peculiar for having a very complicated apparatus over the
nostrils, as the larger and smaller Horse-shoe Bat of
England, and several foreign species.
CASES 27 and 28 contain specimens of those Bats which
are distinguished by having foliaceous, membranous appendages to the nose. These membranes vary considerably
in form and number, and the individuals which are furnished with them, constitute, according to modern authors,
several distinct genera. In this Case is a specimen of
the Spectre, or Vampire Bat [Phyllostoma spectrum), and
other species of the same genus; and also one of the true
Blood-sucking Bats (Gl«ssophaga ecaudata, Geoff.), from
Brazil; and a Rhinopoma, from India [Rhinopoma Hardwickii, Gray).

24

NATURAL HISTORY.

[[ U P P E R FLOOR.

CASE 29 contains the Nose-leaf Bats (Megadermata,
Geoff.) with large broad wings, as M. Lyra of Africa,
and M.Jrons of India.
CASE 30 contains the simple-nosed insectivorous Bats
(Noctiliones), as the Peruvian Bat (Noctilio riifus, Spix),
and various species of the Bull-dog Bats (Molossi, Geoff.).
In CASES 31 and 32 is a continuation of the simplenosed Bats, comprehending some of the European species
of true Bats ( Vespertiliones), amongst which are several
English specimens. The Kirivoula, or Striped Bat (Vespertilio pictus, Gmel.)^ from India, is remarkable for the
beauty of its coloured wings. In this Case are also several
specimens of the long-eared Bats, belonging to the genus
Plecotus.
In CASES 33 and 34? are some American Monkeys, Lemurs, and Galeopetheci, and on the lower shelves of
Case 33 are the insectivorous animals, which form part of
the order Ferae of Linnaeus ; as the Shrew Mice (Sorices);
the Hedgehogs (Erinacei); Tupaia from Java, &c.
Over these Cases are the Ethiopian Hog (Sus JEthiopicus,
Linn.), from the Cape ; and the Abyssinian Masked Hog
(Phascochcerus Mliani, Cretzchmar.)
Over the Case No. 21 in this room, is the Gnu [Antilope
Gnu, Zimm.), over No. 22 is the Dauw (Equus Burxhellii,
Gray), and between them the Caama (Antilope bubalis,
Licht.), and, in front of the latter, the Giant Armadillo
(Dasypus gigas, Cuv.), of which a second specimen is
over the adjoining Cases. Over Case 23 is the Zebra
(Equus Zebra, Linn.), and over 24< another specimen of
the Dauw. All the above, except the Armadillo, which
is from America, are from the Cape of Good Hope, and
were brought to England, and presented to the British
Museum, by William Burchell, Esq. Over the mantelpiece, are the Long and the Short-tailed Manis.
N I N T H ROOM.

The Mammalia in the upper Cases in this apartment
are supplementary to those in the Saloon, and are placed
here for want of sufficient space in that room. Amongst
them are the Nepaul and Egyptian Goats, (Capra hircus,
Linn., var. nepalensis, and C. nubiana, F. Cuv.), a spe-

ROOM I X . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

25

cimen of the Musk Deer {Moschus moschiferus, Linn.)
the Egyptian Antelope (A. dorcas, Linn.) and its fawn,
the Persian Bull and Cow, (Bos Taurus, Linn. var. indicus,) and the Broad-hoofed Antelope, (A. nasomaculata,
Blainv.). Above these Cases, and fixed against the wall,
is the tanned skin of a Jarge species of Boa, killed at Minas
Geraes, in South America. The skins of these enormous
serpents, when prepared in this manner, are used by the
natives for making boots, &c. Over the Case No. 1, is
the nest of a species of Wasp, from India.
The upright Cases contain Mammalia, Amphibia, and
Invertebrated animals, in spirits. In Cases No. 1 and c2,
are the various species of Frogs (Rana), some of a Jarge
size. Amongst them is the Jacky (Rana paradoxa,) the
tadpole, or larva of which, is larger than the perfect animal,
losing, at its metamorphosis, its enormous tail and external
skin, whence the older naturalists imagined the order of
nature to be reversed in this animal, and that the frog became a tadpole, or as they called it, a fish,—an error long
since exploded. The Tree Frogs QHyld), have the ends of
their toes dilated into a roundish disk, by which they climb.
The Horned Frogs have the eyebrows extended into horns.
In CASE 3 are Toads (Bufo), some of them exceedingly
large. The Bombinatores, or Earless Toads, differ from
the others, merely by having the drum of the ear concealed
under the skin. Some, as the Rhinellce, have their nose
produced to a point; and one (Pipa) is remarkable for
its flattened shape, and for the manner in which the
female carries her young in little cells on her back. The
Salamanders (Salamandra), and Efts {Triton), follow
the Toads: amongst them are the European species formerly absurdly supposed to be insensible to the action of
fire; also several American species, as the Amphiuma,
which is thought never to have any gills, but it probably loses them at a very early age. At the end of these
are placed the Sirens, which retain their gills during
the whole of their life, and are therefore capable of living
equally well on land or in water; amongst these are
the Axolotl of the Mexicans, which in all respects resembles
the larva .of the Common Eft, but is believed to be a
full grown animal; the Menobranchus from America,
e

26

NATURAL HISTORY.

[[UPPER FLOOR.

and the Proteus from the caverns of Carniola, an animal
which never voluntarily approaches the light of day, and
whose very small eyes are so hidden by the skin, that
it appears to be absolutely destitute of those organs. A
wax model, from a living healthy specimen of this animal, is placed near it, to show the form of its lungs when
not contracted by immersion in spirits of wine. The Carolina Siren, first described by Ellis, which has only two
short feet in front; and lastly the Ccecilia, or blind Worm,
without any limbs, whose eyes, always very small, and
nearly concealed under the skin, are sometimes wholly
wanting.
CASE 4 contains specimens of Crustacea, as Crabs, Lobsters, Woodlice, and Cirripedes, or the animals which
inhabit the Acorn Shell and Barnacles, preserved in spirits.
CASES 5 and 6 contain specimens of Wood pierced with
Termites; the larvse of Coleopterous and Hymenopterous
insects, as Cerambyces, Wasps, and Tree Ants. A series
of Wasp-nests, exhibiting the different structures formed
by these animals for the protection of their young. The
rough, irregularly formed paper nest of the true Wasps,
which contains many horizontal layers of cells covered
externally with irregular plates, as the under ground nest
of the Vespa vulgaris, and the tree nest of the Vespa
Britannica; the latter animal begins its nest by forming
small bell-shaped chambers, in the cavity of which it forms
a few cells; but as the brood extends in numbers, it continues increasing the size of the outer cover and the
series of cells, until it resembles the common Wasp's
nest. These nests are formed of a substance resembling
coarse whity brown paper. We have a similar nest, but
of a much larger size and coarser texture, formed by an
Indian species of Wasp (Vespa affinis.) Then follow the
nests of the Epipkone, which are of a regular form,
and covered with a hard pasteboard-like substance, containing within them several series of cells. Some of
these nests are smooth, and have only a single hole
in the lower surface for the entrance of'the insects.
These nests are enlarged to adapt them to the increase
of the brood, by the addition of a new chamber over
what was before the base of the nest, when the last

ROOM I X . ]

27

NATURAL HISTORY.

septum but one gradually becomes covered with cells for
the larvae. In some of these, as the Epipkone Nidulans, the
lower base is convex, and the hole is in its centre, while in
others, as the nest of the Tatuce of Cuvier, which have the
base flat, it is placed on the margin ; another kind formed
by Polistes Chartergus, has the outer surface covered with
large blunt tubercles, and these have several large holes
on the sides, which are protected from the weather by oblique dependent tubercular plates. The cells of the
latter wasps are filled with honey, as is the case with the
Lecheguana, which is said to make a bell-shaped nest
with a single central hole. In the bell-shaped nests of
this kind, the septa are supported by their being attached
to the sides of the outer case, and there is only one hole
in each septum to form the communication, while in the
nest of the true wasp, they are supported by columns
formed between the different layers.
CASE 7 contains MAMMALIA in spirits, as Batsj Shrew
Mice, Opossums, and some very young specimens of larger
animals.
CASE 8 contains a series of ANNE'LIDES, including Sea
Worms, Lob Worms, Leeches, Planarise, and other kinds of
Worms, in spirits.
CASES 9—12 contain MOLLUSCA in spirits, as various
kinds of Cephalopodous Mollusca, the Cuttle Fish,
or Sepia, the animal which affords the pigment so called ;
Octopus, and other genera of the order, as Cranchia, and the
Ocythoe; the latter is often found in the Paper Nautilus, and
thought by some' to be its- original inhabitant. Here also
are the Pteropodous Mollusca, or those whose wing-shaped
feet are on the side of their head, as the genera Hyalaea,
Cleodora, Clio, Cymbulia, and Limacina.
Likewise
Heteropodous Mollusca, as the animals of the' Carinaria, and Pterotrachea; and some of the Gasteropodous Mollusca, which walk on a flat expanded disk, including the Slugs, and the animals which inhabit spiral
shells.
CASES 10 and 11 contain the continuation of the Gaste~
ropodous Mollusca.
CASE 12. The animals of Bivalve Shells, shewing the
various forms which obtain in the different genera. Those
of the Pearl Oyster, from the Island of St. Christopher,

c2

28

NATURAL HISTORY.

[UPPER FLOOR.

with some large pearls imbedded in their bodies, deserve
particular attention. On the lower shelves are the tunicated animals, as the genera Biphora, Ascidiat &c.
In CASE 13 are Radiated animals preserved in spirits,
as Sea Wigs (Comatula), Sea Stars, or Star Fish (Asterias), and Medusa's Head (Alecto), with their finelydivided arms, with which they filter the water, to separate
the small mollusca on which they feed. The Lizard-tailed
Star Fish (Ophiara), which attach themselves to coral
by their flexible arms , the Sea Eggs {Echinus), and
*
Sea Hearts (Spatangus), the Sea Lemons, Sea Cucumbers (Holothuria), some of which are much sought after
by the Chinese, as delicacies ; and lastly, the genus Siphunculus.
CASE 14 contains the soft radiated animals, as Medusae,
Physalise, Velellae, and Actiniae, and the animals of various kinds of Sea Pens, Corals, and Corallines, and also
some Coralloid plants, preserved in spirits.
CASES 15 and 16, between the windows, contain some
preserved Saurian and Ophidian Reptiles and Amphibia;
as several species of Monitors; the Guana, used as food
in the West Indies; the Frilled Lizard (Chlamydosaurus),
from New Holland, which has a large ruff on each side of
its neck, just before the shoulders ; the Sea Snakes, with
flat lanceolate tails, and several specimens of the Cobra
Capella, one of the most venomous of the serpent tribe.
Over this Case is a large Indian Tortoise.
The Table Cases in the centre of the Room contain a
series of specimens of stuffed Snakes and Lizards.
TENTH ROOM.

The upright Cases round the room contain the collection
of R E P T I L E S in spirits.

Reptiles are known from the rest of the vertebrated
animals by being covered with scales, respiring by means of
lungs, and having an imperfect circulation and cold blood,
which causes them to be cold to the touch. They increase
by eggs, but sometimes the eggs are hatched in the bodies
of the mother, and the young, when they are first born,
are like their parents. They are divided into the Scaly
and the Shielded Reptiles, according to the structure of the
scales, and the formation of their skull.

ROOM X . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

29;

I. The Scaly Reptiles (SQUAMATA) have their bodies covered with overlapping scales, the skull formed of separate
bones, and the ear bones are external, and only articulated to the rest; their vent is a cross slit, and the generative organs are bifid. They consist of the Saurian
Reptiles or Lizards, and Ophidian Reptiles or Snakes.
The SAURIAN R E P T I L E S (Sauria) are generally provided
with four limbs, but in some the limbs are in such a rudimentary state, as to be hidden under the skin. The jaw
bones are united together in front, for as these animals
live on insects, fruits, &c, which they reduce by chewing,
they are not required to dilate their mouths for the swallowing of large masses, as is the case in the snakes.
The family of Monitors (Monitoridce, Case 3,) have a
long deeply forked tongue, which, like that of the snakes,
is capable of being withdrawn into a sheath placed at its
base, and the head, body and limbs are covered with small
scales. They are only found in the warmer parts of the
Old World, living near the water's edge, and are venerated
by the natives, who assert that they give notice of the approach of the Crocodiles, by hissing when they perceive one
of those animals. Whether this be fact or fiction, the name,
Monitor, is probably to be traced to that origin.
The family of Heloderms (Helodermidce) have their
body and head covered with large convex scales. Unlike other lizards, their teeth have a groove behind, like
the fangs of serpents; they are said to be poisonous,
but this may be a mistake, for ignorant persons are inclined to believe that all reptiles are dangerous. They
come from Mexico, and having been seen in a dried state
only, the form of their tongue is not known.
The following lizards have an equally lengthened and
deeply forked tongue, but it only contracts its length,
and is not furnished with any sheath.
The family of Safeguards, (Teidce, Case 3,) which
have the head covered with large shields, and the back and
limbs with small scales, are confined to the warmer part
of the New World, as the genera Teius, Ameiva, and Centropyx, differing from each other in the shape of the plates
on the belly; the latter are remarkable for their being
of a lanceolate form, besides which, the male has two
spine-shaped scales on each side of the base of the tail.
The family of true Lizards, (Lacertidce, Case 3,) which

30

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ U P P E R FLOOB.

are peculiar to the Old World, chiefly differ from the former
in their eyelids being protected by a bony plate. Many
species are found in Europe. One species, Zootoca crocea,
found on our heaths, is said to hatch its young in the
body of the mother, if it be kept in a dry place; but to
deposit eggs, if in a moist one.
Most of these animals have the faculty of forming a
new tail when it has been broken off, an accident which
often happens in the mere exertion of the animal to escape
from danger. The new formed tail has only a central cartilage in the place of the bones, and is often covered with
scales, different from those of the rest of the tail. If the
tail be cracked only on one side, and not thrown off, a new
tail often springs out of the crack, so that the member
becomes forked. A specimen of a Lizard with such a
tail, may be seen in this Case.
The family of Zonuridce (Case 3) are very like the true
lizards, but the back and belly are covered with large nearly
square shields, and the sides, which are only dilated when
the animal has eaten a full meal, are covered with small
scales. Some have four distinct, moderately long legs,
and exposed ears. The African Lizards of this group
are distinguished by their thighs being marked with a
line of pores on the under side. In Zonurus, the tail is
furnished with spinose scales; in the Cicigna these scales
are smooth. The American species, (Gerrhonotus,*) on the
contrary, have no glands under the thighs, and the scales
of the tail are smooth. The Scheltopusiks (Pseudopi)
of Europe, have only rudiments of legs, in the form of
undivided lobes, placed on the side of the vent; and the
Glass Snakes of North America (Ophisauri) are quite destitute of legs: all the species of these genera have the
drum of the ear exposed.
The Cercosauridce (Case 3) are long cylindrical reptiles, with rounded sides, covered like 1 their backs with
square scales placed in cross series. The scales of the
tail are keeled, and placed in longitudinal series, as Cercosaurus, while in the next family {Chirocolidce) the scales
of the tail are placed in rings alternating with each other.
The family of Chamcesauridce (Case 5) have only rudimentary limbs, and all the scales of the body are elongate,
keeled, and placed in longitudinal series.
The family of Seines (Sci?icidce3 Case 5) have a shielded

ROOM X . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

31

head, like the true lizards, but the body, tail, and limbs are
covered with uniform overlapping scales, which are generally smooth and polished. These have only a small plate
on the end of the muzzle, and two distinct eyelids. * The
True Seines (Scinci) have four legs, with small margined
toes, and a sharp edged muzzle, which enable them to
bury themselves with facility in the sand of the deserts
they inhabit. The genus Sphcenops only differs from them
in having simple toes and no apparent ears. Others have
blunt noses, a spindle-shaped body with five toes to each
of the four feet, as Trachysaurus, Egemia, Tiliqua. The
first has large rugose bony scales, and a short depressed tail.
The two latter have a conical tapering tail, and the second
has spiny scales to the tail. The Lygosoma have very long
slender bodies, and four very small, weak feet. The species of Seps are like the former, but have only three toes
on each foot; and the Siaphos has the ears concealed under the skin. The Ophiodes are peculiar for having only
two oblong lobes in the place of legs; and the Blindworms (Angues) have only rudiments of legs quite concealed beneath the skin.
The family of Gymnophthalmidce (Case 5) chiefly
differ from the former in their eyes being always exposed,
and destitute of any lid, like the serpents, as Microlepis,
Ablepharis, Lerista,
The family of Rhodonidce (Case 5) differ from the Seines
in having a large, depressed, sharp e$ged rostral plate with
the nostrils in its upper part. Their eyelids are rudimentary, as Rhodona and Soridia.
In the family of Acontiadce (Case 5) the face»and chin
are each enclosed in a large cap-shaped shield; the upper
one is pierced with the nostrils, which have a groove to
its hinder edge. Their bodies are nearly cylindrical, with
blunt ends, and the limbs are hidden under the skin.
The remainder of the Saurian Reptiles have a short
contractile tongue, slightly notched at the end.
The Geckos, (Geckotidce, Case 4,) are night Lizards,
having a dull, lurid appearance, with depressed heads, and
large round eyes. Their body is usually covered with
small scales, amongst which are frequently larger tubercles;
and the under side of their toes is generally furnished with
variously shaped overlapping scales, or folds of the skin,

32

NATURAL HISTORY.

[UPPER

FLOOR.

which enable the animal to crawl up glass, and even to run
with facility, the back downwards, on the ceiling of a room,
like a fly. They are found in all parts of the world, and are
divided into many genera, according to the form of their toes.
The true Geckos have only a single cross series of
scales, on the under side of each toe. Eublepharis differs
from the former, by the toes being more slender, and less
dilated. Pteropleura, which lives in ponds in Java, has
the skin on the side of the chin, body, limbs and tail expanded into a kind of fin. Many of the species of these
Lizards, from their lurid appearance, are considered as
poisonous by the natives of India, and some even assert
that they infect every substance which they walk over, but
this is, at least, extremely doubtful; some of them hold so
fast by their short, sharp, hidden claws as to produce small
cuts on the skin of the person over whom they walk,
which in warm climates are painful and difficult to heal.
Other geckos have the scales under the toes divided by
a central groove, into which the claws are withdrawn {Thecadactyli). One of these, the Smooth Sheath-claw, {Gecko
Icevis,) has many scales under the toes, and on being
caught, the animal,, in its exertion to escape, often casts off
its tail. It does the same if thrown alive into spirits, in
which case the separated tail contracts, and assumes an
almost globular shape, and is most usually found in this
state in collections, whence this species has been generally
called the Turnip-tail Gecko {Gecko rapicauda). The
Phyllodactylus has only two or three cross scales on
each side of the claws, so that the ends of the toes very
nearly resemble the tips of the feet of the common fly.
In the Ptyodactylns, the scales under the toes spread out
from a centre, like the sticks of a fan; and the Uropiates
from Madagascar, has the scales under the toes very like
the former, but the edges of its body and tail are spread
out into fins.
Another group {Hemidactylus) has only the base of the
toes swollen out, the ends being narrow and free. These
are common about dwellings in warm countries, and are
therefore usually called House Lizards. Their food consists principally of, insects, especially flies, for destroying
which they are protected by the inhabitants. The last
group {Cyrtodactylus) has the form and habits of the

ROOM X . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

33

Geckos, but differs in the toes being very thin, slender,
versatile, and peculiarly arched, so as to give them the
power of grasping very strongly; most of these have the
tail" slender and round, while the Phyllurus of New
Holland has a heart-shaped, broad, flat tail.
The family of Guanas (Iguanidce, Case 3) have their
teeth attached to the inner edge of the jaw-bone, and
most frequently lobed and indented. They are day Lizards,
covered with variously formed overlapping scales, and are
only found in America. Some have a compressed dewlap
under the throat, and the back crested ; as the common Guana (Iguana tubercidata), which is used both for food and
medicine in the West Indies, Other kinds of this family
have only a fold across the throat, as the genera Cyclura,
Ophyessa, Tropidurus, Leiocephalus, Tropidolepis, Phrynosoma. These animals are very quarrelsome, and often
fight with great ardour when they meet. In other species,
the false ribs, or those which are not united to the sternum,
meet underneath, so as to inclose the belly in a complete
circle, like those of the Chameleon, and, like that animal,
these have the faculty of changing their colour with great
quickness. Three of the genera belonging to this division
are marked with very striking characters; the first, the
Basilisk (Basiliscus), has a compressed hood on the back of
the head, and a fin-shaped crest down the back; the second,
(Chamceleopsis,) from Mexico, has a compressed ridge on
the back of the head, but only a slight dorsal crest; both
these have simple toes: the third (Anolis) has a flat head,
but the last joint but one of the toes is dilated on the sides
into a pear-shaped disk, so as to enable these animals to
walk on smooth and nearly perpendicular surfaces; of this
genus there are many species. Lastly, the marbled Lizards
(Polychrus) have neither dilated toes nor any dorsal crest.
Other broad-tongued Lizards have their teeth placed on
the edge of %[ci jaws, and so firmly fixed to them as to
appear part of the jaws themselves; as the Chameleons
and Agamee. They are only found in the warm parts of
the Old World.
The Agames (Agamidce, Case 4) present several peculiarities of form, and have therefore been divided into
many groups. Some have the head lyre-shaped, and the
back and tail crested (Gonyocepkalus); others have the'

c 3

34

NATURAL HISTORY,

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

head armed with spines over the back of the ears, and the
scales large and directed upwards (Calotes), which latter lay
fusiform eggs. The Bronchoceles differ from the Calotes,
by the scales of the back being small and horizontal; and
the Acanthosaura has a square head and long subulate
spines over the eyes. The true Agamse (Agama) have
often bundles of spines on the sides of the neck. The male
Sitana has a large pouch under the throat, (which is quite
wanting in the female,) and they have no hinder thumb.
The StelliOy which was formerly much esteemed for its supposed medicinal qualities, has bands of large spines round
its tail. The Trapeli or Mutable Agamse, so called from the
quickness with which they change the colour of their skin,
are generally armed with irregular, spine-like scales. The
Earless Agamee (Phrynocephali) have the same irregular
scales as the Mutable Agamse, but they differ from them,
and all the former, by the drum of their ears being hidden
under the skin, as in the Chameleons. The Megalochilus
differs from the former in the margin of the lips being
spread out and fringed, and the claws very long. The
Dragons (JDracones) differ from all these by the skin of
the sides being spread out into the form of wings, and
held up by the end of the ribs. The wings, when the
animal is,at rest, are folded together on the sides of the
body, but when it leaps from branch to branch they are
spread out, and act as a parachute; there are several species, differing from each other in the length of the throatpouches, and in the colour of the wings.. The rest of the
Agamidce are furnished with a series of minute glands on
the under side of the hind legs; as the Gemmatophorce, peculiar to New Holland, which have rough scales like the
Mutable Lizards, and the Lophyri have a crest of large
scales on the back, which has caused them to be confounded with the Basilisks. Others with these glands, are peculiar for having the tail surrounded with rings of scales.
In Uromastyx, the scales of the tail are large and spinous ;
in Leiolepis they are small and smooth.
The family of Chameleons (Ckamekonidce, Case 4)
have been long celebrated on account of the rapidity with
which they change their colour; but most of the other
Saurian Reptiles have the same faculty, and many in as
great a degree. They are remarkable for the great dis-

BOOM X . j

NATUKAL HISTORY.

35

tance to which they can protrude the tongue, in order to
catch insects, which form their principal food. They are
only found in the warm parts of the Old World, and the
species are chiefly distinguished from each other by the
form of the head. In the common Chameleon, the occiput
is arched and compressed, whilst, in the Senegal species,
it is flat; some of the species, as the Eared and Hooded
Chameleons, have the back part of the occiput furnished
with two fleshy lobes ; whilst the Panther and Cape Chameleons have the front of the chin furnished with fleshy
wattles. Others have the head armed with horns, which
in some are placed over the eye-brow, as in Brookes's Chameleon, in others on the tip of the nose, as in the Twohorned Chameleon, in others on the forehead, as in the
Three-horned Chameleon.
The S E R P E N T S (Ophidia, Cases 6—13) are without
any limbs, or have them only in the form of short spurs on
the side of the vent. Their mouths are capable of being
opened very widely, in consequence of the bones of the
jaws being separate from each other, to enable them to
swallow very large bodies entire.
The most deadly poisonous serpents (Venenosa, Case 6)
have their upper jaws furnished with large, moveable fangs,
having a small groove on the outer convex edge, for conveying the poison, secreted by a large gland placed under the
eye, into the wound occasioned by the bite of the reptile.
The fangs, when at rest, are hid by a fold in the gums,
and behind them are the rudiments of other fangs, to replace the former, if lost. The maxillary bones are small
and carry only the fangs, but there are two rows of palatine teeth, in the upper part of the mouth. They are also
generally distinguished by the large size of the head, which
is only covered with small scales; by the scales of the
body being usually rough and carinated, and by the tail
being very short, and, in most instances, thin in comparison with the body. Their belly is covered with broad
band-like shields. The hinder limbs are not developed ;
the eyes are placed on the side, and the nostrils on the top
of the nose. They are arranged in two families.
The Rattle-snakes (Crotalidce, Case 6) have a large
pit like a second nostril on the cheek, just before the eye.

36

NATURAL HISTORY.

£l7PPER

FLOOR.

They are divided into several groups according to the
structure of the tail, which, in the True Rattle-Snakes
(Croial'i) ends in a rattle, formed by a series of horny joints,
fitting one into the other, which the animal can shake at
pleasure. There are in the Collection several species of
this genus, and some detached rattles, to shew their structure. The Tisiphone ( Tisiphone) is much like the RattleSnake, but the tail ends in a small recurved spine : these
are all peculiar to America. The other Snakes of this
division have the tail simple at the end, and are found both
in the Old and-New World. The Cophias have the head
covered with scales like those on the back, as the Fer de
Lance of the French American Colonists. The Trigonocephali have it covered with large shield-like plates.
The next family, that of Vipers ( Viperidce, Case 6) have
the same broad head as the Rattle-Snakes, but have no pit
before the eyes. Amongst these the True Vipers ( Viperaz)
are distinguished by the head being covered with scales
like those on the back, and by the nostrils being very
large. The Nose-horn Viper {Coluber nasicornis), has
two horns on the end of the nose; the male of the Cerastes
has a long horn-like scale over each eye, which being
absent in the female, has caused the latter to be erroneously described as a distinct species; the Puff Adder,
or Short-tailed Viper (Vipera injiata), is the most deadly
snake of the Cape. The Adders (Beri) have the head
covered with granular scales, and the nostrils moderate;
and the Ammodyte has the end of the nose lengthened
into a flexible horn. The Common Adder [Coluber chersea) differs from these, by the crown of the head having
three larger scales inserted amongst the smaller ones;
this is the only reptile found in Great Britain possessed of
dangerously poisonous qualities.
The Harmless Snakes, {Ophidia Innocua, Cases 7—13,)
on the contrary, have strong jaws, both furnished with
one or more series of teeth.
The head is of moderate
size compared with the body, and its crown is covered
with large regular shields. These species are, in general,
innocent; a few have some of the upper lateral teeth
rather larger than the rest, and grooved on the hinder
edge, the groove communicating with a gland placed on

ROOM X . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

37

the side of the face, but their bite is seldom so dangerous as that of the eminently poisonous snakes. They are
divided into three families.
The family of Colubridce, (Cases 7—12,) which contains
more than half of the species of snakes, are characterized by
having the belly covered with broad cross plates like the
Poisonous Serpents. Their tail is elongated and conical.
Such of them as live on the ground and take to the water
for protection, or to catch their food, have generally a
cylindrical form, and a tail scarcely as long as the body;
sometimes the head is large, and the scales are placed in
longitudinal series, as in Coronella, Lycodon, Tropido?iotusf
&c. Others differ in having a smaller head, smooth
scales., and a small frontal plate, as Calamaria, Bungarus,
and the Coral Snakes (Elaps);
the latter are often
marked with alternate black and bright coloured bands,
as in Elaps corallinus; and the Plat-tailed Coral Snake
(Platurus) found in the Indian Seas, differs from the
others by its tail being flattened like the Sea-Snakes. Some
of these, as the Spectacle Snake or Naja, and Sepedon
have a small head, and the scales placed in cross bands ;
tire former have the faculty of dilating the skin of the
neck, so as to form a kind of hood over the head. The
Indian species have usually a yellow spot on the back
of the neck, somewhat resembling a pair of spectacles.
These snakes are used by the native jugglers in their exhibitions. Those which live the greater part of their life
on trees, and are thence called Tree-Snakes, (Dendrophis,)
are long and slender, and generally have the scales on the
sides of the back narrow, and longer than those on the
dorsal line : in some of these the end of the muzzle is
lengthened out into an acute appendage (Passerita). The
Bull-headed Snakes (Dipsas) resemble the Tree-Snakes
in form, but the head is short and broad, the body compressed, and have a series of larger scales down the back.
In the two last groups the fangs are most commonly
found intermingled with the teeth.
The family of Boas (Boidce, Case 13) have usually a short
body, with narrow plates on the abdomen, and a short conical tail, furnished with two short crooked spurs at its
base. These spurs have lately been shewn to be analogous
to the hinder legs of other reptiles. The eyes and nostrils

38

NATURAL HISTORY.

[UPPER FLOOR.

are lateral, the former have an elongated oval pupil, and
ther tail is conical and prehensile. The Boas are not
venomous; they kill their prey by crushing it between
the folds of the body, generally, at the same time, twisting
the end of the tail round a tree, or some other fixed point,
in order to increase their power. The American kinds
(Boa) have only a single row of plates beneath the tail;
they vary greatly in respect to the structure of the scales
on the head and lips. Some of the Indian species, as the
Netted Boa, (Boa regia,) have a single series of plates,
whilst most of the other species have two rows (Python).
The Eryx differs from the other Boas iii having a cylindrical body, a very short tail, and the head covered with
scales similar to those of the back. Cuvier says that this
genus has no spurs, but the specimen in the British
Museum shews them distinctly.
The family of Sea-Snakes (Hydridce, Case 13) are easily
known by their compressed form, narrow scale-like ventral
shields, and vertically flattened tail. Their hinder limbs are
not developed. The eyes and nostrils are vertical and the
pupil round. These reptiles, which are peculiar to the
seas of Asia and New Holland, are in some degree poisonous, many of the species having small fangs, dispersed
amongst the true teeth. Some have a small head, and the
body covered with scales, (Hydrus); the others have a large
head and broad neck, and the body covered with embedded
square plates, placed in longitudinal series, as Pela?nis.
The Achrochordus has the habits and many of the characters of the Sea-Snakes; but its body and head are
covered with rough granular scales, and its tail is conical.
I t is found in the rice-fields of India. The Chersydfus
has the scales of the Achrochordus but the tail is compressed, as in the other Sea-Snakes. The Homalopses
have the narrow belly plates, the form and scales of the
Boce, but they are destitute of spurs, and have the nostrils
and marine habits of the Sea-Snakes; and they are generally slate-coloured.
II. The shielded Reptiles, CATAPHRACTA, (Cases 1 and 2,)
have the body covered with square imbedded shields, and
have the tympanic bones sunk in the base of the solid
hard bony skull; the vent is roundish, or linear and
plaited, and the generative organs are usually simple.

ROOM X . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

39

They comprise the Tortoises, (Ckelonians,) Emydosauri,
and Amphisbenians.
The TORTOISES (Chelonians, Case 2) afe peculiar
for having all the muscles of the body placed within the
thorax, out of the front and hinder part of which the
head, limbs, and tail are exserted, as out of a case. This
case is formed of the dilated back bone, ribs, and breast
bones. When the animal is first born, these bones are
separate from each other, as in the other Vertebrata, but
as they grow they gradually enlarge, and approximate, and
at length are united together by a toothed suture, until
they form a very substantial protection to the body. They
are divided into families, according to the form of their
feet, which vary with the habits of the animals.
Those which live on land (Testudinidte, Case 2) have
club-shaped feet, and very solid, convex shells, with a single
marginal caudal plate. These live chiefly on vegetable
substances, and bury themselves in the ground during
the winter : their eggs, some of which are exhibited, are
of a globular form. These animals are often used as food,
especially by sailors, who procure them from the Gallapagos, where they have been lately introduced, and have
increased very rapidly.
The Tortoises which live in water have a, more depressed
shell; their feet are expanded and webbed between the
toes, and the latter are furnished with sharp claws. They
are divided into three groups.
The first of which, the Terrapins, (Eynydce, Case 2,)
have twelve horny plates on the breast-bone or sternum,
and withdraw their head and neck between the shells.
These are much used as food by the Americans and the
natives of India. Amongst these the case contains a monstrosity with two heads.
The second group (Chelydm) have an additional horny
plate on the front of the sternum, and bend the neck back
under the side margin of the shell.
The third group (Trionycidce) are peculiar from having
the shell covered with a naked skin, and only three toes
of each foot provided with claws. They, like the two
preceding families,, are strictly carnivorous, and eat their
food in the water. Many large specimens of this genus
are found in the East Indies, and are frequently seen

40

NATURAL HISTORY.

^ U P P E R FLOOR.

preying on human bodies as they float down the Ganges.
The genus Emyda is peculiar for the legs, when drawn
up., being covered by a moveable flap placed on the sides of
the chest.
The Marine Tortoises or Turtles (Cheloniadce) are distinguished by their feet being compressed and fin-shaped;
they live principally on fuci, sea-weeds, shells and crustaceous animals. These are the kind most commonly used
as food, and great quantities of one species (Chelonid
Midas) are annually brought to England for that purpose. The horny plates of the Imbricated Turtle (Chelonia imbricata) afford the best sort of tortoise-shell. Over
the mantel-piece is a large specimen, caught on the coast
of Dorsetshire, of the Coriaceous Turtle (Sphargis), which
differs from the other Turtles in the bones being covered
with a continuous coriaceous skin instead of horny plates.
The EMYDOSAURIANS (Cases 1 and 2) have the appearance of gigantic lizards, but they differ from them in the
body being covered with square bony plates placed in longitudinal lines, in the solidity and formation of their skull,
and in the vent being longitudinal. They are only found
in the warmer climates.
The Alligators are peculiar to America, and are distinguished from the Crocodiles, which are found both in
the Old and New World, by their feet having the toes free,
that is, unconnected by webs, and by the canine teeth of the
lower jaw being received in pits in the upper; whereas, in
the Crocodiles, they are received in a notch on its margin.
The Gavials agree with the Crocodiles in regard to their
teeth, but differ by the muzzle being very long and slender.
Specimens of all the three genera are in the Collection.
The upper jaw of these animals is generally, but erroneously,
said to be moveable ; the mistake having arisen from the
lower jaw being much produced posteriorly.
The AMPHISBENIANS (Case 2,) have a long cylindrical
body covered with square imbedded plates, and have some
relation to the Ccecilice. They are equally blunt at both
ends, which has led to the idea that they walk both backwards and forwards with the same facility,—hence their
name. They are generally destitute of limbs ; but the
genus Chirotes is peculiar for having two small rudimentary front legs. Most of them have teeth placed on

ROOM X . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

41

the inner edges of the jaw, but the Trogonophides have
them placed on the edge. They all live in ant-nests, and
feed on those insects.
The following Table exhibits the arrangement of this
Class at one view; the numbers refer to the Cases.
Fam. 5. Zonuridce. 3. Adaria
Aprasia
«. Zonurus
Herinea
Tribolonotus
Sect. 1. SQUAMATA.
c. Riopa
Cicigna
Lygosoma
Tetradactylus
Order I. SAURIA.
Chiamela
Tachydromus
A. Leptoglossee,
Tetradactylus
Caitia
Seps
Fam. 1. Monitoridce. 3. Abronia
Siaphos
b, Gerrhonotus
Psammosaurus
Heteromeles
Barisia
Monitor
Chelomeles
Elgaria
Polydedalus
Brachymeles
Pseudopus
Empagusia
d. Ophiodes
Ophisaurus
Hydrosaurus
e. Anguis
Fam. 6. Cercosauridce* Ophiomorus
Fam. 2. Helodermidoe.
Cercosaurus
Siguana
Heloderma
Fam. 7» Chirocolidce. Stenostoma
Dorfia
Fam. 3. Teidce. 3. Heterodactylus
Teius
Fam. 8. Chamcesauridce.Fam. 11
Ctenodon
thalmidcB. 5.
Champesaura. 5.
Acrantus
Ameiva
Fam. 9. Chalcida. Microlepis
Ablepharis
Aporomera
Chalcides
Gymnophthalmus
Cremidophorus
Microdactylia
Cryptoblepharis
Dicrodoii
Colobus
Lerista
Centropyx
Ada
Ecpleopus
Fam. 12. Pygopida. 5.
Crocodilurus
Pentadactylus
Pygopus
Custa
Lialis
Fam 4. Lacertinidee. 3. Fam. 10. Scincida. 5.
Fam. 13. Rhodonida. 5.
Zootoca
. Scincus
Rhodona
Lacerta
Sphenops
Soridia
Teira
. Celestus
Trachysaurus
Eremias
Fam. 14. Acontiadce. 5.
Acanthodactylus
Tropidophorus
Nessia
Scapteira
Egernia
Evesia
Meroles
Tiliqua
Acontias
Amphiglpssa
Mesulina
Dibamus
Calrita
Euprepes
Typhline
Euneces
Algira
Leiolopisma
Psammodromus
Fam.\5.Typhlopsida. 5.
Psammita
Ophiops
Typhlops
Cyclodus
Calosaura
Class I I I .

REPTILIA.

42

NATURAL HISTORY.

B . Pachy glosses.
F a m . 16. Geckotidce. 4.
a. Platydactylus
Gecko
Ptychozoon
Tarentola
Pachydactylus
Phelsuma
Anoplus
Gehyra
Naultinus
Natya
Cantinea
b. Thecadactylus
Phyllodactylus
Diplodactylus
Ptyodactylus
Uroplates
c. Boltalia
Peropus
Hemidactylus
Crossurus
d. Eublepharis
Stenodactylus
Pristurus
e.. Tolarenta
/ . Cyrtodactylus
Goniodacjtylus
Gymnodactylus
Phyllurus

Polychrus
Hypsibatus
Microlophus
Leiocephalus
Strobilums
Uranocentron,
Cyclurus
Oplurus
Tropidurus
Leiolaemus
Scelophorus
Tropidolepis
Phrynosoma
Fam. J 8. Agamida.

[ U P P E R FLOOR.
Trimesurus
Tropidolaemus
Atropos
e* Lachesis
Fam. 2. Viperidce, 6.
a. Cerastes
Echis
b. Daboia
Clotho
c. Sepedon
d. Pelias
Vipera
e. Acanthophis

4.
B . Innocua.
a. Draco
'Fa.m.S.Colubridce. 7 & 8.
Dracunculus
«. Coronella
b. Chlamydosaurus
Lycodon
Lophura
Herpetodryas
Physignathus
Coluber
Lyriocephalus
Psammophis
Otocryptes
Tropidonotus
Ceratophora
Heterodon
Sitana
b. Calamaria
Goniocephalus
Rhinostoma
Calotes
Elaps
Bronchocela
Bungarus
Acanthosaura
Platura
c. Agama
c. Naja
Trapelus
Hamadryas
Fam. 17. Iguamdce. 4.
Stellio
Xenodon
d. Phrynocephalus
a. Corythophanes
d. Dendrophis
Megalochilus
Chamseleopsis
Dryophis
e. Gemmatophora
b. Iguana
Langaha
Uromastyx
Metoceros
Telescopus
Leiolepis
• C Amblyrhynchus
Bucephala
d* Brachylophus
F a m . 19. Chameleo- c. Dipsas
Cyclura
nidce. 4.
Fam. 4. Boidds. 13.
Trachydaetyla
Chameleo
a. Boa
Basiliscus
Eunectes
Corythaeolus
Order I I . O P H I D I A .
Epicrates
Ophyessa
A . Yenenosa. 6.
Xiphosoma
Platynotus
F a m . 1. Crotalidce. 6, h. Python
Euyalius
Liasis
«. Crotalus
Laemanctus
c. Gongylophis
Uropsophus
Anolius
Eryx
Caudisona
Dactyloa
Clothonia
b. Cenchris
Draconura
d. Ilysia
G. Trigonocephaly
Norops
Cylindrophis
d. Bothrops
Acantholis

ROOM X . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

F a m . 5. Hydrides. 13. Farn. 2. Emydcs. 4.
a. Pelamis
a. Geoemyda
Lapemis
Emys
b. H y d r a s
Cyclemys
Liopala
Malaclemys
Aturia
b. Cistuda
Hydrophis
c. Kinosternou
c. Acrochordus
Staurotypus
Chersydrus
d. Chelydra
Erpeton
e. Platysternon
Bitia _
Fam. 3. CheZyda.2.
d. Homalopsis
Helicops
Sternotherus
Hydrops
Chelodina
Hypsirina
Hydraspis
Chelys
Sect. 11. C A T A -

43
Order TV. E M Y D O S A U R I . 1 & 2.

Fam. Crocodilidce.
Gavialis
Crocodilus
Alligator
Caiman
Order V. A M P H I S B J E N I A . 1.

F a m . 1. Trogonophidcz*
Trogonophis
F a m . 2.
Chirotes

Chirotida.

~Fa,m.3.Amphisbcenadce.
Fam. 4 .
a, Amphisbaena
O r d . I I I . C H E L O N I A . Trionyx
Anops
F a m . l . Testudinidce. 1- E m y d a
Blanus
b. Lepidosternon
Testudo
F a m . 5. Cheloniadce,
Cephalopeltis
Chersina
Sphargis
Kinyxis
Chelonia
Pyxis
PHRACTA.

The CASES 14 and 15, between the windows, anil the
Table Cases, contain dry specimens of Crocodiles and
Tortoises; as the Indian and African Crocodiles, and
the Gavial, or Long-beaked Crocodile of the Ganges. A
series of Tortoises, arranged after the same order as the
specimens in spirits in Case No. 1. Among them are
the Serpentine Tortoises (Testudo serpentina), which
unite with the form of the Tortoises several of the characters of the Crocodiles, as the large head, and the
long tail with elevated ridges; also species of Land Tortoises, as the Indian Tortoise (Testudo indica) and the
Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata) ; the American Box
Tortoise (Testudo clausa); many species of Terrapin
(Emys) from America and India ; some very young Turtles (Chelonia); arid the head of a very large specimen^
from the Indian Ocean.
In one of the Windows are placed some large specimens of
Snakes, as the Indian Rock Snake (Python), a large
Rattle-Snake (Crotalus), the Mourning Snake (Coluber
pullatus) and the Crimson-sided Snake (Coluber por*
phyriacus): in the other is a specimen and a skeleton of
the Rock Snake, (Python boceformis).

44

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

On the wall, between the windows, are the horns of some
species of Rhinoceros, and round the Room, over the
Cases, are suspended a series of the horns of various species
of Deer (Cervus), as the Elk, the Roe-buck, the Virginian
and Mexican Deer, the Rein-Deer, the Indian Deer (Cervus hippelaphus), and its varieties ; the common Stag and
the Wapiti. On the top of the Cases are the Skulls of a
Rhinoceros from India, two Giraffes, a Babirousa, and of
several species of Dolphin (Delphinus),
The elephant's tusks presented by H. R. H . the Duke
of Sussex, originally placed over the Case on the south
side of the room, have been adapted to the skeleton in the
centre of the room, in order to replace the original tusks,
which had been sawn off near their insertion into the skull.
The basal portions of the tusks which remained in the
head are placed on the mantel-piece, on the east side of
this apartment.
The Skeleton of the Elephant was presented to the
British Museum by General Sir Jasper Nicolls, and Major-General Hardwicke. I t is from India. With it is
the Skeleton of the Virginian Deer, presented by the Earl
of Derby, and another of the Arctic Wolf, presented by
Richard King, Esq.
ELEVENTH ROOM.

This Room contains the collection of F I S H .
The upright Cases round the Room, No. 24 and Nos.
1^—8, contain the series of dried Fish.
CASES 24, 1 and 2 contain the

ACANTHOPTERYGIAN

FISHES, or those which have spinous inarticulated rays to
the dorsal tins.
In CASE 24 are the Perch tribe, (Percidce,) most of which
as the Common and Sea Perch, have the ventral fins placed
on the thorax, before the pectoral. All these have seven
branchiostegous rays.' Others (Cirrhites) have less than
seven; and some few (Holocentrum, Trackichthys) have
more. The Weavers, or Otter-Pike, (Trachini,) and the
Star-gazer (Uranoscopus), have the ventral fins just behind the pectoral. The Paradise Fish (Polynemus) and the
Mullet (Mullus) have the ventral fins placed on the hinder
part of the body.
The Gurnards ( Triglidce) are distinguished from the other

BOOM X I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY,

45

Percoid Fish, by the bones of the face being very large, so
as to cover the cheeks. Some of these have the pectoral
fins so large, that the fish can support themselves for some
time in the air, and are therefore called Flying Gurnards
(Dactyloptera).
CASES 1 and 2. The Scienoid and the Sparoid Fish
differ from the Perches, in the palate being without teeth.
Some of these, as the Sargi (Sargus), have large teeth on
the side of the jaw {Chrysopkrys and Dentex).
The Maenoid Fish differ from those of the two former
families, by the jaws being protractile and retractile.
The Chsetodons (Chcetodontince) are known by their compressed form, and by their dorsal, and often their other fins
being covered with scales like the rest of the body. The
teeth are usually very small and numerous, resembling
bristles, from whence the name. The common Chsetodons
{Chcetodori) have their opercular bones finely ciliated, while
the horny Chaetodons have the lower part of the operculum
ending in a large spine. These fish are very numerous on
the rocky shores of the seas of warm climates. They are
generally beautifully and variously coloured, and good for
food; many are rejected from prejudice.
The Sea Bream (Brama) has many of the characters of
the Chsetodons, except that the palate is not toothed.
The Scomberoid Fish {Scomberidce) have a smooth skin
covered with a multitude of small scales, and a large caudal
fin. They are much used as food, and afford great employment to the fishermen. The Mackrel {Scomber) has two
dorsal fins: the hinder rays of the posterior are separated
from each other, forming, as it were, a series of small fins, as
in the common Mackrel {Scomber scombus). Some of the
species have a ridge of cartilaginous spines on the side of the
tail. The Sword Fish {Xiphias) is very like the Tunny,
but the front part of its upper jaw is produced into a long
beak, with which it attacks the larger sea animals. It swims
with excessive rapidity, and its flesh is much praised. The
common Sword Fish {Xiphias gladius) has no ventral fins.
The Flying Sword Fish {Notistium) has distinct ventral fins,
and the dorsal very high and long, which enables it to swim
with such velocity that it can drive its beak through the
stout oak planking of a ship. A fine specimen of this fish
is in a Case over the Fire-place, and by the side of it a

46

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

piece of oak plank pierced by the beak of a larger fish of
this species. The fish itself is very rare, yet several well
recorded instances of similar occurrences are known. In
many genera of the Scomberoid family, the spines, which
in most fishes support the front dorsal fin, instead of being
united together, are separate and free. This is the case
with the Pilot Fish (Gasterosteus ductor), and the Lichia
(Scomber glaucus).
The next family of spinous fishes, the Tsenioids (Ccepo~
lidce,) resemble the Scombers in general appearance, but their
bodies are very long and compressed on the sides, from whence
they are called Riband Fish. One of these, the Garter
Fish (Lepidopus), has the mouth long, and well armed with
teeth, and the ventral fins reduced to small scales. This
is the Zipotheca tetradens of Colonel Montague, who found
it on the English coast. The Riband Fish (Cepola) differs
in having a small oblique mouth and short muzzle, with
the dorsal and analfin united into a point at the tail. Over
the Mantel-piece is also another fish of this family (Zophotes), from the Mediterranean; its short head is surmounted by an elevated bony crest, from the top of which
springs a long spinous ray, fringed behind by a broad membrane, and having the appearance of a feather.
The family of Theutides {Theutldce) combine with the
small scales of the Scomberoid Fish the form and small
mouth of the Chsetodon, but are-furnished with a single row
of teeth with cutting edges, and their .fins are not scaly.
They live on fuci and other marine vegetables. Several of
the genera have sharp, retractile spines on the sides of the
tail, which when drawn back are received in a groove, and
from the wound they inflict they are often called Lancet
Fish, or Surgeons. The Monoceros (Naseus) has th'd
spines on the sides of the tail fixed and blunt, and the
front part of the head produced into a horn.
The Sea Mullets (Mugilidce), from the peculiarity of their
form, have been separated into a distinct family, characterized by having two dorsal fins, large scales, and a very
broad flat head.
The Blennies (Blenniidce) differ from the other spinous
fishes, in their skin being slimy, from whence their name,
and from the spines of their dorsal fin being very thin and
flexible, but not jointed as in all the soft finned fishes.

ROOM X I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

47

Many species of this family are viviparous. The Wolf
Fish (Anarrhichas) differs from the other Blennies by
the jaws and palate being armed with large tubercular
teeth, to which the fossil Bufonites were formerly referred.
The gall of this fish is used as soap by the Icelanders,
who compare its flesh to that of the eel.
The Anglers (Lopkius) have the bones of the carpus or
wrist elongated, so that the pectoral fin appears to be placed
on an arm. Their skeleton is very soft, nearly cartilaginous,
and their skin destitute of scales. They are very voracious, and from the small size of the opening of the gills,
can live a long time out of the water. The common Angler (Lophius piscatorius) has an enormous, flattened head,
forming the chief bulk of the fish, and a tail so compressed
on each side that the creature seems composed of little else
than head and tail. On the former, before the eyes, are
two long rays, or filaments, of a horny substance, and four
others, of a similar nature, but shorter, on the back, and
the lower jaw is furnished with numerous vermicular appendages, or tentacula. This animal, according to Bloch,
conceals itself amongst marine plants, or behind hillocks
of sand, rocks and stones, when it opens its great mouth,
and attracts the fish as they swim by, by wriggling the
long filaments on its head, which they mistake for worms,
and attempting to seize them, fall an easy prey to their
voracious and subtle enemy. The hideous appearance of
its monstrous, and almost constantly open mouth, well
armed with teeth, has probably gained for the Angler the
vulgar name of Sea Devil. The Hand Fish (Chironectes)
has a compressed head and body, a smaller mouth, and
the first dorsal fin placed between the eyes. The first ray
of that fin is often free, and terminates in a series of small
tentacula which the fish uses as a bait for taking its prey,
after the manner of the Angler. It has the faculty of inflating its large stomach with air and giving itself the
form of a balloon, like several of the Gymnodontes; and
by means of its pedicelled pectoral fins can crawl on land;
it can exist two or three days out of the water. The
Beaked Angler (Malthe) has its head flattened, and the
muzzle produced into a short horn.
The Labroid fish (Labridce), Cases 3 and 4, so called
from the large size of the fleshy lips which cover their teeth,

48

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

have the general form of the Percoid, the body being covered
with Jarge scales, and having only a single dorsal fin, which
is spinous in front. Their colours are generally exceedingly brilliant, and from usually living on rocky shores
they are commonly called Rock Fish. The Parrot Fish
(Scarus) is peculiar in this family, for the bones of the
jaws being very large, and convex externally. The jaws
are covered on the front part with teeth placed one over
the other like scales; and as fast as those at the edge
are worn away, they are succeeded by a new set.
The last family of the Acanthopterygians are the tubular-mouthed fishes, so called from the mouth being elongated into a tube. It consists of only two genera, distinguished by the shape of the body, which in the Tobaccopipe Fish (Fistularia) is cylindrical, and in the Sea Snipes
( Centriscus) compressed.
The MALACOPTERYGIANS, or soft-finned fish, which
form the second division of this Class, are characterized
by all the rays of the fins (except the first of the dorsal
and pectoral fins) being soft, jointed, and usually divided
at the end into several branches. This division has been
separated into orders, according to the position of the
ventral fin.
Those of the first group, containing most of the fresh
water fish, have the ventral fins situated behind the pectorals.
The first family (Cyprinidce) have a small mouth, feeble
and generally toothless jaws, whose margin is formed by
the intermaxillary bones; a strongly-toothed pharynx, and
a soft, false fin on the back, but no adipose dorsal fin.
These fish mostly feed on water-plants. Amongst them
are the Carp (Cyprinus carpio), Tench (Cyprinus tinea),
Bream {Cyprinusbrama), Barbel (Cyprinusbarbus), Loach
(Cobitis), and the Anableps, which is peculiar for the eye
being divided across, so that it appears to have four eyes,
similar to the Gyrini among the water-insects. The female is viviparous.
The family of Pikes (Esocidce), also are without any
adipose dorsal fin, and the upper jaws are edged by the
intermaxillaries. In most of the genera, the dorsal fin is
placed opposite the anal. They are generally voracious,
and prey on smaller fish.

ROOM X I . ]

49

NATURAL HISTORY.

In many of these the jaws and palate are full of teeth,
as in the common pike (Esor lycius); in others, as the
Gar-Fish (Esox belone), the jaws are slender, and very
much elongated. In one genus, the Half-Beak (Hemiramphus),the lower jaw alone is elongated and the mouth
oblique, and placed at its base.
The Flying-Fish
(Exocetus) belong to this family ; they inhabit the seas of
warm and temperate climates, and are peculiar for the
great length of the pectoral fins, which enables them to
suspend themselves in the air as long as the fins continue
moist. On leaving the water, to escape from the pursuit
of their enemies in that element, they often become the
prey of birds which are continually on the watch to attack
them. The Mormyri (Mormyrus) are fresh water fish of
Africa, which have a small mouth, and the gill-flap hid
under the skin.
The Siluroid Fish (Siluridce) have a naked skin, in
which large bony plates are frequently imbedded. They
have often an adipose dorsal fin, and their intermaxillaries
form the margin of the upper jaw, their maxillaries being
reduced to mere vestiges, or elongated into little beards.
Many of these have the first ray of the pectoral fin very
strong and bony, and the animal has the power of fixing
it immoveably, so that it forms a dangerous weapon, and
the wound inflicted by it is said to be venomous; but this,
perhaps, greatly depends on the liability of persons in
warm climates to tetanus or locked jaw from penetrating
wounds. They live chiefly on vegetable food, especially
seeds. Their flesh is very fat, and much used as food;
but that of some species, as the Shals (Synodontes) of
Senegal, is reputed to be dangerous. The skin of some
of the genera, as the Callichtes (Callichtes), is covered
with four rows of large imbricated scales, which protect
the body, like scale-armour; and others, as the Loricaria
(Loricarice), have the body entirely covered with a hard
coat, formed of angular scales.
The Salmons (Salmonidte) have, like most of the
Siluri, an adipose, hinder dorsal fin, but the body is
covered with regular scales. They principally ascend
rivers to spawn. They are voracious, and prey on insects
and small animals. This family has been divided into
D

50

NATURAL HISTORY.

£ l J P P E R FLOOR.

several genera, according to the form and presence of the
teeth, and the position of the fins.
The Herrings (Clupeidce), Cases 5 and 6, have a
scaly body like the Salmons, but no adipose dorsal fin, and
their upper jaw is formed in the middle by the intermaxillary, and on the sides by the maxillary bones.
With the Herrings are placed the Bony Pike (Lepisosfeus), which has many of the characters of the Pike, with
the structure of the head of the Herring. The body is
covered with a case formed of very hard square scales, and
the two outer rays of the tail and of the other fins, are
fringed with similar scalesT They live in the warm parts
of South America, and afford good food.
The second division of this order contains those fishes
whose ventral fins lie immediately under the pectorals.
I t contains three families, distinguished by the shape of
the body.
The Cod-Fish (Gadidce) have a lance-shaped- body,
covered with small scales. The head is without scales,
and the back has generally two or three dorsal fins ;
the ventral fins are always slender. They generally live
in the seas of cold and temperate climates, and by their
abundance are important as objects of commerce. They
are divided into several genera, according to the number
of the fins- The true Cod (Morrhua) has three dorsal
fins and a small beard; the Coal-Fish {Merlangus) has also
three dorsal fins, but no beard ; while the Stock-Fish
(Merluccias) has only two dorsal and one anal fin. The
Ling (Lola) differs from the latter in having a beard,
while the Torsk (Brosmius) has only a single long dorsal
fin.
The Fiat-Fish (Plearonectida?) are peculiar amongst
all the vertebrated animals, in having both eyes placed on
one side of the head, which side is always uppermost when
the fish swims, and strongly coloured, whilst the other is
white. The body is compressed, fringed above by a long
dorsal, and below by an anal fin. They live constantly in
shallow water, near the shore. They are liable to varieties;
sometimes both the upper and under side are dark-coloured,
and at others both are pale rosy white. When both the
sides are brown, the fins are interrupted over the forehead,

ROOM X I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

51

and the eyes are placed one on each side of the head of the
fish. These fish have been divided into several genera,
according to the length of the dorsal, and the distinctness
of the pectoral fins. Some, as the Zebra Sole (Flagusia),
are entirely without pectoral fins, and have the anal,
caudal, and dorsal united into one.
The third family of this division are the Suckers (Cy~
clopteridce), so called from the pectoral fins being united
together into a disc, by which they attach themselves to
marine bodies. Their skin is slimy and naked, or with
hard grains embedded in it. The pectoral fins are large.
They live in shallow water, near coasts, and swim with
great vivacity.
The Remorse (Echeneisidce) form the last family of the
soft-finned, subbrachian fishes. They are known by the
top of the head being flattened, and furnished with transverse series of cartilaginous plates, (somewhat similar
to the plates under the toes of the Gecko,) by which these
fish attach themselves to ships, rocks, and marine bodies.
The second group of soft-finned fish consists of those
which have no ventral fins (Apoda).
The first family of
these are the Eels (Murcenidce), which have along slender
body, covered with small scales sunk into a thick slimy
skin. Their gill-flaps are small, surrounded by the gillrays* and covered with the skin, leaving merely a small
tubular opening for the emission of the water. This structure enables the fish to live a long time out of water.
They have been divided into several genera, according to
the teeth and the proportion of the fins. In most of the
species, the dorsal and anal fins are long and united together ; in others they are short and quite separate (Moringua); and in some they are entirely wanting.
Iri
one genus (Synbranchus), the gill-flaps only open by a
single aperture in the under side of the neck. The
Ophidium (Ophidium) is very like the Eel, but its body
is more compressed, and the gill-flap, formed as in the
generality of fish, has a wide opening beneath. The rays
of the dorsal fin are simple.
The Gymnoti (Gymnotidce) have the gill-flap covered
with a membrane,like the Eels; but this membrane is open
behind the pectoral fins. These fishes have no dorsal, but a
D 2

52

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

long anal fin. In some the body is eel-shaped and naked,
as in the electric Gymnotus (Gymnotus electricus). In the
Carapi (Carapi) the body is compressed and covered with
scales. The Gymnarchi (Gymnarchi) differ from the Carapi, merely in having a long dorsal, and no anal fin. The
Morris (Leptocephalus) is very peculiar for the exceeding
thinness of its body, which resembles a riband, and is nearly
as transparent as glass ; its fins are scarcely visible, and its
intestines occupy a very narrow line along the lower edge
of the body.
The Launces (Ammodytes) have elongated, compressed
bodies, covered with scales placed in oblique transverse
series, and the dorsal, caudal, and anal fins separate from
each other. The jaws are acute and extensile : they bury
themselves in the sand, and live on the worms which they
find in it.
The Pipe Fish (Syngnathidce) form the next group.
They have the jaws, and the fibrous bony skeleton of
other fishes, but their gills are divided into little tufts,
placed by pairs on the bony branchial arches, instead of
being formed of regular pectinated plates. Their body is
also covered with shields, which give it an angular appearance. In the true Pipe Fish (Syngnathus) the mouth is
situated at the end of a tubular beak. The eggs, which
are always carried by the male fish, are in some species hatched in a sort of bag, formed by a puffing up
of the skin under the abdomen, or at the base of the tail,
which splits asunder to allow the escape of the young.
Many of the species are straight, but some contract after
death, so as to form a grotesque resemblance to a horse in
miniature, whence they are called Sea Horses (Hippocampi).
The Pegasi (Pegasus) differ from them by the mouth being
placed at the base of a prominent muzzle. The ventral fin
of some of the species of this genus is very large and expanded, whence their name.
The following fishes differ from all the former by the
jaws being formed of the maxillary and intermaxillary
bones united together into one body; and by the palatine
arch being connected writh the cranium by a suture, and consequently immoveable. Their skeleton is soft, but fibrous.
CASES 7 and 8. The first of these, the Gymnodontes,

ROOM X I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

53

have the jaws shaped like the beak of a parrot, and composed of parallel laminae united together. They live on
Crustacea, shells, and sea-weeds, and their flesh, which
has usually a musky odour, is said to be deleterious at
particular seasons. Several of these fishes have the faculty
of dilating their stomach with air, giving the body the
appearance of a balloon. When this takes place they float
along the surface of the water, in an inverted position.
The Diodons (Diodon) have both jaws undivided, and
the skin armed with large spines. The skin of some
species of this genus is said to be used as a kind of helmet
by the natives of the north-west coast of America. The
Tetrodons (Tetraodo?i), have the jaws divided in the
centre by a perpendicular suture, and the skin covered with
small, slightly prominent spines. The Triodons (Triodon),
have the skin of the Tetrodons, but the upper jaw alone
is divided, so that they appear to have three teeth.
The Moon Fishes, or Molse (Orthagoriscas), have the
same kind of jaws as the Diodons, but the body is comT
pressed and without spines, and not susceptible of being
inflated, and the tail is so short and high, that they have the
appearance of being merely the head of a larger fish.
The File Fishes (Balistidoe) have their jaws armed
with a small number of distinct teeth ; their skin is
hard, and their head produced, ending in a small mouth.
They are divided into several genera, according to
the structure of their outer covering. The true File
Fish (Balistes) Jias a compressed body, covered with hard
scales, and the first dorsal fin has spinous rays; its
colours are brilliant, but its flesh is said to be unwholesome.
It is chiefly found in the Torrid Zone, living upon seaweeds. Others, as the Unicorn File Fish (Monacanthus),
have the skin covered writh small, hairy scales, and the
first dorsal fin has only one spine. The Three-spined File
Fish (Triacantkus) has a silvery skin covered with small
scales, and a ventral fin, consisting of a single spine, on
each side.
The Trunk Fish (Ostraclon) has the same elongated
form as the Three-spined File Fish, and the body covered
with an inflexible case, formed of regular bony compartments. It has a very .large liver, which yields a considerable quantity of oil, but very little flesh. The body

54

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ U P P E R FLOOR.

is often armed with spines, and according to its form,
and the position of the latter, the species have been
distinguished.
The cartilaginous fishes are entirely without any maxillary or intermaxillary bones, their teeth being inserted on
the palate and vomer. Their skeleton is essentially cartilaginous, the calcareous matter being deposited in the
cartilage, in a granular form, and not in threads or filaments ; their skull is composed of a single piece, without
any suture.
The Sturgeons (Acipenser) have the gill-flap open like
the other fishes. Their body is protected by bony plates
implanted in the skin, and arranged in longitudinal rows;
their mouth is small, destitute of teeth, and placed at %he
base of an elongated muzzle. They ascend large rivers to
spawn, and furnish one of the most profitable fisheries.
Their flesh is excellent; their roe, dried and salted, forms
caviare, and their swimming bladder, merely washed and
dried, is the common isinglass of commerce.
The Spatulariae (JPolyodori) have a free gill-flap, like
the Sturgeons, but their beak is long and spatula-shaped,
and the mouth large and armed with teeth.
The Chimerse (Ckimcera) have great affinity to the
Sharks both in external form and the position of their fins,
but their gill-cavity opens externally by a single hole on
each side, and is covered by the rudiments of a gill-flap.
Between their eyes they have a fleshy process ending in a
group of small spines. They lay very large eggs, with a
coriaceous shell, of an ovate-lanceolate shape.
All the other cartilaginous fishes have their gills adherent to the outer side of the gill-cavity, allowing the
water to escape through a series of holes between each gill.
In most of these, as the Sharks and Rays (Squalidce),
the gills are laminar. The fish are furnished with large
pectoral and ventral fins; and the mouth, which is usually
placed under the end of the muzzle, is armed with teeth.
The Sharks (Squalus) are distinguished by their elongated form, and large, fleshy tail, and by the gill aperture
being placed on the side of the neck. Many of them are
viviparous ; others produce eggs inclosed in a hard, horny
shell. They have been divided into several genera, according to the form of the nostrils, the position of the fins,

ROOM X I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

55

and the absence or presence of the aperture behind the
eyes. Some, as the Cestracions and Spine Sharks, have a
large bony spine in the front of the dorsal fin.
The Hammer-headed Shark (Zygcena) is peculiar for
the head being flattened, truncated in front, and extended
horizontally on the sides, so as to resemble a hammer.
The Sea Angels (Squatina) have a depressed body,
and the mouth placed at the end, and not beneath the
muzzle.
The Saw Fishes (Pristis) have with the long body of the
sharks, the branchial opening below, and the muzzle produced into a long blade armed on the sides with implanted
bony spines. This instrument, whence they derive their
name, is so powerful, that they do not fear to attack the
largest cetaceous animals.
The Rays (Raiidce) are known by their flattened bodies
by their large fleshy and expanded pectoral fins, united in
front to the muzzle, and behind to the ventral fin and the
spine. The mouth of most of them is armed with tubercular teeth placed in close quincunx order on the maxillae.
Their eggs have a brown coriaceous shell, of a quadrangular form, with the angles prolonged into points.
The tail of some, as the Rhinobates (Rhinobatus) and
Rhina (Rhina), is thick, like those of the sharks; in
others, as the true Ray (Raia), it is slender, and often
armed by small spines. In the Sting Ray (Trygori) it is
very long and slender, and armed with a long bony spine,
serrated on both its edges. The teeth and caudal spines of
these fishes are often found in a fossil state, when the
former have been called palates.
The Sea Eagles (Myliobatis) have a long tail like the
Sting Rays, but their pectoral fins are very broad, so that
they in some measure resemble a bird of prey with its
wings extended. The teeth of the Sea Eagle are large flat
plates, arranged in a tessellated form.
The Cephalopterae ( Cephaloptera) very much resemble
the Sea Eagles, but their head is truncated in front, and
the anterior edge of the pectoral fin expanded like two
horns.
The Electric Ray (Torpedo) is peculiar for its fiddleshaped body.
The last family of fishes is that of the Lampreys (Petro-

56

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

myzidce), whose skeleton is the most imperfect of all the
vertebrated animals. Their body is long, slender, and
cylindrical, ending in a circular mouth, and destitute of
pectoral and ventral fins. The true Lamprey (Petromyzon)
has seven branchial openings, whence their vulgar name
Seven Eyes, and the skin under the tail forms a kind of
fin. Their mouth is armed with teeth.
The Gastrobranchus (Gastrobranchus) differs from the
Lamprey, by the tongue only being armed with teeth, like
the Lobworms. These animals emit such a quantity of
mucus through the pores of the lateral lines, that it converts the water in which it is placed into a jelly.
CASES NO. 9—23 contain Fishes preserved in spirits.
The TABLE CASE in the centre of the room contains
a collection of dried fishes, arranged as those in the Wall
Cases.
O N T H E W A L L S OVER T H E OASES ROUND T H E ROOM,

are placed a series of the horns of mammalia belonging to
the family Bovidse. Amongst them are
The Arnee (Bos Arne) of India; the African Buffalo ;
the Gour (Bos Gour) of India; the Musk Ox (Bos moschatus), and some Horns of domestic cattle. Amongst the
latter is a pair of horns of the African Ox of very large
size, but exceedingly light, the core being very cellular;
the Ibex (Capra Ibex), from Egypt; the Wild Goat;
the Jemlah Goat; varieties of Sheep, especially the Four
Horned Sheep : the Koba (Antilope Senegalensis), from
the interior of Africa ; the Gazelle (Antilope Dorcas) ;
Indian Antelope (Antilope Cervicapra); Saiga (Antilope
Saiga); Impoofo; CafFrarianOryx; Roan Antelope; Bluefaced Antelope; White-faced Antelope, &c.
B E T W E E N THE WINDOWS are the Spike of a large Saw-

Fish, and a large Rhinobate, from India; and, on the
SIDES of the DOOR, a Shark, and a large specimen of a
Torpedo, found on the coast of England.
Over the CASES 9—12, on the right hand of the fireplace, is a fine specimen of the Tetrapturus Herschellii,
Gray, from the Cape of Good Hope. The Tetrapturi
differ from the Common Sword.Fish (Xiphias) by having
ventral fins, and two small crests, parallel to one another,
on each side of the tail; whilst the Xiphise have no ventral
fin, -and only one caudal crest.

ROOM I I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

57

Over the door is a specimen of the Pirarucu {Sndis
gigas9 Cuv.), from the rivers of British Guiana.
TWELFTH AND THIRTEENTH ROOMS.

The first of these Apartments, till lately, held the Collections of British Birds and British Shells, with a small
assemblage of Birds' Eggs. These have been removed,
and with the general collection of Birds and Shells, which
filled the THIRTEENTH ROOM^ are now in progress of re-

arrangement in the Eastern Zoological Gallery.
The Thirteenth Room being closed for repairs, Visitors,
previous to arriving at the remainder of the Zoological
Collection, are obliged, for the present, to return to the
Hall and pass through the Gallery of Antiquities.
NORTHERN ZOOLOGICAL GALLERY.
ROOM I.
The T A B L E CASES contain the SPONGES and CORAL-

LINES, which have but a very doubtful claim to be regarded as belonging to the animal kingdom.
The SPONGES, Tables 1—6, resemble the Corals in
various particulars, but their animal nature is not distinctly
made out; those found in collections are merely the skeletons of the living mass, entirely destitute of the gelatinous
portion which constitutes the animal, if it be really of that
nature. Some naturalists have considered these skeletons,
or Sponges, as analogous to the stems of Antipathes, or
Black Coral, and consequently to the axes of zoophytes;
and have fancied that, when alive, they were covered, like
the Antipathes, with a perishable crust, consisting of the
dried polypes. But recent observations on them in their
living state have not verified this theory; for they have
been found to be entirely destitute of any polypi, to be
mere living masses, covered with a gelatinous coat, and
absorbing water through the small pores spread over their
surface, and emitting it by the larger scattered holes
called oscula; and though the fibres of many of the
sponges greatly resemble the axes of the Gorgonice, in
their chemical composition and organic structure, they

58

NATURAL HISTORY*

\jN. ZOOL. GAL.

nevertheless cannot be confidently pronounced to belong
to the animal, rather than to the vegetable kingdom.
In some, the skeleton,, which alone can be shewn in the
dry state, consists of a horny fibre, (Spongia,) in others it
is formed of interwoven calcareous spicula, which greatly
vary in their shape. In a few the spicula are formed of pure
flint, and of sufficient hardness to scratch glass.
The Tethya, (Table 7,) differs from the sponges with
siliceous spicula in being more or less globular, with all the
spicula radiating from the centre, and in its outer surface
being covered with a crust formed of minute calcareous
globules.
TABLE CASE, No. 8, contains the CORALLINES, which

were formerly considered as animals, and are now generally
regarded as sea-weeds, differing from most of them in having
a large quantity of calcareous matter in their composition.
Many of them are furnished with small tubercles similar
to the organs of fructification of Fuci and Marine Conferva, and are destitute of those cells on the surface which
are always found in the corals.
M. P e Blainville has formed them into a group under
the name of Psetidozoa, or false animals. Some are articulated, as Corallina, Jania, &c. ; others are frondose, as
Flabellaria, arid marked with the zones of growth ; their
edge is generally very thin and reflexed, until they are
hardened by the deposition of the calcareous particles in
their substance. Others have a head formed, as in Penicillus, of a tuft of fibres, which are sometimes united into an
umbrella-like head, as in Acetabularia; and one (Nullipora,
Lam.) is hard and stony, forming crusts, or variously
shaped lobes or branches, on stones, shells and other marine
bodies.
ROOM II.
The T A B L E CASES in the Second and Third Rooms contain the collection of RADIATED ANIMALS, (Centronix,
Pallas,) so called from all the parts of their body and
members being disposed in a radiated form, which often
gives them the shape of the flowers of plants.
The pores of the skin of some kinds, and the whole of
the cellular substance of others, is often so filled with
calcareous matter, as to leave, when the animal is dead or

ROOM I I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

59

removed, a hard case or a stony coral; the latter often
representing, in a very perfect manner, all the more important characters of the animal. It is the hard parts or
skeletons, as they may be called, of these animals, which
alone can be shewn with any effect in collections, but
whenever it is possible they should be studied in connection with the animals which form them,, as the animal
alone affords the proper characters for their classification,
and the study of the animal and coral together, enables
the student to understand, in other cases, by the examination of the coral alone, what was the probable
structure of the animal that formed it.
The T A B L E C A S E S O F T H E SECOND ROOM contain the

hard parts of the ECHINODEIIMATA, so called from their
body being covered with a hard coat formed of variously
shaped calcareous pieces imbedded in the surface of the
skin. These pieces are formed by the earthy particles
being deposited round certain definite spots in the
skin, and as they are developed, they assume a definite
arrangement into certain distinct shapes peculiar to the
different kinds ; although these are strongly united together by the skin, and have a kind of organization during the life of the animal, they may easily be separated from
each other after death; and then appear likeseparate bones.
This structure allows the animal to increase both the size
and the number of the pieces that compose its protecting case as the body grows, and also to repair, by the
deposition of fresh qalcareous particles on the skin of the
healed part, any injury which the animal may have re^
ceived from external accidents during its life. (See such a
specimen, Case 3.)
They are all marine, and live on animal food. The
free kinds move about with their mouths beneath, and the
attached ones are affixed by their backs with their mouth
above, to enable their limbs to bring the food within its
reach.
The First Class, D I T R E M A T A , have a distinct digestive canal, furnished with a mouth and vent, containing the Echinida and Holothurida.
The E C H I N I D A or Sea Eggs; (Cases Nos. 1 to 10;)
these are covered with a hard case, formed of 40
perpendicular bands of square or six-sided pieces, sunk

60

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

in the substance of the skin, and furnished externally
with numerous spines, affixed by muscles on hemispherical tubercles, which allow the spines to move in all directions, protecting the animals from their enemies and
enabling them to bury themselves in the sand on the
shore when they are left by the retiring tide.
These spines easily fall oif when the animal is dead,
and the greater part of the specimens exhibited are destitute of them. Ten pairs of the 40 bands of pieces of which
the cases are formed, alternating with the ten other
pairs, are pierced with minute double pores, through
which are sent out small filaments with dilated ends, which
enable the animals to anchor themselves to marine bodies.
These animals have two separate openings to their digestive canal.
The more globular kinds have the mouth and vent
placed opposite one another, in the centre of the upper
and lower surfaces, with the bands of pores (or ambulacra*
as they are called, from their fancied resemblance to
the walks in a garden) extending in five pairs of lines
from the one to the other ; the mouth is armed with very
complicated jaws, furnished with five rather projecting
teeth. (See Case 3.) These shells are generally covered
with large spines. The Diadems {Cidaridce)^ Case 1, have
the tubercles on which the spines are affixed pierced with
a central pit, and the Echinidce (Cases 2 to 6) have, on
the contrary, simple rounded tubercles. The spines of
most of the species of this family are equal-sized, but in
some, especially such as are of an oblong shape, as
Echinometra lucunter, the spines are large and clubshaped, and in others, as E. atrata^ they are very short
and truncated, forming, in the mass, a smooth surface
somewhat resembling a tessellated pavement.
These
animals are much sought after as food during the latter
part of the summer, at which time they are almost filled
with eggs.
The other Echinida have the vent placed on the side
of the body.
The family of Scutellidce (Cases 7, 8) have the rounded
mouth in or near the centre of the under side. Their
shell is covered with very minute equal-sized spines, and
the pores form arched series like the petals of a flower.

ROOM I I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

61

on the middle of the back. Their jaws are complicated,
triangular, inclosed, and formed for crushing the food.
The shells of these animals are strengthened by columns
of calcareous matter which are deposited in the cavities between the folds of the internal organs. Some
species are convex, as Echmanthus, but they are mostly
very flat and depressed, as the Scutella. Many of the
latter are pierced with holes in the disk, or are lobed on
the edge.
The family of Galeritidce (Case 9) resemble the former
family in the position of the mouth and vent, and in being
covered with very small spines, but the lines of pores extend from the middle of the back to the mouth ; they are
sometimes interrupted at the margin, but then they are to
be seen again forming five distinct petal-like impressions
on the under side near the edge of the mouth. The cavity
of the shell is simple, and their jaws are small or only
rudimentary. Only a few kinds are now found in a recent
state, but the extinct species are very numerous, forming
several very distinct genera. The vent in some of these
is above the hinder margin, but it is never in the middle
of the back.
The family of Spatangidte (Cases 9, 10,) differ from all
the others in the mouth being transverse, and more or
less in front of the middle of the under side of the shell.
They are destitute of jaws ; the series of pores are generally interrupted, but they form petal-like rows, both
on the back and near the mouth. The shell is generally
heart-shaped, with a groove from the crown to the mouth
in front, and they are sometimes furnished with long
slender as well as the usual small short spines. The
cases or shells of these animals are formed of the same
number of bands as the other Sea Eggs, but the bands are
of unequal breadth, as is sometimes the case with deformed
specimens of the hemispherical Echini. (See specimen in
Case 2.)
The HOLOTHURIDA or Sea Cucumbers have many
characters in common with the Echinidce, but their skin is
only hardened with irregular scale-like or oblong bones;
their mouth is in general surrounded with 5 or 10 plumose appendages. Most of them are furnished with
rows of pores similar to, and for the same purpose as,

62

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

the ambulacra of the Echinidse; in some, as the Holotharia, they form regular lines from the mouth to the
vent ; in others, as the Cuvieria, (Case 10,) they are all
crowded on the under surface of the body, which is in
general flat.
The family of Siphmculidce have many characters in
common with those animals, but they are destitute of any
ambulacra.
The Holothi/ridce and Siphunculidce are eaten; the
Trepang, a common name of the various species of
the former genus, is much sought after by the Chinese to
flavour their soup. Also see the specimens of this order
in Room VII.
The HYPOSTOMATA, (Cases 11 to 24,) differ from the
former class in the body being expanded into rays or
lobed, and in having a bag-like stomach, with only a
single aperture through which the food is received, and
the indigestible part rejected. It contains the Asteroida
and Ophinrida.
The true STAR-FISHES, or ASTEROIDA, (Cases 11 to 18,)

have the body expanded into arms of the same structure
as itself, and the under sides of the arms are marked with
grooves radiating from the centre, pierced with two or
four rows of holes, through which are emitted filaments
with expanded tips, which the animal uses in locomotion,
and they have a wart on the back, the use of which is
unknown. The Asterice differ greatly from one another
both in texture and form. Most of the species have five
rays, but varieties are sometimes met with which have only
four rays, one of which is in Case 17. Some species have
eight, others nine, and others again from twelve to thirty
rays. Most of the species have the faculty of reproducing
the arms, or such parts of them as may be accidentally
broken off; and if an entire arm be separated, provided a
part of the body be attached to it, other arms are reproduced, and a fresh perfect animal is formed. Some specimens illustrative of these facts are in the Case.
The family of Typical Star-Fishes (Asteriadce), Cases
11 and 12, have four series of holes and tentacles in each
of the arm-grooves. Most of the kinds have only two
series of pores in each groove; they are divided into groups
of genera, according to the structure of the hard particles

ROOM I I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

63

which form the support of the body, and which generally
agree with the external form of the body.
The family of Astropectenidce (Cases 13 and 14,) have
the back of the rays thin and netted, with numerous tubercles at the junction of each of the little bones, which are
covered at their tips with numerous small moveable spines.
They are the most beautiful of the order.
The family of Pentacendce (Cases 15 to 17,) have the
skeleton formed of large roundish tubercles, the skin between which is pierced with small holes ; some of these
have a convex back and triangular arms, as the Pentaceros; others are flat above and beneath, with five broad,
short rays edged with larger pieces, as Goniaster ; many
of these have their back studded with conical tubercles,
which enlarge in size as the bone on which they are placed
increases ; these tubercles sometimes fall ofFas the animal
increases in size, and are easily separated, leaving a flat
scar when the specimen is dead. Some of them, as the
Dactylosaster, Case 17, have elongated cylindrical arms.
The last family, or the Asterinidce, have the skeleton
formed of compressed pieces, placed one over the other
like the tiles on a house ; they always have a thin margin. They are generally flat and pentangular, bat some
have a convex back, and a few are many rayed. (Case 18.)
The

LIZARD-TAILED

STARFISHES,

OPHIURIDA,

(Cases

19 to 24,) have a suborbicular depressed body with five
cylindrical, jointed, very flexible arms, which are sometimes repeatedly divided into branches; the arms are
furnished with a series of small .pores, along each side of
their under or oral surface, and they have a lunate hole on
each side of the base of their arms. They have no dorsal
warts.
The family Ophiuridce have an orbicular body covered
with spines or scales, and the arms, which are always
simple, are furnished with cross series of spines on the sides.
In some, (Ophiosoma, Cases 19,20,) the spines of the arms
are long and expanded, in others, as Ophiura, they are short
and appressed. Most of the species have five rays, there is
one in the collection (Case 20) with only four, and some
have been described as having eight, but they are only
monstrosities.
The family of Gorgon heads, {Exmjalidcg)) on the contrary,

64

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

have the body covered with a leathery skin and strengthened behind with five pairs of radiating ribs. The arms
are compressed and furnished with a series of pores on each
side ; the outer side of each pore is partly covered with a
bundle of small spines arising from a common base.
The arms of the Astrophyton (Cases 22 and 23) are
round and repeatedly branched so as to end in very small
flexible filaments, by which the animal attaches itself to
marine bodies and strains its food from the surrounding
water. The Euryale has square arms only branched at
the tip. The Nataliahas round simple tubercular ringed
arms. The Laspalia only differs from the former in
having elongated simple arms covered with a crustaceous
coat.
The remainder of the ECHINODERMATA have a purse-like
body, and the middle of their back is produced into an
elongated stem, by which they are often attached to other
bodies, or if they are free, the middle of their back is furnished with a bunch of hooked fibres, by which they attach
themselves to corals, sea-weeds, &c.; and some of those
which are free in their adult state are attached by a pedun-r
cle when very young.
The Class CRINOIDEA (Case 24) are furnished with five
arms, having a series of processes on each side like a
feather. The arms are generally forked at their base, and
often repeatedly subdivided. Their body is surrounded
with hard shelly plates. One recent genus, Comatula, is
free, but the other Pentacrinites and many of the fossil
genera, as, Encrinites and Poteriocrinites, & c , have an
elongated peduncle, which is furnished with claspers, like
those on the back of the Comatula.
The Class SPH^RONIDA are only found fossil and like
the former, but they have no arms, and the body is more
or less spherical, with a large aperture closed by five
valves on the side of the vertex, between it and the
costals, and they are only marked with scattered pores.
The class BLASTEROIDA (Case 24) appear to be nearly
allied to the Crinoidea, but they chiefly differ in having no
arms, and in their body being marked with five double
series of holes like the ambulacra of Sea Eggs, as the
genera Pentremites and Orbitremites,
They are only
found in a fossil state.

ROOM I I I . ]

65

NATURAL HISTORY.

The following List will show at one view the Arrangement of the Radiated Animals, and the Numbers indicate
the Table Cases of this Room in which the genera in the
collection are placed.
Conoclypeus
Pygurus
Cassidulus
Section I .
Amblypygus
ECHINOJDERMATA.
Clypeus
Class I.
Nucleolites
DlTREMATA.
Echinobrissus—9
Order I . E C H I N I D A . Catopygus
Fam. 1. Cidaridce. Pygorhynchus
Hyboclypeus
Cidaris, Case 1
Galerites—9
Acrocidaris
Pyrina
Pedina
Globator
Tetragramma
Nucleopygus
Acrosalenia
Pygaster
Echinopsis
Discoidea
Hemicidaris
Holaster
Diadema—1
Disaster
Astropyga
Fam. 5.
Fam. 2. Echinida. Hemipneustes
Cyphosoma
Micraster—9
Salentia—2
Brissus—9
Peltastes
Goniopygus
Ova—10
Goniopnorus
Toxaster
Acropeltis
Amphidetus—10
Arbacia—2
Spatangus—10
Echinus—2, 3 , 4
Echinocardium -10
Hipponoe—4
Echinoneus—10
Echinometra—5
Pachygaster
Colobocentrus — 6
Echinocorys—10
H eterocentr u s—6
Order I I . H O L O T H U Fam. 3. Scutellidce.
RIDA.
Echinanthus—7
Fam. 1. Holothuridie.
Lagana—7
Holothuria
Echinocyamus—7
Trepang
Fibularia—7
Mulleria
Echinarachnius—8
Bonadschia
Echinodiscus—8
Fam. 2. Cuvieriadce.
Encope
Amphiope
Cuvieria—10
Heliophora
Psolus
Lobophora
Fam. 3. Synaptidce,
F a m . 4. Galeritidce, Synaptes
Chirodota
Echinolampas—9"
Sub-kingdom.
CENTRONIX.

Thyone
Fam. 4. Pentactidee.
Pentacta
F a m . 5. SiphunculicUe.
Siphunculus—10
Class I I .
H Y P O S T O MATA.
Ord.

L

ASTEROIDA.

F a m . 1. Asteriadce.
Asterias—11, 12
Heliaster—12
Tonia—12
Fam. 2. Astropectinida.
Nauricia—13
Astropecten—13, 14
Luidia—14
Petalaster—14
Solaster—14
Polyaster—14
Henricia—14
F a m . 3.

Pentaceridce,

Culcita
Pentaceros—15
Stellaster—16
Hippoaster—16
Calleaster—16
Goniaster—16
Echinaster—19
Gymnasteria—17
Dactylosaster— 17
Stellonia—17
Cribrella—17
Linckia—17
Fam. 4. Asterinidce.
Palmipes—18
Asterina—18
Ord.

II.

Fam. 1.

OPHITJRIDA.

Ophiurida.

Ophiosoma—19, 20
Ophiura—20
Rosula—20

66

NATURAL HISTORY.

Aspidura
A S " " '

Orbitremites
2 0

Class IV.

A n o m a

Fam. 2. Ifefyafefe.
Astrophyton-22, 23
Eurvale—24
Natalia—24
Laspalia—24
Class I I I .
BLASTEROIDA.
Fam. 1. Pentremitida.
Pentremites—24

c
S p M R 0 N 0 I D E A

'
Sphasronites
llemicosmites
•
Cryptocrinites
Class V.
CRINOIDEA.
Farm i.PentacHnilidee.
Comatula—24
Pentacrinites, &c.

£ N . ZOOL. GAL.
Fam. 2. Apiocrinitidce.
Apiocrinites
Holopus, &c.
kn,*
CyathocnnitiduB,
Cyathocrinites
Marsupites
Earn. 4. Asterocomidce*
Asterocoma.
[Continued at p. 75.]

T H E T H I R D ROOM

Contains the continuation of the collection of R A DIATED A N I M A L S , consisting of such as are covered with

a smooth skin ; in some the outer skin is hardened into a
sheath for the protection of the contractile body of the
animal, while in others the body of the animal itself, as
it enlarges in size, is gradually transformed into a hard
and stony coral, by the continual deposition of earthy
particles into the older part of its substance.
This division (LEIODERMATA) contains three classes;
the Acalepha or Sea Nettles, the Zoophytes, and the
Poly%oa.

The ACALEPHA, or Blubber-fishes, are so called from
their being almost entirely formed of a soft, very cellular,
jelly-like substance, which rapidly decomposes after,
death, without leaving any hard part or skeleton that can
be preserved in a dry state ; they are destitute of any
true stomach, but only have vesicles in their substance.
They float free on the ocean. A few animals, which appear to be intermediate between them and the Sea Anemonies, as the Porpitaand Felella,have a cartilaginous plate
sunk in their back, which keeps them of a defined form.
The plate of the Porpita (Case 1) is circular and simple, while that of the Velella (Case 1) is oblong, with
an erect crest placed obliquely across its back.
CASES 1 to 30, are occupied with the hard parts of
ZOOPHYTES, (Zoophyta,)which are so called because these
animals are often crowded together in societies or families,
in such a manner as to assume the form of trees. This
form is taken to allow each of the individuals of which

ROOM I I I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

6J

the society is composed to procure a fair and equal share of
nourishment from the water which surrounds them, and
on which they live, as the leaves of trees extract nourishment from the air in which the plant grows.
Each individual animal of these zoophytes has a simple
plaited membranaceous bag-like stomach, with only a
single orifice, like that of the Star-fish, and their mouth is
surrounded by a more or less numerous series of tentacles,
which search for and conduct the food that comes within
their reach into the digestive cavity, while the animal
itself is generally attached by its back to marine bodies,
and very commonly to others of its own kind ; the union
which they form with each other is sometimes so intimate
that one individual cannot be injured without its being
felt by the whole society. The hard parts of these
animals have been all classed under the name of Corals,
but the animals which form them are of three very different kinds, each forming a peculiar kind of skeleton for
its protection.
The first kind or order of these animals, or ZOANT H I A R I A , (Cases 1 to 20,)are so called from their resembling a flower when their tentacles are expanded: they are
characterized by having very numerous simple tentacles
placed in one or more series round their mouth, and their
stomach furnished with more or less numerous longitudinal folds, which subdivide it into different cells.
Some of these, as the Sea Anemonies, (^Actiniadce,) are
quite soft and covered with a smooth skin, so that they
can only be preserved in a damp state. The LucemaritB
only differ from these in the mouth being cut into 4 or 8
lobes. A few have a hard cartilaginous outer skin,
which is often strengthened by the deposition of earthy
grains within its surface, as the Zoanthidce (Case 1).
Some of these are crowded together into a mass, as
v
Corticifera; others are distinct from one another, but
arise from a common surface, which is either an expanded base, as in Mammillifera, or a creeping stem as
in Zoanthus. By far the greater number of these animals, as they grow, deposit in the cellular substance
of the flesh of their back an immense quantity of earthy
matter, which enlarges as the animal increases in size,
and in faqt fills up all those portions of the substance of

68

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

the animal which, by the growth of new parts, are no
longer wanted for its nourishment, and in this manner
they form a hard and stony case, amongst the folds of
which they can contract themselves, so as to be protected from external injury, and by the same means to
form for themselves a permanent attachment, which prevents their being tossed about by every wave of the element in which they live. The stony substances so formed
are called Corals^ and their mode of formation causes
them exactly to represent the animal which secretes
them ; the upper surface is always furnished with radiating plates, the remains of the calcareous particles which
were deposited in the longitudinal folds of the stomach
before referred to, and as these plates do not usually
reach to the centre, there is almost always a vacant space
in the middle between them.
The structure of these animals, and of the corals they
form, is most easily studied in those kinds which are
simple and separate from each other, as the Fungia,
(Case 2,) and if these are understood, the structure of
the other kinds will readily be made out, for they are all
formed in the same manner, although they are much
modified in their outward form by being crowded together into a hemispherical mass like the Brain-stone,
(Case 10,) in the form of a tree-like Coral, (Case 15,) or
of an expanded frondose mass, like the Explanaria, All
these variations result from the manner in which the
animal emits from the whole surface, or from a particular
part of the sides of its body, the bud by which the new
individuals of the general mass or society are produced.
In the greater part of these animals, the stomach is
furnished with numerous folds, leaving many plates in the
cells of the coral, and the mouth has generally equally
numerous tentacles, as in the Sea Anemonies, or Actinice.
In some, as the Fungia, TurbinoUa}&rY&Cyathi?ia,(Qn,&Q2,)
the animals are simple and solitary, and not spontaneously
divided, so that the coral only offers a single cell. In
others, where the animals live in societies, the mouth
often contracts on the side and separates of its own
accord gradually into two or more mouths; it then produces as many separate cells, which are separated or
forked where the contraction took place.
In some

ROOM I I I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

69

of these, as the Lobophyllia, &c, (Case 3,) the bodies
of the different animals of the same mass, and the cells
of the coral remain separate from each other.
In a
few, as Anthophyllum, (Case 7,) at certain intervals of
its growth, the animals throw out an expansion which
deposits a shelly plate that unites the different cells
formed by each of the bodies into a common mass, though
the cells themselves are distant from each other. But
in very many, the bodies of the different animals of
the same group, as they are produced, are united together side by side, forming a coral with all the cells
united together into a globular, branched or expanded foliaceous mass. These forms depend on the manner in which the reproduction of the different individuals
of the masses takes place, whether by the contraction
and spontaneous division of the mouth, when the cells
are deep and form a rounded mass, or by the developement of buds from the sides of the parents, when the
animal forms an expanded frond, as in Pavonia, &c.
In some, the stomach of the animal is only provided
with 12 slight folds, and the mouth has only 10 or 12
tentacles. In this case the cell of the coral is provided
with only a few slightly raised rays. Most of these animals
live crowded together in societies forming a branched
coral, and the cellular substance of the animal is in general not so perfectly filled with calcareous matter as in
the former kinds; consequently the coral is of a more
spongy or lighter texture, as in the Madrepores, Madrepora, Porites, &e. (Cases 15 to 18.)
Near these Corals must be arranged for the present*
until their animals are better known, the Millepores (Millepora alcicorms of Linnaeus). The latter is remarkable
for the rapidity of its growth and the facility with which
it expands itself over all the different anomalous objects
that come in its way; thus we have it covering shells,
bottles, gorgoniae, & c , and assuming the form of all the
things it covers (Case 20). According to Mr. Nelson,
the animal is very different from that of any other coral,
being quadrangular, expanded at intervals into four rays,
and destitute of any true tentacles.
The different kinds of these animals grow and increase with great rapidity, forming enormous masses

70

NATURAL HISTORY.

[jNT. ZOOL. GAL.

of coral, as may be judged from a fragment on the
south side of this Room,
It is their skeletons that
form the reefs round the islands in the Pacific Ocean,
the growth of which has furnished such an interesting problem to the scientific naturalist.
The specimens usually shewn in collections are small individuals which grow in the sheltered places among the
rocks, where they are not exposed to the action of the
waves, and collected before they have reached their
proper magnitude. The form of the masses appears to
be greatly influenced by the positions in which they have
grown, and the size of the individuals greatly depends on
the quantity of nourishment they are able to procure.
This is proved by the fact, that if all the individuals of
the same mass are equally exposed, they are of an equal
size, but if the surface of the coral is waved, as in the
Explanaria, (Case 13,) the individuals on the convex
part of the mass, which could procure the most food,
are large, while those in the concave or sunken parts are
small.
TheZooPHYTARiA, or second division or order of the
Zoophytes, (Cases 21 to 28,) are easily known from the
other kinds by having only six or eight tentacles, furnished with one or more series of short processes on
each side. Their stomach ends in six or eight elongated
processes, which are considered as the oviducts. One
genus of these animals (Cornularia, Case 21) is said
to have a horny external skin like the Tubularia, into
which the animal is retracted for protection. There are
some other genera which are said to have a hard cartilaginous external skin like the Zoanthi, as the Telesto.
One genus has a similar tough skin, which is at length so
hardened by the deposition of calcareous matter within
its substance as to become a hard coral. This genus of
animals live in groups side by side, and as they increase in
size form shelly tubes, which has caused them to be called
Organ Coral or Tubipora \Case 21). At certain intervals
the animals contract themselves into their tubes, and
bend out the soft part of the outer skin of the body near
the head, so that it forms a broad collar round the end
of the harder tube; and as the different animals of the
same group of tubes generally perform this action simul-

ROOM I I I . ]

NATURAL

HISTORY.

71

taneously, the collars of the different tubes come in contact, and, having chalky matter deposited in them, unite
and at length become stony like the rest of the tube.
After this has been done, the animal begins to form
another tube ; and after a time they repeat the same
process again, so that the different tubes of the same
group are united by cross layers into a single mass. The
animal being bright green, and the coral vivid red, makes
it a most beautiful object when alive.
By far the greater number of the animals of this order
have a very thick, spongy outer skin, which is often
strengthened by having variously shaped calcareous
grains, or rugose and more or less fusiform calcareous
spiculae, imbedded in its surface. These animals live in
societies closely united in a single mass by their outer
skin, while there appears to be also a general community
of function in their more important internal organs.
They are constantly emitting buds from different parts
of their surface, and as each speciexs emits them in a peculiar form, the mass assumes a definite shape, varying in
the different kinds.
In general, the common mass has an expanded base
by which it is attached to some marine body, and when
the mass is of a low rounded shape, as in Lobularia, (Case
28,) the spiculse in the substance of the skin are strong
enough to support the mass, but when the mass assumes
an erect or a branched tree-like form, the animals secrete
in the centre of their body a more or less rigid support,
which has been called their axis, and which has sometimes, though erroneously, (from its being commonly seen
in collections without the remains of the investing animal,)
been considered the entire coral. This axis is thickened
by depositions of fresh layers of horny matter on its
surface as the mass increases in size and requires more
support, the increase of the thickness and length of the
axis being always simultaneous with the growth of the
mass. In some kinds, the axis is only formed of an immense number of spiculse, like those in the substance of
the skin, being crowded together in the centre, as in the
genus Briareum (Case 28).
In general it is formed of a quantity of horny matter,
which is deposited in successive layers, as in Gorgonia

72

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

(Cases 24 to 26). The axes of some of these kinds have
been called, from their colour, Black Coral, and were formerly much esteemed for their supposed magical and
medical qualities. They are now chiefly used to make
riding whips and whisks.
In some genera a large quantity of calcareous matter is
deposited along with the horny matter, forming a stonelike axis, as in the Red Coral, Corallium (Case 21); and in
other kinds the calcareous matter is only deposited in
certain parts of the axis, leaving the rest simply formed
of the horny animal matter as in the genus I sis (Case
2 l ) . In this kind the axis has been considered as jointed,
because the stony and the horny parts easily separate
from each other when the mass of the animal has been
removed and the axis is dried; but a larger and larger
quantity of stony matter is gradually deposited as the
mass increases in size, and in the large masses, the axis
of the lower part is almost entirely stony, like the axis of
Corallium, Specimens shewing all the changes are in the
collection (Case 21). Lamarck, not being aware of this
change, considered the axis of the old specimens as a
different genus. The Antipathes (Case 27) have the same
kind of animal and axis as the Gorgonia, but the skin of
the animal is thin, cellular, and easily leaves the axis
bare, when the mass is taken out of the water.
In the genus Hyalonema, (Case 28,) the animal mass,
instead of forming a single axis for its support, secretes in
the middle of its substance a bundle of thin transparent
fibres, looking exactly like a rope of spun glass; each of
these fibres is formed of numerous concentric coats, like
the axis of Gorgonia, and they are each of them enlarged
in size by a new layer of mineral matter, secreted by the
thin membranes which surround each of them, as the
mass requires more support. Unlike the axis of Gorgonia, the fibres are formed of nearly pure flint, and are
hard enough to scratch glass, and the mass, instead of
forming for itself an expanded base, lives with the end of
the axis sunk in a species of sponge. This genus is found
in the Japanese seas. It is the only one, whose animal
nature is well determined, that secretes pure silex, for the
Tethya probably belongs to the vegetable kingdom.
The Sea Pens, Pennatulidce, (Case 28,) have many
characters in common with the Gorgonice. They have

ROOM I I I . ]

73

NATURAL HISTORY.

only a single axis, which pervades their central stem,
but they live floating free in the sea or with the naked
part of the base of their stem sunk into the sand and
mud on the coast, as the Hyalonema is into a sponge,
and they are easily known from both by their symmetrical form, which, in the true Pennatula, resembles that of
a pen with the animals coming out from the-upper part of
the side branches. Virgularia differs from the former in
the stem being longer, more slender, and in having the side
branches smaller. The Renillce are fleshy, with a kidneyshaped expanded head, and the animals coming out on
the broad flat sides; and the Veretillum differs from the
rest in being club-shaped, with the animals emitted on all
the sides of the club.
The POLYPI ARIA, (Cases 29 and 30,) or third order of
Zoophytes, like the Actinice, have numerous simple tentacles round their mouth, but the stomach is long, simple,
and not, or only very slightly, longitudinally folded.
The fresh water Polype, [Hydra,) which belongs to
this group, is peculiar for being free and having a soft
contractile skin. The marine kinds have the outer skin
hard and horny, forming a sheath for the stomach and
more important organs, and into which the head, the
contractile tentacles,, and other parts of the body can be
withdrawn for protection.
These animals live associated together in masses like
the other Zoophytes, and their union appears to be even
more intimate. In some, as the Tubularia, they assume
the form of simple or slightly branched tubes, with the
Polypi coming out at their ends. In the Sertularia, the
animal throws out a number of lateral buds, which form
for themselves small toothlike cases in the sides of the
stem; and as each species throws out its bud in a
regular and definite manner, the united mass of animals
resulting from this union assumes a defined form, which
is peculiar to each of the species. The latter animals
also emit from different parts of their bodies variously
shaped cells or vesicles which contain eggs, eventually
emitted and becoming the origin of other similar masses
of animals.
The Class of POLYZOA (Cases 31 and 32) has many
characters in common with the Zoophytes, with which
E

74

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

it has very generally been confounded.
The animals
are united together in similar common masses; but
they are much more complicated in their organization,
have a regular digestive canal, a separate stomach,
and distinct mouth and vent. Their mouth is surrounded with eight or more simple ciliated tentacles, which,
when the animal is at rest, are contractile into the gullet. Their outer skin is in general thick or fleshy, and
very often assumes a stone-like or glassy consistence.
They are nearly allied to the compound Ascidia in
their organization, but are distinguished from them by
their mouth being furnished with distinct tentacles, and
by their skin generally assuming gradually a stony
texture.
In the fluviatile kinds, the series of tentacles is interrupted on one side, so that they form a horse-shoe
shaped group, as in Plumatella, which is found in the
ponds and ditches near London.
In the marine kinds, which are far more numerous, the
tentacles form a continuous circular series.
These animals live united together in masses, exhibiting almost all the different external forms assumed by
the preceding Zoophytes. In the genus Alcyo?iidinm,
the outer skin is thick and cartilaginous, forming, when
the animals are united together, a hard fleshy mass, which
has been mistaken for an alga, and is difficult to keep
in a dry state. In others, the skin is more or less transparent and horny, so that the mass ; assumes much of the
appearance of' Sertularia, as in the genera Serialaria, &c,
(Case 31,) but in general the skin is more or less rapidly
hardened into a stony case, according to the manner in
which the animal is reproduced either by the spontaneous division of its body, or by the emission of buds from
various parts of its surface, and these differences produce
very differently shaped corals.
Sometimes the mass of animals assumes the form of a
leaf-like expansion, attached by its lower surface to shells
and other marine bodies ; then the younger animals are
formed on the circumference of the mass, and if the surface of the coral is examined, it will shew all the extraordinary and different changes which the skin assumes as
the animals which formed it increase in age; the skin

ROOM I I I . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

To

of the younger animal being thin and soft, it gradually
becomes harder until the animal arrives at its perfect
state of developement, and then it thickens, blisters, and
swells until the hole through which the head of the
animal was emitted is obliterated, and the animals are
destroyed by the developement of their own skin. These
cells are to be found gradually spreading from the centre
of the expansion or the base of the stem of the more treelike coral, while the new animals and their cells are being
developed on the edge of the frond or the tips of the
branches. Sometimes, as the mass increases in size, it
sends up more or less erect lobes, and if these lobes have
both of their sides equally exposed to the influence of
the sea and light, so that the animals of each side can
procure their nourishment, then they form two layers of
cells applied back to back, as in Eschara. Sometimes the
new cells are formed on the surface of the older and
dead ones, so as to form a cylindrical branched coral,
having all the new pores developed at the ends of the
branches.
The UPRIGHT CASES ON THE TABLE CASES are intended to

contain the large specimens of the skeletons of Zoophytes,
or Corals, arranged in the same manner as the more complete series in the Tables; and the collection of these
animals preserved in spirits, (especiall}' those which cannot be well exhibited in a dry state,) is kept in the Wall
Cases of the Ninth Room of the old building, until the
Wall Cases of these Rooms are made.
The following is a continuation of the Catalogue of the
genera of radiated animals, (from page 66.) The numbers appended indicate the Table Cases in this Room
which contain the specimens in the collection.
Section I I .
LEIODERMATA.
Class I I I .
ACALEPHA.
Order I . P H A N E R O CARPJE.
Fam. 1. Rhizostomidce.
2. MedusidcB.
Order I I . C R Y P T O -

CARPiE.
Fam 1. Geryomdce.

2. Oceanidce.
'6. Mquorida.
4. Berenicida*.
Order I I I . C I L I O GRAD^E.
F a m . x. Beroidai.
2. Mnemeida.
3. Callianiadce.
Order I V . P H Y S O -

2. Physophoridtz.
Order V. C H O N D R O GRABM.
Fam. 1. Velellidce.
Velella, Case 1
Porpita,
1
class I V .
ZOOPBYTA.
Ord. I. Z O A N T H A R I A .

GRAD^E.
F a m . i . Actiniadce
Fam. 1. JDiphyidce. Actinia
E 2

76

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL*

Nephthya—28
Alloporina—18
F a m . 5. Pcecilloporidce. Nidalia—28
Fam. 9. Hyalonernidce*
Seriatopora —19
Hyalonema—28
Anthopora—19
Fam. 10. Pennatulidce.
Poecillopora—19
Pennatula —28
Heliopora—19
F a m . 6. MilleporidcB. Virgularia—28
Fam. 2. Zoanthidce.
Renilla
Millepora—20
Pavonaria
Isaura
F a m . 7- Distichoporidce.
Hughea
Veretillum
Distichopora—20
Zoanthus
Fam. 11. Umbellariadce.
Mammillifera—1
Order I I . Z O O P H Y Umbellaria
Corticifera—1
TARIA.

Aiithea
Metridium
Megalactis
Actinodendron
Ep.icladia
Heterodactyla
Lucernaria

F a m . 3. Madreporidce, F a m . 1. CornulariadcB.
Cornularia—21
'Fungia—1, 2
Turbinolia—2
Diploctenium—2
Cyclolithes—2
Desmophyllum—2
Cyathina—2
Caryophyllia—3
Manicina—3
Oculina—4
Stephanocora
Cladocora—5
Coluixmaria
Strombodes
Cyathophyllum
Pterorrhiza
Anthophyllum—7
Stylina—7
Favia
Astrsea—7^ 8
Dictyophyllia
Favosites
Monticularia—9
Meandra—10
Dendrogyra—10
Turbinaria—11
Explanaria—11
Merulina—11
Pavonia—12
Agaricia—13
Polyastra
Haliglossa—14
Polyphyllia—14
F a m . 4. Poritidce.
Madrepora—15, 16
Porites—17, 18

F a m . 2. Clavulariadce.
Actinantha
Clavularia
Telesto
Fam. 3 . Tuhiporidce.
Tubipora—21
F a m . 4. Coralliadce.
Corallium— 21
Isis—21
Mopsea-22
Melitsea—23
Prymnoa—22
Muricea—23
Scirpearia — 23
Eunicea—23
Plexaura—23
Gorgonia—24 to 26
Pterogorgia—26
F a m . 5. Antipathidce.
Antipathes—27
Leiopathes - 27
F a m . 6. Briareidce.
Briareum—28
F a m . 7- LobulariadcB.
Lobularia— 28
Ammothsea—28
Anthelia—28
Sympodium
Rhizoxenia
Fam. 8. Zeniadce*
Zenia

Order I I I . P O L Y PIARIA.

Fam. 1. HydraidcR.
Hydra
Fam. 2. Tubulariadce.
Tubularia—29
Eudendrium—29
Corymorpha
Fam, 3 . Corynaidce.
Coryne
Syncoryna
F a m . 4. Sertulariada:*
Thoa—29
Sertularia—29
Dynamena—29
Thuiaria
Pasythea
Epistomea
Lirizoa
Plumularia—30
Antennularia—30
Cymodoce—30
Salacia—30
Idia
Fam. 5.
Campanulariadce.
Laomedia—30
Campanularia—30
Peripyxis—30
Class V.
POLYZOA.
Order I . C A R N O S A .

Fam. Alcyonidiadce.
Alcyonidium.

ROOM I V . ]

77

NATURAL HISTORY.

Cliona—31
Obelia—31
Order I I . C O R N E A . Discopora—31
Fam. 1. Vesiculariadce. Idmonea—31
Horner a—31
Vesicularia
Serialaria—31
F a m . 3. Cellepovidce.
Pedicellaria—31
Cellepora—31
Valkeria
Hippothoa — 31
Bowerbankia
Lepralia—31
Lusia
Membranipora—31
Dedalea
Ord. I I I .
C A L C A R E A . Fam. 4. Escharidce.
Flustra—31
Electra—3L
Cellularia—31
Lumilites—31
Sabrina—31
A cam archis—31
Farcimia—31
Retipora—32
F a m . 2. Tubuliporida. Adeone—32
Eschara—32
Tubulipora—31

Fam. 1. Crissiadce.
Eucratea
Crissia—31
Tibiana
Tricellaria
Notamia
Anguinaria

THE FOURTH

F a m . 5. Frondiporidce.
Frondipora—32
Alveolites—32
Fam. 6. Myriaporidce,
Myriapora—32
Circopora—32
Fam. 7» Polytremidce.
Polytrema—32
Fam. 8. Orbitolitidce,
Orbitolites—32
Marginipora—32
Ovulites—32
Order I V . H I P P O CREPIA.
Fam. 1. CristateUidee.
Cristatella
Plumatella—32

ROOM

Contains a selection of ANNULOSE ANIMALS to illustrate
their arrangement; the General Collection being kept in cabinets in a private room for study. (See page 12.) These
animals are called annulose, or ringed, because they are
covered with a hard skin, which is divided by transverse
contractions into rings, which enables the body to move in
every direction. This skin falls off as the animal increases in size, a new soft one being formed beneath it;
which hardens on exposure to the air. The outward form
is often greatly altered each time they change their skin,
until they arrive at their full size. They are furnished
with three or more pairs of jointed legs for locomotion,
and sometimes with wings for flight; but these organs are
often only exhibited when the animal is in a perfect state
of developement.
The winged annulose animals,, (PTILOTA,) Cases 1 to 10,
to which the name of INSECTS is most generally confined ;
in their last and perfect state they have only three pairs of
true legs, and in most instances two pairs of wings. They
generally undergo a great change in appearance before

78

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

they assume this perfect state. These insects are divided into two great groups, according to the form
of their mouth, some being provided with jaws (Mandihulata) for gnawing their food, while others havex only a
trunk or proboscis, {Haustellata,) and live by suction.
The Jaw-bearing Insects (MANDIBULATA, Cases 1 to 4)
are divided into orders, according to the form and structure of their wings.
The Coleoptera, or Beetles, (Cases 1 to 3,) have generally two hard horny wing-cases, or shards, united by
a straight line, and covering two folded transparent wings,
with which they fly. This order contains some of the most
brilliant insects, as the Diamond-beetle, Buprestis, &c.
The Orthoptera, (Cases 3 and 4,) the upper wings
of which are generally like parchment, and fold over
each other at the edge, as the Cockroaches, the Praying Insects (Mantis), Walking Sticks (Phasma), Crickets
and Locusts. In the latter Case are also exhibited the
Neuropterous Insects, which have usually two pairs of
similar netted wings, as the Dragon-flies, Ant-Lion, & c ,
and the Hymenopterous Insects, which have four wings,
with fewer nervures than in the preceding order, and all
taking their origin from the base of the wings ; the
body of the female ends in an egg-depositor, or sting, as
the Ichneumon, Ant, Wasp, Bee, &c.
The Suctorial Insects (HAUSTELLATA, Cases 5 to 10)
have only a trunk or proboscis.
The Lepidopterous Insects (Cases 5 to 9) have their
wings for the most part covered writh series of minute
scales, which are very finely and microscopically striated,
and reflect most beautiful colours. Some, as the Butterflies,
(Papilionidce,) fly by day, and have club-shaped antennse.
(Cases 5, 6.) Others, having prismatic antennae, generally
fly just before sunset, as the Sphinges or Hawkmoths.
(Case 8.) Those which chiefly fly in the evening, and have
pectinate, or filiform antennae, as the Moths, are in Cases
8 and 9.
The Dipterous Insects, (Case 10,) which have only
two transparent wings with radiating ribs, the under
pair of wings being replaced with halteres, or balancers^
as the Crane-fly, Bluebottle, &c.
The Hemipterous insects* so called because in some the

ROOM I V . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

79

lower half of the upper wing is like parchment or leather,
and the other half membranaceous, like the lower pair, are
in the 11th Case, as the Shield-bugs, Fire-flies (Fulgora),
&c.
The APTEROUS, or WINGLESS INSECTS, generally have

four or five pairs of legs, and sometimes many more. They
are always destitute of wings ; and the chief alteration
that takes place in their approach towards maturity, is,
that they gain additional legs; this change sometimes takes
place at a very early age, which has caused some naturalists to believe that they do not undergo any metamorphosis.
The ARACHNIDA (Cases 11 and 12) differ from the true
insects in the head and thorax being united into a single
mass, as well as in having more numerous legs and no wings.
Some have pulmonary sacs, which fulfil the functions of
lungs, with a heart, veins, and very distinct vessels ; these
have six or eight simple eyes, and from the .manner in
which they respire, are called Pulmonarice, as the various
kinds of true Spiders. By the side of the kind of Spider
that forms it, is placed the tubular case of one of the earth
spiders, which forms a door to its tube that falls down
to close the cavity when the animal is within. The other
Arachnida respire by tracheae, or air tubes, which traverse
their body, as is the case with insects in general. The
organs of circulation are wanting or very incomplete.
They have two, or at most but four, simple eyes, and have
been called Trachearice* Among these are the Tarantulce,
Scorpions, &c.
The MYRIAPODES, or Centipedes, are so. called on account of the number of their legs. They have generally twenty-four or more, arranged along the entire
length of the body, on a series of rings, each bearing one
or two pairs. The first, and in several even the second
pair of legs seem to form a part of the mouth.
These animals bear some resemblance to little snakes
and Nereides, from their feet being so closely applied to
each other through the whole extent of the body. The
number of the rings and the feet increases with age, a
character which distinguishes them from the true Insects,
which always have the same number of rings from their
being first hatched to their adult state; all the true legs,

80

NATURAL HISTORY.

|jST. ZOOL. GAL.

which are furnished with hooks, are developed at once,
either when they are hatched or when they pass into the
Pupa state, while the Myriapodes, when they leave the
egg, are destitute of these organs. The Myriapodes live
and increase in size longer than most other terrestrial
Annulosa, for according to Savi, they require two years
before the reproductive organs are developed. They are
divided into two orders, which have very distinct external
characters.
The Chilognatha, or lull of Linnaeus, have a cylindrical
crustaceous body with clavate tentacles, formed of seven
joints, and two thick jaws without palpi, as the genera
Glomeris, lulus, and Polydesmus. They are slow-gliding
animals, and roll themselves up spirally, or into a ball.
They feed on dead and decomposed animals and vegetables, and some of the species emit a luminous secretion.
The Chilopodes have a depressed membranaceous body,
with a coriaceous plate on the back of each ring, the last
bearing a pair of long tail-like legs. Their antennae are
slender, tapering at the tip. Their jaws bear little palpiform appendages. They run very fast, living under
stones, avoiding the light, and eating the remains of animals. The larger species are dreaded in warm climates,
and some are phosphorescent, as the genera Scutigera,
Lithobius, and Scolopendra.
The CRUSTACEA, Cases 13 to 22, are the only Annulose animals with jointed feet that respire by gills ; these
gills are generally placed near the base of the legs, and
are protected by the border of the thoracic shell, or
carapace, but in a few they are external. They are the
giants among the Annulosa, and all live in the water.
.Some few leave it for a short time in search of food, but
they return to it to breed and respire. Many kinds are
found in a fossil state.
The more typical Crustacea have their eyes placed on
a peduncle (Podophthalma) furnished with a facetted
cornea, and the rings of the thorax are covered by a
common shell. Among these, by far the greater number
are called- Decapodes, because they have five pairs of
feet, with the gills at their base under the thorax, and
five pairs of feet-like jaws. Their head is covered with
the same hard common case as the thorax.

ROOM I V . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

81

The Crabs (Cases 3 to 19) differ from the Lobsters
and Prawns in their caudal rings being less developed,
and bent under the hinder part of the greatly expanded
thorax.
Amongst these short-tailed Crustacea are specimens of
the Swimming Crabs of the genera Portunus> Podophthalmus, &c. These animals have the posterior leg terminated by very flat joints, of an oval or orbicular form,
and calculated to act as fins in swimming. The last pair
of legs in all the Swimming Crabs, is constantly furnished
with these flattened joints, and in. some species the preceding pairs have them also, but never so broad as those
of the hind legs. The eyes of the Telescope Crab, (Podophthalmus spinosus,) Case 17* are supported on very
long slender pedicles, reaching from the middle of the anterior margin of the shell to the lateral angles, and lodged,
when at rest, in a groove on the edge: this is the only
known recent species belonging to this genus. Some of
the Freshwater Crabs, which live in the rivers and streams,
and are capable of existing a considerable time out of the
water; one species, peculiar to the south of Europe and
the Levant, (Le Cancre de riviere of Rondeletius,) enjoyed
great celebrity amongst the Greeks, for its supposed
medicinal virtues, and is frequently represented on the
coins of Agrigentum with the utmost accuracy. Some
of the Crabs peculiar to hot countries, which are remarkable for the rapidity of their motions, and other peculiarities ; they live in holes, usually near the sea-shore
or in the neighbourhood of water; these holes are of a
cylindrical form, oblique, and very deep, and several of
them are generally found near together, but each hole
contains only one inhabitant. When the animal of one
of the genera belonging to this family (Gelasimus) is
in its hole, it closes the entrance with its claw, one of
which, sometimes the vright, sometimes the left, is commonly much larger than the other. These Crustacea
have also a singular habit of holding up the large claw
in front of the body, as if they were beckoning to some
one at a distance, whence they have acquired the name
of Calling Crabs (Cancer vocans, Linn.). What has
been said of the rapidity of the motions of these Crustacea, is particularly applicable to those of the genuk
E 3

82

NATUBAL HISTORY,

[ N . ZOOL. GAh»

Ocypode, (Case 17,) which hide in holes in the sand on
the sea-shore during the day, and leave them at sun-set.
The genus Pinnotheres, is a very small race of Crustacea,
inhabiting bivalve shells, and supposed by some of the ancients to be consentaneous inmates with the molluscous
animal, and attached to it by mutual interest. The Painted
or Land Crabs (Gecarcznus), Case 17, live in holes in the
earth, especially near burying-grounds, and only go to the
sea during the breeding season; their fleshes considered a
delicacy, but it sometimes proves deleterious. . Besides the
preceding, there are specimens of the Globular Crabs (Leucosia), Case 1 9 ; Sea Spiders (Leptopodia), Case 13, with
their very long legs; Crested Crabs (Calappa), having the
front part of the claws raised into a crest, and the hinder
part of the shell projecting so as to cover the legs; and
lastly, those Crabs which have the two hinder pairs of legs
placed on their back (JDorippe), and the Death's-head Crabs(Case 19), (Dro?riia).
Long-tailed Crustacea, (Cases 20, 22,) as the Lobsters
and Shrimps ; amongst which, those of the genus Hippa,
(Case 20,) have the extremity of the tail simple. The
Soldier or Hermit Crabs, (Pagurus, Case 20,) live principally in the cavities of sponges, and also in the mouth of
spiral shells, occasionally altering the texture of the latter,
by some unknown process, to such a degree as to render
them quite soft, and easily penetrable by a common pin.
Amongst these is a fine specimen of Birgus latro, (Case 20,)
said to live on the nuts of palm trees. Also specimens of
the Sea Locust (Scyllarns), the Rock Lobsters (Palinurus),
Case 21, the Plated Lobster (Galathea), Case 20, and the
Crab Lobster (Poreellana), which, from the shortness of
their tails, generally resemble crabs in appearance; the
Scorpion Lobster (ThalassinaJ, Case 21, which lives
a. great part of its life on land, and destroys the new made
roads in India by the excavations it forms under them;
Lobsters (Astacus), Case 21, one of the specimens exhibited
was pale red, nearly of its present colour when alive;
Shrimps (Palcemon), Case 22, varying greatly in size.
The Stomatopodes or Sea Mantis, differ from the Deca->
fodes in the head being horny and separated from the
thorax, and in having only three pairs of accessory jaws,,
seven paifs of feet, and the gills on the abdomen; among

ROOM I V . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

83

these are different species of Squilla, the glass-like
Alima and the Phyllosoma, which is scarcely thicker than
a piece of paper, and nearly as transparent as glass ; they
are found in the ocean near the equator.
The remainder of the Crustacea (Edriophthalma) have
sessile eyes.
The order of Arthrostraca (Case 21) have a free
head, and their body composed of a series of similar
rings, the first seven of which are each furnished with a
pair of feet, the following and last ones, (seven at most,)
forming a sort of tail, ending in fins or filiform appendages.
On the head are four antennae and a mouth composed of
three pairs of jaws. The females carry their eggs between
the scales in a kind of pouch under their thorax, and
when the young are hatched, they remain attached to the
feet or other part of the body of their mother, until they
have acquired strength requisite to swim about and provide for their own wants. They are all of a small size.
A few are found in fresh water, and fewer are terrestrial;
some are parasitic on other marine animals.
This order has been divided into three sections ; some, as
the Amphipodes, have their jaws furnished with a palpus,
while the Lcemodipodes and Isopodesare destitute of them.
The order of Entomostraca, on the other hand, have a
soft head, which is merely covered with the general skin of
the body. Both the head and the body are frequently enveloped in a free horny or coriaceous shield, formed of
one, two, or more pieces. The feet are all partially divided and ciliated.
Thisorder has been formed into two divisions, according
to the structure of the mouth and the form of the feet.
The most prominent representative of it is the King Crab
(Limulas).
They were all referred to one group by the older entomologists under the name of Monoculusi because they
were believed to have only a single eye.
The Cirripedes, (Cases 23 and 24,) were formerly
considered as molluscous animals, on account of their
being inclosed in a hard shelly case, but now that their
history and anatomy have been studied, they prove to be
Crustacea, nearly allied to, and indeed forming a part of

84

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

the Entomostraca, and like them they change their skin
and have jointed limbs. When first hatched, these
animals have only three pairs of legs; they float about
free in the sea, and have a pair of large eyes to direct
their course. When they have found a fit place to
which to attach themselves, the cartilaginous skin that
covers their body thickens, and becomes hardened with
calcareous plates, and as it becomes more opake, the
eyes, which are no longer wanted, are absorbed. In
the perfect state they live affixed to marine bodies, by
the part of the body near the head of the animal, and
which is always inclosed in a case or hard skin. This
skin has an opening at the end of the free part for
the passage of the fringed feet, which, by their action,
create a current to carry the small animals, in the sea,
near the mouth placed at the base of the cavity. The
edge of this opening in the case, is always furnished
with four, more or less, distinct valves, and the base
of the case is generally surrounded with other similar
valves; the animals are divided into families and genera according to the developement of these valves. In
the Sea Acorns, (Balanus,) the four valves, (usually together called the operculum,) are nearly equal sized, and
sunk into a flexible skin, which allows them to move in
the cavity formed by the (four, six, or eight) valves which
surround and inclose the base of the body. These latter
valves are united together side by side by a dentated
suture into a bell-shaped body, and they are increased in
size (as the animals grow) by the addition of new matter
to the base and outer side of each of the valves, deposited
by the processes of the skin, which are placed for the
purpose between their sutures. They are generally affixed
to wood and stones, but a few attach themselves to the
bodies of whales, and as they grow and their shells are
enlarged by the addition of new matter to the base of the
valves, they gradually raise themselves out of the substance of the skin, in which they were immersed in their
young state. Some of the genera which live in this
manner, as the Coronuia^ to enable them to hold more
firmly to the skin, form a shell which is variously
folded on its edge, the folds being refolded, and thus in-

ROOM I V . ]

NATURAL HISTORY*

85

creasing in number as the shell enlarges in diameter.
These shells are greatly altered in form according to their
position; if they are separate they are broad and expanded,
if crowded they are narrow and high. In Balanus it is
the case that is lengthened, and in Chirona it is the valves
that are produced and altered in shape.
The Barnacles or Goose-shells, (Lepas,) as they have
been called, from the extraordinary belief that they were
the origin of the Barnacle geese, have a compressed
body, which is placed on a long pedicle arising from behind the head of the animal. This pedicle is sometimes
naked, and at others covered with hairy or hard shelly
scale-like appendages; the case of the body is generally
strengthened with one or more plates, which are similar
in form, and are in the same manner sunk in the skin of
the body, as the plates before referred to, which surround
the opening. In those kinds, as the Pollicipes, which
have many plates, their tip is sometimes produced beyond
the attached part. Larger species are used to flavour
soup by the Chilians and the Chinese, and eaten as a
delicacy at Madeira.
The following is the arrangement of the families of
annulose animals, with references to the Tables containing
them.
Sub-kingdom.
ANNULOSA.
I.

PTILOTA.

Class I.
INSECTA.

Section I.
MANDIBULATA.

Order I. C Q L E O P TERA.
Carnivora—1
Palpicornes—1
Clavicornes—1
Brachelytra—1
Lamellicornes—1, 2
Serricornes—2
Melasoma—2
Taxicornes—2
Stenelytra—2
Trachelides—2
Rhynchophora—2
Platysoma—2

Longicornes— 2, 3
Eupoda—3
Cyclica—3
Clavipalpi—3
Aphidiphagi- -3

Phryganidae—4
Ord.

IV.

HYMENOP-

TERA.
Securifera—4
Pupivora—4
Order I I . O R T H O P - Aculeata—4
TEEA.
Diploptera—4
Forficulidse—3
Anthophila—4
Blattidae—3
Section I I
Mantidae—3
HAUSTELLATA
Phasmidae—3
Ord. I . L E P I D O P Gryllidae—4
TERA.
Locustidae—4
Papilionidae—5
Order I I I . N E T J R O P - Pieridae—5
TERA.
Nymphalidae—6, 7
Lycenidae—7
Libellulidae—4
Hesperiadae—7
Ephemeridae—4
Sphyngidae—8
Myrmeleonidae—4
Sesiadae—8
Panorpidae—4
Termitidae—4

86

NATURAL HISTORY.

BombycidjB- 8, 9
]Noctuidae—9
Tortricidae—9
Phalaenidae — O
Tineidae—9
Ord. I I . D I P T E R A .

Nemocera—10
Tannystoma—10
Tabanidse~10
Notacantha—10
Athericera - 1 0
Pupipara—10
Ord. I I I . H E M I P TEIIA.

1.

Heteroptera.
Geocorisse—10
Hydrocorisae—10
2. Homoptera.
Cicadaria—10
Aphidii—10
Gallinsecta—10
II. A P T E R A .

Class I I .
ARACHKIDA.

Mygalidae—11
Araneidae—11
Scorpionidae—11

Phalangidsa—11
Pycnogonidae—12
Solpugidse—12
Acaridae—12
Class I I I .
M Y R I A P O D A.

Glomeridae—12
lulidiB—12
Polidesmid33—12
Scutigeridae—12
Scolopendridas—12
Geophilidae—12

|jST. ZOOL. GAL.
Astacidas—21
Silicoeidae—22
Ord. I I . S T O M A T O PODA.

Squillid83—12
Phyllosomidae —12
Alimidae—12
Section I I , E D R I O P H THALMA.
Ord. I . A R T H R O S TRACA.

Amphipoda.
Gammaridae—12
Sect. I. P O D O P H - •Typhinidae—12
Laemodipoda—12
T H A L MA.
Isopoda.
O r d . I . D E C A P O D A . Epicaridse
A . Brachyura.
Cymothoidae—12
Oxyrhyncki—13, 14 Asellinidae—12
Cyclometopes—14,15, Oniscidae—12
16,17
Ord. I I . E N T O M O S Catametopes—17, 18
TRACA.
Oxystomes—19
Siphonostoma—22
B . Macroura.
Lophyropoda—22
Apterura—19
Phyllopoda—22
Pterygura—20
JScutata—20
Poecilopoda—22
Thalassina—21
Cirripedes—23 and 24
Class I V .

CRUSTACEA.

THE FIFTH ROOM
Contains the hard cases oftheANNULosE ANIMALS which
are destitute of jointed feet, and are only provided
with bristles to assist them in moving from place to
place. The species are very numerous, as may be seen
by the specimens kept in spirits in the Ninth Room of the
Old House, but only a few of them, as the Amphitrite
and the Serpula, have cases for their protection. The
eases of the Ampkitrites only consist of a membranaceous tube, which being deposited in a fluid state, attachesthe stones, sand, and other neighbouring bodies to its
outer surface. These bodies add to the strength of the
tube, and also assist in concealing the animal from fishes
and other rapacious animals. It is doubtless for the same
reason that the larvae of the Caddis Fly found in ponds
make cases of a somewhat similar structure.. The cases.

ROOM V . ]

NATURAL HISTORY.

87

of the Serpula and allied genera are hard, like shells,
and formed in the same manner by the deposition of a
quantity of animal matter mixed with a chalky secretion,
proceeding from the glands on the surface of the animal.
As the animal enlarges in growth, and requires a larger
case for its protection, it continually adds new layers of
this matter near the end of the shell where its head is
placed, and drawing its enlarged body forwards, gradually
increases the size of the tube to fit it to the body, on which
it is, as it were, moulded, and thus the tube assumes a
tapering form. It is difficult to distinguish the tubes of
some of these animals from the tubular shells of Mollusca, such as Vermetus, Magilus, & c , (some species of
which Lamarck confounded with them,) unless the animal can be examined ; but there is always one difference,
that the animals of Mollusca are invariably attached to
their shell by a strong muscle, and never quit it except
at their death, while the Annelides only use it as a place
of retreat, are not in any way attached to their shells, and
often leave and form fresh ones, as occasion may require.
These animals are generally provided with an appendage on the side of the head, which bears on its end
a calcareous operculum, used to close the mouth of the
tube when the animal is contracted into it» The opereula vary greatly in shape in the different genera, and
sometimes even in the individuals of the same species in
the same group of shells. Turton described the operculum of one of the British species under the name of
Patella tricornis* The operculum of the New Holland
genus, Galeolaria^ is very complicated, and furnished with
a series of reflexed plates on the edge.
In Cases 3 and 4 are exhibited for the present, until the
Cases in the East Gallery are ready, a series of shells exhibiting the more prominent points in the economy of
Mollusca, as—
1. The great variations in size, the difference of surface and solidity, and the variations in external form produced by the developement or non-developement of the different processes in the individuals of the same species, all
circumstances dependent on the quantity of food and the
kind of locality they inhabit.
2.. The change that takes place in. the form of the shell

88

NATURAL HISTOKY.

[ N . ZOOL. GAL.

during the growth of the animal, as the expansion of the
lip of the Strombidce and the Ceritkice, the contraction and
inflection of the lips of the Cyprceidce, and the developement of the varices of the Maricidce.
3. A series of section of shell to shew the form of the
cavity, the form of the plaits, and the contraction of the
size of the cavity of the shell to adapt it to the moving
forward of the body of the animal, by the deposition of
the glassy coat on the upper part of the whorls, or the
deposition of cross septa separating the upper part of the
cavity from the rest of the shell, which is most perfectly
developed in the Chambered shell, or Nautili.
4. Specimen shewing the manner in which the animals
mend any accident to their shell.
5. Specimen exhibiting the manner in which Mollusca
remove by absorption certain parts of the shell which are
no longer necessary to them, or may be in the way of their
growth, and of the holes which they make in shells, rocks,
or wood, to form habitations for themselves and to procure
their food.
6. The specimens exhibiting the manner in which the
tubular shells are rolled up into a spire, beginning with
the nearly straight Dentalium, gradually passing by the
irregularly twisted Vermetus and the separate whorled
Scalaria, to the common spiral shell; others shewing the
gradations of form in the involute and spiral shell; and
lastly, some deformed specimens exhibiting the same variations in different individuals of the same species of Mollusca, and the monstrosities which occur in the form of shells.
7. Specimens shewing the manner in which Mollusca
cover with a shelly coat any extraneous body which may
become attached to its shell.
In Cases 5 and 6 are a series of plaster casts of the interior of the different shells of living Mollusca to facilitate
the determination of the cast of the fossil species, which
are so commonly found in the Portland stone and other
geological formations; at the same time these moulds are
useful as shewing the form of the mantle of the different species of Mollusca, which is so liable to be distorted
or contracted in the preserved specimens, and exhibiting
how completely the shell is moulded on the body.
In CASES 7 and 8 are placed a series of models on an

E . ZOOL. GAL.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

89

enlarged scale, and some specimens of minute bodies.
The nature of the animals which form them is not known;
and they may belong to several different orders. Some
have supposed them to be internal shells ; but this cannot
be the case with all, as many are attached by their outer
surface to sea-weeds and shells. From their being formed
of numerous chambers, they have been generally associated with the Nautili, but they differ essentially from the
latter in their construction, which consists of a number of
cells piled one on the other; and in having no terminal
cavity for the reception of the body of the animal.
The cells are furnished with one or more small mouths,
and placed one on another in different directions, some
forming straight lines, as Nodosaria, and others spiral
ones, as Rotalia. In others the cells are half the length
of a whorl, so that each new cell changes the situation of
the mouth from one to the other end of the shell, as in
the Miliolce: and in others the cells are divided into numerous longitudinal tubes, as in Alveolina and Fabularia.
These animals have been generally arranged with the
Nautili, and some have classed them with the Cephalopodous Mollusca, while others have thought they might be
formed by animals allied to the Annelides. One author
has proposed that they should be formed into a class,
which he proposes to call Rhizopodes ; but it is not improbable, when they shall have been more completely
examined, that they will be found to be allied to the
Polyzoa; and the body, which has been called, their shell,
may prove to be only a hardened skin, like the cells
formed by that class of animals.

EASTERN ZOOLOGICAL GALLERY.
The Wall Cases contain the Collection of BIRDS ; but
only part of them can at present be exhibited, until the
other Cases, now in progress, are ready for their reception.
The British specimens are distinguished by a B. on the end
of the perch.
Birds may be characterized as warm-blooded vertebrated
animals, which are covered with feathers and are oviparous. They are divided into orders and families by

90

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

the form of their limbs and beaks, as the modifi cations
of these parts most prominently exhibit their habits.
I. The first section contains the Raptorial and Passerine
birds which generally build on trees or on high places, and
have their young hatched blind and nearly naked, so that
it is necessary they should be fed by their parents and
kept for a time in the nest.
The

RAPTORIAL or B I R D S OP P R E Y , (the

ACCIPITRES

of Linnseus,) which constitute the first Order, are characterized by strong feet with sharp claws,, and a powerful
bill, the latter covered at the base by a naked skin, or
cere, in which is placed the nostrils; their stomach is almost entirely membranous, and their sternum broad, giving
attachment to the muscles of their long wings. They
live chiefly on animal food, especially on other birds. The
females are generally one-third larger than the males;
their eggs usually white and spotless.
Some of them, which feed chiefly by day, have their eyes
placed on the side of their head.
The family of Griffons, (Gypaetidce,) have rather small
heads and a long bill, surrounded at the base by tufts of
bristles. The Lammergeiers, or Bearded Vultures of the
Alps and Himalaya Mountains, are amongst the largest
of the Raptorial Birds, and their quill feathers are often
more than two feet and a half long. These are probably
the Rock or Condor of the Orientals, the true Condor
being only found in America.
The family of Condors, (Cathartidce,) found principally in America, have naked heads and longitudinal
exposed nostrils: as the Condor, or Great Vulture of the
Andes ; and the Californian Vulture.
The family of Vultures, (Vulturidce,) have naked heads
like the former, but their nostrils are perpendicular; they
are all from the warm parts of the Old World. These
birds live chiefly on carrion.
The family of Falcons, (Falconidce,) have their heads
covered with feathers, and the eyebrows prominent, giving
the eye the appearance of being set deep in the head, and
imparting a character to these birds, very different from
that of the Vultures. The Noble Falcons, the birds used
in falconry, have a roundish nostril, with a tubercle in its
centre. Most of them have a deep notch on each side of

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

91

the apex of the beak. The Ignoble Falcons have simple
nostrils ; some, as the Hawks (Astur), have ovate rather
longitudinal nostrils, whilst the Honey Buzzard (Pernis),
Osprey (Pandiori), and Kites (Milvus), have an oblique
slit covered with a valve behind, and the Eagles (Aquila)
and Sea Eagles (Haliaetus) have oblong exposed nostrils
placed perpendicularly across the front of the cere. Among
the Hawks, the most remarkable bird is the Secretary,
found at the Cape of Good Hope, called also the Serpent
Eater, from its preying on those reptiles; the French
have attempted to naturalize this bird in Martinique, in
order to destroy the lance-headed serpent, which abounds
in that island. The Hen Harrier (Circus) has some resemblance to the Owls. All these birds vary greatly in the
colour of their plumage before they arrive at the adult
s
state.
The Nocturnal Birds of Prey, or Owls (Strigidce), have
a large head, and their eyes placed in front, and more or less
surrounded with a circle of radiating feathers. Their
plumage is very soft, their ears large, and placed just at
the back of the disk of feathers which surrounds their
eyes, and this developement of the organs of hearing probably compensates for the imperfection of their sight, at
least in full daylight. The Owls have been divided into
many genera, as the Eagle Owls (Bubo), Short-horned
Owls (Otus), the Earless Owls [Strix, Syrnium, and
Noctua). The species of the last genus fly more by day
than the rest of the Owls, and the disk of feathers round
their eyes is not so distinctly marked as in the other genera.
The PERCHING BIRDS (PASSERES Case 36—83) are ge-

nerally smaller than the Raptores, their bills are weaker,
and their claws slender and acute; like them, they have
the hind toes articulated on the same plane with the front
ones, which enables them to grasp their perch with ease and
security. They are separated into five divisions, according to the form of the feet and bill, each division containing several families and genera.
The Passeres of Linnaeus, which contain the greater
part of these birds, have three toes in front and one behind.
The two outer toes are generally united together at their base.
The FISSIROSTRAL BIRDS, or those which feed chiefly on
the wing, have generally very short weak feet, and large

92

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ V E A S T . ZOOL.

gaping mouths; they live principally on insects, though a
few of the larger kinds catch fish.
The family of Goat-suckers (Caprimulgidce) are nocturnal birds, and have the soft downy plumage, and dingy
colours of that tribe. They are generally solitary, living
on moths, and laying their eggs on the ground without
any nest. The Leona Goat-sucker, from Africa, is peculiar
for having a very long feather arising from the middle of
each of its wings. The New Holland and South American Podargi, are much larger than any of the individuals
belonging to the family of the true Goat-suckers, and lay
their eggs in hollow trees; and the Steatornis is peculiar
as yielding oil that is used for domestic purposes in South
America, and also as furnishing large quantities of manure.
The family of Swallows (Hirundinidce, Case 38) have a
close plumage, short bill, extremely long wings, and fly
with great rapidity; they are generally birds of passage,
and often live in flocks, as "the Swifts, which have all the toes
in front. Some have the end of the tail feathers rigid like
the Woodpeckers; and the Esculent Swallow forms a
nest of sea-weed, which is used as food in China, and forms
no unimportant article in the commerce of that country.
The family of Todies (Todidce, Case 39) have a broad
depressed flattened beak, blunt at the end, with rather
elongated legs, and a short tail. They live on flies, building their nest on the ground.
The family of Curucuis (Trogonidce, Case 40) have a
short conical beak. They are covered with very fine, soft
feathers; many of them are beautifully coloured; they
live chiefly in low damp woods, in tropical parts of
America and Asia, flying early in the morning and in the
evening; they build in holes in trees, living on insects,
and often sit for hours at a time alone on the low branches
of trees. Some have the upper tail and wing-coverts much
elongated, and drooping over the wings and tail.
The King-fishers (Alcedinidce, Cases 41 and 42) have
a long quadrangular bill, long wings, and very small
feet, with the toes united to the base; they are generally
of a brilliant blue, or green colour, and live on fish, which
they catch by diving. They build in holes on the banks
of rivers, and are found in both hemispheres.
The family of Bee Eaters (Meropidce, Case 42), which

GALLERY.J

NATURAL HISTORY.

93

are generally of a green colour, have long, slightly arched
beaks, and long pointed wings; they associate in flocks, and
fly like swallows, pursuing bees and wasps, which they
prey on with impunity. They are only found in the Old
World and Australia.
In the other groups of this division the outer toes are
generally shorter than the middle one, and they are only
connected together to the base of the first joint.
The TENUIROSTRAL BIRDS have slender, compressed,
and frequently arched bills, and their tongue is 6ften
divided at the tip into numerous filaments, and is used for
sucking up the honey from the nectaries of flowers. The
hind toes and claws are generally much larger than the
rest. ^They are chiefly confined to warm climates.
The family of Hopoes (Upupidce, Case 43) have an
elongated curved beak, with the nostrils covered with feathers, directed forwards. They have much the habit and
appearance of the Crows. The Hopoes live on insects
and fruit, and the Promerops upon the honey of flowers.
The family of Sun Birds (Nectarinidce, Case 43), from
Africa and India, have the bill arched and finely toothed on
the edge: the Hook-bill derives its name from the singularly curved form of its beak.
The family of Humming Birds (Trochilidce, Case 44)
have long, very slender bills, and long tongues, which they
have the power of darting forward with great force, like
the Woodpeckers. They prey chiefly on insects, and one
genus (the Spider-Eaters), almost exclusively on spiders.
Their small size and brilliant plumage have long rendered
them celebrated.
The family of Honeysuckers (Meliphagidce, Case 45),
which are peculiar to New Holland and the neighbouring
islands, are generally of a dull black or olive colour,
with compressed subulate beaks.
The family of Creepers (Certhiadce3 Cases 46 and 47) are
generally of a dull brown colour, and agree in many characters with the Insectivorous Birds, especially the
Warblers. Some have rounded tails, as the Anabates;
others have the ends of the tail feathers and the webs on
each side of them rigid like the Woodpeckers, and use
them in the same manner to support their bodies while

94

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

they peck at the insects on the bark of trees; as the Dendrocolaptes and Creeper (Cerlhia).
The Tooth-Billed passerine Birds (DENTIROSTRES,
Cases 48—61), like the Noble Birds of Prey, have a
notch on each side of the tip of the upper mandible, and
their gape is often armed with bristles. They live generally on insects, worms, &c.
The family of Warblers (Motacillida, Cases 48—52)
have rather long but slender, weak bills. This family
contains many genera and sub-genera.7 They mostly form
very beautiful and artfully constructed nests; some, as the
Taylor birds of India (Orthotomus), place their nest in a
withered leaf, connecting the sides together with fibres,
to prevent its, falling out; others, as the Wren (Troglodytes), the Lyre-tail (Menura), and the Bottle Tit (Parus),
form a beautiful oval nest, arched over at the top, and
having only a small hole in the sides. Like the rest of the
Titmice, the latter birds have a numerous brood, and the
young of this species, unlike most other birds, follow
their parent until the ensuing spring. The Hemipteryx
forms a nest of this kind, but it also forms a small cell
in the front of its base, in which the male is said to roost.
Many of these birds, as the Soft Tails (Malurus), the
Wrens (Troglodytes), and the Lyre-tail (Menura), carry
their tail nearly upright standing over the back. The
Wagtails (Motacilla), on the contrary, carry their long tail
horizontal, and jerk it continually when they first alight
or are about to rise from the ground.
The Thrushes (Turdidce, Cases 53—-55) have rather
strong slender beaks. The Dipper, or Water Ouzel (Cinclus), chiefly lives on the banks of rapid rivers in mountainous parts of the country, where they may be often seen
flying down and diving under the water in search of their
food. The Orioles (Oriolus) are peculiar for the brilliant
golden colour of their plumage; they are only occasional
visitants to this country.
The Fly-Catchers (Muscicapidce, Case 56 and 57) are
known at first sight by their broad depressed beaks, and
the strong bristles on each side of the gape. They live
on insects, which they generally catch on the wing.
The family of Chatterers (Ampelidce, Cases 58 and 59)

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

95

are peculiar for the two outer toes of their feet being
united together to the second joint, and they have depressed bills, as the common Chatterer, Berry Eaters,
and Manakins. The Wax Wing {Bombycilla) has a hard
appendage at the end of each of the secondaries of the wing,
which have a great resemblance to a drop of sealing-wax.
It only rarely visits this country. The birds of this family
chiefly feed on berries.
The family of Butcher Birds (Laniadce, Cases 60 and 61)
are the giants of the group. They have strong compressed
bills, and destroy great quantities of insects, and some of
the larger kind even kill small birds and young frogs,
which they impale on thorns, pull to pieces, and devour
at their leisure.
The Conirostral Birds (CONIROSTRES) have a strong conical bill, and live chiefly on grain and fruit. Thev are
divided into Ave families.
The family of Crows, (Corvidce, Cases 62—64,) have
the nostrils covered with a tuft of bristles: the Titmice
differ in point of character from the Crows, chiefly
by their diminutive size. The Paradise Birds (Paradisea) have the front of the head covered with velvety
feathers, and generally a tuft of more or less elongated
feathers on each side of the chest, which gives them the
appearance of having four wings. It was formerly erroneously supposed that these birds had no feet, though in
fact their feet are rather large and strong; their habits are
perfectly those of the crows, and though omnivorous, their
favourite food is cockroaches and crickets.
They are
natives of New Guinea and the neighbouring islands,
where the natives collect them to make plumes, and
generally cut off their wings and feet to prevent those
rigid parts from injuring the feathers, which gave rise to
the error alluded to above.
The family of Starlings (Sturnidai, Cases 65—67) differs from the preceding in the bill being conical, slender, and
naked, or only slightly bristled at the base, as the Starlings, Pastors, and Orioles, many of which build very artificial nests, and some, especially the Beef Eater, follow
cattle and pick the insects from their skin. The Silk
Birds (Ptihnorhynchus) form artificial arbours of twigs,

96

NATURAL HISTORY.

^EAST. ZOOL.

which they decorate with shell, bones, stones, and other
articles, and through which they run in playful chase
after each other.
The family of Finches (Fringillidce, Cases 68—71)
have short conical bills, and generally feed on seeds or
fruits. The Weavers (Ploceus) build a very artificial nest.
Some of them build together, and form as it were a large
town in the trees. The Crossbeaks are peculiar for the
tips of the two jaws crossing each other. The Tanagers
(Tanagra) are only found in America; some of them are
very beautifully coloured ; they have the end of the beak
slightly notched, which has caused them sometimes to be
arranged with the dentirostral birds. The Buntings
(Emberiza) have a narrow upper beak, furnished with a
hard knob in the centre of the palate. The Larks (Alauda),
like most of the birds which are much on the ground, have a
long hind claw. The Bull-finches (Loxia) and the Grossbeaks (Pyrrhuld) vary greatly in the size and form of their
beaks, that of the latter group being often very large and
strong.
The family of Plantain Eaters (Musophagidce, Case 71)
have many characters in common with the Finches, but their
feet are stronger, the outer toes being sometimes directed
forwards. The beak is strong, toothed on the edge, and
the nostrils are oblong, and sunk as it were into its substance. They live on fruit; building in holes in trees.
They are only found in the tropical part of Africa. Some
are of a large size, and have been supposed to have some
affinity to the gallinaceous birds. The Colies (Colius)
are smaller, and have a long tail; they live in flocks, forming their nests in company, and sleeping with their heads
downwards, closely pressed one against the other.
The family of Hornbills (Baceridce, Cases 72 and 73)
have a very large beak, like the Toucans, but heavier, and
varying greatly in shape, according to the age of the bird ;
they feed on fruit, mice, small birds and reptiles. Like
the Toucans, they swallow their food whole, throwing it in
the air and catching it, to facilitate their swallowing it.
They are peculiar to the warm parts of Asia and Africa.
Lastly, the Scansorial Birds (SCANSORES) have short
feet, fitted for climbing; most of them have the power of

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

97

turning one of the front toes behind, so as to have two toes
before and two behind, thus enabling them to hold more
firmly to their perch.
The family of Parrots (Psittacidce, Cases 74—76) are
known to every one by their domestic habits; they are
characterised by their short, hard beak, which is surrounded at the base by a naked skin, like the falcon's,
in which is placed the nostrils; and they have a short
tongue, which is usually fleshy, but in a few, as the Black
Cockatoo, it is hard and tubular. They are a very
numerous group, and have been divided into many genera ;
they live chiefly on fruit.
The family of Toucans (Ramphastidce, Case 77) are
distinguished by their very large, light, cellular beaks,
which are irregularly notched ^on the edge, and by their
peculiar long, feather-like tongues; they live on fruit and
small birds, and are only found in tropical America,
building in the trunks of trees.
The family of Woodpeckers (Picidce, Cases 78—80)
have a four-sided wedge-shaped beak with hard points,
a very exsertile tongue, and the tips of their tail feathers
generally produced and rigid. The Barbels differ from
the rest in having a larger, conical beak, swollen out at
the sides, surrounded at the base by bristles; they live
chiefly on fruit, but some eat insects, and even attack
small birds : some species have deep notches on the side of
the bill.
The family of Cuckoos (Cucididce, Cases 81—83) have
a slightly arched, compressed beak, and long rounded tail;
they live chiefly on insects, and many of the species are
birds of passage. The Indicators live chiefly on the wild
bees of Africa, and serve to point out their combs to the
natives, whence their name; they are furnished with a
very hard skin, but the bees attack their eyes. In the
Coucals, the claws of the hind toes are elongated. The
Scythops have large bills like the Toucans,
I I . The second section contains the Gallinaceous, Wading,
and Aquatic birds, which generally build their nests in the
ground, have their young hatched with their eyes open, and
covered with soft downy feathers; most of them walk about
to collect their own food as soon as they quit the shell.
The GALLINACEOUS BIRDS ( G A L L I N G , Linn.,
F

Cases

98

NATURAL HISTORY.

[~E.AST. ZOOL.

84—106) have long muscular legs, well adapted to walking, short wings, and blunt claws. They live chiefly on
the ground, laying their eggs on the earth ; the males are
generally polygamous.
The family of Pigeons {Colmnbidce^ Crises 84—88)
have their feet and tail formed like the perching birds,
but the base of the upper mandible is covered with a soft,
tumid membrane, in which the nostrils are pierced.
The family of Curassows (Cracidce, Cases 89 and 90) are
peculiar to tropical America,' living in the woods, building
in the trees, and are easily tamed. They have the base
of the beak surrounded with a soft skin, a large rounded
tail, composed of broad rigid feathers, and their windpipe
is very variously twisted.
The family of Pheasants [Phasianidce, Cases 91—103)
have the hind toe placed higher on the tarsus than the
front ones, so that only the tip touches the ground. Their
bill is arched, and the nostril is covered with a vaulted,
smooth, naked, horny scale. The tarsus is naked, and that
of'the male is generally furnished with one or more
spurs. These birds are much sought after as food, and
often domesticated for the purpose; they are, at the same
time, often the most beautiful of the class. The male is
generally the largest and finest coloured, and they are
most usually ornamented with wattles, combs, or crests.
The wings are generally short and rounded.
The family of the Grouse (Telraonidce, Cases 104 and
105) have many characteristics in common with the former,
but their legs are generally more or less covered with
feathers, as are also the horny vaulted scales over the nostrils,
and the wings are generally long and acute. The Grouse
are peculiar to the northern part of Europe and America.
The Sand Grouse (Pterocles) which are found only in the
warmer parts of the Old World, have much the habits of
pigeons.
The family of Sheath Bills {Chionidce) are like the
Grouse, but they have the nostrils surrounded by a kind
of sheath. The Attagis has the habits of a grouse. The
Thinocori, on the contrary, so much resemble a snipe in
their flight and manners, that the American sportsmen
call them short-billed snipes. The Sheath-Bill (Chionis),
is often found far out at sea, but they chiefly inhabit the

GALLERY.]

99

NATURAL HISTORY.

tidal rocks, feeding on sea-weed and shells, which has
caused some naturalists to place them with the water
birds.
The family of Megapodius (Megapodiidce, Case 106)
are peculiar to the Australian islands, their head is rather
naked, their bill vaulted, and the nostrils large, rounded,
and placed in a wide nasal groove; their legs are short,
strong, spurless, and their feet are furnished with long
blunt claws. Their eggs are very large. The Megapodius
lays them on the sea shore; the^Alectura (like snakes)
deposits them in decaying leaves, & c , which they collect
for the purpose into heaps, several laying in the same heap,
thus taking advantage of the warmth produced by their
fermentation. They are very good for eating.
The family of Tinamous (Tinamidce, Case 106) are
peculiar to tropical America. They are intermediate in
form between the partridges and the bustards, having the
long neck and vlegs and the small feet of the latter, and
the nostrils covered with a naked scale like the pheasants.
The beak varies in length ; their wings are short, and the
tail and hind toe are rudimentary.
The WADING BIRDS (GRALLJE, Cases 107—

) have

long slender legs, and the lower part of the thighs naked.
The family of Ostriches, (Struthionidce, Cases 107—
109,) which inhabit plains, are peculiar for their short
wings, depressed beak, and generally long legs, as the
Ostrich of Africa, the Emu,of Australia, the Casowary of
the Indian islands, and the Apteryx of New Zealand.
In Case 108, is the foot of the Dodo, and a cast of
the, head of that extraordinary bird. Over the NORTH
Door is an original painting of this bird, presented to
the Museum by George Edwards, and copied in his works,
plate 294, who says it was " drawn in Holland, from a
living bird brought from St. Maurice's Island in the East
Indies," The only remains of this bird at present known
are a foot in this collection, (presented by the Royal
Society,) and a head and foot, said to have belonged to
a specimen which was formerly in Tradescant's Museum,
now forming part of the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford.
The bird represented in the painting, in the shortness of
the wings and colour, has much analogy to the ostrich,
but its foot greatly resembles that of the common fowl*
F2

100

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

and the head, from the cere and the position and form of
its nostrils, is most nearly allied to the Vultures; so
that if these remains really belonged to one species, and
that the one here represented, its true place in the series
of birds, is not, as yet, satisfactorily determined.
The other Wo ding Birds have long wings, and fly
well;,many of them make periodical migrations, and are
thus distributed over great part of the globe; they usually
extend their legs behind them when they fly.
The family of Bustards (Otidce, Cases 110—114) have
the strong legs and small feet of the ostrich, but the wings
are longer, and they have sometimes a small hind toe. The
base of the beak is flexible, and the end hard and covered with a horny sheath, as the Bustard (Otis), the
Plovers (Charadrius), which have three, and the Lapwing
( Fanellus), which has four toes; the Turnstones (Strepsilas)
differ from the Lapwings by the end of the beak being
compressed, so as to enable them to find their food under
stones. The Oyster-catcher (Hcematopus) has strong
legs, and the beak, like the former, compressed on the sides.
The family of Cranes (Gruidce, Cases 115—117) have a
rather short hind toe, much higher on the leg than the front
ones, and a strong, hard, rather long beak, with the nostrils
in the front of a broad groove. The Balearic Cranes (Balearica) have large open nostrils, naked cheeks, and throatwattles. The Cariama (Cariama) and Trumpeters (Psophia) have short beaks: the former has much the air of a
raptorial bird, and the latter is peculiar for the metallic
brilliancy of its plumage.
The family of Herons (Ardeidce, Cases 117—126)
have a hard elongated bill, and linear nostrils, covered
with a thin skin, situated at the base of an indistinct,
narrow groove. In some the hind toe is low down, and
the middle claw toothed on the edge; as in the genera
Heron (Ardea), Night Heron (Nycticorax), and Crabeater ( Tigrisoma,) which only differ from each other by the
size of the beak. The Storks (Ciconia, Cases 124—125)
have larger and more exposed nostrils than the Herons,
the hind toe is placed rather higher, and the middle claw
entire. The form and size of the bill vary greatly in the
birds of this family. In the Adjutants (Leptoptilos) it is
large, and furnished with a sort of throat-pouch; in the

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

101

Wood Ibis (Tantalus) it is slightly curved, and in the
Spoonbill (Platalea) the extremity of the beak is flat and
rounded. Many of ,these birds have a tuft of very soft
feathers on the under side of the wings; the Adjutants furnish the celebrated Cornacauly feathers.
The family of Snipes (Scolopacidce, Cases 127—129)
have a long soft bill, and no hind toe, or only a very short
one, scarcely reaching the ground. They generally live
in marshy places, or on the sea-shore, feeding on worms.
Some have the end of the bill covered with a leathery
skin, and the nasal grooves extended to the end, as
the Ibis and Sand-pipers (Tringa), the former having
a long, curved bill, the latter a short and straight one;
from these the Sanderlings (Calidris) differ merely in
having but three toes. The true Snipes {Scolopax) have
the end of the beak sensible and spongy, and furnished
with a central longitudinal groove. In others the nasal
groove extends only half the length of the beak, as in the
Longshanks (Himantopus), which have very long legs and
but three toes: the Avocets have the bill curved upwards
and the feet half webbed, whilst in the Chevaliers (Limosa)
it is slender, rounded, and slightly recurved.
The family of Rails* (Rallidce\ whose habits are, of all
these birds, the most aquatic, have many of the characters
of the next order; their toes are long and slender, and
the hind one is placed on a level with the others. The
body is compressed. The Jacana has the claws long and
straight, and the bend of the wing armed with a spine;
the Screamers are remarkable for a horn on the centre
of the head.
Others have short claws and unarmed
wings; as the Coot which has the edge of the toes fringed
with a lobed membrane; and the Gallinules, Taleves, and
Rails, which have them simple.
The

WEB-FOOTED

or

AQUATIC

BIRDS

(ANSERES,

Linn.) have their feet placed on the hinder part of the body,
with short compressed tarsi, and the toes united together
by a web ; their plumage is close, shining, and oily, and
they live chiefly on fish, mollusca, and insects.
The family of Ducks (Anatidce) have short or moderate
* The families of raptorial and aquatic birds, although here described,
are only in progress of bringing into the Gallery,

102

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

wings, their bill covered with a soft skin, and furnished
on the edge with a series of plates, through which they
filter the water, and thus separate their food. The Swans
and Geese have beautifully formed,. long necks; the
Cereopsis has the base of the beak covered by a yellow skin,
and the Hydrobates the hind toe large, and webbed beneath. The Merganser (Mergus) has a slender, serrated
bill; and the Flamingo (JPhcenicopterus) combines the long
legs of the Waders with the shining velvet plumage, compressed legs, and serrated bill of the Ducks.
The family of the Divers (Colymbidce) have very moderately feathered short wings, and the legs placed so far back
on the body, that they can assume an erect position.
The bill is compressed at the tip, and smooth. They
live constantly on the water, and dive for their food.
The Grebes have a very silky plumage, and the toes separate, and fringed on the side by a membrane. These
birds live on lakes, and are said to carry their young under
their wings when alarmed. The Finfoot (Podoa) has the
feet of the Grebes, but the tail is longer, and the claws
sharp; the Divers (Colymhus) have completely-webbed-feet,
and live on the sea-coast.
The family of Auks (Alcidce) have, like the Divers,
very short wings, and the legs placed far behind the centre
of the body, which enables them to stand nearly erect, but
they have the toes all united by a web. In some the
wings are covered with feathers, and have no hind toe, as
the Guillemots (Urid), Penguins (Spkeniscus), and Puffins (Fratercula). Others have the wings covered with
small scale-like feathers, and all the four toes directed forwards.
The remainder of the web-footed Birds have very long
wings, which enable them to suspend themselves in the air
for a great length of time, so that it almost appears to be
their proper sphere, as they are seldom seen on the ground
except in the breeding season.
The family of Gulls (Laridce) have the hind toe free,
and sometimes very short and rudimentary, and a compressed bill. The Petrels have the bill strongly hooked
at the end ; their hind claw is placed immediately on the
tarsus, without any toe. Of all the Water birds, these
keep more especially out at sea; they often fly so far

GALLERY.']

NATURAL HISTORY.

103

from land that during tempests they are obliged to take
refuge on board the vessels they may happen to fall in with.
They build in holes on rocks, and when attacked, squirt
out a quantity of acrid oil from their stomachs. Some
have the nostrils placed on the top of the beak, forming
a single tube, as in the Petrels, and others have them
formed of two tubes placed on the side of the beak, as the
Albatrosses: the latter are remarkable for the extreme length
of their wings, furnished with long quills only at the top.
The Gulls have the bill pointed at the end, with moderate
sized, longitudinal nostrils. They live on the sea-shore,
and eat fish, and carrion of all kinds. The young are
generally of a dark, speckled-gray colour; the adult, gray
or white. The true Gulls have rounded tails ; from them
the Skinner only differs in the under jaw being longest,
and much compressed. The Lestris, or Skua Gull, differs
from the common Gull by having the two middle tail
feathers longer than the rest. Their habits are disgusting, subsisting chiefly on food rejected from the stomach of
the common Gull, in its alarm when chased by the Skua,
and which the latter catches before it falls into the water.
The Terns {Sterna) have forked tails, and the Noddies
(Megcdoptem) square tails and very long wings.
The family of Pelicans (Pelecanidce) is at once distinguished by the hind toe being united to the others by a
web ; their legs are short; they are excellent swimmers,
and often perch on trees; the edge of their beak is
generally toothed, and their throat dilated into a bag, in
which they keep the fish as they catch them, to feed their
young. The Darter is peculiar for the small size of its
body and the length of its neck; the Tropic Bird, which
resembles the Gulls in form, has two long feathers in the
middle of its tail; the true Pelican has a broad beak and
enormous pouch; the Cormorant has a slender bill and
rounded tail, while the tail of the Frigate-bird is forked;
the Booby, so called from its excessive stupidity, has a
broad bill.
The following table exhibits, at one view, the arrangement of the families of birds, and a list of the genera
of the British species; the number, as far as they are
yet arranged, indicates the Cases that contain them.

104

NATURAL HISTORY.
Class I I .
AVES.

Order I . A C C I P I T R E S , Linn.
F a m . 1. Gypaetidce.

QEAST. ZOOL.

Fam.

5. Alcedinidce. • b. Turdus. 54,
41. 42.
M e m l a . 54.
Alcedo. 42.
c. Oriolus. 55.

F a m . 6. Meropid®. 42. F a m #
Merops. 42.

3

^

Muscicapidce.
57.

Div. 2. Tenuirostres.
Muscicapa. 57.
F a m . 1. Upupidce. 43.
Butalis. 57Upupa. 43.
Fam. 4. Ampelida. 58,
Fam. 2. Nectarinidce.
59.
43.
Bombycilla. 58.
Fam. 3. Trochilida. 44. Earn. 5. Laniadce. 60,
Fam. 4. Meliphagidce.
61.
45.
Lanius. 60.
F a m . 5. CertHadce. 46,
Collurio. 60.
47Div. 4. Conirostres.
a. Certhia. 47,,
, ^
. 7 netA.
Tichodroma. 47- * a m * ^ f 0 ™ ^ ' 6 2 1 0
b. Sitta. 47.
a. Garrulus. 62.
c. Troglodytes. 47.
b. Nucifraga. 63.
Div. 3. Dentirostres.
Pica. 63.
F a m . 1.
Motacillidw.
Corvus. 63.
48 to 52.
c. Fregilus. 64.
a. Melizophilus. 48.
Fam. 2. Sturnidce. 65
b. Locustella. 49.
to 67.
Calamodyta. 49.
Pastor. 66.
Acrocephakis. 49.
Sturnus. 66,
Hippolais. 49.
Regulus. 49.
es
F a m # 3 # Fringuud^
Phyllopneuste.49.
to 71.
Sylvia. 49.
a. Coccothraustes.
Curruca. 49.
68.
Nisoria. 49.
b. Carduelis. 69.
Luscinia. 49.
Chrysomitris, 70.
c. Ruticilla. 50.
Order I I . P A S Cannabina. 70.
Cyanecula. 50.
Chlorospiza. 70.
S E R E S , Linn.
Rubecula. 50.
Passer. 70Div. 1. Fissirostres.
Vitiflora. 50.
Fringilla. 70.
Rubetra. 50.
Fam. 1. Caprirnulgidce,
c. Emberiza. 70.
d. Accentor. 5 1 .
Caprimulgus.
d. Alauda. 71e. P a r u s . 5 1 .
Galerida. 71*
Fam. 2. Hirundinidce.
Calamophilus. 5 1 .
Otocoris. 71*
38.
Mecistura. 5 1 .
Londra. 7 1 .
a. Cypselus. 38.
f. Motacilla. 52.
e. Pyrrhula. 71*
b. Hirundo. 38.
Budytes. 52.
f. Loxia. 7 1 .
Cotyle. 38.
A n t h u s . 52.
Chelidon. 38.
Fam. 4. Musophagidce*
Corydalla. 52.
Fam. 3. Todidce. 39.
71.
F a m . 2. Turdidce. 53
Coracias. 39.
to 55.
Fam. 5. Bucevidce. 72,
a» Cinclus. 53*
Fam. 4. Trogonidte. 40.
73.

F a m . 2. Cathartidce.
Neophron.
F a m . 3. Vulturidce
Fam. 4. Falconidce.
a. Buteo.
b. Aquila.
Pandion.
Haliaetus.
c. Hierofalco.
Falco.
Dendrofalco.
Tinnunculus. v
Erythropus.
d. Pernis.
Nauclerus.
Milvus.
e. Dsedalion.
Accipiter.
f. Circus.
Strigiceps.
Fam. 5. Strigidce.
a. Surnia.
b. Scops.
Bubo.
c. Syrnium.
Otus.
Nyctale.
d. Strix.

GALLERY.]

105

NATURAL HISTORY.

F a m . 2. Otidce. 110 to
b. Gallinua.
Div. 5. Scansores.
114.
Fullica.
F a m . 1. Ramphastidce.
a. Otis. 110.
Order V . N A T AT Ob. (Edicnemus. 112.
R E S , Linn.
Fam. 2. Psittacidce, 74
c. Glareola. 113.
Squatarola. 113. Fam. 1. Anatidce.
to 76.
a. Bernicla.
Vanellus. 113.
Fam. 3 . Picidce, 78 to
Chen.
Charadrius. 113.
80.
Anser.
Hiaticula. 113.
a. Picoides. 78.
d. Heematopus. 114. b. Cygnus.
Picus. 79.
O'lor.
b. Dryocopus. 79*
Fam. 3. Gruidce. 114 c. Tadorna.
c. Gecinus. 80.
to 117.
Casarca.
d. Y u n x . 80.
Grus. 115.
Aix.
Fam. 5. Cuculidce. 81
Mareea.
Fam. 4. Ardeidm. 117
to 83.
Dafila.
to 126.
Cuculus. 83.
Anas.
a. Ardea. 119.
Cureus. 82.
Querquedula.
Egretta, 120. ,
Cyanoptems.
Order I I I . G A L Buphus. 122.
Chaulelasmus.
L I N G , Linn.
Botaurus. 122.
Rhynchaspis.
Fam. 1. Columbidce. 84
Ardeola. 122.
Cairina.
to 88.
Nycticorax. 123.
d. Oidemia.
a. Columba. 86.
b. Platalea. 123.
Somateria.
Ciconia. 124.
b. T u r t u r . 87Branta.
c. Falcinellus. 126.
Fuligula.
Fam. 2. Cracidce. 89,
Nyroca.
90.
Fam. 5. Scolopacidce.
Clangula.
127 to 129.
Fam. 3. Phasianidce.
Harelda.
a. Numenius. 127*
91 to 102.
e. Erismatura.
Limosa. 128.
a. Phasianus. 94.
f. Mergus.
b. Totanus. 129.
b. Gallus. 98.
Glottis. 129.
Fam. 2. Colymbidce.
c. Meleagris. 100.
Guinetta. 129.
a. Colymbus.
Numida. 99.
c. Recurvirostra.
b. Podiceps.
d. Perdix. 101.
128.
Sylbeocyclus.
Starna. 101.
Himantopus. 128. Fam. 3. Alcadce.
Coturnix. 101.
d. T r i n g a . 129.
O r t y x . 102,
a. Alca.
Machetes. 128.
Fam. 4.
Tetramidce.
Utamania.
Pelidna. 129.
104 to 106.
Fratercula.
Calidris. 129.
Tetrao. 104.
b. Uria.
e. Macroramphus.
Lyrurus. 104.
Grylle.
Scolopax.
Lagopus. 105.
Mergulus.
Xylocota.
Fam. 5. Megapodiidce.
Fam. 4. Laridce.
Telmatias.
106.
a. Puffinus.
Gallinago.
Thalassidromus.
Fam, 6. Chionidce. 106. f. Steganopus.
Wagellus.
F a m . 7« Tinamidce. 106.
Lobipes.
b Catarracta.
Order I V . G R A L L ^ , F a m > 6 ,
Rallida,a
Stercorarius.
Lmn
'
a. Ortygometra.
Larus.
Fam. 1. Struthionidce.
Porzana.
Laroides.
107 to 109.
Rallus.
Xema.

F3

106
Chroicocephalus.
Rissa.
Gavia.
c. Gelichelidon.
Tbalasseus.

NATURAL HISTORY,
Sylochelidon.
Sterna.
Sternula.
Anous.
Megalopterus.

[EAST. ZOOL.
Fam. 5 PelecanicUz.
Sula.
Phalacrocorax.

The TABLE CASES contain the collection of the S H E L L S
of MOLLUSCOUS ANIMALS (in progress of arrangement).

SHELLS are the hard bodies which are secreted for their
protection by the surface of certain soft inarticulated
animals, (called Mollusca;) they are generally large enough
to cover the whole of the body, but some are so small as
only to protect the more important organs, as the heart,
lungs, &c. The shell is formed on the animal before it is
excluded from the egg, and even before the unhatched
animal has gained all its organs; and a few kinds, as
the Dorides, & c , which are destitute of the shell in their
adult state, at which period they are covered only with a
cartilaginous skin, have a shell to cover their soft and just
hatched bodies.
The animals which form these shells constitute a particular division of the animal kingdom, which, from their
being soft, fleshy, and destitute of any bony skeleton supporting jointed limbs, or of any hard ringed skin, have been
called MOLLUSCA. They are covered with a muscular coat,
called the mantle, endued with a glairy humour, and are
generally elongate; walking on a single central foot or
disk, and furnished with one or more pairs of organs on
the head and sides, to enable them to move from place to
place; but their most distinctive character is, that their
nervous system consists of a certain number of medullary
masses, or ganglions, distributing fibres to different parts
of the body ; one of the masses being placed over the gullet, and enveloping it like a collar.
The shell is formed by the hardening of the animal matter which is secreted by certain glands on the surface
of the body, by means of chalky matter, which is also
secreted by similar glands. The unhatched animal,
very shortly after it is formed, begins to construct its
shell; and when the animal is hatched, it deposits on the
edge of the mouth of the little shell which covered its body
in the egg, a small quantity of mucous secretion. This dries,
and is then lined with other mucous matter, intermixed with

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

107

calcareous particles, and when this becomes hardened, the animal again places on its edge another thin layer of the mucous
secretion, and again lines it as before. The mucous secretion
first deposited, called Periostraca, forms the outer coat of the
shell, and is of use in protecting it from injury, while the
mucous matter mixed with lime, which is placed within,
forms the substance of the shell itself. This alternate de^
position of mucus, and of mucus mixed with calcareous
matter, goes on as the animal grows, and feels, from its increasing size, the want of a larger shell for its protection.
The shell is, in fact, moulded on the body of the animal
itself as the body grows, and for this reason any inequality
or irregularity of the body is reproduced on the shell. If
the irregularity or inequality is of a permanent character,
such as a canal, tubercles, &c, it causes a permanent groove
or ridge, running from the apex to the mouth of the shell, or
even produced beyond it as far as the canal of the mantle
extends. But besides these permanent inequalities, which
are generally necessary for the functions of the animal, the
Mollusca, like most other animals, appear to have seasons of
activity, or developement, and of rest; and in the season of
activity there are often expanded from the edge of their mantle leaf-like, thread-like, or variously shaped appendages;
which appendages, as soon as they are formed, generally
secrete on the edge of the shell, shelly leaf-like expansions, tubular spines, & c , for their protection; these fleshy
expansions are after a time gradually contracted until the
period of rest recurs, and the part of the shell that is formed
during this period is destitute of such appendages on its
surface. Thus the marks produced by the permanent projections form ribs, grooves, &c, running from the apex to
the edge of the mouth of the shell; while those produced
by the alternations of the periods of rest and developement
are always in concentric lines parallel with the edge of its
mouth, This method of formation and enlargement allows
only the inner surface and the edge of the mouth of the
shell, which is immediately applied to the surface of the
animal, to be within its influence, as each deposition of
new matter removes the part which it covers from the animal's control; consequently all the shelly appendages,
& c , on the surface, except those on the immediate
edge} which were used by the animal to protect its flesh

108

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

expansions, are no longer of any use to it, though they
often add greatly to the beauty of the shell.
The animal has the faculty also of mending any break
or injury that its shell may receive, if it is not of such a
magnitude as to derange all the functions of the animal
itself; and it mends them in the same manner as it forms
its shell, that is to say, by depositing first a coat of animal matter, which is moulded on the body until it is dry,
and then lining it with mucous matter mixed with chalk
to harden it. But as the animal is usually very desirous
of getting the repairs done as quickly as possible, and is
most probably damaged by the injury the shell has received,
and also wants the support that the already formed shell
gives to it during its growth, these repairs are generally
irregular, much more roughly executed than the shell
itself, and commonly destitute of regular colour. (See p.
87, Cases 3 and 4.)
The shell of the unhatched animal is generally of a self
or uniform colour, but after the animal is hatched, the surface
becomes more or less varied or ornamented. The particles
which produce this colouring of the surface are deposited
while the shell is increasing in size, immediately under the outer mucous coat, (periostraca,) and as these particles are only secreted by peculiar glands, the colour is
always disposed in a particular manner in each of the species, the glands being gradually enlarged and gradually
separated, but not changed in position by the growth of
the animal. All the variations exhibited in the colouring
of the different species, or in the different individuals of
the same species, are produced by the different position, or
by the permanence or temporary interruption of the action
of these glands.
By far the greater number of these animals are provided with two of these shells or valves, which are often
nearly alike in size and form, and are hence called Bivalves,
as the shells of the Conchifera, where one of the valves is
placed on each side of the body, and they are united together by a ligament behind. In others, as those of the
Brachiopodes3 the two valves are separate, one on the
upper surface or back, and the other on the under surface
of the body. In others, as in the shells of G asteropodes, the
two valves are so unequal that the smaller one merely

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

109

acts as a lid to close the mouth of thejarger, when the animal is retracted into i t ; hence it has been called an operculum. This smaller valve, or operculum, is generally
cartilaginous, either wholly formed of animal matter, or
strengthened by a quantity of calcareous matter deposited
on one or both of its surfaces. Sometimes this valve is
altogether wanting, especially in those genera which have
an expanded mouth compared with the size of the remaining shell.
Most of the Gasteropodous animals, especially the lungbreathing kinds, which are not provided with a second
valve, prevent the evaporation of their juices, during the
very hot or cold weather, when they are in a torpid state,
by secreting a layer of mucus, which forms a temporary
lid, called an epiphragma, and is sometimes hardened by
a quantity of calcareous particles.
Linnaeus referred all the animals inhabiting shells to five
different genera, viz., Limax, Ascidia, Anomia, Clio, and
Sepia. These genera have become the types of five very
distinct classes, viz., first, the Gasteropoda, which have a
distinct head and a univalve spiral shell; secondly, the
Conckifera, which have the mouth placed at the bottom of
the bag-like mantle, and are covered with a bivalve shell.
The three other classes are remarkable for being destitute of any foot, as they are attached to other bodies,
float about in the sea, or walk on the tentacles which
surround their head. They consist of the Brackiopoda,
which have an attached bivalve shell and a pair of spiral
arms on the sides of the mouth; the Pteropoda, which
have a pair of fins on the sides of the head, and a very
light univalve shell; and the Cephalopoda, so called because they walk head downwards on the large tentacles
that surround their mouth.
The more typical Mollusca have a single more or less
distinct muscular foot, on which they walk, or rather glide,
placed under their stomach, as the Gasteropoda and the
Conchifera..
The B E L L Y - W A L K I N G , or GASTEROPODOUS MOLLUSCA

(Cases 1 to ) walk on a broad, fiat, fleshy disk under
the stomach; they have a distinct head, furnished with
two or more pairs of feelers, and are generally provided
with a pair of eyes and other organs of sense; and their

HO

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

digestive organs, &c, are generally inclosed in a more or
less conical bag on the back, which is covered with the
mantle, which is itself usually covered with a single large,
conical, often spiral valve, and they sometimes have a
small horny opercular valve, which is occasionally thickened by a shelly coat. The shell being formed on the bag
which contains the digestive organs, agrees with it in
shape; if the bag is only a little prominent, the shell is
simply conical; but if it is very long, it is then generally,
for the purpose of being out of the animal's way when it
walks, coiled up, and then the shell which covers it is
spiral or discoidal, according as the body is coiled up on
itself, or in a more or less oblique manner on a central
axis. The foot is sometimes contracted to a narrow
groove, and at others compressed into a vertical fin.
They are divided into orders, according to the form of
their respiratory organs.
The CTENOBRANCHIATA, or pectinated-gilled Mollusca,
are so called from their respiratory organs consisting of
one or more comb-like gills, placed on the inner surface
of the mantle, which forms an open bag in the last whorl
of the shell, over the back of the neck. There is a constant current of water passing over the gills, which enters
at the front and makes its way out near the inner hinder
angle of the gill-cavity and mouth of the shell. This order
contains the greater part of the Gasteropodous Mollusca
which are furnished with large and well developed shells.
They are divided into sections, according to the food they
live upon and the position of their eyes.
1. The Flesh-eating Gasteropodes, (Zoophaga,) or those
which prey almost exclusively on dead or living animal
food, as they require the blood to be more perfectly aerated,
have a syphon attached to the inner side of the front
part of the mantle, to enable the water more freely to arrive
at their respiratory organs. Their shells are always provided with a canal, placed in the front of the pillar which
is formed to protect this syphon. They are furnished with
a retractile proboscis, armed with teeth, which enables them
to form round holes in bivalve and other shells, for the
purpose of extracting the inhabitant; their operculum is
always horny, and formed of irregular concentric plates.
They are unisexual, and the females are generally much

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

Ill

larger, and have much more ventricose whorls to their
shells than the males. The eggs of these animals are
contained in coriaceous cases, each holding many eggs,
of which only a few gradually enlarge and come to perfection.
The cases of Buccinum undatum, and Fusus
despectus have been mistaken for the eggs of the oyster, and called oysterspat.
This error is the more remarkable, as oysters are ovoviviparous, the young being
found in the branchiae of the parent in the month of July:
the eggs of Purpura and other genera have, by a similar
error, been described as a species of Tubularia.
v
The species of these shells are extremely apt to vary
according to the roughness or smoothness of the sea they
live in, and the quantity and quality of their food; thus,
some of the common Whelks are thick and rugose, others
very thin, even, and finely coloured. Rarely the whorls
of these shells turn contrary to the common direction,
from left to right, and sometimes, when the shell has been
injured in its growth, the succeeding whorls are turned
out of their usual course, and the shell becomes very
much elongated or bent. (See p. 87* Cases 3 and 4.)
The larger species are used as food by the natives of
the sea-coast, and as bait by the fishermen. In Scotland
the shell of the large Fusus despectus is used as a lamp.
In India and China the different species of Turbinellus are
used to contain the oil to anoint the priests. The animal of
Purpura Lapillus yields a beautiful purple colour, which
has been considered as the Tyrian dye of the ancients ; but
there is little doubt that this colour was obtained from
various species, which were most common in the district;
the true Tyrian dye was most probably derived from
Murex trunculus.
The family of Strombidce (Case 1,2) are peculiar for
having a very compressed foot, which only allows them tp
leap and not to walk; their eyes are large, and placed on
the end of a large thick elongated peduncle, having the
slender tentacles arising out of the middle of the hinder
sides, and the shell is peculiar for having a deep sinus
placed on the side near the canal over the head of the animal, when it is expanded. These animals, when they arrive at their full size, expand the edge of the mantle in a
remarkable degree, which causes the shell of the adult ani-

112

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

mal to be very different from that of the young. This expansion only takes place once in their lives, and not at repeated and stated periods, as in the Murices, &c. Their
operculum is narrow and claw-like, the apex being produced beyond the point of its attachment, as it enlarges,
by new layers below, and the tube of the syphon is always bent towards the right side.
AH the other flesh-eating comb-gilled Gasteropodes have
a broad expanded foot, by which they glide on and attach
themselves to marine bodies; their eyes are sessile, or
placed on a very short tubercle near the base, or on the
tentacles.
The family of Murices (Mitricidce, Case 3) have a more
or less elongated straight syphon, and the shell has a
straight tubular canal for its protection; the animal, at certain periods of its growth, expands the edge of its mantle,
and, during this time, deposits appendages on the edge of
the shell for their protection; these expansions of the mantle are then gradually withdrawn, and the portion of shell
which the animal forms between this time and the next
developement of the appendages, is of the common shape :
but the expansions produced for their protection are left on
the surface of the shell, forming variously shaped bands
across the whorls, which have been called varices, from
some of them looking like dilated veins; these varices,
and the spines upon them, being formed on the expanded
appendages of the mantle, exactly correspond to them in
form, and afford good characters for the determination of
the groups and species. In some of these animals the
periodical expansions of the mantle are round, forming a
convex simple granular varix on the shell, and the inner lip
of the shell is generally granulated; as in the genera
Ranella, where there is half a whorl between each varix,
and Triton, where there is a varix on each two-thirds of a
whorl. In the Murices, on the contrary, the expansions of
the mantle are generally produced into elongated processes,
the varices are consequently spinose or variously branched,
and there is only one-third (or often less) of a whorl between
them: the inner lip of these shells is smooth. In the other
genera of this family the animal does not, or only very
slightly, dilate the mantle at any period of its growth, so
that the shell has a uniform surface, or marked with only

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

113

slightly concentric waves, which may be considered as the
rudimentary states of varices, or rather as similar to the
intermediate cross ridges which are found between the
varices in the Tritons and Murices, and which mark the
places where the animals have rested for a short period.
These ridges are generally fringed with an expansion
of the periostraca, like the varices. In some of the genera, as Pleurotoma, Conus, Fusus, and Pyrula, the pillar
of the shell is smooth. In others, as Turbinellus, Fasciolaria, and Cancellaria, this part is plaited as in the Volutes,
but they are known from the latter by the canal of the
syphon being more elongated.
Struthiolaria and Aporrhdis have the animal of this
family, but the syphon is bent to the right side, and the
outer lip of the shell is only perfected once in the animal's life, as in the Strombs. The outer lip of the former
is merely thickened and bent back; of the latter it is
often spread out, and sometimes divided into lobes, like
the Pteroceras, or Spider-claws.
The family of Buccinums (Buccinidce, Case
) have
the syphon of the mantle recurved, and the shell has a
more or less elongated canal in the front of the mouth for
its protection, which is bent upwards towards the left
side. Some of these animals form convex rounded varices at distant places on the whorls, like the Tritons,
and generally have the lips veined or granular, as Cassis,
Cass'idaria, Dolium, and Harpa. The latter has a very
large foot, nicked on each side in front, and pointed
behind; its hinder part separates spontaneously when
the animal is irritated. Others, like the Murices, have
close irregular varices, which are sometimes produced into
spines or branched processes, as Ricinula, Purpura, and
Magilus. The latter is very peculiar; for the animal, at
a certain period of its growth, deposits in the cavity such
a quantity of calcareous matter, as to produce the shell, in its
subsequent growth, into a more or less elongated straight
process. In others the animal does not form any, or only very
rudimentary, varices, as Buccinum, Terebra, Nassa, and
Columbella, and the shells are covered with a horny periostraca. These genera are severally distinguished from
each other by the form of the mouth ; some of them, which
have the lips much dilated over the base of the last whorl,

114

NATURAL HISTORY.

[jSAST. ZOOL*

have a very large foot, which is believed to secrete the
shelly matter of which the lips are formed. The Nassce
have a moderate sized foot, which is nicked behind,, and
the operculum is toothed on its edge. The Bullice resemble them in most characters, but they have a very
large broad foot, and the hinder part of the inner lip of
the shell, being extended beyond the mouth, forms a
raised enamel band round the suture of the whorls, as is
also the case with the Ancillarice and some Volutes;
Phos and Cyllene have a small sinus in the front of the outer
lip, like the Stroynbs. The Olives have the shell covered
with a polished coat, and sunk into the large expanded
foot, so that only a small part of its back can be seen
when the animal is walking; the front of the foot is separated from the hinder part, as in the Volutes, by a
deep nick on each side, and the front of the pillar of the
shell is obscurely plaited. The true Olives (Oliva) have
a canal round the suture of the whorls, formed to inclose a
filiform process arising from the hinder end of their small
inclosed mantle, which is wanting in the Ancillarice.
Most of these genera a r c provided with a distinct operculum, except Harpa, the larger species of Olives, and
the Ancillarice.
The family of Volutes (Volutidce, Case ) have a recurved syphon, and only a nick in the front of the mouth
of the shell, like some of the former genera; but the front
of the pillar of the shell is regularly and obliquely plaited.
The foot of the animal is very large, partly hiding the shell,
and generally deeply nicked on each side in front. In
general the shell is covered with a distinct periostraca, as
Mitra, Voluta, and Musica, but in a few, as Cymbium,
the animal, when any sand or other matter gets between
the shell and the upper surface of its foot, secretes a
quantity of shelly matter, and covers the adventitious substance with a glassy coat, so as to prevent the extraneous
particles from irritating it. In some, as Voluta angulata,
one of'the sides, and in others, as Marginella, both sides
of the mantle, are produced and reflected over the back of
the shell, and the shelly matter secreted by these parts
covers the outer surface of the shell with a polished coat,
like the Cowries. Only a few species, as Voluta musica,
and some of the smaller Mitres, are provided with a horny

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

115

operculum, which is entirely deficient in the other kinds.
The animals of the genus Cymbium are ovoviviparous; the
shell of the newly born animal is very large, and the apex
of the spire of many of these shells is very irregularly
twisted.
The family of Cowries (Cyprceadce, Case
) in the
young state have a thin shell, covered with a thin periostraca, and with a wide mouth like that of Bulla, but,
as they approach the adult age, the lobe of the mantle
spreads out so as to cover the back of the shell with two
large lobes, which are capable of being contracted into the
cavity of the shell at will; at the same time the mouth of
the shell is gradually contracted and inflexed, only leaving
a narrow slit, and its back is covered with an enamel coat,
deposited on its sides by the lobes of the mantle. The
outer surface and edge of the lobes of the mantle are
generally covered with various shaped and often branched
beards. In Cyprcea, Algoa, and Ovula, the outer coat of
the shell is polished, but in Cyprovula and Trivia it is
covered with raised ribs. In most of the genera both the
lips are plaited, but in Ovala the inner one is smooth.
Near this family must be placed, for the present, the
anomalous genus Coriocella, (Case ,) which is peculiar
among these animals for having a thin, white, ear-like shell,
imbedded in the large expanded coriaceous mantle, which
is nicked in front for the syphon.
2. The Phytophagous Gasteropodes, so called because
they live chiefly on vegetable food, are destitute of any distinct syphon for the passage of water to the branchial
cavity, and therefore have no canal in front of the mouth
of the shell; their eggs are membranaceous, and often deposited on the surface of other shells; but many of the animals
are ovoviviparous. Many of them have a spiral operculum or lid, which is attached to the back of the hinder
part of the foot of the animal: this operculum turns round
backwards on the apex of its spire, as it increases in size,
by the addition of new matter to the edge of its last whorl,
so that this edge is always in the same position in the
mouth of the shell. They are divided into sections according to the position of their eyes.
The Podophthalmi have their eyes placed on short pedi-

116

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ E A S T . ZOOL.

eels at the back inner angle of the tentacles; their heart
generally surrounds the rectum.
In most the sides of the body are furnished with a fringe
sending out a series of filaments or tentacles. These are
all marine, often living on rocks near the shore; when left
by the tide they shut a quantity of fluid into the respiratory cavity, and close the mouth of the shell with the operculum to prevent its evaporation until the water again
covers them. Many of them are hermaphrodite, like the
snails.
The family of Turbos (Turbi7iidce, Case
) have solid
spiral shells, with a roundish aperture, which is generally
pearly within. Their operculum is spiral, and protected
by a hard external shelly deposit; and the tentacles have
an appendage at their bases. They are mostly covered
with a thick periostraca, but some, as Phasianella, are
covered with a very thin transparent one, shewing the
brilliant colours of the shell through it. The Turbo Sarmaticus is peculiar for having a layer of blackish animal
matter between the outer opaque and the inner pearly coat
of the shell; this coat forms a dark zone between the edges
of the two coats, just within the aperture of the shell.
The family of Top-shells Trochidce (Case ) chiefly
differ from the former in having a more conical shell, with
a square mouth; the operculum, which is generally formed
of many slowly enlarging whorls, is destitute of any shelly
coat, and the bases of the tentacles are without appendage.
The family of Stomatellas (Stomatellidce, Case ) are
very like the former, but the mouth of the shell is large
and expanded compared with the size of the spire and
operculum.
The family of Ear-shells (Haliotidae, Case ) have even
a more expanded mouth than the former; they have no operculum, and the side of the foot of the animal is covered with
a hard warty skin; but their most peculiar character consists in their having usually a groove or slit in the mantle,
over the part where their gills are situated. In Stomatia
the place of this slit is marked in the shell by a groove,
while in Haliolis, and the allied genera, the groove of the
shell is pierced with a series of holes in front, which are
gradually filled up behind as new ones are required to be

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

117

formed by the growth of the animal, the last being occupied by the vent; and in Scissurella and Pleurotomaria
there is a long slit in the shell, over the opening in the
mantle.
The family of the Keyhole Limpets (Emarginulidce, Case
) have an animal very like the Ear-shells, but the shell is
depressed, simply conical, not pearly, and furnished either
with a hole, placed in the front of the apex, as in Fissurella, or with a notch in the front of the edge, as in
Eraarginula and Parmophoras, These holes or grooves
afford a passage for the water to' the respiratory organs,
and for the expulsion of the feeces. In Pupillia the shell is
surrounded by a sharp white edge; and in Lucapina the
mantle covers the cancellated shell.
Here must also be placed the family of the Tooth-shells,
(JDentaliadce, Case ,) which have been, till lately, regarded as the tubes of worms, but are now known to be
formed by true Mollusca; they chiefly differ from the
former family in being much higher and nearly cylindrical,
with a very small base, and the foot is clavate and not used
for walking, as the Tooth-shell, Dentalium.
The family of Lottiadce, the shells of which are so similar to those of the Patellce, that it is impossible to distinguish them from each other: the animals, however, which
form them are quite different from those of the latter shells,
whilst they are closely allied to the Fissurellce, from which
they scarcely differ, except in having only one gill, placed
obliquely across the back, which is exserted when the animal walks.
The second group of the Podophthalmi are destitute of any
appendages or beards on the sides of the feet, and the
insides of their shells are always opaque and porcellaneous.
The tentacles are generally elongate and slender.
- The family of Nerites (Neritidce, Case ). Their shells
are semi-ovate, with a small semicircular mouth furnished
with a sharp transverse inner l i p ; they have the operculum
articulated to the pillar lip, as the genera Nerita, Neritina,
and Navicellus ; the former has a shelly operculum grooved
on the edge, and the two latter, a thin one with a flexible
margin. The eggs of some, as the Neritce, are ovate, covered with a horny skin and attached to other shells.
The family of Ampullariaduz (Case ) differ from all

118

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ E A S T . ZOOL.

the foregoing in the operculum being annular; the shells
are globular/and are covered with a thick olive periostracum. The animals have long filiform tentacula, a forked
forehead, and their gills, which consist of only a single
series of plates, is placed in a cavity divided into two parts
by a ridge, and are oviparous. The eggs are large, globular,
greenish, and translucent, attached to plants under water.
They live in fresh water. In some the operculum is
simply horny ; others, which have a thick edge to the
mouth of the shell, have a thick shelly internal coat to the
Operculum,
The family of Violet Shells, or Ianthinidce, (Case ,) so
called from the fine blue colour of the shells, which
appear to be stained by the abundant violet juices of the
animals, seem to be most nearly allied to this order.
These animals, which generally float on the surface of the
sea, have a large head and a small oblong foot, which has a
mass of cartilaginous bubbles attached to the middle of the
ventral surface, serving the office of a float, and on which
the animals deposit their eggs. This part is probably a
modification of the operculum. The shells are thin, with
a large angular mouth, and the whorls have a deep notch
in the middle of the outer lip, which is occupied by the
neck of the animal when it is floating.
The family of Atalants (Atalantidde) have the same
habits, and much of the appearance of the former animals,
but the foot is smaller, and the middle of its ventral surface is provided with an erect compressed rounded fin, with
a sucking disk on its hinder edge, and there is a distinct
shelly operculum on its peculiar mantle. Their shells are
thin, transparent, and sometimes almost cartilaginous, with
an angular mouth having a nick in the middle of the outer
lip; the whorls are often keeled.
The second division of Phytophagous Ctenobranchous
Mollusca, or Eriophthalmi, are so called because their eyes
are sessile, or only placed on a very small prominence at
the base of the tentacles; their sides are simple. They
are unisexual, and they are most usually provided with a
distinctly spiral operculum. They are oviparous, but a
few have their eggs hatched in the oviduct of the parent.
1. In the following families the gills are formed of triangular plates, and are not exposed; and their shells are

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

119

generally regularly spiral, with a moderately-sized aperture.
The family of Nipple Shells (Naticidve) are peculiar for
having a large foot, in which the hemispherical shell is imbedded, and which is much produced in front, beyond its
edge; the tentacles are small, sometimes obliterated, and
the mouth is hid in a groove; the operculum is spiral. The
eggs are deposited in a broad, expanded band, folded like a
funnel, sunk in the sand on the sea shore; these bands have
been described as a coral, under the name of Fluslra arenosa.
The genera Natica and Nacca, which have a
moderate mouth, have a large operculum; and Cryptostoma, which has a very large mouth, has a very small operculum.
The animals of the following families have usually a
moderately sized foot.
The family of Periwinkles (Littori?iidce) have a free
oval, spiral, or subspiral horny operculum ; the shells generally have a roundish mouth, and are not pearly within;
some have a simple round mouth, with a concave inner lip,
as the Littorince and Assiminia. Lacuna differs in the pillar
lip being flattened, and the axis pierced; Scalaria is remarkable for having a white shell, marked with numerous
varices, and the whorls are often only united to one another by the projections of the varices, thus exhibiting
what is the case with all shells, that they are only formed
of a coiled up, gradually enlarging tube; the Turritellce
are turreted, and the Melanice and Cerithia, which have
also generally elongated turreted shells, usually have a
more or less distinct groove or nick in the front of the
mouth. The Telescopium and Pyrazi have an orbicular
many-whorled operculum, and the Cerithia an ovate one.
Some, as the Melanopses, have a nick quite like the
Buccina; but they are easily known from the marine
zoophaga by their structure and mode of life, which is
passed in fresh water ; their apices are generally eroded,
and they are often covered with a dark olive periostraca.
The Tristoma are peculiar for having a contracted mouth,
and a tubular hole, like the Typhis, at the posterior angle
of the outer lip.
The family of Looping Snails ( Truncatellidce) have an
oval spiral operculum, and the same form of animal as the

120

NATURAL HISTORY.

[jEAST. ZOOL.

former family, but the foot is small, and the lips very large
and expanded ; the animal walks by contracting the space
between these parts into a loop, like the Looper or Geometric
Caterpillars.
The family of Pond Snails, (Paludinidce,) like the Ampullariadce, and unlike the other families of this group,
are fresh water Mollusca, with the opercula formed of
regular rings, but they differ from the Ampullar'iadce in
having short tentacles, sessile eyes, and an entire forehead.
The Palndince have a horny operculum, and are ovoviviparous, while the Bithinite, which have a shelly operculum,
are oviparous like Lymncea.
The family of Velutinidce have an animal very like the
Littorinidte, but they are destitute of any operculum, and
the shell is small for the size of the animal, with a very
short spire and a large mouth. They live on stones on
the shore.
The family of Pyramid Shells (Pyramidellidce) are at once
known by the oblique plaits on the front of the pillar lip
of the polished, spotted, turreted shell, and by their tentacles being broad and folded like the ears of a hare; they
have the eyes at the inner side of their base, like the
Auriculce; their operculum is horny, with a flap on the
inner side to adapt it to the plaits on the pillar.
The family of Turned Shells (Tornatellidce) also have
plaits on the pillar, and a horny operculum with a flap;
but the animal has no true tentacles, only an expanded disk
on the front of the body, somewhat like the disk of the
Bulladce.
2. The animals of the families which follow have their
gills formed of long filaments, and often exserted when the
animal is expanded; their shells are very variable and
anomalous in form, and often have a very large aperture.
The family of Valve Shells ( Valvatidce) are small fluviatile Mollusca, found in rivulets, with an orbicular manywhorled spiral operculum ; they are remarkable for having
their gills, which are formed of spiral plates, protruded
beyond the shell when they walk. The shells are regular
spiral, with a round simple mantle, and covered with a
pale olive periostraca.
The family of Worm Shells (Vermetidce) are peculiar
for having an irregularly tubular shell, which is generally

GALLERY.]

121

NATURAL HISTORY.

attached, by its outer surface, to shells and other marine
bodies. The body is elongate, and living thus fixed; the
foot is not furnished with a distinct disk for walking; its
two ends are folded together, and its hinder end is produced into a flat orbicular disk, as large as the mouth of
the shell, which is generally protected by an orbicular
horny operculum. The operculum is very variable in form;
it is sometimes concave, with a central star, at others it is
formed of many whorls with a thin raised outer edge, and in
Siliquaria, after the animal has arrived at its full size, it
continues to form new whorls to the operculum, which are
nearly all of the size of the mouth of the shell. This latter j?enus is also peculiar for the mantle having a slit near
the edge of the gill, as in the Haliotides, and its tubular
shell is also furnished with a similar slit. Another genus,
Spiroglyphus, instead of a tube, forms a groove on the surface of other shells, which it covers over and converts into
a tubular case for its body ; in their young state these animals assume a regular spiral form, but after a time they
often take another direction.
The family of Vanicoroidce appears to unite the Vermete
to the next family; they have a cancellated white shell, somewhat like an umbilicated Natica, but thinner. The animal is very like Capulus, but the foot is divided into two
parts by a deep groove ; the front part is narrow, concave, and strap-shaped, and the hinder orbicular and flat.
Each of the sides is furnished with a broad wing-like
membranaceous expansion, s and the operculum is thin,
horny, not shewing any spire.
The family of Foolscap Limpets (CapuMdte) have a
short conical body, covered with a simple conical shell,
having a subspiral t i p ; they are attached to rocks and other
marine bodies like Limpets, with which they were formerly
confounded, but they differ from them in their gills forming
an oblique line across the back of the neck of the animal ;
their eggs, contained in membranaceous cases, are often
affixed in radiating groups to the side of the foot. The
shells of the very young animal are spiral and horn coloured. In Capulus the foot is flat, with a plaited front
edge; in Hipponyx and Sahia it is, as it were, folded on
itself, and is unfit for walking upon; the back of the foot
of the former of these animals secretes a shelly plate, marked
G

122

NATURAL HISTORY*

[ E A S T . ZOOL.

with a horse-shoe shaped muscular impression, like an operculum ; and of the latter forms a depression by corroding
a space on the surface of the shell to which it is attached
of the size of its own shell, and marked with a crescentshaped ridge, shewing the place where the muscles were
affixed : the genus Brocchia only differs from Capulus in
having a broad sinus on the right side of the aperture.
The family of Slipper Shells (Calyptrceidce) chiefly differ from the former family in the body and shell being
somewhat spiral, but they differ from most other spiral
shells in the hinder lip being deeply concave, and furnished with a much raised edge, so as to inclose the whole of
the foot of the animal when it is living attached to marine
bodies like the Limpets, which they greatly resemble in
their shape and manner of life. The shells of this family
vary considerably in shape; indeed, so much so that it is difficult to believe how they could be formed by the same kind
of animals, yet, when a large series of them are compared,
they so gradually pass one into the other that it is not easy
to separate them even into genera. In Crepidula and
Calyptrcea the apex is spiral; in some of the latter genus
the axis is perforated. In some species, otherwise allied to
Calyptrcea, the spire is so reduced in length, and the lamina which separates the whorls of the body is so rudimentary, that nothing but the part which surrounds the
much enlarged perforation of the axis is left; these modifications, when fully developed, have been called the Cup
and Saucer Limpet (Dispotea). The Cremoria, on the other
hand, have only a folded plate on the apex of the cavity to
support the back of the body, which is probably a modification of the plate usually found between the whorls of the
body. These animals also have the faculty of secreting a
cup-shaped shelly plate to support their foot, like the Hippony ces, but it is distinguished from the plate of the latter
by being furnished with an oval central scar.
The family of Carrier Shells {Phoridce) must be placed
here provisionally until their animal is better known,
although it has a horny subangular operculum like the
Zoophagous Ctenobranchiate Mollusca. The foot is moderate, and the eyes are at the base of the subulate tentacles.
Their shell is conical, much like a Calyptrcea in shape, but
they have the peculiarity of attaching, as the shell is en-

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

123

larged in size, stones, fragments of other shells, coral, and
other marine substances to its outer surface, from whence
they have been called, respectively, " the Conchologist "
and '' the Mineralogist." Some species have this habit only
in an early stage, others retain it during the whole period
of their life.
The next order of Gasteropodous Mollusca are called
PLEUROBRANCHIATA, from their gills, which are composed of plates, being placed on the right side of the
back, and covered with a thin mantle, which is sometimes
protected by a small shell, more or less sunk within its
substance. They have no operculum, and usually swim
about the ocean, aided by the membranaceous appendages
on the side of the foot.
In some, the gills are on the side of the back, and
covered by the mantle, as the Bulladce and Aplysiadce.
The family of Bubble Shells, Bulladce, have the head or
front part of the animals without any distinct tentacula,
the eyes being placed in a flat shield, as in the genera
Bulla, Bullcea, Acera, and Gasteroptera; the latter has
no shell, and the sides of its head are dilated into large
wings, by means of which it swims about in every direction. The Bullcece are very voracious, and prey on shellfish, for which purpose they are furnished with a gizzard
covered with three shelly plates, by means of which they
can crack the shells after having swallowed them whole.
The Bullince have the edge of the frontal disk produced
into lobes.
The family of Sea Hares, (Aplysiadce,) so called from
the form they assume when sitting on the rocks, have an
elongated head and distinct tentacula; as the genera
Aplysia, Dolabella, and Notarchus; the latter has no
shell, and the Aplysice emit a great quantity of a purple
fluid. The eggs are very numerous, and are deposited in
long fibres, which are often interlaced together. The shell
of Dolabella is hard and thrck, while that of Aplysia
scarcely consists of more than animal matter, sometimes
strengthened by a thin calcareous internal layer.
The family of Firoles Pterotracheidce, which Lamarck
separated into an order under the name of Heteropodes, on
account of their foot being compressed into a rounded,
erect, muscular fin, with only a sucker at its hinder edge,
G2

124

NATURAL HISTOKY.

^EAST. ZDOL,

appear to be most allied to these families. The viscera,
as in the slugs, are chieflY contained in the elongated,
transparent, gelatinous body, which usually ends in a tapering compressed tail; the heart and gills are protruded,
forming a small dorsal mass, (which has been called the
nucleus,) and which, in Pterotrachea and Firola is naked;,
but in Carinaria is covered with a very thin, keeled,
concentrically waved, obliquely conical, compressed shell,
having a very large triangular mouth. These animals swim
on the calm ocean with the back downwards; the mouth
is large, provided with a cartilaginous tongue, and armed
with cross rows of hooks; they have the faculty of distending the body with water. The shell of the very
young animal, (which may be seen on the tip,) is smooth,
polished, with three or four gradually enlarging whorls,
like a Helix lucida ; it suddenly enlarges into the form of
the adult shell. Here must be placed for the present, on
count of the similarity of the form and texture of the
shell, the Paper Nautilus (Argonauta) and probably
the fossil genus Bellerophon. As yet only a peculiar*
kind of cuttle fish, with a web to the end of the longer
arms, has been found in the Argonaut shells; but there are
many reasons for believing that this is only a parasite,
adapted by its form to live in such shells, as the web
of the arms is used by the animal to embrace the shell
and keep it in its right position on the body; for, unlike
all other mollusca which form the shell they inhabit, the
cuttle-fish is not attached to the shell by any muscle, nor
has the animal any muscle like the bone-bearing cuttlefish, formed for the purpose of attaching the body to its
internal shell. Secondly, the animal when alive does
not fit the shell, so that the shell cannot have been moulded
upon its body, as in other mollusca. Thirdly, the skin of
the animal is of the same texture and appearance as the
other naked cuttle-fish, and the presence of sand between
the shell and the body appears to cause no uneasiness to
the animal, as it does in all other shell-bearing mollusca,
where the animal immediately rids itself of the irritation so
caused, by covering it over with a calcareous coat. Lastly,
the animals found in these shells are always females,
and the apex of the shell is rilled with very small eggs,
while from the large size of the young shell which is to be

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

125

seen on the apex of the true Argonaut, we should expect
the animal which formed that shell, to have a large egg.
The other animals of this order have their branchiae
placed on the right side of the body, in the groove between
the edge of the mantle and the foot. They comprehend
the two following families.
The family of Pleurobranchidce, have none or a very
thin membranaceous shell inclosed in the mantle. The
edge of the mantle and the foot project; the gills, which
consist of a series of pyramids formed of triangular plates,
are placed between them ; the head is produced, and furnished with two or four tentacles.
The family of the Umbrellidce have a suborbicular, flat,
hard, external shell. The genus Umbrella was formerly
supposed to have its shell placed on its foot, and was called
Gastroplaoc, but this has been proved to be an error. Tylodina differs in the head being produced and bifid; while
in Umbrella it is sunk into a deep cavity in the front of
the foot.
The order GYMNOBRANCHIATA have naked gills of
various forms placed on different parts of/the back, or a
series of plates placed round the edge of the mantle of the
animal. Many of these animals are destitute of any shell.
They are all marine, and frequently swim in a reversed
position, with the concave foot on the surface like a boat,
using the margin of their mantle and their tentacles as
oars.
The family of Sea Lemons, or Doridte, have the gills
placed round the vent, which is situated in the hinder
part of the back. In some, as Doris and Onchidoris, the
whole body is protected by a hard convex skin, so as to
resemble half a lemon; others, which are only covered with
a soft skin, are generally angular; some of these have
several pairs of filiform tentacles. Their eggs form gelatinous bands on stones, shells, sea-weed, &c.
The family of Tritons ( Triioniadce) have their gills of
various forms, scattered on different parts of the back or
sides, and the vent is placed on the middle of the side.
These genera, which are all destitute of shells, are chiefly
distinguished by the form of the gills; in Glaucus, they
are in the form of a tuft of simple processes on each side
of the body; in Eolida, they consist of similar tufts placed

126

NATURAL HISTORY.

[jEAST. ZOOL.

in lines acros the back; in Scyllcea, they are tree-like,
and placed on fin-like processes on the edge of the back;
their body is compressed, and the foot narrow, which enables it to clasp the stems of the sea-weed on which it is
almost constantly found. They have no jaws, while the
mouth of the Tritonia is armed with two horny, sharpedged, lateral jaws, like sheep-shears.
The Tethyce have their head enveloped in a large hood.
The family of Placobranchidce have the gills in the
form of laminae, radiating from a centre, and extending
all over the back of the mantle, the edges of which are
rolled over towards the centre, so that they form a depressed tube on the back of the animal for the water to
pass through. The head is produced, and furnished with
two tentacles. From the positions these animals assume
they have been called Sea Cats, They feed on green
algse, and are themselves generally of a deep green colour.
The other families have the gills in the form of plates
on the edge of the under side of the mantle.
The family of Phyllidiadce are destitute of any shell;
they have two retractile tentacles, and the vent on the
side of the body. In Phyllidia the mantle is hard, convex, and tubercular, like the Sea Lemons; inDipkyllidia
it is soft, with the edges turned up.
The family of Limpets (Paiellidce) have a simply
conical shell, with the apex directed towards the head
of the animal, contrary to what prevails in almost
all other shells. The animal has two tentacles; a short
snout, with a very long cartilaginous tongue, armed with
cross rows of bent back spines ; the heart is on the left
side of the neck, and the vent is on the right side of
the body, near the head.
The family of Sea Woodlice (Chitonidce) are as anomalous as the above, since instead of having a single shell,
they have a row of shelly valves, like plate armour, arranged in a regular series down the middle of the back.
The animal has no tentacles, but a membranaceous veil
over the mouth; the heart is on the rectum behind, and
the vent is in the hinder margin. The Tonichia has the
upper surface of the mantle bald and cartilaginous, and
the under covered with a very hard striated skin, dean*

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

127

thochetes is peculiar for having a bundle of bristles placed
on each side of the valves; and Chitonellus and Amicula
only differ in having the valves nearly hidden in the mantle of the animals.
The remaining Gasteropodous Mollusca have been called
PNEUMOBRANCHIATA, from their respiring free air, which
is received into a cavity between the mantle and the back,
lined internally with numerous reticulated vessels, like
the lungs of beasts and birds. They are mostly terrestrial,
and when aquatic they come to the surface of the water to
respire, but they have the power of suspending their respiration for a considerable time during the cold weather
of temperate and the dry season of warm climates. They
are all oviparous, but in a few the eggs are hatched before
they are deposited.
I. The greater part of the kinds of this order have the
respiratory cavity closed by the edge of the mantle being
attached to the back of the neck, leaving only a small
hole, covered with a fleshy valve, for the entrance and
escape of air. These are all hermaphrodite, and they are
always destitute of any true operculum, but the mouths
of their shells are closed, during the period of their torpidity, with a temporary lid, called the epiphragma,
which is formed by the hardened juices of the body
moulded on the surface of the contracted animal; this lid,
which is easily removed by the pressure of the foot, when
its edge has been softened by the mucous secretions of the
animal within it, is renewed as often as the animals require
it.
1. The more terrestrial kinds have the eyes seated at
the top of the long cylindrical tentacles, which are placed
above the true ones. The latter are sometimes rudimentary, or even wanting.
In some of these the head, eye-pedicels, and tentacles, can be withdrawn under the skin, which covers them
like a sheath, into the cavity of the body. They have a
single crescent-shaped horny upper jaw, which is often
toothed on the edge. The stomach is single and membranaceous.
The family of Arions (Arionidce) are peculiar for
having the end of the tail furnished with a large gland,
which secretes a quantity of mucus; this causes the end

128

NATURAL HISTORY.

[BAST. ZOOL.

of the body to appear truncated. Their respiratory cavity is on the anterior part of the body, the air hole is in
the front of the edge of the mantle, and the orifices of
reproduction are near this aperture. The shells of the
animals of this family are in very different degrees of
developement. Sometimes, as in Arion, when the body
is simply elongated, it consists of only a few calcareous
grains; in others, which have the digestive and more
important organs as it were protruding from the body
in a small bag-like mantle, this part is covered with
a spiral shell, which is generally thin, and sometimes itself
covered, (when it is polished,) with some reflexed lobes of
the mantles, as in Helicarion, or nearly naked, with only
a thick edge to the mantle of the animal, as in Nanina and
Stenopus.
, The family of Snails, Helicid{e,hnve a tapering tail, without any terminal gland. Their pulmonary cavity is generally
on the front of the back, and the respiratory hole is in
the hinder part of its margin, while the apertures of the
reproductive organs are near the base of the right tentacle.
This family contains many species and genera which are
difficult to distinguish, from the gradual manner in which
they pass into each other. A few genera are destitute of
any shell, or if they have any, it is quite hidden in the
mantle. Their body is always elongate and attached to the
foot the whole length. Among these the Limaeellus and
Mehimatium are peculiar for having a large mantle covering the whole of the back, while the true Slugs, Limcuc,
have only a shield-like mantle on the front of the back;,
like the Arions. Most of the genera have a more or less
exposed shell, which is placed on and protects a thin membranaceous mantle, with a thickened margin, which incloses
the protruded bag that contains the internal organs. In
Parmacella, Vitrina, Helicolimax, &c, the margin of the
mantle is broad, compared to the size of the partly inclosed
shell, and forms a shield on the front of the body. In
Plectophorus it is divided into two parts, the front part
being shield-shaped, and the hinder elongate, bearing, an
external conical shell. In the remaining genera of this
family the mantle is simple, thin, and covered with an external shell. Among the genera of this group, which includes a very large proportion of the species of the order^

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

129

the Tesiacella are peculiar for having the mantle and the
ear-shaped shell on the posterior extremity of the body.
This animal also has the power of extending the edge of the
mantle, so that it can cover up the whole of the contracted
body, and thus protect it from drought; its lips are cylindrical and retractile, like the tentacles: they live, the greater
part of their time, in holes under the ground, where they
feed on earth-worms. In all the other genera the mantle
and shell are on the central part of the foot, and the lips
are short and rounded, and sometimes serrated or torn beneath. As the animals of the different genera are so similar, it is necessary to divide them into sections, according to
the form of the shell. The first section, which have been
generally called Snails, have the whorls twisted round a
short axis into a subglobose shell, with a crescent-shaped
mouth, formed by the projection of the last whorl but
one into its cavity. The animal has a distinct and
variously divided vesicula multifida.
The true Helices,
Helicodonta, &c, have the peristoma of the shell thickened, while the Helicophanta, Epistylium, and Proserpina have it thin and sharp. The second group chiefly
differ in the whorfs being on a longer axis, so that the shell
is oblong. These animals have no vesicula multifida, and
the mouth of the shell is longer than it is broad. This
group is again subdivided into those that have the mouth of
the shell continued without interruption into the pillar lip.
The axis of their shell is generally perforated, especially
in the young state, for the animal, as it grows, sometimes
covers the perforation with the reflexed portion of the inner
lip; and the eyes are placed, as in the snails, on the tips of
the blunt tentacles. The genera of this section, as in the
snails, is distinguished by the modifications that the mouth
of the shell assumes when the animal has arrived at its perfect state; for during their growth they all have the same
thin, simple lips. Thus the Bulimi have simple, thickened, reflexed lips, and gradually enlarging whorls.
The Pupce have one or more solid teeth formed by the
thickening of the inner edge of the lips, and the
whorls enlarge in diameter so gradually (after the very
early age of the animal) that the shell generally assumes
a cylindrical form. The Chondri chiefly differ from the
former in the mouth being armed with long plaits, formed
G3

130

NATURAL HISTORY.

[[EAST. ZOOL.

by the inflection of the surface of the shell when the
animal is about to complete its mouth, which forms external grooves and internal ridges. The Clausilice are
similar to the latter, but have a continuous groove in front
of the last whorls, and the animal forms, a short time before it arrives at the adult age and is about to complete
the mouth of the shell, an expanded plate, (which is evidently a peculiar modification of a tooth,) attached to the
pillar of the shell by a slender pedicel, and placed in such
a position that it closes the throat of the shell when the
animal is inclosed, while the animal can push it on one
side behind the plait formed by the groove above referred
to, when it desires to protrude itself from its shell and
walk about to search for food. The Siphonostoma only
differ from the former in not having the plate-like tooth
above described. Other genera, as Succinea, Amphibulina,
and Bulimulus, have most of the characters of Bulimi, but
differ in the edge of the peristoma being thin and acute.
The group containing the Ackatints, on the contrary, have
the front of the mouth truncated, the axis of the shell
imperforated in all its stages of growth, and the edge of the
lips thin, whilst the tips of the upper tentacles of the animal are acute and produced beyond the eyes. They generally form a shelly epiphragma with a long impressed line
near the outer hinder edge of the mouth of the shell,
over the respiratory hole of the mantle; and they deposit
very large eggs^ which are generally covered with a hard
shell.
The family of Veronicellidce have the head retractile
into a sheath formed by the front edge of the mantle; the
foot, the sides of the body, and the four tentacles are contractile, and the lower pair of tentacles are bifid. The
mantle is smooth, coriaceous, extending the whole length
of the back and edging the foot. The vent and the opening to the pulmonary cavity, which is placed on the
hinder part of the right side, is at the hinder extremity
of the body, between the edge of the mantle and the
foot. They live in forests under leaves.
The family of 0?ichidiadce are very like the former, but
the back is warty, and they have only two contractile
rather club-shaped tentacles, and a broad lunate head;
the respiratory organs are posterior, just under the edges

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

131

of the mantle. The Onckidia live on aquatic plants in
ditches, and Onchis and Peronia under stones on the seashore.
£. The aquatic kinds, on the contrary, have the head and
tentacles of the same structure and surface as the rest of
the body, and like it, are only contractile; the eyes are
always placed on the side of the base of the tentacles.
They are divided into two families: the Auriculidce and
Pond Snails, or Limnteadce.
The family of Auriculidce are peculiar for having cylindrical tentacles, like the land slugs, and their eyes are
placed on the inner side of the base of these tentacles. They
have a ringed conical muzzle. The mantle is thin, with a
thickened edge; they are always provided with an external
spiral shell, which has a plaited pillar in all ages; and the
animal has the peculiarity of absorbing the septa which
separate the cavities of the whorls from one another, even
in Scarabus, which has these parts only incompletely developed. The true Auriculce have a thickened edge to the
mouth of the shell, which is covered with a brown periostraca. The Scarabus, like Ranella, forms half a whorl between each period of rest, the thickened and reflexed part
of the lips forming an edge to each side of the shell. The
Sidulce have a sharp internal ridge to the outer lip. Carichium is one of the smallest terrestrial Mollusca; it has a
sinuated mouth and a reflexed lip, like a Bulimus.
The
Conovuli, which are found under stones on the sea-shore,
and in the mud of salt marshes, have an obconic shell
with a narrow linear mouth; and the Cliilinoe, which live
in clear running streams, in South America, have much
the habit of the Pond Snails, from the shells of which
they are chiefly to be distinguished by the sharpness of the
plaits on the pillar, and by the shell being spotted.
The family of Pond Snails (himn<jeadce) differ from the
former in having compressed tentacles, with the eyes at the
outer side of their base ; their muzzle is short and dilated
at the end ; their shell is uniformly horn-coloured, with a
more or less oblique plait on the pillar; they live on vegetables, having a muscular stomach. Like many marine
Gasteropodes, they have the power of floating on the surface of the water, with the back downwards, the concave
surface of the foot forming a kind of boat; their eggs are

132

STATURAL HISTORY.

Q E A S T . ZOOL.

transparent, and deposited in oval masses on water-plants.
The outer lip of the shell is thin, but when the ponds, are
dried up, the animal strengthens it by an internal rib, and
forms a membranaceous epiphragma over the mouth, like
the snails. The shells are generally external, as the Limncece
and Apleoci; the former having an oval shell and triangular
tentacles, and the latter iiliform tentacles and a reversed
shell, like the Planorbes, which differ in having a discoidal
depressed shell, with the whorls revolving one over the
other on their own axis. The JPhysce bear the same relation to the Aplexi as the Ampliipeplece to the Limncece,
but they both differ in the edge of the mantle being produced and reflexed over their thin polished shell when the
animal is expanded. The three first genera have an upper
and two lateral jaws, and simple conical teeth on the tongue,
while the two latter have only a single upper jaw and serrated teeth. The Ancyli only differ from the Pond Snails
in having a simple conical shell, which has caused
them to be called fresh-water Limpets. The Velletice
differ in the animal and shell being reversed, like the
Physce. The animals of Segmendna, which are like the
Planorbes, deposit at each stoppage in their growth three
transverse plates, which contract the mouth of the shell,
and make it appear as if it was chambered; hence it has
been called a fresh-water Nautilus.
The marine lung-breathing Mollusca have no distinct
tentacles, as the three following families: —
The family Ampkibolidce have a subglobose, spiral, urnbilicated shell, with an oval mouth and a rather expanded
outer lip, which is sinuated behind ; the head has no
tentacles, but a transverse disk across the front, which is
free at top, and has the eyes placed on its outer hinder
side. The operculum is horny and spiral. They are only
found in the Pacifie Ocean.
The family of Siphonariadce are like the former, but
they are protected by a conical shell like a Patella, with
which they have been confounded ; but the apex is rather
on one side and posterior, and the scar left by the adductor
muscle near the edge of the cavity (as in Ancylus) is
interrupted in the centre of the right side, where the
breathing-hole of the dorsal respiratory cavity is placed;
they have no operculum.

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

133

The family of Gadiniadce have an animal and shell like
the former, but the passage to the respiratory cavity is in
front of the adductor muscle, its place being marked in
the cavity of the shell by a slight groove.
II. In the remainder of the animals of this order, the
respiratory chamber is open, that is to say, the front edge
of the mantle is free from the back of the neck, leaving a
large slit for the admission of the air into the bag. They
are unisexual, have a distinct operculum, and two rather
elongated contractile tentacles, with the eyes at the outer
side of their base. They are all terrestrial, living in
damp places in woods, and under stones.
The family of Cyclostomidce have a spiral operculum,
and the edge of the mantle of the animal is thin and
simple. The mouth of the shell is round, and often furnished with an external rim. The operculum is sometimes extremely beautiful, having a more or less developed
raised edge to the outer side of each of the whorls. In
the Cycldstoma, which have a shelly operculum and
simple mouth to the shell, the foot of the animal is divided
into two equal parts by a longitudinal groove, and the
animal walks by alternately moving forward first one
and then the other of these sides. In Cyclophorus, Pterocyclos and Megalomastoma, which have a horny manywhorled operculum, the foot is simple, and the animal
glides along like the other Gasteropodes. Some of these,
as Pterocyclos, have a more or less developed groove or
hole at the hinder angle of the mouth, evidently formed
by some periodically developed process of the edge of the
mantle. In others, as Megalomastoma, there is a permanent appendage to the mantle, which produces a groove
and ridge in the front of the mouth near the pillar; and
in Pupina, which has been confounded with the Buccina,
the groove ends in a narrow-edged marginal notch. The
CallicB have a peculiarly polished shell very like the former,
but they want the groove. The fossil genus Strophostoma is peculiar for the animal, when it is approaching to
its adult state, suddenly reversing the position of its body,
so that the mouth of the shell is placed on a plane with the
surface of the spire, as in the genus Anostoma among the
Helices, The Pomatias have an elongated shell with reflexed lips, and a horny oval operculum.

134

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. 200L.

The family of Helicinas (Helicinidce) have a half
ovate annular operculum, and the edge of their mantle is
said to be thickened like that of the snails. The mouth
of the shell is half ovate, with a reflexed edge ; they use
their elongated tapering tentacles to feel their way as
they walk. The Helicince have a simple mouth. Alcadia
differs in having a slit in front of the mouth, into which is
fitted the tooth-like process of the operculum; and the
Lucideilte are peculiar among operculated shells for having
three or four teeth on the thickened edge of their mouths.
The second class of Mollusca, or CONCHIFERA, have the
animals always covered with a two-lobed mantle, each
protected by a shelly valve, and they have within the
mantle, between it and the compressed body, a pair of
laminar branchiae on each side. The lower part of the
body is generally dilated into a keeled or horn-shaped
foot, by which they walk along the sand or mud of the
shore, or a flat disk, by which they attach themselves to
rocks and form holes in their surface. They have no
distinct head, the mouth being placed (guarded by two
elongate fleshy lips, somewhat like the gills in appearance)
at the back of the cavity between the mantle-lobes,
near the front of the base of the foot. They depend
for nourishment on the food which is brought near this
aperture by the currents that are continually circulating
within the cavity of the mantle for this purpose and
that of supplying water to the gills to aerate the blood,
hence they are all aquatic. This current enters on the
lower side of the hinder end of the mantle and shell, and
makes its exit, carrying with it the fecal matter, at the
dorsal angle of the same extremity, and the various modifications which this end of the mantle assumes, to offer
more or less facility to the entrance and exit of the current, afford some of the best characteristics hitherto observed to divide these animals into orders. The two
valves, which are each formed and enlarged exactly after
the plan of the shell of Gasteropodes, are always united
together on their dorsal edges by a ligament of greater
or less strength, and within this ligament there is placed
an elastic cartilage, formed of perpendicular fibres ex*
tended from the edge of one valve to the other, and is
often so closely united to. the inner surface of the liga-

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

135

ment that they have generally been confounded together
find regarded as one body; but their use is extremely different, the former being to keep the valves together, and
with the assistance of the teeth in the proper situations
with respect to each other, while the use of the cartilage is
to separate the lower edges of the valves from one another,
without any exertion to the animal, while it is waiting with
its mantle leaves open in quest of its prey, or walking
about to find a place more agreeable to its habits or where
food may be more abundantly procured. That the cartilage is distinct from the ligament, is easily proved by the
fact of its being often separated from it and placed in a
triangular pit on the hinge-margin of the valves, when
the shell is said to have an internal cartilage, as in Pecten,
Mactra, &c. In these the fibres of the cartilage are directly
pressed by the surface of the valves, as it is again pressed
by the edge of the valves against the inner surface of the
ligament in those shells which have the cartilage situated
immediately within that body. In some few, as the Piddocks (Pholas), there is no cartilage, its place being
supplied by muscles, which are attached to the posterior
edge of the valves, and are covered by a thin skin instead of a ligament, in which shelly plates are usually imbedded. The ligament and cartilage are increased in
size as the animal grows by the addition of new particles
to their hinder edge, which are deposited by the fold of
the mantle, situated immediately within them, between the
edges of the valves, the ligament being always first enlarged so as to form a protection to the cartilage which is
afterwards produced below it.
The Conchifera are in general free, and walk about by
means of their compressed foot, forming for themselves
holes in the sand or mud on the sea-coast, in which they
rest with their syphons near the surface, and their mouths
downwards. Others, as the Peiricolce, Lithodomi, and
Pholades, form for themselves holes in calcareous rocks
or old shells, in which they constantly remain during the
whole of their lives. Some few line these holes with a
calcareous secretion, as the Gastrochcence and Teredines;
Clavagella and Aspergillum form testaceous tubes, to
which the former fixes one of its valves, leaving the
other free to move at the will of the animal, while the

136

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ E A S T . ZOOL.

latter fixes them both, so that the valves appear to form
a part of the tube, their apices only being visible externally. Those animals which fix the valves to their tubes,
have the ends thereof pierced with holes for the passage
of filaments, and they only appear to increase it at its
upper or exposed hinder edge; while in those in which
the valves are free, the case is extended, at its lower part,
by the animals boring into the substance in which it is
lodged. Some shells, as the Arcce, Nuculte, and Solenomyce, attach themselves to rocks and stones, by a secretion which they emit from the expanded end of the foot:
this secretion often hardens., and is calcareous. Other
shells are attached by a beard, passing out either from the
gape of the shell, as in the Mytili, Pinnce, and IVidacnce,
or from a groove in the anterior and upper part of the
edge of the right valve, as inj the Pectines, Aviculce, and
Mallei, The Anomice are fixed by a muscle passing out
of a deep notch in the under valve, which secretes a hard
disk at the places of.its attachment to the rock: and
others, as the Chamce, Etherice, Spondyli, and Ostrece, are
attached by the outer surface of their shell to rocks, &e.
These shells, and those which inhabit tubes, do not become
attached until some time after they are excluded from the
egg: the remains of the young shells, which at first are
not distorted, as they afterwards become, are often to be
seen on the outside of the umbones of the parent shells.
The animals of most of the larger species of these shells
are used for food in various parts of the world. Many
of them are liable to a disease which causes them to form
calcareous pearly secretions, either in the substance of
their bodies or on the surface of their shells; these secretions always agree in colour with that of the inner surface of the shell to which the animal belongs. Thus
those of the Pinnce are pale brown and transparent -r
those of the Oyster are white and opaque; and those of
the Muscles are either white or purple; while those of
the shells which have a pearly lustre, as the Aviculce,
Uniones, and Anodons, partake of the same mild brilliancy.
As the peculiar lustre of Pearls greatly depends on their
more or less globular form, the Chinese have attempted,
not very honestly, to make the pearly inside coat of
some of the pond-muscles assume that shape, by placing

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

.137

hemispherical pieces of mother-of-pearl between the
animal and the shell, which it eventually covers wTith
a pearly coat. In other countries, spurious Pearls have
been produced, for an equally laudable object, by placing
pointed pieces of wire in a similar situation.
These animals are divided into orders, according to the
modification of the mantle and foot.
I. In the more typical kinds, the hinder edge of the
mantle is furnished within with two (separate or united)
syphons, which are provided with a large fan-shaped muscle on each side, for the purpose of retracting them into the
shell when the animal fears external danger. The edges of
these muscles form, according to their extent, a more or
less deep sinuosity in the hinder part of the muscular impression, which passes round the inner margin of the
shell. They are also furnished with two distinct adductor
muscles, for the purpose of closing the shell to protect
the animal from injury ; these leave an anterior and
posterior scar on the oblong elongate valves, which are
generally provided with distinct cardinal teeth under the
umbones.
In the PHYLLOPODA, SO called because the foot is generally lamellar or elongate, the gills are not produced into
the canal of the syphon ; the mantle-lobes are generally
separate below, and the syphons are elongated, and generally separate from each other at the top.
The family of Veneridce have short syphons, which are
united together for the greater part of their length, and
they have an external cartilage, and, three diverging teeth
in their hinge, and none, or only rudimentary lateral teeth.
They live on the sea-shore. Some few, as Fenerupis, form
holes in rocks.
The family of Cyrenidce are very like the former, but
they are fluviatile, living in rivers and streams, and the
shells have distinct lateral teeth, and are covered with a
hard olive polished petiostraea.
The family of Cockles (Cardiadce) have very short
syphons, not leaving any syphonal inflections. Their
foot is large and sickle-shaped, and the shell. cordate
and radiately ribbed, with two large teeth in each valve,
placed in a cross, and distinct lateral teeth.
The family of Mactridce have the cartilage separated

138

NATURAL HISTORY.

f^EAST.

ZOOIJ.

from the ligament, and placed in a triangular pit in front
of the cardinal teeth. Their anterior hinge tooth is bifid,
or triangular.
The Mesodesmidce only differ from the former in the
anterior cardinal tooth being single and compressed.
The family of Tellinidce have very long slender syphons, which are separated from each other in their whole
length ; their shells are consequently marked with a very
large syphonal inflection. The genus Donax is peculiar
for having the hinder side of the shell much shorter than
the front, giving it a truncated wedge-shaped form, which
has caused most conchologists to mistake the front for
the back of these shells. The Amphidesmce only differ
from the Tellince in having the cartilage placed in an internal pit.
The order of CLADOPODA, on the contrary, have a large
club-shaped foot, which is sometimes truncated and expanded at the end. The mantle-lobes are generally
united together, forming a bag open only in front to allow
of the passage of the foot. The syphons are large,
exserted, and generally united together nearly to the end,
afid the gills are produced into the upper or anal syphon.
The periostraca is extended so as to cover the exposed
part of the mantle and syphons.
The family of Pholadce have the valves united only by
a very thin ligament, scarcely thicker than the periostraca,
in which are generally imbedded one or more shelly
plates. The place of the cartilage is supplied by a muscle situated on a reflection of the inner surface of the shell,
over the umbones. They live in holes, which they form
in the substance of shells, calcareous rock, wood, and resin.
The foot is truncated in front, to enable them to retain
their position while they rotate their shell to form the holes,
the substance in which they burrow being partially softened
beforehand by the juices of the animal. The Teredo, instead of having any plates in the dorsal ligament, continues
to bore deeper and deeper into the wood, and lines the
holes as he proceeds with a shelly tube for his protection.
The family of Gastrochcznadce, have animals very similar
to the former; the valves are thin, gaping in front, and
united by a narrow ligament with a thin marginal cartilage0 They live inclosed or sometimes imbedded in the

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

139

substance of a shelly tube, which is formed by the
animal to protect its elongated and partly naked body from
the roughness of the sand, or the rock in the holes of
which they reside. The animal is provided with a series
of filaments in front, which it emits to ascertain what is
in its neighbourhood, and for the protection of which it
forms tubes that serve as anchors to keep it in its places
and when it requires to enlarge its tubular dwelling, it
adds new matter to the outer or hinder extremity of the
tube, having previously absorbed any of the old tube
that may be in its way. When this is not the case, the
expanded mouth of the old tube forms ruffles on the tube
beneath the last formed aperture. In Aspergillum both
the valves are imbedded in the lower part of the tube,
so that only their umbones can be seen on the outer side.
In Clavagella one valve is imbedded and the other is
free, while in Fistulandscnd Gastroehcena both the valves are
regular and free; in the former the tube is regular and
club-shaped, and in the latter it is irregular and distorted.
The family of Solenidce have a very elongate club-shaped
foot, and elongate subcylindrical valves gaping at each
end; the hinge is formed by two or three compressed
teeth in each valve, the hinder of which is bifid, and the
cartilages are external, linear, and supported on a large
very prominent fulcrum. In Solen and Ensis, the foot is
club-shaped, and the tubes are short and united. In Pharus,
the foot is long with a dilated end, and the syphons are
elongate and separate. In Solecurtus the foot is ovate,
compressed, very large, and the syphons very long, united
together beneath, and distinct at the top, where they often
separate into rings when irritated. In Cultellus the foot
is thick and pointed, and the two syphons are separate
nearly to the base. In several the periostraca is hard and
produced beyond the margin; in Glycimeris it is much
produced, very thick and black, and the tubes are united.
Ctenoconcha, which has many characters in common with
the Solens, has the teeth like Nucula, but it has an external cartilage.
The family of Anatinidcehave a broad compressed foot;
the edges of the mantle-lobes are thickened, and the syphons are elongate and more or less united; the shells
are oblong, thick, and brittle, covered with a granular or

140

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

spinular periostraca; the hinge is obscurely toothed ; the
cartilages are internal, placed in a pit in each valve, and
furnished with a peculiar shelly hinge-piece, which is either
placed before it or sometimes so as to cover the whole
of its surface. In most of the genera the shell is regular
and free. In Auriscaljrium, Periploma, Cochlodesma and
Hemicyclostoma, the cartilages are in a pit on a projecting
spoon-shaped process, and the hinge-piece is small. In
Thracia the cartilages are only on a callosity of the hinge
margin. In the Lyonsice and Myadorce, the cartilage pit is
sunk into the hinge margin of each valve, and covered by a
large flat hinge-piece ; the shell of the former is thin and
of the latter thick, with very unequal valves, the left one
being flat. Chamostrea and Myochama differ from the
rest in the shell being irregular and attached by the outer
surface of one of the valves.
The family of Myadce are very like the former, but
the cartilage is placed on a spoon-shaped cavity in one of
the valves, fitting into a pit in the surface of the other;
there is no hinge piece, and the hinge is toothless ; the
tubes are long and the lips small.
The family of Corhulidce differ from the former in
having small tubes and very large lips; in the right valve
being the largest; and in being provided with a large
tooth in each valve in front of the cartilage pit.
The family of Pandoridce have very unequal valves and
pearly shells, with two diverging teeth in each valve, near
the cartilage pit. They have short tubes, like the Corhulidce, but the foot is small, the gills on each side are
united into one, and it is the left valve that is the most
concave.
The family of Solenomyadw are very peculiar for being
covered with a very hard cartilaginous periostraca, which
is much produced beyond the edge of the shell; they have
only one gill on each side, no lips, and the foot truncated
and ciliated round the edge of the radiated grooved end,
by means of which they very quickly bury themselves in
the mud. They have only a single large ciliated syphon.
I I . In the more aberrant orders the mantle is not provided with any distinct syphons, but the lobes are either
free behind or united together, and pierced with one or
two holes for the passage of the water.

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

J 41

In the two following orders the animals have oblong
elongated shells, like the preceding, and two distinct adductor muscles, leaving scars on the surface of the shell.
The GONOPODA have a more or less compressed angular
foot; without any syphons. The mantle-lobes are united
together so variously and so differently in genera that are
evidently very nearly allied, that we are led to believe
that in this order it must afford a very secondary character. They may, however, until more is known of the
animals, be arranged in the following families.
In some the shells are adherent to other bodies by the
outer surface of their valves.
In the family Chamidce, the mantle-lobes are united,
leaving only a small hole for the passage of the small
elongate oblong foot. The shells are porcellanous, and
the * animals attach themselves to rocks, coral, and shells
on the sea-shore.
The family Etheriadce are fluviatile, being attached to
stones and shells in the African rivers. Their mantlelobes are free, with a large quadrate foot, like the Uniones,
and the shell is pearly and blistered internally, and covered
with a green periostraca, which is often eroded.
The animals of the remainder of the families live free,
moving about from place to place.
The family Carditidce have the mantle-lobes free, but
united together behind so as to form one or two syphonal
holes. The shells have very oblique cardinal teeth, and
the cartilage is external; they have no lateral teeth, and
the periostraca is thin.
The family of CrassmidcE only differ from the former
in the teeth being triangular and diverging like the Veneridce> and they are covered with a thick brown periostraca;
the hinder lateral tooth of the left valve is double.
The family of Crassatellidce are nearly similar, but
they are at once known by the cartilage Jbeing placed in
an internal triangular pit near the cardinal teeth.
The family of Isocardiadce have the very oblique cardinal
teeth and the linear external cartilage of Cardita, but the
hinder lateral teeth of the right valve are double.
The family of Lucinidce have an orbicular white shell,
with none or only a few very small cardinal teeth, and the
mantle-lobes are more or less united together beneath,
leaving only a hole for the elongate strap-shaped foot.

142

NATURAL HISTORY,

[EAST. ZOOL.

They have a single, conical, contractile anal syphon over
the aperture for the entrance of the water ; the front adductor muscle is very long and high, and the inner disk
of the shell is opake and rugose. In general the cartilage is marginal under the ligament, but in Loripes it is
internal in an elongated pit.
The family of Unionidce, or of Pond Muscles, are, like
the Etherice, only found in fresh water ; they are covered
with a hard olive periostraca, under which the shell is
hard and beautifully pearly. The mantle-lobes are free
beneath; the cartilage is always marginal, and the hinge
presents several modifications, but is always destitute of
any cardinal teeth ; in Anodon it has no teeth at all; in
Unio, Damaris, & c , it has lateral teeth of different
degrees of developement and form, so that they sometimes resemble cardinal ones.
The family of Iridinidce are very like the former, but
the hinder parts of the mantle are united together, and
produced into two short, unequal, separate syphons. The
shell is solid, and the hinder part of the submarginal scar
is more or less inflexed. In Iridina and Leila the hinge
edge is smooth, like Anodon, and the latter has a sharp
syphonal inflexion. The Pleiodon has a series of transverse teeth, like Area, but they are irregular; and Hyria
(and Castalia) have compressed crest-like lateral teeth, as
in Unio. The two latter genera may be distinguished
from Unio, by having the smaller anterior scar placed
over (and not under) the larger scar of the adductor
muscle.
The family of Mycetopodidce are like the latter, but the
shell is nearly cylindrical, and widely gaping at each end.
The foot is very long and cylindrical, and the two anterior
muscular scars are widely separated, with the smaller one
before the larger; the lobes of the mantle are free, and
there are no syphons.
The family of Trigoniadce have a thick cordate shell
of a pearly laminar texture, with an external cartilage,
and the hinge formed of two diverging grooved interlocking lateral teeth. The mantle-lobes are free, with a
large foot, having an acute hooked end, somewhat like
the cockles, by means of which the animal leaps.
The family of Arcadce are all marine, and have the
mantle-lobes free like the former; the foot is com-

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

143

pressed, rather variable in shape, but always bifid,, and
furnished with a broad lower edge. The hinge of the
valves consists of a number of transverse interlocking
teeth, which appear to be formed by the subdivision of
two elongate lateral teeth. In general the cartilage is
external, arising from diverging angular lines marked
upon the facet, formed by the gradual thickening of the
dorsal edges, which causes the umbones to be separated
from each other as the shell enlarges, as the Pectunculi,
which have an orbicular shell, a lunate foot, and the
teeth in an arched line, and the Arcce, which have an an>gular elongated shell with the teeth in a straight line, and
a broad short foot, from the end of which the animal
secretes a quantity of mucus which hardens into lamellae,
and by means of which it affixes itself to marine bodies*
The Nuculce are free, like the Pectunculi, but the teeth
of the hinge form an angular line with the cartilages in a
triangular pit at its angle ; they are pearly within.
The PYGONOPODA attach themselves to rocks and other
bodies by a bundle of fibres which arise from the front of
the base of their foot. These fibres are separately formed
in a groove in the front of that member, and after each
has become of a certain consistence, the animal, by extending its foot, attaches the dilated end of the fibre to some
marine body, and then allows it to be withdrawn from the
groove. New fibres are formed as they are required
either by the breaking of the old ones or by the enlarged
size and greater strength of the animal.
The family of Tridacnidce have the solid opake white
shell, and the broad and subquadrate foot of the preceding families; but they are very peculiar for having the
mantle-lobes united together, so as to leave only three
apertures, and for the animal being so placed in the shell
that the hinder adductor muscle is in the middle of the
lower margin, between the two syphons,, and the hole
through which the foot and byssus is passed out high up
and near the umbo, where the gap is between the front
edges of the valves ; the hinge is furnished with very oblique interlocking teeth. They are the giants among tire
Conchifera, and live attached by their byssus to rocks,
shells, and corals. They also have the faculty of forming
holes in the surface of the shell to which they may happen
to be fixed.

144

NATURAL HISTORY.

[jEAST. ZOOL,

The rest of the animals of this order have a tongueshaped foot, their shells are generally of a prismatic crystalline texture, and the hinder adductor muscles are much
larger than the front.
In some of these the mantle-lobes are more or less
united together.
The family of Mytilidce have the mantle lobes free,
with only a distinct anal slit; the shell is ovate triangular,
with a marginal cartilage, and sometimes one or two indistinct teeth under the umbo. In Mytilus the umbo is
acute at the anterior margin of the shell, and in Modiolus it is placed rather behind the extremity.
The family of Crenellidte chiefly differ from the former
in the mantle-lobes being united together so as to leave
only two posterior holes for the entrance and exit of
the water, and a slit for the foot and beard; the hinge
margin is denticulated on each end, and the umbo is
nearly central.
The family of Dreissenidce have been confounded with
the Mytilidte like the last family, with which they agree
in having the mantle-lobes united ; but they differ from
them in having a large, elongated, conical, inferior syphon:
the umbo is acute, and placed at the front apex of the
shell, as in Mytilus, and it has a septum forming a cavity
beneath it.
In the remainder the mantle-lobes are free all round
without any particular apertures, and the hinder end is
bearded. They differ from the Macropoda chiefly in
having two more or less unequal adductor muscles.
The family of Pinnidte have a large triangular shell of
a prismatic crystalline texture, united by a linear marginal cartilage, the apical part of the valves is divided in
half by a central longitudinal suture filled with a cartilaginous substance. The animal has two double lips besides
the usual pair of appendages, and by the side of the vent,
which is above the large hinder muscle, there is a conical
contractile appendage, the use of which is unknown.
They live sunk in the sand, or between cracks in rocks,
with their gaping truncated end just above the surface.
The beards of these animals are sometimes spun into
gloves, &c, like silk.
The family of Aviculidce differ from the former in
having a notch in the front margin of the right valves for

GALLERY.]

145

NATURAL HISTORY.

the passage of thebyssus or beard, and in the cartilage being
placed in one or more pits in the surface of the dorsal edge;
the animal is also destitute of the hinder appendage.
They live, as it were, anchored to rocks, corals, and other
marine bodies by their byssus ; the anterior adductor muscle is small and rudimentary, and the hinder one larger,
and nearly in the centre of the cavity. In some the cartilage is placed in a single cartilage pit under the umbo.
Among these the Hammer Oyster (Malleus) is peculiar
for the dorsal edge being elongated, and the disk, which
is very narrow, being much produced, so that the shell
assumes the form of a hammer. The Vulsella that live
sunk in the surface of sponges are very variable in shape,
but the cartilage pit is large and always produced into the
cavity of the shell. Reniella is only a distorted specimen
of the common species of Vulsella. The Aviculce are
ovate, convex shells, with the hinder margin produced
so as to resemble the forked tail of a bird :hence
they have been called Swallow-tailed Muscles. The
mother-of-pearl shell only differs from these in the disk
of the shell being larger and rounder, and the dorsal
edges less produced. In the other genera the cartilages
are placed in several distinct pits in the hinge margins, as in Crenatula, w7here the shell resembles the Aviculce in shape, and having a thin, margin, the pits project
into the cavity, or in Perna, which are like the Mallei or
Hammer Oysters in form, but having a very thick hinge
margin, forming an area on the top of each valve, the cartilage pit forms distinct grooves across it. Besides these
there are numerous fossil genera, as Inoceramus, Pachymya, Gervillia, which must be referred to this family; the
latter is peculiar for having teeth like Avicula, but more
developed, as well as the many cartilage pits of Crenatula.
The MICROPODA have a large single adductor muscle,
placed nearly in the centre of the sub-orbicular shell.
The mantle-lobes are always entirely free, except near
the dorsal edge, and without any peculiar tubes; they have
none Or only the rudiment of a foot on the lower side of
the abdomen.
In some the shells are solid, thick, and the animal has
a more or less developed foot; the cartilage is placed
in a small triangular internal pit.
H

146

NATURAL HISTORY.

[ E A S T . ZOOL.

The family of Pectinidce have rather a large foot, which
enables the animal to move about, and they have a tuft of
byssus at its base, which passes out at a notch under the
front margin of the right valve, by which they affix themselves to rocks and other marine bodies, like the Muscles.
The dorsal edges of the valves are produced at each side
into ears. The Pectens have small bright eyes like spots
on the edge of the mantle, which are not found in the
Limce.
The family of Spondylidce have a small foot without any
byssus, and the shells are attached to rocks and stories
by the outer surface of one of the valves. In $pon~
dylus and Plicatula, the hinge margin is provided with
two large interlocking teeth in each valve, and in Hinnites
the hinge is toothless like the Pectens, with which it has
generally been confounded.
The remainder of these animals have lamellar shells
and no foot.
The family of Oysters (Ostreidce) have a thick laminal
shell, and the animal has short lips, separate from the
gills; they live attached, like the Spondyli, by the outer
surface of their shells; the cartilage is placed in a large
triangular internal pit.
The family of Placanidce are very peculiar for having
a very compressed body and thin nearly transparent
shells ; the cartilages are placed on the edge of two diverging ridges on one of the valves, which fit into two
grooves in the other. These shells are sometimes used
as glass to glaze windows.
The family of Anomiadce have the thin pellucid shell
of the former, but the body is usually rather more convex,
and they are attached to marine bodies by a peculiar muscle, which passes out through a notch in front of one of
the valves; this muscle after a time secretes on the surface to which it is affixed a stony substance, formed of
longitudinal shelly plates, probably deposited between the
fibres of the muscles, which has been called a stopper, and
by some considered as a third valve. In Anomia this
stopper is free. In Placunonomia it is fixed in the notch,
which is obliquely prolonged as the shell enlarges. These
shells become gradually moulded to the surface they rest
on. Thus, if the shell is found on a Pecten, it is ribbed,

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

147

and if on the spine of an Echinus, or the stem of a seaweed, it is compressed and subcylindrical.
The three remaining Classes of Mollusca have none or
only a rudimentary foot.
The

BRACHIOPODOUS MOLLUSCA (BRACHIOPODA) are

in-

closed by two regular shelly valves, one placed on the
back and the other on the lower surface of the body,
which are quite free from each other, or only united by
interlocking teeth on the hinge margin. They have no
distinct head, but the mouth is placed on x the hinder
part of the cavity between the leaves of the mantle, and is
furnished with two long spirally twisted arms, by which
they reach their food; the organs of respiration are
placed on the edge of the mantle. All these shells are
attached to marine bodies.
The family of Terebratulidce are regular, and somewhat
like a Grecian lamp in form, and have therefore been
called Lamp-shells. The valves are articulated together,
and are attached by means of a tendinous band, which
passes out of the hole in the apex of the upper valve,
as in the Terebratulce and Spirifer.
The Lingulidce are attached by a tendinous tube, resembling the stem of the Barnacles, which projects between
the apex of the gaping valves.
The Discinidce, on the other hand, have the tendon
passing out of a linear slit near the middle of the under
valve.
The Craniadce are immediately attached by the outer
surface of their under shell.
The

PTEROPODOUS MOLLUSCA (PTEROPODA) live float-

ing in the sea; they are furnished with one or rarely two
wing-like fins placed on each side of the mouth; some few
have a small flat space, the rudiment of the foot, between
the base of the fins. The body is soft and transparent,
shewing the viscera through the skin, and most of them
are contained in a very thin, transparent, more or less
conical, glass-like shell; they appear on the surface of the
ocean when it is calm, especially in the evening, and from
the brilliancy of their colours may be compared to the
evening-flying Lepidoptera.
They are most abundant
near midnight, and gradually disappear towards the break
of day. They are all hermaphrodite, with vent and the

148

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL,

orifices of generation on the right side of the base of the
fins. Some have distinct eyes.
The THECOSOMATA are so called because their body is inclosed in a thin s h e l l ; their head is indistinct, the m o u t h
being placed in the centre of the two large wings, which are
united into a funnel-shaped expansion; their gills are internal. T h e y use their fins as oars to their boat-like
shell, when they swim on the calm ocean.
T h e family of Cleodoridte have an elongate or subglobose
conical glassy shell, and the fins are simple without any
intermediate foot-like lobe. T h e body is divided into
two distinct parts, the head with the two fins, and the
large and swollen body. T h e gills are superior and internal.
I n some there are lateral slits in the sides of the shell,
which are interrupted in front in the globular shells of
the Hyalcece, and continued to the mouth in the elongate
Diacrice; in others which have an elongate tapering shell
there are no lateral slits, as Cleodora, &c.
T h e family Limacinidce
is probably allied to the
former, but it has a spiral discoidal shell.
T h e family of Cuvieridce have a glassy conical cylindrical shell, w7hich becomes truncated in its adult state.
T h e animals have a small foot-like fin between the bases of
the two side fins.
T h e family of Cymbuliadce have the intermediate fin
like the former, b u t the shell is only of a firm gelatinous
substance. T h e y have two eyes and two tentacles. T h e
shells are variable in shape, b u t generally somewhat r e semble a slipper.
TheGYMNosoMATA, or nnked-bodied Pteropodes, are d e s titute of any shell; their head is distinct, and they have two
or four distinct fins on the neck, and a central foot-like a p pendage between their bases. Their gills are external.
T h e family of Pneumodermidae have a fusiform body*
and the head furnished with two contract!.^ arms, armed
with peduncled s u c k e r s ; they have two wings, and the
gills are p o s t e r i o r ; in Pneumodermon they are in the
form of four l e a v e s ; in Spongobranchia
they are like a
prominent spongy r i n g ; and in Trichocyclus in the form
of three hair-like rings.
T h e family of Cymodoceidce have two wings on each side,
placed in the space that separates the body into two parts.

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

149

The family of Clionidce have only two wings, which are
said to be covered with a vascular net-work, and serve
the purpose of gills ; their head is formed of two rounded
lobes, with small conical tentacles and two fleshy lips ;
their body is oblong depressed; they and the Limacince are
the chief food of the whales, though they are very small.
The

HEADWALKING MOLLUSCA, or

CEPHALOPODA, have

a large head armed with strong jaws, like a parrot's
beak, furnished with two large eyes, and crowned with
fleshy tentacles. The head is separated from the oblong
foody by a distinct neck, which has an excretory tube in
the front of its lower part. Their gills are inclosed in
the bag-like body. They are all marine, changing the
colour of their skin with great rapidity; they live on
marine animals, are voracious and cruel, and some are
themselves esteemed as food. They are divided into two
orders.
The SEPIOPHOUA have a naked oblong or conical
body, often furnished with two longitudinal fins, and they
have eight or ten fleshy conical tentacles on the head,
furnished with sucking disks. Their eyes are sessile,
and they have have only two gills. They swim tail foremost, or walk and run on their heads with the end of
their body on high.
The family of Sea-spiders (Octopodidce) have a purselike body, without any fins, only eight sessile arms, and
no shell. The Ocythoce, which have the ends of the two
dorsal arms webbed, take possession of the Argonaut's
shell, when they are about to lay their eggs. The Philonexi, which have no eyelids and free arms, live on the
ocean, while the Octopodes and Eledonte, which live on
the coast, have distinct eyelids.
The family of Cuttle-fish (Sepiadce) have an elongate
body with a fin on each side; they have, besides the eight
arms of the former family, two longer arms, cylindrical at
the base and enlarged and furnished with suckers at the
end, which are not developed until some time after they
are hatched. They have a cartilaginous or calcareous internal dorsal plate.
From the imperfect specimens of the animals of the genus Spirula which have been seen, and from the very
small size of the terminal chamber, the tenuity of the
structure, and the colour of the shell, there is every rea-

150

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

son to believe that it will form a family of this order ;
anoTif this should be the case, it is very probable, as the
shells have the same texture, an equally small terminal
chamber, and a very contracted mouth, that the fossil
Ammonites, Scaphites, and other allied genera, will also
be referrible to this order, or to a new one characterised by the developement of the shell, and regular
syphoned septa. Their shells are to be distinguished
from Spirula by the edge of the chamber being sinuated
and the syphon placed near the dorsal surface.
The NAUTILOPHORA have an oblong body inclosed in
the cavity of the last whorl of a chambered shell, which
has a tubular syphon passing through each of the chambers ; their eyes are slightly pedicelled, and they have
numerous arms furnished with short tubular retractile
tentacles and four gills.
.
.
The family of Nautilidce have two series of very numerous tentacles, and a large fleshy appendage on the head,
serving the animal as a foot for locomotion; the shell is
exterior, with simple concave septa between the chambers,
and the syphon in the centre or near the inner edge.
The family of Goniatidce are fossil shells, which only
differ from the former in the septa between the chambers
being flexuous or angular.
The following Tables exhibit the series of genera of
Mollusca at one view.
Enzina, 3.
Pollia, 3.
b. M u r e x , 3.
Class I .
Brontes, 3.
GASTEROPODA.
Trophon, 3.
Section I .
Vitularia, 3 .
CTENOBRANCHIATA.
Chicoreus, 3 , 4.
Order I . Z O O P H A G A .
Typhis, 4.
Fam. 1. Strombidce* c. Pleurotoma, 4.
Perronia, 4.
Strombus, 1.
Melatoma, 4.
Terebellum, 1.
Clavatula, 4,
Pteroceras, 2.
Drillia, 4.
liostellaria, 2.
Conus, 5, 6.
Seraphys, 2.
Cylinder, 5.
Fam. 2. Muricidce.
Hermes, 6.
a. Ranella, 2.
Fusus, 6.
Triton, 2.
Pyrula, 6.
Persona, 3.
Pseudoliva, 6.
Apollon, 3.
Tritonium, 7<
Sub Kingdom.
MOLLUSCA.

d. Lathirus, 7«
Polygon a, 7«
Turbinellus, 8.
Cynodonta, 8.
Fasciolaria, 8.
Cancellaria, 8.
e. Struthiolaria, 8.
Aporhai's, 8.
Fam. 3. Buccinidce.
a. Cassis, 8.
Cassidea, 9.
Cassidaria, 9.
Cythara, 9.
Dolium, 9.
b. Harpa, 9.
Purpura, 10,
Monoceros, 10.
Planaxis, 10.
Quoyia, 10,

GALLERY.]
Concholepas, 10.
Ricinula, 10.
Magilus, 10,
Leptoconchus, 10.
c. Buccinum, 11.
Terebra, 11.
Nassa, 11.
Bullia, 11.
Ringula, 1 1 .
Phos, 1 1 .
Cyllene, 11.
d. Oliva, 12.
Lamprodoma, 12.
Scaphula, 12.
Olivella, 12.
Ancilla, 13.
E b u r n a , 13.
Fam. 4. Volutidce.
Cymbium.
Voluta.
Mitra.
Turris.
Volvaria.
Imbricaria.
Marginella.
Hyalina.
Persicula.
F a m . 5. Cyprmadm.
Cypraea.
Cyprovula.
Trivia.
Erato.
Ovula.
Calpurnus.
Radius.

NATURAL HISTORY.
Trocbus.
Polydonta.
Clangulus.
Phorcus.
Ziziphinus.
Canthiridus.
Thalotia.
Monodonta.
Gibbium.
Gibbula.
Rotella.
Livona.
Talopia.
Camitia.
Delphinula.

151
Fam- 8. Ianthinidce.
Ianthina.
Fam. 9. Atlantidce.
Atlanta.
Helicoplegma.
Helicophora.

2. EHophthalrna.
Fam. 1. Naticida.
Natica.
Neverita.
Nacca.
Cepatia.
Polinices.
Mammilla.
F a m . 3. Stomatellidce. Cernina.
Globulus.
Stomatella.
Naticina.
Gena.
Cryptostoma.
F a m . 4. Haliotidce. Stylina ?
Stomatia.
Radula ?
Haliotis.
Neritopsis.
Padollus.
Fam. 2. Melaniadce.
Deriobranchus.
Littorina.
Scissurella.
Hydrobia.
Pleurotomaria.
Amnicola.
F a m . 5. Fissurellidce. Assiminea.
Parmophorus.
Lithoglyphus.
Emarginula.
Risella.
Diodora.
Nematura.
Fissurella.
Paludestrina.
Macrochisma.
Lacuna.
Pupillia.
Medoria.
Lucapina.
Niomia.
Fissurellidia.
Merria.
Fam. 6. Neritidce.
Coriocella.
Pagodus.
Nerita.
Order I I . P H Y T O - Pileolus.
Modulus.
PHAGA.
Solarium ?
Culana.
Torinia.
1. Podophthalma. Neritina.
Bifrontia.
Fam. 1. TurbinidcB. Clithon.
Turritella.
Dostia.
Turbo.
Haustator.
Velates.
Batillus.
Zaria.
Navicella.
Imperator.
Mesalia.
Trochisous.
F a m . 7« Ampullariadcs, Eglisia.
Phasianella.
Ampullaria.
Eulima.
Thicolia.
Marisca.
Nisso.
Fam. 2. Trochidce. Lanistes.
Bacalia.
Pyramis.
Rissoa.
Asolene.
CardinaKa f
Nectia.
Ampulloidea.

152

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST, ZOOL.

Spiroglyphus.
Turbonella.
Ord. I V . G T M N O 5. Siliquaria.
Rissoina.
BRANCHIATA.
Chemnitzia.
Fam. 10. Vanicoroidce.
Fam. 1. Doridce.
Tania.
Vanicoro.
Vibex.
Doris.
Fam. 11. Capulidce* Hexabranchus.
Melania.
Thaira.
a. Capulus.
Asteronotus.
Pachystoma.
Brocchia.
Dendroris.
Lampania.
Glossodoris.
b. Hipponyx.
Actinodoris.
Potamia.
Sabia.
Pterodoris.
Proto.
c. Pedicularia ?
Actinocyclus.
Pyrena.
Fam. 12. Calypttfceadcz.
Onchidoris.
Anculosa.
a. Crepidula.
Brachyehlamys.
lo.
Trochita.
Polycera.
Melanopsis.
Crucibulum.
Villiersia.
Potamides.
b. Cremoria.
Plocamophorus.
Tympanotomus.
F a m . 13. PhoridcE. Cladophora.
Telescopium.
Triopa.
Pyrazus.
Phorus.
Idalia.
Vertagus.
Section I I .
Dimorpha.
Cerithium.
HETEHOBRANThecathera.
Ceriphasia ?
CHIATA.
Acione.
Fam. 2.
Tritonida.
Order I I I .
PLEUROScalaria.
a. Glaucus.
BRANCHIATA.
Clathrus.
Laniogerus.
Cyclotrema.
Fam. 1. Bullidce.
Eolida,
Bulla.
Cornu ?
Eolidia.
, Builsea. Styliger.
Fam. 3. Truncatellidce.
Acer a.
Phyllodesmium.
Truncatella.
Doridium.
Flabellina.
Fam. 4. Velutinidce. Gasteropteron.
Bursiris.
Cavolinia.
Velutina.
Fam 2. Aplysiadce.
Calliopea.
F a m . 5. Paludinidce. Aplysia.
Liopa.
Dolabella.
Paludina.
b. Tethya.
Notarchus.
Meladomus.
Malybe.
Bithinia.
Fam. 3. Umbrellidce.
Melibsea.
Scyllaea.
Fam. 6. Pyramidellidce. Umbrella.
Tritonia.
Tylodina.
Pyramidella.
Dota.
Odostomia ?
F a m . 4. PleurobranEubranchus.
Nerinea ? chidce.
Montagua.
F a m . 7« Tomatellidcs. Pleurobranchus.
Duvaucelia ?
Berthella.
Tornatella.
Tergipes.
Pleurobranchaea.
Solidula.
Fam. 3. PlacobranCinulia.
Fam. 5. Pterotracheidce.
cliidce.
Monotygma.
Pterotrachea.
Placobranchus.
Fam. 8. Valvatidce. Firola.
Acteon.
Carinaria.
Valvata.
Fam. 4.
Fam. 9. Vervneiidce. Argonauta.
Phyllidia.
Diphyllidia,
Bellerophon.
a. Vermetus.

GALLERY.]

153

NATURAL HISTORY.

Fam. 7> Amphibolidte.
Amphibulina.
Fam. 5. Patellidce.
Epistylium.
Patella.
Amphibola.
Mesomphyx.
Patina.
Fam. 8. Siphonariadcc.
Proserpina.
Helcion.
„ Delomphalus.
Siphonaria.
Nacella.
Hyalina.
Lepeta.
Fam. 9. Gadiniadce.
g. Bulimus.
Gadinia.
Fam. 6. ChitonidcB. Megaspira.
Sormetus.
a. Chiton.
Papa.
Acanthopleura.
Fam. 10. Cyclostomida.
Abida.
Tonichia.
a. Cyclostoma.
Clausilia.
b. Acanthochetes.
Licina.
Balea.
Chitonellus.
Poteria.
Siphonostoma.
Cryptoconchus.
Leonia.
Bulimulus.
Amicula.
b. Annularia.
Succinea.
Bolania.
Order V. P N E U M O -. h. Achatina.
Cyclotus.
Macrospira.
NOBRANCHIATA.
Pterocyclos.
Polyphemus.
Fam. 1. ArionidcB.
Strophostoma.
Achatinella.
a. Arion.
c.
Fam. 3. Veronicellidce, Kealia.
Phosphorax.
Megalomastoma.
Veronicella.
6. Helicarion.
d. Callia.
c. Nanina.
Fam. 4. Onchidiadce.e* Pupina.
Stenopus.
Registoma.
Onchidium.
d. Zonites.
/ . Pomatias.
Onchis.
Fam. 11. HelicinidcB.
Fam. 2. Helicidce.
Peronia.
Helicina.
«. Limacellus.
Fam. 5. Auriculidce.
Lucidella.
Scutelligera.
Auricula.
Alcadia.
Mehimatium.
Melampus.
Class I I .
b. Limax.
Sidula.
CONCHIFERA.
c. Parmacellus.
Tralia.
Cryptella.
Detracia.
Order I. P H Y L L O Pectella.
Pedipes.
PODA.
Vitrina.
Marinula.
Fam. 1. Veneridas,
Helicolimax.
Ovatella.
a. Artemis.
Omalonyx.
Leuconia.
b. Cytherea.
d. Plectrophorus.
Scarabus.
Meroe.
e. Testacellus.
Chilina (Ida).
Gratelupia.
/.Helix.
Carychium.
Trigona.
Streptaxis.
Acme.
Chione.
Anostoma.
Fam. 6. Limncsadce. Circe.
Helicodonta.
Dorsina.
Polydontes.
Limnsea.
Mercenaria.
Pleurodonta.
Amphipeplea.
Anomalocardia.
Dentellaria.
Physa.
Cyprina.
Carocolla.
Diastropha.
Tapes.
Jberus.
Aplexus.
Venerupis.
Chilotrema.
Planorbis.
Clementia.
Odontostylus.
Segmentina.
Fam. 2. Cyrenidce.
Helicophanta.
Ancylus.
Tapada.
a. Cvrena.
Velletia.

H3

154

NATURAL HISTORY.

[EAST. ZOOL.

Mactresia.
Talona.
Xylotrya.
Guetera.
Iouannetia.
Teredina.
Teredo.
Bankia.
Kuphus.
F a m . 2. Gastrochcenadcs.
Aspergillum.
Foegia.
Bryopa.
Clavagella.
Fistulana.
Gastrochaena.
Septaria ?

Fam. 8. Solenotnyadas.
Solenomya.

Geloina.
Velorita.
b. Cyclas.
c. Pisidium.
Fam. 3. Cardiadce.
Cardium.
Hemicardium.
Conocardium.
Lichas ?
F a m . 4. Madrid®.
Mactra.
Schizodesma.
Spisula.
Cypricia.
Lutraria.
Cryptodon.
Mulinia.
Gnathodon. F a m . 5. Mesodesmidce.
Mesodesma.
Donacilla.
Anapa.
F a m . 6. Tellinidce.
a. Psammobia.
Psammotea.
b. Tellina.
Macroma.
Arcopagia.
Strigella.
c. Ligula.
Semele.
"Cumingia.
d. Petricola.
Clotho.
e. Mysia.
/ . Donax.
Hecuba.
Cuneus.
Laj:ona.
Iphigenia.
Capsa.
Galathea.
Order

Fam.
Pholas.
Barnia.
Zirfsea.

Fam. 3 . Solenidce.
Q rtlori
Ensis.
Pharus.
Cultellus.
Solecurtus.
Panopea.
Glycimeris.
Ctenoconcha.
F a m . 4. Anatinidce.
a. Auriscalpium.
Periploma,
Cochlodesma.
H emicyclostoma.
b. Thracia.
c. Lyonsia.
Myodora.
d. Chamostrea.
Myochama.

F a m . 9. Galeommidce.
Galeomma.
F a m . 10. Saoeicavidce.
Saxicava.
Hiatella.
Ord.

III.
GONIOPODA.

F a m . 1. Chamidce.
Cham a.
Arcinella.
Diceras.
Caprina ?
F a m . 2.
Etheria.
Mulleria?

Etheriada.

Fam. 3. Carditidae.
Cardita.
Jesonia.
Agaria.
Venericardia.
Ophis.
Myoconcha.
F a m . 4. Crassinidee.
Astarte.
Goodallia.
Nicania.
Ginorga.

F a m . 5. Crassatellidce.
Crassatella.
F a m . 6. Isocardiadce.
Isocardia.
Fam. 7Lucinida.
F a m . 5. Myadm.
a. Lucina.
Mya.
Semele.
Platyodon.
Diplodonta.
Sphaenia.
Cyrenella.
Myrtea.
Fam. Corbulidce.
Corbis.
I I . C L A D O -'
Corbula.
Mysia.
PODA.
Azar.
b. Loripes.
Lentidium.
1. Pholadce.
Ungulina.
Neara.
c. Lenticularia.
Fam. 7« Pandoridcs.
Verticordia.
Pandora.
Thetis.

GALLERY*]

NATURAL HISTORY.

155

,
Fam. 8. UnionidcB. Fam. 4. Crenellidm, Carolia.
Mulleria.
Anodon.
Crenella.
Margaritana.
Modiolarca.
Fam. 4. Plaounidos.
Alasmodon.
Fam. 5. Pinnidce. Placuna.
Damaris.
Pinna.
Fam. 5. Anomiada.
Unio.
Atrina.
Anomia.
Heterodon.
Fam. 6. Aviculidcs. Placunanomia.
Dipsas.
Pododesmus.
Monocondyla.
a. Malleus.
Vulsella (Reniella. )
Fam. 9. Iridinid<e.
Class I I I .
Avicula.
Iridina.
B R A c m o P O D A.
Margarita.
Leila.
Fam. 1. Lingulidce.
Pterynea.
Pleiodon.
Lingula.
Monotis.
Hyria.
Wolfataria.
Fam. 2. Terebratulidce.
Castalia.
Posidonia.
a, Terebratula.
Fam. 10. Myceto- b. Crenatula.
b* Spirifer,
Dalacia.
Fam. 3. Productidce.
Mycetopus.
Inoceramus.
Productus.
Fam. 11. Trigoniada, Catillus.
Calceola ?
Pachymya.
Trigonia.
Perna.
Fam. 4. Thecideidce.
Fam. 12. Arcadce. c. Gervillia.
Thecidea.
a. Area.
Order V. M I C R O Litbarea.
Fam. 5. Cmfoiadce.
PODA.
Senilia.
Crania.
Fam. 1. Pectinidce.
b. Cucullsea.
Fam. 6. Discinidce.
Trisis.
a. Pecten.
Discina.
Barbatia.
Pallium.
c. Noetia.
Janira.
Class IV.
Argina.
Amusium.
PTEROPODA.
Licarea.
Neithaea.
Pectunculus.
Pycnodonte.
Order I. THECOSOTrigoriocaelia.
b. Lima.
MATA.
Cannabina.
;oma.
Fam. 1. Cleodorida,
d. Limnopsis.
Limacula.
a. Hyalaea.
e. Nucula.
c. Pedum.
Diacria.
Leda.
Fam. 2.
b. Cleodora.
Order IV. POGONO- Spondylus.
Balantium.
PODA.
Pacbytos.
Pleuropus.
Fam. 1. Tridacnidce. Podopsis.
Vaginella.
Diancbora.
Creseis.
Tridacna.
Plicatula.
Brochus.
Hippopus.
Hinnites.
Psycbe.
Fam. 2. Dreissenidce.
Harpax.
Euribia.
Dreissena.
Fam. 3. Ostreidce. Fam. 2. Limacinidce.
Congeria.
Ostrea.
Limacina.
Mytilimeria.
Gryphaea.
Fam. 3. Cuvieridce.
Fam. 3. Mytilidce. Exogyra.
Cuvieria.
Alectryonia.
Mytilus.
Plectronia.
Tripteres.
Modiola.

156

NATURAL HISTORY.

Fam. 4. Cymbuliadce.
Fam. 2. Sepiadce.
Cymbulia.
Sepiola.
Order 2. G Y M N O - Onychoteuthis.
Peratoptera.^
SOMATA.
Ommostreplies.
Fam. 1. PneumoLoligopsis*
Cranchia.
Pneumodermon.
Loligo.
Spongobranchia.
Sepioteuthis.
Trichocyclus.
Sepia.
Fam. 2. Cymodoceadce, Beloptera.
Cymodocea.
Fam. 3. Clionidce.
Clio.
Class V .
CEPHALOPODA.

Order I . S E P I O PHORA.

F a m . 1. Octopodidce,
Ocythoe.
Octopus.
Eledona.
Philonexiis.

[NORTH
Cyrtoceras.
Clymene.
Scaphites.
Hamites.
Turrilites.
Baculites.
Order I I . N A U T I LOPHORA.

Fam. 1.

Nautilidce.

Omphalia.
? Fam. 3. Belernnitidce,, Nautilus.
Lituites.
Belemnites.
Orthostoma.
Belemnosepia.
Gyroceratites.
Orthoceras.
Conoceras.
Fam. 4.
Spirulida. Cyrtolites.
Spirula.
Actinoceras.
Fam. 5. Ammonitidce.

Ammonites.
Planites.
Globites.
Crioceratites.

Fam. 2.

Goniatida.

Phragmolites.
Ceratites.
Goniatites.

J O H N E D W A R D GRAY.
Nov. 4 , 1 8 4 0 .

NORTH

GALLERY.

T H I S Gallery, above the Library on the North side of
the North Wing, is appropriated to the Oryctognostic
or Mineralogical Collection, and to that of Palaeontology,
(Secondary Fossils or Organic Remains). The greater
portion of these Collections, removed from the room heretofore called the Long (but now the Eastern Zoological) Gallery, is under re-arrangement. According to the plan laid
down for their distribution, the Table Cases containing
the General Collection of Minerals will form two rows
or series, extending through four rooms, as follows:—
In Room I., being the N.E. corner room, the first
series of Table Cases begins and the second terminates:
it contains Cases 1 to 6 and 56 to 61. Room II. will
contain the Cases 7 to 13 and 49 to 55. Room III.
will contain the Cases 14 to 23 and 39 to 48, and Room
IV., the Cases 24 to 30 and 32 to 38.

GALLEKY.]

NATUHAL HISTORY.

157

The system adopted for the arrangement of the Minerals,
with occasional slight deviations, is that of Berzelius,
founded upon the electro-chemical theory and the doctrine
of definite proportions, as developed by him in a memoir
read before the Koyal Academy of Sciences of Stockholm. The detail of this arrangement cannot here She
entered into: it will, however, be partly supplied by the
running titles at the out sides of the glass Cases, and by the
labels within them.
The first two Cases, and part of the third, contain the
electro-positive native metals: iron, copper, bismuth, lead,
silver, mercury, palladium, platinum, osmium and gold.
CASE 1. Of native iron, found in insulated masses, and
disseminated in meteoric stones, the following specimens
are deposited;—native iron from Gross-Kamsdorf in Saxony;—two small polished pieces of the mass found in
Southern Africa, which weighed about 250 pounds, and is
now in the cabinet of Haarlem;—fragment of the iron
from Senegal;—specimens of the native iron from Otumpa,
in the Gran Chaco Gualamba, in South America, described
by Don Rubin de Celis, who estimated the weight of the
mass to be about 300 quintals, or 15 tons *;—a large piece
detached from the celebrated mass of Siberian native iron,
which was discovered by Pallas on the summit of a hill between Abakansk and Belskoi Ostrog on the banks of the
Jenisey, where it was considered by the Tartars as a sacred
relic: the mass originally weighed about 1680 pounds;—
a mass of iron from Atacama, resembling that of Siberia,
and also containing much of the olivine-like substance
within its cells;—a piece of the large mass from Ellenbogen, in Bohemia, and another of that found on the Collina di Brianza, in the Milanese;—two specimens of the
mass of iron found at Lenarto in Hungary, one of which
(being polished and treated with acid) exhibits the outlines
of imperfect crystals;—a small piece of the large mass in
the Capitania di Bahia, Brazil;—another, from that found
in the province of Durango, Mexico;—a portion of the
mass from Zacatecas, Mexico, described by Humboldt i-1—
a specimen detached from the large mass of iron preserved
* The large mass of iron placed against the wall under the window in
Room I., was sent from Buenos Ayres, by Sir Woodbine Parish; it is
supposed to be part of that of Otumpa: its weight 1400 pounds.

158

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

at Aix-la-Chapelle;—an Esquimaux knife and harpoon
(from Davis's Straits, Lat. 76° N . Long. 66° W.), the iron
of which is meteoric;—a large piece of the problematical
mass of iron lately found at Magdeburg, and which, according to Stromeyer's analysis, contains (besides nickel
and cobalt) also copper, molybdenum, and arsenik.-—Of
meteoric stones (classed with native iron, because they all
contain this metal, generally alloyed with nickel) the following are placed in chronological order:—a large fragment of the stone which fell at Ensisheim, in Alsace, Nov.
7th, 1492, when Emperor Maximilian, then king of the
Romans, was on the point of engaging with the French
army : this mass, which weighed 270 pounds, was preserved in the cathedral of Ensisheim till the beginning of the
French revolution, when it was conveyed to the public library of Colmar;—one of the many stones which fell, July
3d, 1753, at Plaun, in the circle of Bechin, Bohemia, and
which contain a great proportion of attractable iron;—
specimens of those that were seen to fall at Roquefort and
at Juliac, in the Landes of Gascony, July 24th, 1790;—
one of a dozen of stones of various weights and dimensions
that fell at Sienna, in Tuscany, Jan. 16th, 1794;—fragment of the meteoric stone, weighing 56 pounds, which fell
near Wold Cottage, in Yorkshire, Dec. 13th, 1795;—fragment of a stone of 20 pounds, which fell in the commune
of Sales, near Villefranche, in the department of the Rhone,
March 12th, 1798;—specimens of stones fallen near the
city of Benares, in the East Indies, Dec. 19th, 1798;—
entire and broken specimens of the meteoric stones of which
a shower descended at Aigle, in the department of the
Orne, April 26th, 1803;—fragment of that of Smolensk,
June 27th, 1807;—fragment of one of those that were
seen to fall at Weston, in Connecticut, Dec. 14th, 1807;—two meteoric stones with shining black surfaces, fallen May
22d, 1808, at Stannern, in Moravia;—two fragments of
the Tipperary meteorite which fell in August, 1810: it
contains quartz globules of a green colour, owing to oxide
of nickel;—a fragment of that of Berlanguillas, in Catalonia, July 8th, 1811;—a fragment of one, weighing 66
pounds, which fell August 5th, 1812, near Chantonnay, in
the Vendee;—fragment of the meteoric stone which fell at
Adare, in the county of Limerick, Ireland, in 1813;—frag-

QALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

159

ment of one of those which fell Sept. 5th, 1814, at Agen,
in the Pyrenees, and another of that which descended at
Juvenas (Ardeche), on June 15th, 1821;—a portion of the
meteorite which fell at Nanjenoy in Maryland, February
10th, 1825 ;—three entire stones and a fragment, of those
that were seen to fall,- October 13th, 1838, at Old Bokkeveld, at the Cape of Good Hope. (See Philos. Transact.
for 1839.)
Among the specimens of native copper (which presents
a great variety of forms besides the crystallized, such as
dendritic, filiform, &c.) may be specified the mass from
Hudson's Bay, found by Mr. Hearne, and described by
him in his journal.—Native bismuth, massive, disseminated,
and dendritic, in jasper, &c.: to which are added, specimens exhibiting the artificial crystallization of the same,
produced by the sudden cooling of the melted metal.—Native lead in lava: to which is added a medal cast in the
same lead which was ejected by Vesuvius in 1631.
CASE 2. Native silver : among its varieties may be particularized those exhibiting the various forms in which it
most frequently occurs, such as tooth-shaped, wire-shaped,
dendritical, mosslike, &c, many of which are aggregations
of minute crystals.—-Native mercury, and hydrarguret of
silver or native amalgam ; the former chiefly as globules,
disseminated in cinnabar, sparry limestone, &c.; the latter
crystallized in perfect and modified rhombic dodecahedrons,
globular, &c.: to which are added figures and ornaments
moulded and modelled in amalgam, by the miners of
Mexico.—Native platinum, massive and as grains: rock
specimens of the formation in which it occurs in the
Ural, Siberia.—Palladium and osm-iridium, in a wrought
state.
CASE 3. Native gold, subdivided into pure and alloyed
gold; the former chiefly massive, in detached crystals and
as grains (from Bengal, Guinea, Sumatra, Brazil), and in
brown iron-stone, in quartz, with needle-ore, &c, from
Siberia; the alloyed gold (principally from Transylvania)
crystallized in minute cubes and octahedrons variously
aggregated, in reticular plates, &c. With these are placed
a few specimens of the alloys known by the names of auriferous silver and electrum.
In this Case begin (continued to Case 12) the electro-

ICO

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

negative metallic substances (metalloids), and their not
oxidized combinations. — Tellurium and tellurets; the
scarce native tellurium, which (like sulphur and selenium) has the property of mineralizing several metals,
combining with them as electro-negative substance, viz.—
with bismuth (formerly called molybdena-silver) from
Bastnaes ; to which also belongs the tetradymite;—with
silver, from the Altai, Siberia;—with lead (foliated tellurium, or nagyag ore);—with silver and lead (white and
partly yellow tellurium);—with silver and gold (graphic
tellurium or schrift-ertz of authors), all from Transylvania.— Native antimony from Dauphiny, and antimonial
silver or stibiuret of silver from the Hartz, &c.
CASE 4. Native arsenic (formerly called testaceous cobalt
and scherben-cobalt) in reniform and botryoidal shapes,
from Andreasberg, & c ; and its chemical combinations
(arseniurets): with nickel (commonly called coppernickel); with cobalt, comprising the grey and part of
the white cobalt of some mineralogists, &c.
The remainder of this Case contains the substances belonging to the confined orders of Carbon and of Selenium,
To the former are referred the diamond, anthracite, graphite; to the latter the selenium metals or seleniurets.
Among the specimens selected to illustrate the crystalline
forms of the diamond are:—the primitive regular octahedron ; the same with solid angles truncated; with edges
truncated, forming the passage into the rhombic dodecahedron ; varieties of the latter, giving rise to the six-sided
prismatic and the tetrahedral forms ; cubes with truncated
and bevelled edges; various hemitropic crystals or macles
of diamonds; an octahedral diamond, embedded in gold ;
two others in hydrous oxide of iron, from Brazil; models
of the largest diamonds known, &c. With these are
placed specimens of the alluvial rock in which this precious substance occurs in the East Indies and in Brazil.
—Specimens of anthracite or kohlenblende (to which may
be referred the Kilkenny coal), with native silver from
Kongsberg, &c.;—-graphite (commonly called black-lead),
massive, disseminated in porcelain earth, &c.—Seleniurets : lead seleniuret; copper and lead seleniuret; mercury and lead seleniuret, all from Tilkerode, Hartz ;—
copper seleniuret; copper and silver seleniuret {eukairite),

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

161

both from Strickerum, Sweden;—to which are added specimens of sulphur, from the island of Volcano, in crusted and
coloured by reddish-brown or orange-red particles of selenium.
CASE 5. The suite of specimens of sulphur (crystallized,
massive, and stalactic, with selenite, sulphate of strontia,
&c.; and the same found sublimed near the craters of volcanos, &c.) is succeeded by the Sulphurets, which occupy
half of this and seven of the succeeding glass-cases. They
begin with sulphuret of manganese or manganese-blende,
from Nagyag in Transylvania and from Peru.—Among
the numerous varieties of sulphuret of zinc, or zinc-blende,
may be particularized those relative to colour, viz., the
yellow, the l)rown, and the black blende of Werner; the
first of which is generally most pure, while the others contain a portion of iron; the fibrous blende of Przbram in
Bohemia, in which cadmium was discovered by Stromeyer;
the variety called testaceous or schaalen-blende (the most
characteristic specimens of which are from Geroldseck in
the Brisgau) contains, besides iron, a portion of lead.
CASE 6.—Sulphurets of iron, or iron-pyrites: —common
pyrites, smooth and striated, variously crystallized, from several localities ; radiated pyrites, a substance very subject to
decomposition, and to which belong most of the varieties
of what is commonly called lenticular or coxcomb-pyrites,
as also the globular pyrites, of a radiated texture, and the
hepatic or liver-pyrites of Werner, (distinct from the fer
sulfure hepatique of some French mineralogists, which is
both radiated and common iron-pyrites converted into
brown iron-stone);—magnetic pyrites, which is nearly
allied to the preceding species: massive and crystallized
in six-sided prisms.—Sulphuret of cobalt, from Bastnaes
in Sweden.—- Sulphuret of nickel, formerly called capillary
iron-pyrites, and afterwards considered as native nickel,
till its real composition was determined by Arfvedson.
CASE 7* Sulphuret of copper, or vitreous copper, variously crystallized, foliated, compact, &c.; to which are also
commonly referred the vegetable fossil remains known by
the name of Franhenberg corn-ears, from the bituminous
marl-slate, of Frankenberg in Hessia, which are principally
composed of vitreous and grey copper. — Tennantite.—
Sulphuret of copper and iron, to which belongs the yellow

162

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

copper or copper-pyrites, including the pale-yellow finegrained variety, called hematitiform or blistered copperpyrites; and the variegated copper ore (buntkupfererz),
differing from the former in the proportions of its constituent parts, and easily known by the reddish colour of
its fractural surfaces: crystallized, massive, and foliated.
CASE 8 contains a suite of specimens of sulphuret of lead
or galena, which include various modifications of crystals,
detached and grouped together, in combination with
blende, pyrites, and many other substances; galena of
various grain, massive and disseminated; galena of corroded appearance, decomposed and regenerated; the compact and specular variety, called slickenside by the Derbyshire miners.
CASE 9. Sulphurets continued: sulphuret of bismuth,
or bismuth-glance, in acicular crystals, from Riddarhyttan,
&c.—-Sulphuret of copper and bismuth, called copper-bismuth.—The needle-ore of Werner, a triple sulphuret of
bismuth, lead, and copper.—Sulphuret of copper and tin,
or tin-pyrites.—The remainder of this case is taken up by
a considerable suite of specimens of sulphuret of mercury
or cinnabar, divided by Werner into the dark-red (by far
the most common variety), and the bright-red cinnabar
(native vermilion, much esteemed by painters); the hepatic
or idrialine-cinnabar, a mixture of cinnabar with bituminous and earthy particles, from Idria, compact and slaty:
the same with testaceous organic remains (coral ore).
CASE 10. Sulphuret of silver, vitreous silver, or silver
glance, massive, crystallized, and in other external forms,
among which are the laminar and capillary: the black
silver ore appears to be a pulverulent variety of this species ;—flexible silver glance.— Sulphuret of antimony, or
grey antimony, compact, foliated, radiated, and plumose:
the more remarkable among these are the specimens of
crystallized antimony in splendid groups, especially from
Transylvania; radiated grey antimony with baroselenite,
realgar, & c , plumose antimony (feather-ore), some varieties of which, appearing like delicate wool or down, display a fine iridescent blue, yellow, and red tarnish: it
should, however, be observed here, that several of the plumose varieties of grey antimony are referable to the sulphursalts in the next glass case.

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

163

CASE 11. Part of this Case is occupied by the specimens of sulphuret of arsenic, viz. the yellow orpiment, massive and in striated, transparent, separable laminae; and
the red orpiment or realgar, perfectly crystallized and
massive.—The rest of this and part of the next Case contain the simple and double sulphur-salts formed by the
sulphurets of antimony and of arsenic, with basic sulphurets of electro-positive metals ; they are (besides some
varieties of the plumose antimony or feather-ore)—the
jamesonite or axotomous glance antimony;—the zinkenite,
nearly related to plumose antimony;—the red or ruby
silver ore, divided into the dark and the light red, both of
the same crystalline forms, but in the latter of which sulphuret of arsenic takes the place of the sulphuret of antimony of the former;—the miargyrite of H . Rose, first
separated by Mohs from red silver under the name of
hemiprismatic ruby-blende;—the sulphur-salt commonly
called brittle vitreous silver (the rbschgewachs of the Hungarian miners) appears to be composed of the same constituent elements as the dark and the bright red rubysilver ores, but in different proportions; — bournonite, a
sulphur-salt known also by the names of endellion, and
triple, sulphuret of lead, antimony, and copper ;—the
scarce polybasite;—and in the next case,
CASE 12, the grey copper or fahl-ore (a double sulphursalt, on the chemical constitution of which some light
has lately been thrown by the researches of H . Rose),
crystallized, massive, and disseminated in various substances.
The remaining substances in this Case are (besides the
sulphuret of molybdenum or molybdena-glance) several of
the arsenio-sulphurets, such as the arsenic-pyrites or
mispickel (some varieties of which, containing accidentally
admixed silver, constitute Werner's weiss-ertz); cobaltglance, massive and crystallized in the form of the cube
and its modifications, &c.
In the six following Cases the oxides of the electro-positive metals are deposited.
CASE 13 contains the oxides and hydrous oxides of manganese, formerly distinguished as foliated, compact, and
earthy grey manganese; but now generally divided into
three species, called manga?iite, pyrolusite, and psilometane,

164

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

to the two first of which may be referred the earthy manganese or wad, some varieties of which have the property
of inflaming spontaneously when mixed with linseed oil.
CASE 14. This and the two following Cases contain
the oxides of iron. Specular oxide of iron or iron-glance,
among the specimens of which may be specified those
from Elba, remarkable on account of their beautiful iridescence and play of colours ; the variety in large laminar
crystals appearing like polished steel, from Stromboli and
Vesuvius ;•—the micaceous iron-ore of Werner, belonging
partly to this species, partly to the scaly hydrous oxide ;—
red iron ore, divided into compact red iron-stone and red
hematite.
CASE 15.
Oxydulated iron or magnetic iron-ore,
massive and of various grain, compact, crystallized, in serpentine, chlorite-slate, &e.; ore from the East Indies,
which yields the wootz, or salam-steel, remarkable for its
hardness; magnetic iron-sand. With the oxides of iron is
also provisionally placed the crucite of Thomson; and the
beudantite, which latter is composed of the oxides of iron
and lead.
CASE 16. Hydrous oxide of iron or brown iron-stone,
among the most remarkable varieties of which species are,
the micaceous, called goethite, in delicate transparent
tables of a blood red colour ; that in fine scales coating the
cells of lava; a shining brownish-black variety used as hair
powder by the Bootchuana natives beyond the Great River
in South Africa; the fibrous brown iron-stone or brown
hematite ; the compact and the ochrey brown iron-stone—
and, as appendix to it, the argillaceous or clay iron-stone,
with its many varieties, such as the columnar, the pisiform
(pea iron-ore), the reniform, &c.
CASE 17^ Oxide of copper ;—red or ruby-copper ore,
compact, foliated, and fibrous; one of the more remarkable is the bright-red capillary variety from Rheinbreitenbach (in which selenium has been discovered by Kersten),
and from the Bank mines . in Siberia;—the ferruginous
red oxide of copper or tile-ore, a mixture of red copper
and brown iron-ochre ; the black oxide or copper-black, ge*
nerally mixed with the oxides of iron and manganese.
—Oxide of lead:—the native minium from Hessia (first
described by Mr. Smithson), from Siberia, &C, probably

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

*J63

in the sands of the Senner Heath in the county of Lippe
(where^ on account of their probable origin, they are
called lightning tubes, from which name those of fulgurite,
ceraunian sinter, astraphyalite, are derived), at I)rigg on
the coast of Cumberland, and lastly, by the late Capt.
Clapperton, near Dibbla in the Tuarick country, Africa,
from which localities specimens are here deposited. The
hyalite is placed here as a mineral related both to stalagmitic quartz and calcedony.—Haytorite, a substance purely
sileceous, but presenting the form of datolite.
CASE 22 contains some more of the varieties of common
quartz: prase, which appears to be an intimate mixture of
this substance and actinote ;—the avanturino-quartz ;—as
also some varieties of the cat's eye (mostly from Ceylon),
in which the chatoyant lustre is generally produced by
nearly invisible fibres of amianth lodged in the quartzy
mass.—Part of this Case is occupied by the siliceous substance called hornstone, divided into the conchoidal and
splintery varieties; among these are the remarkable pseudomorphous crystals from Schneeberg in Saxony, derived
from various modifications of calcareous spar; also beautiful specimens of wood converted into hornstone, being the
wood-stone of Werner; hornstone balls from Haunstadtin
Bavaria.—Of flint, a well known mineral substance, some
interesting varieties are deposited. The remainder of
this and the whole of the following Case are occupied by
calcedonic substances. Among the specimens of common
calcedony the most remarkable are, the smalt-blue variety
from Felsobanya in Transylvania, crystallized in obtuse
rhombohedrons; the branched and stalactical calcedony
from Iceland, &c.; the.botryoidal, from Ferroe ; nodules,
including water (enhydrites), from Monte Berico, near
Vicenza, where they occur in volcanic rocks.
CASE 23. Calcedonic substances continued: cut and
polished pieces of calcedony with red and black dendritic
and other figures, called mocha-stones; varieties with
white, brown, and black, straight or curved lines, some
of which were probably among the substances of which
the costly vasa murrhina of the ancients were made;
red and yellowish varieties of calcedony called camelian
— Plasma,— Heliotrope^ an intimate mixture of calcedony and green earth, which, when containing disse-

*1(M

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

minated particles of red jasper, is commonly termed
blood-stone.—The beautiful and much esteemed variety
of calcedony called chrysoprase, hitherto only found at
Kosemiitz in Silesia, and which owes its colour to
oxide of nickel, as does the green siliceous earthy substance, named pimelite, which accompanies it. To these
are added specimens of some varieties of the siliceous compounds called agates, in which either common calcedony,
carnelian, or heliotrope generally form a predominant in«
gredient.
CASE 24. One half of this Case is occupied by the different varieties of jasper, such as they are enumerated by
Werner, viz. the globular or Egyptian jasper, found chiefly
near Cairo in rounded pieces, which appear not to owe their
form to rolling, but to be original, and produced by infiltration;—the riband-jasper or striped jasper, the finest
varieties of which are found in Siberia;—the variouslytinted common jasper ;—the agate-jasper, found only in
agate veins, and the porcelain-jasper, produced by the action
of subterraneous fire on clay-slate. The other half of this
Case contains opaline substances (mostly hydrates of silica),
viz., specimens of the noble opal, which owes its beautiful
play of colours to a multiplicity of imperceptible fissures in
its interior;—the sun, or Jire-opal;—the common opal, a
translucent white variety of which, appearing yellow or red
when held between the eye and the light, is called girasol;
—the semi-opal, agreeing in its principal characters with the
common;—specimens of a variety which, having the property of becoming transparent when immersed in water, is
called hydrophane, or oculus mundi;—wood-opal, or opalized wood;—;j asp-opal, referred by some authors to jasper;
—the menilile, liver or opal, found at Menil-Montant, near
Paris, in a bed of adhesive slate, a specimen of which is
added.
In the two next Cases are placed the Silicates with one
base.
CASE 25 contains the silicates of lime and the silicates of
magnesia. To the former belongs the table spar or wollastonite from Mount Vesuvius, Nagyag, &c.;—-the latter comprehends several of the minerals placed by Werner in the
talc genus:—steatite, the more remarkable varieties of
which are, that of yellowish green colour from Greenland,

0ALLERY.]

165

NATURAL HISTORY.

and that from Gopfersgriin in Bareuth, with small crystals
of other mineral substances, especially quartz, converted
into, and forming part of the massive steatite; variety
called chalk of JBriancon;—keffekil, or meerschaum, from
Natolia, of which the well-known pipe-bowls are made, and
that from Valecas in Spain 5—also a related substance,
called keffekillite by Dr. Fischer, who discovered it in the
Crimea;—lithomarge, the more remarkable varieties of
wrhich are, that of a reddish yellow colour in porphyry from
Rochlitz, and the fine purplish blue variety from Planitz,
formerly called terra miraculosa Saxonica, &c.—serpefitine,
the purer varieties of which (generally hydrates) are called
noble serpentine: they constitute, in combination with primitive limestone, the verde antico and some other fine green
marbles; of the varieties of the common serpentine, are best
known those from Baireuth and from Zoblitz in Saxony,
where they are manufactured into vases and various other
articles; serpentine with imbedded garnets, magnetic ironstone, asbest, &c.—the marmolite of Hoboken in New
Jersey likewise belongs to serpentine.—With these is also
placed the olivine, which, in its purer state, is denominated chrysolite or peridot^ and when protoxide of iron is
predominant, has, by some, been called hyalosiderite.
CASE 26. Silicate of zinc, called also electric or siliceous calamine, the finest specimens of which are those
from Siberia and Hungary; the variety called willemite,
from Aix-la-Chapelle.—Silicate of manganese, of which
there are several varieties (some of them only mechanical
mixtures of this silicate, of carbonate of manganese, and
quartz), which have received particular names, such as
allagite, rhodonite, &c. Silicate of cerium or cerite, from
Bastnas, Sweden,—with which is placed the rose-coloured
substance called tkulite, found with blue idocrase in Tellemarken, Norway.—Silicate of iron, to which belong the
hisingeriie, sideroschizolite, chlorophceite, stilpnomelane, and
gillingite.—Silicate of copper, or siliceous malachite, formerly called chrysocolla and copper-green; to which is also
referred the dioptase or copper-emerald, a scarce mineral
from the Kirguise country in Siberia.—Silicate of bismuth,
also called bismuth-blende, a mineral presenting hairbrown globules, from Schneeberg, Saxony.—Silicate of zir~
coma, to which belong Werner's common zircon and some
1

166

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

hyacinths of jewellers, from Ceylon, Auvergne, Chili, the
Lake Ilmen in Siberia; also the variety called zirdonite
from Friedricksvarn in Norway, &c.;—the blue zircon
from Vesuvius. — Silicate of alumina: of these we have
the kyaniie or disthene, and its varieties, the bucholzite and
the sillimanite, and also the scarbroite, halloysite, lenzinite,
&c;—together with such varieties of clay as are chemical
combinations of alumina and silica.
For the subdivision into groups of the Silicates with
several bases, the reader is referred to the tickets in the
interior of the following ten Cases, which contain this extensive class of mineral species.
CASE 27 contains the following zeolitic substances:
apophyllite, or ichthyophthalmite, in fine crystals, from
Hesloe in Faroe; with stilbite; with tessellite of Brewster,
with poonaklite of Brooke, &c.; a variety of apophyllite,
formerly called albine, by Werner;—chabasite or chabasie>
in groups of primitive rhomboidal and modified crystals ;
—the variety called haidenite from Baltimore;—mesotype
from Auvergne, Faroe. & c , to which are also referred the
nairolite of Klaproth, the needle-stone of Werner, the
scolicite, the mesolite, krokalite, &c. ;—thomsonite ;—analoime, among the crystallized varieties of which are remarkably large specimens of the trapezoidal and triepointe
modifications from Fassa in Tyrol.
CASE 28. Zeolitic substances continued; stilbite and
heulandile ; — brewsterite;—laumontite or lomonite, also
called efflorescent zeolite, because some of its varieties are
subject to decomposition by exposure to the air;—prehnite,
the grass-green variety of which, discovered in South
Africa by the Abbe Rochon, has been mistaken for chrysolite, chrysoprase, and even emerald;—to this also belongs
the houpholite of Vauquelin. The substance known by
the name of Chinese jade or yon-stone, is likewise placed
with prehnite, to which it has been referred by Count
Hournon; but no chemical analysis has as yet been given
of it.—A suite of specimens of comptonite from Vesuvius^
lining the cavities of a pyroxenic lava, & c , accompanied
by gismondine and other crystallized substances;— gmelinite or hydrolite ;—levifie, and some other new species of
this extensive family of minerals.
CASE 29. To the same family belongs the harmotome

&ALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

167

or cross stone, divided into baryte-harmotome and potassharmotome, to which latter are to be referred the Vesuvian
minerals called zeagonite, gismondine, abrazite, and also
the philipsite.
The remainder of this Case is occupied by species of the
feldspar family.—Common feldspar, variously crystallized
and massive: among the specimens here deposited may be
specified—the fine green variety from Siberia, called amazon stone; the beautiful large crystals from Baveno ; feldspar with embedded crystals and fragments of quartz (graphic stone, graphic granite), from Siberia, &c.;—Labra*
dor feldspar (also called opalescent feldspar, being remarkable for its beautiful play of colours), chiefly from the
coast of Labrador and from the transition syenite of Laurwig in Norway ; — adidaria or naker feldspar, principally
found on Mount St. Gothard, but not in the valley of
Adula from which its name is derived: the fine variety
from Ceylon, when cut en cabochon, is called moon-stone;
and a yellow naker feldspar with reddish dots has obtained
the name of sun-stone, which is also sometimes given to
the beautiful avanturino variety of common feldspar placed
in this glass-case.
CASE 30. Feldspathic substances continued:—ice-spar
and sanidlne or glassy feldspar, both nearly allied to common feldspar ; albite, or cleavelandite, the finest specimens
of which are those from Dauphine and Siberia, and peri±
dine, united by some mineralogists with the preceding
species, from St. Gothard, Tyrol, &c. ;—anorthite from
Vesuvius 'y—oligoclase, also called natron-spodumen—together with some other species separated, perhaps unnecessarily, from common feldspar and cleavelandite ;—leucite or amphigene, chiefly from Vesuvius, in separate crystals of various sizes and degrees of transparency, massive,
embedded in pyroxenic and other lavas;—triphane orspo-*
dumen and petalite: substances in which lithia, or the oxide
of lithium, was first discovered by Arfvedson.
CASE 31. This Case contains—nepheline, from Mount
Vesuvius, with which are now combined several varieties
of the elceolite or fettstein of Werner ;—wernerite, under
which name, formerly confined to some varieties of common and compact scapolite, are now united the meioniie of
Vesuvius, and the greater part of the scapolite of Werner;

168

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

the paranthine and also the dipyre ; substances which, together with several others provisionally placed in this
glass Case, stand in need of further investigation as to their
chemical and crystallographical characters.
CASE 32 contains micaceous and talcose substances.
Our imperfect knowledge of the optical properties and
chemical constitution of many varieties of the former, does
not admit of their being arranged according to those distinctive characters; such varieties as have been more closely
examined in this respect, may be divided into potassa-mica
(by far the most common), which has two axes ; magnesiamica (from Vesuvius, Siberia, and Monroe, in New York),
which has but one axis;—and the lithia-mica, which, besides the beautiful peach blossom, red, violet, greenishgrey, and white scaly varieties known by the name of lepidolite, from Rdzna in Moravia, likewise comprises several
large-foliated varieties of what was formerly considered as
common mica, such as that from Zinnwald in Bohemia and
Altenberg, accompanied by apatite, tin-stone, and topaz.
—The species and varieties of the talcose substances are
likewise very imperfectly understood. Among the specimens of talc in this glass Case may be specified the common or Venetian (which enters into the composition of cosmetics), and the indurated talc; to the former of which
may be referred the green radiated variety from Siberia,
composed of distinct groups of small diverging laminae,
and to which the name of pyrophyllite is commonly given;
— qgalmatolite, (Werner's bildstein, Haiiy's talc glaphigue), employed by the Chinese for carving images,
vessels, &c.;—chlorite, crystallized in aggregated, small,
modified rhombic prisms ;-the earthy and foliated varieties,
coating crystals of octahedral magnetic iron-stone, &c.;—
pinite, crystallized in regular hexagonal prisms, and gie*
sechite, from Greenland, which appears to be a variety of
this species.—Fahlunite, under which name several distinct substar ces have been noticed by authors.
CASE 33. This and part of the following Case chiefly
contain substances related to hornblende or amphibolic
minerals, among which may be specified the basaltic and
common hornblende, including the pargasite ;—the actinolite or strahlstein (divided by Werner into the glassy,
common,, and fibrous varieties) ;—the grammatite or tremo-

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

169

lite (so called from Val Tremola, where, however, it is
not found), among the specimens of which are the fine,
fibrous varieties, resembling asbest; the glassy tremolite,
in dolomite and granular limestone, &c.—Arfvedsonite—
Anthophyllite.
CASE 34. Part of this Case is filled with the mineral
substances called asbestine, many of which appear to pass
into some of the varieties of amph^bole in the preceding
glass Case. Among these may be observed specimens illustrative of the transition from a very close to a loose-fibrous
structure;—several varieties of the flexible asbest or
amianth, with some antique incombustible cloth, paper,
&c, made of it;—the varieties called common andschillerasbest, mountain wood, mountain cork, or nectic asbest,
& c , separate, and in combination with other substances;
—the blue and yellow asbest from South Africa, to which
the name of hrokydalite has been given. The remainder of
this Case contains pyroxenic minerals:—-augite, in separate
crystals, and imbedded in lava from Vesuvius, together with
groups of well-defined crystals from Arendahl in Norway,
where this substance occurs in primitive rocks;—the jeffersonite ;—the granular variety called coccolite ;—the varieties of diopside, at first considered as a distinct species,
including the mussite and alalite from Piedmont;-—the
sahlite or malacolite, to which also belongs the baikalite^ of
which a few fine specimens are here deposited; the pyrgome
ovfassaite, and the achmite. The metalloid diallage or
diallagite, also called schiller-spar, from the Hartz, Salzburg, & c , the bronzite and the hypersthene or paulite (Labrador hornblende of Werner), may likewise be referred
to this tribe of minerals.
CASE 35. Among its contents may be specified the
mineral substances which have been described under the
appellations of thallite, arendalite, acanticone, delphinite,
&c.; most of these are Werner's pistacite and are now more
generally designated by the name of epidote, given to them
by Haiiy. To this also belongs the manganesiferous epidote, considered by some as an oreof manganese.—Cummingtonite,—Zoisite.—Among the specimens ofidocrase (vesuvian of Werner), the more conspicuous are the large beautiful crystals (the unibinaire of Haiiy), discovered by
Laxmann on the banks of the Vilui in Kamschatka, em-

170

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

bedded in a steatitic rock ; those from Vesuvius, where
this substance occurs accompanied by other volcanic ejections, have, in Italy, obtained the name of Vesuvian gems,
hyacinths, and chrysolites; the varieties called egerane,
loboite, and that from Tellemarken in Norway, coloured
blue by oxide of copper, and known by the name of cj/pri?ie;—essonite (hessonite) or cinnamon-stone, chiefly from
Ceylon, which was supposed to contain zirconia, till a
more accurate analysis proved it to be nearly allied to vesuvian: most of the hyacinths of commerce are cinnamon-stone.
CASE 36. The greater part of this Case is appropriated
to the various species and varieties of the garnet tribe,
formerly divided into noble and common garnets. Among
the more distinct chemical species now established are:—
the pyrope or chrome garnet, generally called Bohemian
garnet, which occurs in rounded grains, and also embedded in serpentine, &c.;—the colophonite, so called from
its resemblance to rosin, from Norway and North America ;
—-the melaniie, found particularly in the neighbourhood
of Frascati;—the grossular or Wilui garnet, a fine lightgreen species from Kamschatka, so called from the fancied
resemblance which its separate crystals bear to a gooseberry ;—the allochroite, also called splintery garnet, from
Drammen in Norway;—the romanzovite. In this Case
are also deposited—the gehlenite, from the Monzoni in
Tyrol, to which species the melilite from Capo di Bove,
near Rome, is referred by some mineralogists ;—the iolite
or pelioma, now generally called dichroite (from its exhibiting two different colours when viewed in different positions), massive and crystallized, from Capo di Gate, from
Greenland, Bodenmais in Bavaria, and Orayervi in Finland (steinheilite);—the sordawalite from Finland;—the
harpholite from Bohemia, &c.
CASE 37. This Case contains the following substances :
—staitrolite, a bisilicate of alumina and of oxide of iron,,
called also granatite and cross-stone, among the specimens
of which are the fine macled crystals from Brittany, and
the modifications of the simple crystals from St. Gothard,
accompanied by prisms of disthene, perfectly similar to
those of the staurolite, and sometimes longitudinally
grown together with them.—Silicates containing yttria and
protoxide of cerium; viz. the gadolinite, from Ytterby

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

171

and Kararfvet in Sweden ; the allanite from Greenland
(to which may be referred the cerine of Bastnaes); the
orthite and pyrorthite.
Silicates containing glucina, the principal species of
which is the emerald, or beryl, the former being a variety
which owes its fine green colour to oxide of chromium:
from Santa Fe, from Mount Zahara in Egypt, and from
Heubachthal in Salzburg, embedded in mica slate;—beryls
of various colours, the more common of which is the variety
called aquamarine; the perfectly white and limpid, and
line oil green varieties from Nerchinsk and Odontchelong
in Siberia; the large beryls of Limoges, and from Acworth in New Hampshire, where crystals weighing upwards of fifty-nine pounds have been found, (the fragment
of a prism in the centre of the Case weighs nearly fortythree pounds) ;—the euclase, a rare crystallized mineral
substance, discovered by Dombey in Peru, but since only
found as loose crystals, at Capao, near Villaricca, in Brazil, and in the chlorite slate of that neighbourhood ;—
chrysoberyl or cymophane, among the specimens of which
may be specified those in a matrix of quartz and feldspar
with garnets, from Haddarn in Connecticut, and also those
from Saratoga and New York; helvine, a substance which
is considered by some as a triple silicate of glucine, iron
and manganese. In this Case are also placed the specimens of lazidite or lapis lazuli, (which furnishes the
valuable pigment known by the name of ultramarine,)
massive and exhibiting planes of the rhomboidal dodecahedron ; the hauyne, and a few other of the imperfectly
known silicates of alumina, soda and lime combined with
sulphates : such as the spinellane, &c.
CASE 38. In this Case are provisionally placed (besides sodalile, eudialyte, and pyrosmalite, substances which,
being chloriferous, may perhaps be referred to the chlorides, Case 60), the suites of tourmaline and shorl, many
varieties of which have been found to contain boracic acid.
Among those here deposited are, the rubellite, also called
siberite (tourmaline apyre of Haiiy), a specimen of which,
remarkable both for size and form, is that in the centre of
the Case: it was presented by the king of Ava to the late
Colonel Symes, when on an embassy to that country, and
afterwards placed by the latter in the Hon. Charles Greville's

172

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

collection; other red and blue varieties, chiefly from Siberia
and from Massachusetts in North America; the fleshcoloured tourmaline, from Rozena in Moravia; the dark
green, called Brazilian emerald; the asparagus-green
variety in dolomite, from Campo Longo ; varieties of common shorl \—aximte, in most beautiful crystals, from
Bourg d'Oisans in Dauphiny, from Norway, &c.
CASE 39. The silicates terminate in this glass Case,
with the topaze and chondrodite, two species which, from
their chemical composition, might be classed with the
fluorides (in Case 59);—among the specimens of topaz
here deposited may be specified a series of crystals of
Saxon, Brazilian, and Siberian varieties, among which
there are several new modifications ; Saxon varieties imbedded in the topaz rock, an aggregate of topaz, shorl,
quartz, and sometimes mica; fine Brazilian topazes, yellow and pink, imbedded in rock crystal, &c. \—also the
pyrophysalite from Fahlun in Sweden, and the pycnite,
formerly considered as a variety of beryl, are referable to
topaz ;—chondrodite (maclurite, brucite) from New Jersey, and from Pargas in Finland.
The rest of this Case is occupied by oxide of titanium
and titanates;—rtitile, also called titan-shorl, massive,
crystallized, and fibrous, to which belongs the reticulated
variety with golden varnish, from Moutier near the Mont-*
blane; acicular and capillary crystals of rutile in rock
crystal, from Brazil, &c.;—the analase, or octahedrite,
from Bourg d'Oisans;—the silieo-titanate of lime, called
sphene or titanite, among the varieties of which are those
called brown and yellow menakan-ore, in large crystals,
from Arendal in Norway, and that from St. Gothard denominated rayonnante en gouttiere by Saussure, on feldspar
with chlorite, &c.;—-titanate of lime with titanate of uranium, & c , called pyrocklore, from Fredriksvarn in Norway;—titanates of iron3 to which belong the nigrine, iserine, ilmenite, and most of the volcanic and other specular
iron with glassy fracture;—cricktonite, brookite, polymignite, &c.
CASE 40. Columbates:—columbite or tantalite : a portion of the specimen from North America, in which Mr.
Hatchett discovered the metal; variety of the same froin
Rabenstein, Bavaria, accompanied by beryl and uranite;

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

173

—the Finbo- and the Brodbo-tantalites of Berzelius;—yttrotantalite, from Ytterby.
Oxides of antimony and antimoniates:—antimony-ochre
on native and grey antimony ;—white antimony, formerly
considered as a muriate: on galena, quartz, &c.;—red
antimony (a combination of oxide and sulphuret of this
metal), mostly in fine capillary crystals, from Braunsdorf
in Saxony, Malazka in Hungary; and an argentiferous
variety from the Hartz, in fibrous flakes resembling tinder,
and therefore called zunderertz {tinder ore).
Tungstates:—tungstaie of lime (scheelin calcaire of
Haiiy), also called scheelite and tungsten (heavy stone),
among the more interesting specimens of which is the primitive acute octahedron from Allemont in Dauphiny;
-—tungstate of iron and manganese or wolfram, massive
and crystallized, from Bohemia and other countries; also
as octahedral supposititious crystals, derived from tungstate of lime;—tungstate of lead, or scheel-lead ore, from
Zinnwald in Bohemia, formerly confounded with the
molybdate of this metal.
Molybdic acid and molybdates ;—ochry molybdenum or
molybdic acid, as a yellow powder on the sulphuret of this
metal, from Sweden, &c.;—molybdate of lead, or yellow
lead ore, massive, lamelliform, and crystallized in splendid
groups on compact limestone, &c.; chiefly from Bleiberg
in Carinthia.
CASE 41. Oxide of chromium and chromates :—a suite
of specimens of chrornate of lead, or red lead ore, from the
gold mines of Beresof in Siberia, where it chiefly occurs in
a kind of micaceous rock, mixed with particles of quartz
and brown iron-stone ;—chromate of lead and copper, called
vauquelinite, a concomitant of the Siberian red lead ore ;—
chromate of iron, from the department of Var in France,
and from Baltimore in Maryland, intermixed with talc
stained purple by chromic acid.
Vanadic acid and vanadiates. Vanadium was discovered in some ores of iron from Taberg in Smaland, by
Sefstr'om: by Del Rio the acid of this metal, which he
called erythronium, had been found, combined with oxide
of lead, in the brown lead ore of Zimapan in Mexico.
For the discovery of the vanadiale of lead (Johnstonite)
at Waiilockhead, and the analysis of this mineral subi 3

174

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NOHTH

stance, science is indebted to Mr. Johnston, of Edinburgh;
—vanadiate of lead from Beresof, Siberia.
Boracic acid (sassoline) and borates;—borate of soda,
the salt known by the names of borax and tirical, from
Tibet, Monte-rotondo, Tuscany, &c.—borate of magnesia
or boracite in separate crystals, and the same embedded
in gypsum ;—daiolite, being a borate with tri-silicate of
lime, from Arendahl in Norway ; the variety from Sonthofen (supposed to be a distinct species, called humboldtite by Levy) ; and the globular-fibrous variety (which has
received the name of botryolite) likewise from Arendahl.
In this Case begins the family of the Carbonates.—Carbonate of soda, from various localities, and among which is
the African trona.—Carbonate of strontia, called strontianite, in prismatic and acicular crystals, which latter
have sometimes been mistaken for arragonite.— Carbonate
of baryta or wiikerile, among the specimens of which may
be particularised the beautiful groups of double six-sided
pyramids, and those of six-sided prismatic crystals.—Barytocalcite.
CASE 42. Carbonate of lime. The whole of this
Case is appropriated to the species called arragonite,
among the principal specimens of which are the groups of
prismatic crystals from Kosel, Bohemia, Arragon, &e.;
those of the coralloid variety of this substance from Eisenertz in Stiria, formerly called fos ferri, &c. To the
massive varieties some of the calcareous deposits of Carlsbad in Bohemia may be referred.
CASES 43, 44, and 45 contain the crystallized varieties
of carbonate of lime or calcareous spar. Among the specimens in Case 43 may be specified those illustrative of the
double refraction, cleavage, supernumerary joints, colour,
&c.; likewise the various secondary obtuse and acute
rhombohedrons ; among the former of which the most
common, but not the least striking, is the inverse variety
of Haiiy, so called from its being as it were an inversion
of the primitive rhombohedron of calcareous spar ; and the
same with a considerable admixture of quartz, commonly
called crystallized sandstone of Fontainebleau, &c. In the
next two Cases are deposited many interesting and beautiful
specimens, from the Hartz, Derbyshire, &c, of prismatic
and pyramidal modifications of the same substance.

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

175

CASK 46 contains various specimens of stalactic limeMoney some varieties of which (such as those here deposited
from Egypt, Shir Amin in Persia, &c.) bear the name of
alabaster in common with the finer varieties of gypsum,
and have, by Werner and other mineralogists, been referred to Jlbrous limestone; the most beautiful modifications of which latter are those from Cumberland and Sweden, with pearly lustre (which has obtained for the former
the appellation of satin-spar), and that in coloured layers
from Africa. Also some specimens of granular limestone
(granular marble) are placed in this Case.
CASE 47 is set apart for such compact varieties of limestone as are generally called Marbles ; for the present it
only contains some varieties of shell limestone, the most
esteemed of which, for ornamental purposes, is that from
Carinthia, called lumachella or fire marble.
: CASE 48 contains the remaining varieties of carbonate
of lime, among which may be specified the well-known
depositions from the hot springs of Carlsbad in Bohemia,
particularly the pisiform limestone, or pea stone, as also
the globular variety (considered by some as magnesian
limestone) found in the bed of a small river near Tivoli,
and known by the name of Confetti di Tivoli,—the tufaeeous limestone, in porous, spongy, cellular, tubular and
other imitative forms, as incrustation on various objects,
such as on the human skull here deposited, which was
found in the Tiber at Rome; calcareous deposition formed
in a square pipe in a coal mine in Somersetshire; casts
made at the baths of San Felippe, where moulds of
medals, gems, &c, are placed in suitable situations to
receive the spray impregnated with calcareous particles.—
Chalk.—Anlhraconite or tnadreporite.—Marie, &c.
CASE 49. In this Case, besides some specimens of
carbonate of magnesia, or magnesite, from Baudissero
and from New Jersey, are placed those substances which,
being chiefly composed of carbonate of lime and carbonate of magnesia, are called magnesian limestone, or
dolomite, comprising Werner's rhomb-spar, dolomite and
brown spar. Among the varieties of the first of these
subspecies are those called miemite, tharandite, and some
modifications of pearl spar; among those of dolomite,
a remarkable one is that from Pittsfield, Massachusetts,

1J6

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

North America, which exhibits a considerable degree of
iiexibility : and another having the same property will be
found among the singular varieties of magnesian limestone
from the vicinity of Sunderland. Of the varieties of
Werner's brown-spar or pearl-spar, which in some cases
is with difficulty distinguishable from rhomb-spar, several
interesting specimens for figure, colour and lustre, are deposited in this Case, and continued in
CASE 50, which is partly occupied by those fibrous
varieties of brown spar, several of which were formerly
referred to common fibrous limestone.—Carbonate of iron,
or iron-spar, crystallised, fibrous,-massive, and botryoidal
(sphaerosiderite of Hausmann).— Carbonate of manganese,
in globular and botryoidal shapes of various shades of rose
colour, on sulphuret of manganese, &c.
The remainder of this glass Case is occupied by the
several varieties of carbonate of zinc, (also called calamine,
in common with the silicate of zinc in Case 26), crystallized, botryoidal, and in other forms, among which are the
pseudomorphous crystals, derived from modifications of
carbonate of lime.
CASE 51. In this Case are deposited the specimens of
carbonate of lead, or white lead ore, among which are the
delicately acicular varieties from the Hartz, accompanied
and partly coloured by green carbonate of copper; the
crystallized varieties from Siberia, Mies in Bohemia; the
pulverulent variety, &c. It also contains part of the
specimens of carbonate of coffer, viz. the blue copper, or
copper-azure, the more remarkable varieties of which are
those from Chessy, and from the Bannat, combined with
various substances ;—the earthy varieties, some of which
have been used as pigments under the name of mountainblue ;—those crystallized varieties which, passing from the
state of blue into that of green carbonate, have, by Haiiy,
been called cuivre carbonate epigene.
CASE 52. Carbonates of copper continued : green carbonates ; among which are the fine and rare varieties of
fibrous malachite, in acicular crystals, and massive with
fibrous structure and velvety appearance, accompanied by
carbonate of lead, &c.; and, among the specimens of compact
malachite, those characteristic and splendid ones from the*
Gumashevsk and Turja mines, in the Uralian mountains.

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

177

CASE 53. Arsenious acid and arseniates: the former
(also called arsenic-bloom, or octahedral oxide of arsenic)
is frequently confounded with arseniate of lime, and the
white octahedral crystals, often seen in collections, on
realgar and orpiment, are generally artificially produced in
the interior of mines.—Of arseniates we have in this glasscase :•—arseniate of lime, called pharmacolite, chiefly in
white acicular crystals, from Wittichen in Suabia, and
Riegelsdorf in Hessia.—Arseniate of iron or pharmacosiderite, which occurs only crystallized, chiefly in cubes
(whence Werner's name of cube-ore), from Cornwall, from
San-Antonio-Pereira, Brazil, on hydrous oxide of iron,
&c.;—skorodite, a substance which appears to be closely
allied to Bournon's martial arseniate of copper.—Arseniates of copper, consisting of the foliated arseniate or
copper-mica, the lenticular arseniate or lentil-ore, and the
olive-ore of Werner, which are formed into five species by
Bournon, and probably admit of further subdivision. To
these also belongs the kupferschaum of Werner, at least
that from Falkenstein in Tyrol: for some other varieties
appear to be referable to carbonate of zinc.—Arseniate oj
cobalt, or red cobalt ore, comprising the earthy (cobaltcrust) and the radiated {cobalt-bloom) varieties, from Salfeld, Allemont, &c.—Arseniate of lead from Cornwall,Nertchinsk in Siberia, Johanngeorgenstadt in Saxony, &c.
CASE 54. This, and part of the next Case, contain the
phosphates : among the phosphates of lime may be specified several very scarce and interesting crystallizations of
Werner's apatite, such as the large violet-coloured crystals
from St. Petersburg; the groups from Ehrenfriedersdorf, Maggia on St. Gothard, Traversella in Piedmont,
&c.; the variety called asparagiis-stone, particularly the
specimens from Jumilla in Murcia; the Norwegian apatite
called moroxite; also the phosphorite or fibrous and compact phosphates of lime, and the pulverulent variety,
known by the name of earth of Marmorosh, and which
was formerly considered as a variety of fluoride of calcium
(fluate of lime).—Phosphate of lead, or pyromorphite, generally divided into brown lead ore and green lead ore:
among the varieties of the former, the more remarkable
are the large six-sided prisms from Huelgoet in Brittany ;
of the latter Ave have the massive botryoidal (trauben-

178

NATURAL HISTORY.

^NORTH

ertz), the spicular, and crystallized varieties, of various
shades of green passing into greenish-white, into yellow
and orange.—Phosphate of yttria, or phosphyttrite, a very
scarce mineral substance, first found in the granite of Lindenas in Norway, and subsequently, in equally small quantities, at Ytterby in Sweden.—Phosphate of iron, Werner's
mvianite, in variously grouped crystals (from Bodenmais
in Bavaria, from Cornwall, from Fernando Po, &c), massive and pulverulent: among the specimens of the latter are
the massive variety of New Jersey, and several earthy blue
varieties in clay, peat, wood, &c.: the chalcosiderite of Ullmann, Werner's green iron earth, and Thomson's mullicite,
are likewise phosphates of iron.—Phosphate of manganese
or triplite, from Chanteloube, near Limoges, in the department of Haute Vienne in France, where several other mineral
substances have lately been found, the essential component
parts of which are iron, manganese, and phosphoric acid.
—Triphyline, a phosphate of iron, manganese and lithia.
•—Phosphate of copper, of which the best characterised
species are—the octahedral, also called olive-malachite,
from Lebethen in Hungary; and the prismatic, called
pseudomalachite^ from Rheinbreitenbach, where it occurs
with quartz which sometimes passes into calcedony.
CASE 55. Part of this case is occupied by the remaining
phosphates. Phosphates of alumina, to which belong—the
wavellite, a substance which was originally mistaken for a
hydrate of pure alumina, and therefore called hydrargillite,
from Devonshire, Ireland, Brazil, Greenland, from Amberg
in Bavaria (called lasionite), from Aussig in Bohemia, on
sand stone, &c.—the klaprothile, called also blue spar, and
lazulite, and therefore sometimes confounded with the lapis
lazuli in Case 37 ;—together with some other substances
of which no exact analyses have as yet been published,
though they are known to be chiefly composed of alumina,
in combination with phosphoric acid, such as—the calaite,
or real turquois (Jiruzah in Persian), an opaque gem found
chiefly at Nishapur, in the province of Khorasan, Persia,
in nodules or as small veins traversing a ferrugino-argillaceous rock, and greatly esteemed on account of its beautiful blue colour, which will in most cases be sufficient to
distinguish it both from the blue silicate of copper (Case
26) and from fossil bones (particularly teeth) impregnated

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

17$

with blue phosphate of iron or carbonate of copper (the
occidental turquoises of lapidaries).—The kakoxene, a rare
substance of a crystalline diverging-fibrous structure and
yellow colour, found in the fissures of argillaceous ironstone, nearZbirow in Bohemia 5—and the childrenite from
Tavistock, in Devonshire : both which mineral substances
contain alumina and oxide of iron combined with phosphoric acid, but require to be subjected to closer chemical
examination.—Phosphate of uranium ;—.to these belong
the yellow uranite or uran-mica from Autun, Limoges,
Bodenmais; and the green uranite, or chalcolite, chiefly
from Cornwall and Saxony: both of them phosphates of
oxide of uranium, but distinct by containing, the former a
small portion of phosphate of lime, and the latter an
equivalent portion of phosphate of copper.—This Case
also contains the nitrates and part of the sulphates. Nitrate of potassa, native nitre or saltpetre, found as efflorescence, mixed with other nitrates, and as crystalline crusts;
from Pulo di Molfetta in Apulia, from near Burgos in
Spain, &c.—Nitrate of soda.—Sulphate of soda, or glauher
salt.— Thenardite, a hydrous sulphate of soda, found in
crystalline crusts, at the bottom of the briny waters at
the Salines d'Espartines, five miles from Madrid ; —glauherite, a mineral composed of the anhydrous sulphates of
soda and of lime, from the salt mines of Villarubia and
Aranjuez in Spain, embedded in salt and clay.—Among
the specimens of sulphate of strontia, or celestine, the
more remarkable are, the splendid groups of limpid prismatic crystals from La Catoliea in Sicily, accompanied by
sulphur; those from the vicinity of Bristol, from St. Beat
in the Dep. des Landes; those from Falkenstein in Tyrol;
from the salt mines of Aranjuez; the acicular variety in
the hollows of compact sulphate of strontia from Montmartre; in the fissures of flint and in chalk, from Meudon;
the radiated and fibrous celestine from Pennsylvania, &c.
CASE 56. The whole of this Case is occupied by the
sulphates of baryta, (baroselenite or heavy-spar,) among
which may be specified the splendid groups of straightlamellar crystallised heavy-spar, especially those from
Schemnitz in Hungary, and Clausthal in the Hartz, Traversella in Piedmont, &c.; the curved-lamellar varieties ; the
columnar, resembling carbonate of lead; the radiated, to

]80

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

which belongs the Bolognese spar, from Monte Paterno,
near Bologna, from Bavaria, &c.; the beautiful variety
called ketten-spath, or chain-spar, from the Hartz; the
fibrous and the granular varieties; the compact, called
barytic or ponderous marble, & c ; fetid barytes or hepatite,
an intimate mixture of sulphate of baryta with bituminous
matter; earthy barytes : also the wolnyne from Muzsay
in Hungary is a variety of sulphate of baryta.
CASE 57 contains the sulphates of lime, the principal
varieties of which are,—the selenite or sparry gypsum, m
detached crystals and splendid groups, from Bex in Swisserland, Montmartre near Paris, Oxford, &c.; from St.
Jago di Compostela, stained by red iron ochre; the fibrous
gypsum with silky lustre, from Derbyshire, Swisserland,
Montserrat; the granular gypsum or alabaster; the compact variety, to which belongs the stalagmitical gypsum
from Guadaloupe ; the scaly gypsum (chaux sulfatee niviforme of Haiiy) from Montmartre; common earthy gypsum, &c.— Anhydrous sulphate of lime, or anhydrite, (also
called cube-spar and muriacite,) crystalline, fibrous, granular
and compact; to the last of which belong some of the
Italian varieties known by the name of bardiglio and bardiglione, as also the singular fibrous-compact variety, familiarly called tripe-stone (pierre des trippes), from the salt
mines of Wieliczka.
CASE 58. Sulphates continued:—sulphate of magnesia,
generally occurring in crystalline fibres : the fine variety
from Calatayud in Arragon ; also the haar-salz (capillary
salt) of Idria belongs to this species, and the stalactic cobalt-vitriol, as it is called, from Herrengrund in Hungary,
which is only sulphate of magnesia, coloured red by oxide of
cobalt.—Polyhalite, a chemical compound of several sulphates, formerly mistaken for anhydrous sulphate of lime:
compact and fibrous, from the salt formation of Berchtesgaden in Bavaria, and Ischel in Austria.—Sulphate of
zinc, white or zinc viti^iol.—Sulphate of iron, or green
vitriol, (a salt mostly produced by the decomposition of
iron pyrites,) in beautiful large rhombohedral crystals, from
Bodenmais in Bavaria, and massive, and in stalacticfibrous forms, such as the specimens from the Bammelsberg, in the Hartz, where it also occurs in the form of
yellow scales, known by the name of misy ; and as concre-

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

181

tions of a red colour, called vitriol-roth or botryogene: the
plumose vitriol (federsah), and a botryoidal-reniform substance called bergbutter, are nothing but casual mixtures of
sulphate of iron and hydrous sulphate of alumina—Sulphate of cobalt.—Sulphate of copper or blue vitriol:—
the finest sky-blue specimens here deposited, together with
the stalactic, fibrous and crystallized varieties, (the large
group of crystals is artificially prepared,) are from Herrengrund in Hungary. There are also two or three sub-sulphates of copper placed in this Case, which, however, stand
in need of more accurate chemical examination.—Sulphate
of lead, lead-vitriol, or anglesite, of which we have a suite
of specimens with brilliant and well defined crystals from
Badenweiler in Suabia, from the Parys mine in Anglesea,
&c.; the sulphato-carbonate (lanarkite), and sulphato*
tricarbonate (suzannite), the cupreous sulphato carbonate
(caledonite) of lead, & c , from Leadhills, &c. The rest of this
Case is occupied by sulphates of alumina:—common alum?
crystallized, fibrous, & c , from various places; and the
hydrous subsulphate of alumina, called aluminite, or rvebsterite, from Sussex and from Halle in the territory of
Magdeburg, which was by some mistaken for pure alumina,
and by others for hydrate of alumina with mechanically
admixed sulphate of lime: it must not be confounded with
another substance also called aluminite or alum-stone (alunite of some mineralogists,) from Tolfa, &c, which is a
basic sulphate of alumina and potassa.
CASE 59 contains the fluorides, of which by far the most
important species is the fluoride of calcium, generally
called fluate of {hue audi fluor-spar : among its numerous
varieties may be particularized, the rose-coloured crystals
from Chamouni; the phosphorescent massive fluor-spar,
called chlorophane, from Siberia; the varieties called fortification-fluor; earthy and compact fluor, &c, chiefly from
Derbyshire and Saxony.—Fluoride of calcium' yttrium and
cerium;—yttrocerite;
and some related minerals from
Finbo and Brodbo near Fahlun in Sweden. Fluoride of
sodium and aluminum, called cryolite, found in West
Greenland: pure and mixed with brown iron stone,
galena, &c.
CASE 60 contains the chlorides,—Chloride of sodium
(muriate of soda), or rock salt: the most interesting specimens here deposited of this important mineral substance,

182

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

are the crystallized varieties, the massive and fibrous
coloured varieties, the red chiefly from Hallein in Tyrol,
the blue and violet from Ischel in Upper Austria; the
stalactical rock salt from Mexico., 8zc.~-Chloride of ammoniumor sal-ammoniac, from Vesuvius, Saint Etienne en
Forez, &c.— Chlorides of lead; to these belong, the cotunnite from Vesuvius; the basic muriate of lead from
Mendip; and the murio-carbonate of lead from Derbyshire, of which most rare substance a considerable suite is
deposited in this glass Case.—Chloride of copper or atacamite, in crystallized splendid groups, chiefly from Remolinos, Solidad and Veta negra della Pampa larga, in Chili;
what was originally termed Peruvian green sand, or atacamite (being obtained from the desert of Atacama between
Chili and Peru) is now known to be artificially produced
by pounding the crystallized and laminar varieties for the
purpose of using the sand (arenilla) in lieu of blotting
paper.— Chloride (or muriate') of silver, called also hornsilver and corneous silver: amorphous, botryoidal, in
laminae, and crystallized in minute cubes and octahedrons,
from Veta Negra in Chili, the Saxon Erzgebirge, &c.
^Chloride or muriate of mercury, with native quicksilver
from Moschel-Landsberg, Almaden, &c.
CASE 61 contains a small collection of organico-chemical, or such mineralized substances as are composed
after the manner of organic bodies, from which they derive
their origin. They are divided into salts, resins, bitumen,
and coal. To the salts belong—the mellate of alumina,
also called mellite or honey-stone, found in the beds of
brown coal at Artern in Thuringia; and the oxalate of
iron, formerly known by the name of resinous iron, but to
which that of humholdlite is now generally applied.—To
the resins may be referred—the amber, of the varieties of
which a considerable suite is deposited, many of them
enclosing insects, &c.; to which, for the sake of comparison, are added, specimens of recent copal, likewise
containing insects; fossil copal or High gate resin; retinite
or retinasphall, found at Bovey ; together with some other
undetermined resinous substances; the idrialite, to which
the bituminous cinnabar is partly referable. To the bitumina
be-long the varieties of mineral pitch of all degrees of consistence, from the fluid naphtha and mineral oil or petroleum,
to the solid and hard asphalt and jet or pitch coals the

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

183

elaterite or elastic bitumen of Derbyshire, (a suite of specimens exhibiting all degrees of solidity, from that of honey
to that of a compact ligneous substance); with these is
also placed the dapeche, an inflammable fossil substance
found by H u m b o l d t in South America, having several
properties of the common caoutchouc or Indian r u b b e r ; —
the hatchettijie, a bituminous substance from M e r t h y r
Tydvil in South Wales, t h e sheererite, &c.—Coal: black
coal, and brown coal—of these a few specimens only are
deposited, their different varieties being rather objects for
a geological collection.
T h e collections of Organic Remains begin in Room I .
with that of the Fossil Vegetables, at present deposited
chiefly in the Wall Cases of the S. and W . sides of t h e
room.
A systematic botanical arrangement has been
adopted, so far as the limited space and the as yet doubtful
n a t u r e of many of those fossil remains admitted of it.
Case A . is set apart for the yet small n u m b e r of fossils
apparently of the class of submerged A L G ^ , such as the
Fucoids, Confervites,
&c. I n the same Case are p r o visionally placed those impressions on coal slate, of
plants with verticillated leaves, known by the generic
names of Asterophyllites,
Annularia, & c , and supposed
by some to be referable to the NAIADES ; as also a few
that appear to bear affinity to the MARSILACE^:, such as
Pilularites,
Solenites, & c . ; together with some other
vegetable remains, the nature of which is not yet determined.
T h e upper division of Case B . is occupied b y the E Q U I sETACEiE, most of which may be united under the g e neric name of Calamites, the absence of the sheaths by
which the latter are said to be distinguished from real
Equiseta, being a character not to be depended upon.
T h e species of Calamites, almost all from the rocks of
the most ancient coal formation, are far from being satisfactorily determined, their internal structure being entirely unknown. T h e species of Calamitea of Cotta, (Case
E.,) which exhibit a peculiar organic structure, can
scarcely be said to belong to the same natural order.
T h e genus Phyllotheca of Brongniart, from the coal sand-

184

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

stone of Port Jackson, in which the sheaths are prolongated into leaves, is a distinct genus of this order;
as is likewise the Equisetum Lyellii from Pounceford.
The lower division of Case B., and part of C , contain
the Ferns (FILICES), most of them as impressions in clay
slate forming the carboniferous strata of the transition
series. Many of them bear a strong resemblance to existing, especially tropical, species; and fructification, distinctly exhibiting the sporangia variously disposed in sori,
&c, has latterly been observed in several species; but
the classification founded on characters derived from them
and the distribution and ramifications of the nerves, though
of great importance in the classification of recent ferns, is
obviously, at least in the present state of our knowledge,
inapplicable to those in a fossil state. The arrangement
and the generic names here adopted, with occasional deviation, are those proposed in the concluding numbers of the
late Count Sternberg's work. The species, as far as determined, are all named; the synonymy being added in
most cases where it appeared requisite.
In the upper division of Case C., and part of D. and E.,
are deposited those genera which are generally supposed to
belong to the family of LYCOPODIACE^, of which Lepidodendron of Sternberg (Sagenaria of Presl.) is the principal
one. Much uncertainty still prevails in the determination
of the genera and species of this family. Some of them
appear to exhibit an internal structure intermediate between that of the Lycopodiacse and the Coniferse ; but
Lepidodendron punctatum of Sternberg, of the unique
specimen of which, in Mr. Cotta's collection, a portion is
seen in CaseC, 6,) presents the organization of a real arborescent fern. Nearly allied to the Lepidodendra are seve-*
ral vegetable fossils, considered as distinct genera, among
which may be specified Lepidophyllum and Lepidostrobus (Case D.) of Brongniart, (the former perhaps only
the leaves, the latter the fruits of species of Lepidodendron or Lycopodiles,) the Ulodendron (Lepidod. ornaiissimum, Sternb.), the Bothrodendron of Lindley, the Rhytidolepis of Sternb., &c.
In the upper division of Case E. are placed the species
of Sigillaria9 (including Favularia,) Brong., which are very
distinct in their structure from arborescent Ferns, with

GALLERY,]

NATURAL HISTORY.

185

which they have by some been arranged. To these also
belongs the Megaphyton Nohd.; of which the original specimen figured and described by Artis is deposited here. In
the lower division of the same Case, are seen some very interesting vegetable remains, some of which undoubtedly
are referable to the family of ASPHODELEJE, such as the
Draccena Benstedii (from the Iguanodon quarry near
Maidstone) so called after the discoverer of the fine specimens presented to the Museum. With these are placed
magnificent specimens, from Dr. Mantell's collection, of
the Clatkraria Lyellii from the Wealden: the generic
name, formerly synonymous with Sigillaria, is now exclusively given to this remarkable vegetable.
Sternbergia transversa of Artis, (Artisia of Sternberg,) hitherto
described and figured from very imperfect specimens,
also probably belongs to this natural order. Another
interesting vegetable of Dr. Mantell's discovery is the
Endoge?iites erosa, of which many specimens from Hastings, & c , are deposited, exhibiting its structure: it seems
related to the Palmae, and is no doubt a congener of
Cotta's Porosus marginalus, of which a specimen is
added ; but neither of those generic appellations appear
to be admissible. There are also remains of real PALMJE
in this Case, such as the fruits from Sheppey, the cut
and polished specimens of wood from Antigua, &e.
Whether or not Noggerathia flabelliformis and a related
species are referable to them, remains doubtful.
The upper division of Case F. contains only specimens
of Stigmaria, a genus totally distinct from any other
known of the natural orders of Lycopodiacese or Filices,
to both of which its species have been referred by authors. Their internal structure, as proved by transversal
sections of the stem, approximates to that of the EUPHORBIACE.E. Below these, in the same Case, are placed
various interesting specimens belonging to species of
genera of CONIFERS, such as Pinus, Araucctrict, Thuytes-,
Folzia, Brachyphyllum, &c. In another part of the same
Case are deposited interesting remains of the natural
order of CYCADEiE, (among which may be specified the
fine specimens from the oolitic formation at Whitby,) of
various species of Pterophyllum, Zamia, Cten\s> and (on
the top of the Case) the globular trunks (two of them cut
and polished) of Dr. Buckland's Cycadites megalophylla.

186

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

(Brongniart's Mantellia nidiformis,) from the oolite of
Portland. Various other vegetable remains, especially of
Dicotyledonous plants, such as those from the fresh water
formation of Oeningen, & c , will hereafter be arranged in
Table Cases to be made for their reception.
On the lower shelves of the Cases C, D, and E, is placed
a very extensive series of cut and polished specimens of
fossil wood, most of them from the red sandstone formation of Chemnitz in Saxony, and New Paka in Bohemia,
and many of them described and figured in Cotta's work:
Die Dendrolithen, Dresd. 1832. The genera TubicauUs,
Psaronius (Staar-stein) and Porosus, no doubt belong
to the Filices; many of the remainder are referable to
the Palms, and a still greater portion of them to the Coniferse ; in the vicinity of which natural orders they are
respectively placed in the Wall Cases.
The two Cases placed against the piers, between the
windows of the E . wall of the room, contain a suite of
varieties of Wood opal from Van Diemen's Land, presented
by Mrs. Howley, the lady of his Grace the Archbishop of
Canterbury.
Among the objects separately placed in Room I. a r e near the window opposite to the Table Case containing
the native silver, a branched variety of that metal from
Kongsberg, presented by H . Heuland, Esq.;—in the window, near the Table Cases containing the Sulphates, a
very large mass of Websterite, from Newhaven, Sussex,
presented by Dr. Mantell;—a large specimen of the
brown coal of Iceland, called Surturbrand, presented by
Sir Joseph Banks ; —two busts carved in jet-like bituminous brown coal, the one of Henry VIII., the other
of his daughter the Lady Mary.
The Wall Cases in Room I I . contain osseous remains (both
original and in plaster casts) of the orders EDENTATA and
PACHYDERMATA. To the former of these the Megatherium
(M. Cuverii) is generally referred, of which the casts here deposited, though constituting only a small portion of the whole
skeleton, are sufficient to convey an idea of the considerable dimensions of this animal.—Among the specimens of
the last mentioned natural order, may be specified the remains of two species of that extraordinary genus, the -Deinotkerium, lately discovered in Bavaria, some of the teeth
of which were known to Cuvier, who supposed them to

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

187

belong to gigantic tapirs;—jaws, tusks, molar teeth, and
other osseous parts of the elephant (Elephas primigenius
of Blumenbach), especially those of the Siberian variety,
which is the Mammoth of early writers: a name erroneously transferred to the gigantic Mastodon (Mastodon
ohioticus). There are various species of this latter genus,
the osseous remains of which are now under arrangement,
together with those of several species of Rhinoceros, Anoplotherium, Palseotherium, Tapir, &c.
In a distinct Case at the N. side of this Room is deposited the fossil human skeleton embedded in limestone,
brought from Guadaloupe by Admiral the Hon. Sir Alexander Cochrane, and presented to the British Museum by
the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.
In Rooms I I I . and I V . several wall Cases are to be fitted
up for the Class RBPTILIA, comprising osseous remains of
the BATRACHIAN, the CHELONIAN, the EMYDOSAURIAN,

and the ENALIOSAURIAN Orders. The specimens of Reptiles removed to .Room I I I . from the Room lately called
the Long Gallery, belong chiefly to the two last mentioned
natural orders : their number has been considerably increased by late acquisitions.
The first of those orders is divided into the families of the
Crocodiles and the Iguanas. Among the specimens under
arrangement the following may be specified :—a species of
gavial (now considered a distinct genus, bearing the name
of Molodon) from the lias at Monheim in Franconia, being
the unique specimen described and figured by Soemmerring
in the Memoirs of the Academy of Munich, under the name
of Crocodilus priscus ; —a portion of the head, with the
snout, & c , of a gavial {Teleosaurus Chapmanni) from
Whitby, which, though correctly determined by its discoverer, Capt. W. Chapman and also by Wooller (Phil.
Trans, for 1758), was subsequently mistaken for a species
of Ichthyosaurus; — a head of Crocodilus Toliapicus,
mentioned by Cuvier as Crocodile de Sheppy ;—the head
and other parts of the Geosaurus (the Lacerta gigantea
of Soemmerring) found together with the preceding, and
first figured and described by the last mentioned naturalist
in the Transactions of the Academy of Munich;—the lower
jaw and other parts of the cranium, vertebrae, & c , of the
huge reptile {Mososaurus Sancii Petri) from the St. Peter's

183

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

Mountain near Maestricht, presented, in 1784, by the
celebrated Peter Camper, and figured by Cuvier;—a portion of a new species, from Lyme Regis, of the remarkable
genus of flying reptiles, the Pterodactylus of Cuvier,
described and figured by Buckland in the Transactions of
the Geological Society, under the name of P. macronyx ;
together with a coloured cast of the unique P . longirostris
of Cuvier from Solenhofen, the quarry of which place has
also furnished the small lamina of lias on which may be
observed the impression (with some of the osseous substance
remaining) of the last two articulations of the toe of a flying
animal, considered by Spix as related to the Vampire, but
which is more probably a large and distinct species of pte*
rodactyle.
The order of ENALIOSAURI is confined to the genera
Ichthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus, among the exhibited specimens of which are—a very perfect head (formerly in
the museum of Mr. Bullock) of a pretty large specimen
of the Ichthyosaurus communis ;—a full length specimen
of the same (in a separate glass Case): the restored parts
distinguished by a colour different from that of the genuine
portion of the skeleton ;—part of the head of another of
still larger dimensions, cut transversely to show the internal
structure of the jaws;—the carpal bones of one of the extremities of a most gigantic species {Ichthyosaurus immanis) : all from the lias of Lyme Regis;—a new small
species {Ichthyosaurus latifrons), in which the spiracle
on the top of the head, between the eyes, claims particular
attention: this specimen was found at Balderton in the
county of Nottingham, twelve feet under the surface, about
three miles and a half south of Newark-upon-Trent, near
the drain dividing the counties of Lincoln and Nottingham : presented by Dr. Bland.—From nearly the same
locality is the specimen here deposited of a species of piesiosaure, an account and figure of which have been given
in the Philosophical Transactions for 1719, by Mr. Stukeley,
who took it for a crocodile. A very perfect specimen,
with head exhibiting the teeth, of the long-necked plesiosaure {Plesiosaurus dolichodeirus of Conybeare) from
Lyme Regis; and another, apparently specifically distinct,
(as likewise a cast of the same, with restorations) from
Street in Somersetshire.

GALLERY.]

189

NATURAL HISTORY.

As illustrative of the natural order of CHELONID^E, we
have some interesting specimens, chiefly from the isle of
Sheppey, and the coast of Essex.
- The only fossil species of the BATRACHIAN Reptiles in
this collection is the gigantic Salamander, the subject of
Scheuchzer's dissertation, Homo diluvii testis et theoscopos.
Tiguri, 1726.
In the central passage between the Table Cases of these
Rooms are placed various objects illustrative of particular
mineral substances. One of the most interesting is a Table,
presented by H. G. the Duke of Rutland, the slab of which
is composed of a stalagmitical deposition which was found
investing the interior of a square wooden pipe in Blithe
Lead Mine, Derbyshire.
The sculptured tortoise near the centre of the Gallery,
placed on a round table inlaid with various antique marbles and other mineral substances, is wrought out of nephrite or jade. It was found on the banks of the Jumna,
near the city of Allahabad, in Hindostan, brought to England by Lieutenant-General Kyd, and presented to the
Museum by Thomas Wilkinson, Esq,

K

190

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH

ALPHABETICAL LIST
OF THE

MINERALS LN THE NORTH GALLERY,
WITH REFERENCES TO THE TABLE CASES.

Ahrazite, 29
Acanticone, 35
Achmite, 34
Acid, arsenious, 53
— - boracic, 41
——- molybdic, 40"
— silicic, 20, 24
sulphuric^ 55
Actinote, 33
Adularia, 29
iEschynite, 39
Agahnatolite, 32
Agates, 23
Agate-jasper, 24
Alabaster, 46,57
Alalite,34
Albine, 27
Albite, 30
Allanite, 37
Alloehroite, 36
Allophane,26
Almandine, 36
A him, 58
A him in a, 19
fluoride, 59
mellate, 61
phosphate, 55
silicate, 26
sulphate, 58
Aluminite, 58
Alum stone, 58
Amalgam, native, 3
Amazon stone, 29
Ambei, 6*.
Amblygonite, 55
Amethyst, 20
oriental, 19
Amianth, 34
Ammonium
chloride, 60
Amphibole, 33
Amphigene,30
Anaicime, 27
Anatase, 39

Barytocalcite, 41
Andalusite, 31
Anglesite, 58
Bandisserite, 49
Anhydrite, 57
Bergmannite, 31
Anorthite, 30
Berthierite, 11
Anthophyllite, 33
Beryl, 37
Anthracite, 4
Berzelite, 60
Anthraconite, 48
Beudantite, 13
Antimoniates, 40
Bildstein, 32
Antimony, grey, 10 Bismuth
native, 3
carbonate, 50
ochre, 40
glance, 9
• oxysulphuret,40
native, 1
- plumose, 10
oxide, 17
red, oo
Bismuth blende, 26
— sulphuret, 10
Bitumen, 62
white, 40
Black lead, 4
Blende,5
Apatite, 54
Blood stone, 23
Aphrite, 45
Blue spar, 55
Apophyllite, 27
Bog-iron ore, 16
Arendalite, 35
Bolognese spar, 56
Arfvedsonite, 33
Boracic acid, 41
Arragonite, 42
Boracite, 41
Arsenic, native, 4
Borax, 41
« — oxide, 53
—
sulphurets, 11 Botryolite, 41
Bournonite, 11
Arsenic bloom, 53
Arsenious acid, 53 Brennerite, 49
Brewsterite, 28
Arseniurets, 4
Brochantite, 58
Asbest, 34
Asparagus-stone, 54 Bronzite, 34
Brookite, 39
Asphalt, 62
Brown coal, 62
Atacamite, 60
Avanturino-quartz,22 Brown spar, 50, 51
Brucite, 39
feldspar, 29
Bucholzite, 26
Augite, 34
Bucklandite,
Automolite, 19
Bnntknpfer, 7
Axinite,38
Bustamite, 34
Azorite, 37,54
Calaite, 55
Babingtonite, 34
Calamine, 50
Baikalite, 34
- — electric, 26
Baroseienite, 56
Baryta, carbonate, 41 Calcareous spar,43-45
sulphate, 56
Calcedony, 22, 23
Barytes, 56
Calcium, fluoride, 59

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

Caledonite, 58
Copper,carbonate,51,
Carnelian,23
52 ,
Cat's eye,22
chloride, 60
Celestine, 55
native, 1 ^
Cererite, 26
oxides, 17
Ceiine, 37
phosphate, 54
Cerite, 26
•
red, 17
Cerium, carbonate, 50 —— seleniuret, 4
•
silicate, 26
fluoride, 59
sulphate, 58
silicate, 26
sulphurets, 7
Ceylonite, 19
—— variegated, 7
Chabasite, 27
• yellow, 7
Chalcolite, 55
Copper-azure, 51
Chalcosiderite, 54
Copper-black, 17
Chalk, 48
Copper-emerald, 26
Chiastolite, 48
Copper-glance, 7
Childrenite, 5 5 .
Copper-mica, 53
Chlorides, 60
Copper-nickel, 4
Chlorite, 32
Copper-pyrites, 7
Chloropal, 26
Copper-vitriol, 58
Chlorophffiite, 26
Coral-ore, 9
Chondrodite, 39
Chrome-garnet, 36 Corundum, 19
Chromium, oxide, 41 Cotunnite, 60
Couzeranite, 29
Chrysoberyl, 37
Crichtonite,39
Chrysolite, 25
Cross-stone, 29
Chrysoprase, 23
Cm cite, 14
Cinnabar, 9
Cinnamon stone, 35 Cryolite, 59
Ciay-iron stone, 16 Cube-ore, 53
Cube~spar? 57
Cleaveiandite, 30
Cubicite, °Z1
Coal, 62
Cobalt, arseniate, 53 Gummingtonite, 35
Cymophane, 37
• grey,4
Cyprine, 35
oxides, 17
Papeche, 61
sulphate, 58
Datolite, 41
sulphuret, 5
Diallagite, 34
vitriol, 58
Diamond, 4
—— white, 4
Diamond spar, 19
Cobalt-bloom, 53
Diaspore, 19
Cobalt-crust, 53
Diciiroite, 36
Cobalt-glance, 12
Diopside, 34
Cobalt-vitriol, 58
Dioptase, 26
Coccolite, 34
Dipyre, 31
Colophonite, 36
Disthene, 26
Columbite, 40
Dolomite, 49
Comptonite,28
Egerane, 35
Conite,49
Copper, arseniates,53 Elaterite, 61
•.
bismuth, 9
Elasolite, 31
—— blue, 51
Electrum, 3

191

Emerald, 37
Emery, 19
Endeliion, 11
E pi dote, 35
Epsomite, 58"
Essonite, 35
Eucairite, 4
£ uclase, 37
Eudialyte, 38
Fahl-ore, 12
Fahlnnite, 32
Feather-ore, 10
Feldspar, 29
Fettstein, 31
Fibrolite, 19
Fiorite, 21
Fire-marble, 47
Fire opal, 24
Flint, 22
Fluorides, 59
Fluor spar, 59
Franklinite, 17
Frugardite, 35
Fulgurite, 21
Gadolinite, 37
Gahnite, 19
Galena, 8
Garnet, 36
Gehlenite, 36
Gems, oriental, 19
Gibsite, 19
Gillingite, 26
Gismondine, 29
Glance cobalt, 12
Glauberite, 55
Glauber salt, 55
Gmelinite, 28
Gcethite, 16
Gold, native, 3
Grammatite, 33
Granatite, 37
Graphite, 4
Greenockite, 6
Grey Copper, 12
Grossular, 36
Guano, 61
Gnm-lead, 19
Gurhovian,49
Gypsum, 57
Haarsalz, 58
Baidehite, 27
K 2

192

NATURAL HISTORY.

j^NORTH

Iron-ore, pisiform, 16 Lead, sulphato-carHalloysite, 26
Iron-pyrites, 6
bonate, 58
Harmotome, 29
Iron-sand, 15
Hatchettine, 61
sulphuret, 8
Iron-spar, 50
Hausmannite, 13
tungstate, 40
Iron-stone, brown, 16
Haiiyne, 37
vanadiate, 41
Iron green, 54
Haytorite, 21
yellow, 40
Heavy spar, 56
magnetic, 15
vitriol, 58
Heliotrope, 23
micaceous, 14 Leelite, 22
Helvine, 37
red,14
Lentil-ore, 53
Hematite, red, 14
-—- sparry, 50
Lenzinite, 26
Iron vitriol, 58
Lepidolite,32
• brown, 16
Iserine,39
Leucite, 30
Hepatic ore, 9
Itacolumite, 21
Levine, 28
Hepatite, 56
Ittnerite,31
Lievrit, 34
Hessonite, 35
Jade, Chinese, 28
Lime, arseniate, 53
Heulandite, 28
Jamesonite, 11
carbonate,42-43
Hisingerite, 26
Jasper, 24
Honey-stone, 61
— fluate, 59
Jasp-opal, 24
Hornblende, 33
nitrate, 55
Johannite, 58
Hornsilver, 60
phosphate, 54
Johnstonite, 41
Hornstone, 22
sulphate, 57
Humboldtite,41,61 Karpholite, 36
tungstate, 40
Kakoxene, 55
Hyacinth, 26
Limes tone,compact,4
Keffekilite, 25
Hyalite, 21
Limestone, granular,?
Klaprothite, 55
Hyalosiderite, 25
46
Kohlenblende, 4
Hydrargillite, 55
—— fibrous, 46
Konigine, 58
Hydrolite,28
— fetid, 48
Koupholite, 28
Hypersthene, 34
magnesian, 49
Krokalite, 27
Ice-spar, 30
- stalactic, 46
Ichthyophthalmite,S7 Krokydalite, 34
tufaceous, 48
Idocrase, 35
Kupferschaum,50, 53 Lithomarge, 25
Idrialite, 6l
Kyanite,26
Liver-ore, 9
llmenite, 39
Liver-pyrites, 6
Labrador spar, 29
Ilvait, 34
Lomonite, 28
Lapis lazuli, 37
Indianite, 19
Lnmachella marble,47
Lasionite, 55
Iolite, 36
Lydian-stone, 21
Latrobite, 31
Iridium, 3
Laumontite, 28
Maclnrite, 39
Iron, arseniate, 53 Lazuiite, 37, 55
Madreporite, 48
Lead, ainminate, 19 Magnesia, aluminate,
carbonate, 50
—— arseniate, 53
19
chromate, 41
carbonate, 49
brown, 54
meteoric, 1
silicate, 26
carbonate, 51
native, l
sulphate, 58
chromate, 41
oxides, 14, 15
Magnesite, 49
green, 54
phosphate, 54
molybdate, 40 Malachite, 52
silicate, 26
murio carbo- Maiacoiite, 34
. sulphate, 58
Manganese, carbonate, 60
—— sulphurets, 16
nate, 50
native, 2
titanate, 39
oxides, 13
•
oxides, 17 .
tungstate, 40
phosphate, 54
phosphate, 54
Iron-flint, 21
silicate, 26
•- red, 41
Iron-glance, 14
sulphuret, 5
-—— sulphate, 58
Iron-mica, 14

GALLERY.]

NATURAL HISTORY.

193

Psilomelane, 13
Manganese spar, 50 Nutallite, 31
Pycnite, 39
Obsidian, 31
Manganite, 13
Pyrgome, 34
Octahedrite, 39
Marie, 49
Pyrites, magnetic, 6
Oligist-iron, 14
Marmolite, 25
Pyrochlore, 39
Oligoclase, 30
Mascle, 37
Olive-malachite, 54 Pyrodmaiite, 38
Meerschaum, 25
Pyrolusite, 13
Olive-ore, 53
Meionite, 31
Pyromorphite, 54
Olivine, 9,5
Melanglance, 11
Pyrope, 36
Opal, 24
Melanite, 36
Pyrophyllite, 32
Orpimentjll
Melilite, 36
Pyrophysalite, 39
Orthite, 37
Mellite, 61
Pyrorthite, 37
Osm-iridium,3
Menacanite, 39
Pyroxene, 34
Palladium, 3
Menilite, 24
Quartz, 21, 22
Mercury, native, 5 Pargasite, 33
Quicksilver, native, 3
Pauiite, 34
chloride, 60
Realgar, 11
Pea iron ore, 16
muriate, 60
Retinasphalt, 61
Pea stone, 48
sulpburet, 9
Rhomb-spar, 49
Pearl sinter, 21
Mesitine spar, 49
Riband jasper, 24
Pearl spar, 50, 5l
Mesotype, 27
Rock crystal, 20
Pearl stone, 31
Meteorites, 2
Rock salt, 60
Pelioma, 36
Miargyrite, 11
Rock wood, 34
Pericline, 30
Mica, 32
Romanzowite, 36
Peridot, 25
Microlite, 40
Roschgewachs, 11
Petalite, 30
Miemite, 49
Rubellite, 38
Pharmacolite, 53
Minium, native, 17
Pharmacosiderite, 5: Ruby, 19
Mispickel, 12
Ruby-copper, 17
Phenacite, 37
Misy, 58
Ruby-silver, 11
Philipsite, 29
Molybdates, 40
Rutile, 39
Phosphorite, 54
Molybdena sulSal ammoniac, 60
Phosphyttrite, 54
phuret, 12
Salite, 34
Picrolite, 25
Molybdena-ochre, 40
Salt, common, 60
Pimelite, 23
Molybdic acid, 40
Saltpetre, 55
Pinite,32
Moonstone, 29
Sammeterz, 58
Pistacite, 35
Moroxite, 54
Sanidine, 30
Mountain blue, 51 Pitch ore, 17
Sapphire, 19
Mountain cork, 34 Plagionite, 12
Sassoline, 41
Mountain wood, 34 Plasma, 23
Satin-spar, 46
Platinum, 3
Muriacite, 57
Saussurite, 31
Pleonaste, 19
Mussite, 34
Scapolite, 31
Plomb-gomme, 19
Nagyag-ore, 3
Schaalenblende, 5
Naker-feldspar, 29 Polybasite, 11
Scheelite, 40
Polyhalite, 58
Naphtha, 62
Scheererite, 61
Polymignite, 39
Natrolite, 27
Scherbenkobalt, 4
Polysphaerite, 54
Needle-ore, 9
Schiller-spar, 34
Poonahlite, 27
Needle-stone, 27
Porcelain jasper, 24 Schriftertz, 3
Nepheline, 31
Nickel, arseniate, 53 Potassa, nitrate, 55 Scolicite, 27
Selenite, 57
Prase, 22
green, 53
Seleniurets, 4
Prehnite, 28
sulphnret, 6
Selenium sulphur, 4
Prunnerite, 25
Nitre, native, 55
Pseudomalachite, 5< Serpentine, 25
Nosine, 37

194

NATURAL HISTORY.

[NORTH GALLERY,

Shell-limestone^ 47 Strontia, sulphate, 55 Uranium,phosphate,55
sulphate, 58
Strontianite, 41
Shorl, 38
Vauquelinite, 41
Sulphur, native, 5
Siberite, 38
3ulphurets,5—13
Vesuvian, 35
Siderite, 21
Sideroschizolite, 26 Sulphuric acid, 55 Velvet ore, 58
Sun opal, 24
Vermilion, native, 9
Silica, 20—24
Sun-stone, f"
Sillimanite, 26
Vivianite, 54
Vitriol, blue, 58
Silver, antimonial,3 Surturbrand, 62
green, 58
- auriferous, 3
Talc, 32
—— chloride, 60
Tautalite, 40
Vitriol, white, 58
muriate, 60
Tellurets, 3
Wad, 13
Tellurium, 3
Wavellite, 55
— . native, 2
Teiinantite, 7
Websterite, 58
red, 11
Tesselite, 27
Weiss-ertz, 12
——stibiuret, 3
Tetradyraite, 3
W erne rite, 31
sulphuret, 10
Thallite, 35
Willemite, 26
Silver-glance, 10
Withamite, 35
Sinter, siliceous, 21 Tharandite, 49
Thenardite, 55
Witherite, 41
Skorodite, 53
Thomsonite, 27
Wolfram, 40
Slate spar, 45
Thulite, 26
Siickenside, 8
Wollastonite, 25
Tile-ore, 17
Smaragdite, 31
Wolnyne, 56
S-oda, carbonate, 41 Tin, oxide, 18
Wood-opal, 24
sulphuret, 9
Wood-stone, 22
muriate, 60
Wood-tin, 18
—r- stone, 18
-nitrate, 55
Wootz-ore, 14
• sulphate, 55
Tincal, 41
Yenite, 34
Tin pyrites, 9
Sodalite,38
You-stone, 28
Sodium chloride,60 Tinder-ore, 40
Yttria, phosphate, 54
Somervillite, 35
Titan-sliorl, 39
Yttrium fluoride, 59
Sordavalite, 36
Titanite, 39
Yttrocerite, 59
Sphaerolite, 31
Topaz, 39
Yttrotantalite, 40
Sphaerosiderite, 50 Tourmaline, 38
Zeagonite, 29
Sphene, 39
Trauben-ertz, 54
Zeolites, 27, 28
Spinel, 19
Tremolite, 33
Zinc, blende, 5
Spinellane, 37
Triphane,30
Spodumen, 30
carbonate, 51
Triphyline, 54
Staurolite, 37
Zinc, ore, red, 17
Triplite, 54
Steatite, 25
silicate, 26
Trona, 41
Steinheilite, 36
Tufa', calcareous, 48 —— sulphate, 58
Sternbergite, 7
Zinc vitriol, 58
Tungsten, 40
Stilbite, 28
Zinkenite, 11
Tnrquois, 55
Stilpnome.lane, 26
Zircon, 26
Uranite, 55
Stinkstone, 48
Zoisite, 35
Uran mica, 55
Stones, meteoric, 2 Uranium, oxide, 17 Zunder-ertz,40
Strontia,carbonate,41
C. KONIG.
Oct. 16, 1840,

195
G A L L E R Y OF A N T I Q U I T I E S * .
FIRST

ROOM.

TERRACOTTAS.

O V E R the door which fronts the entrance into this
room, is a bust of Charles Towneley, Esq., to whose profound knowledge of ancient Sculpture, and zeal in the
acquisition of the finest specimens of it, the nation is
indebted for the formation of a considerable part of the
splendid collection of Terracottas and Marbles contained in this Gallery. The bust was presented by his
uncle, John Towneley, Esq. It is executed in marble by
Nollekens.
No. 1. A female statue, probably one of the Muses.
PL i n .
No. 2. An Amphora.
No. 3. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus.
PI. XXXVII. f. 75.

No. 4. A bas-relief, representing a combat between
two Amazons and two Griffins. PL iv. f. 4.
No. 5. Ditto, representing the head of a Triton, on
each side of which is a Cupid riding on a dolphin.
PI. iv. f. 5.
No. 6. Ditto, representing a group of Silenus and
Cupid, before whom is a female Bacchante dancing, and
playing on the tambourin. PL v.
No. 7. Ditto, representing an engagement between one of the Arimaspi and a Griffin; on the left
of the combatants is the bust of an athletic figure, armed
with a battle-axe. PL vi. f. 7.
No, 8. Ditto, intended by the artist as a companion
to No. 7> and to be joined to it in the manner in which
it is here seen. The subject in both pieces is precisely
the same: the bust, however, in this piece is placed on
* All the articles in the following catalogue of antiquities, unless where
it is otherwise specified, belonged to the collection of the late Charles
Towneley, Esq. More ample descriptions, with Plates, of the antiquities
contained in the British Museum, are in the course of publication ; and
references to the several parts already published are affixed to those articles
which have been therein engraved.

196

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

jj&OOM I .

the right of the combatants, and is armed with a sword
and shield. PI. v i . f. 8.
No. 9. Repetition of No. 6. PI. v.
No. 10. A bas-relief, representing a head of Medusa, on each side of which is an eagle in the act of seizing with its talons, one of the snakes entwined in the
locks of her hair. PI. v n . f. 10.
No. 11. Ditto, representing a couple of chimseras
lapping water out of vessels held to them by two youths
who are attired in Phrygian dresses, and are each kneeling on one knee. P l . ' v u . f. 11.
No. 12. Ditto, representing a female, who seems to be
overwhelmed with affliction. She is seated, and is resting her head upon her right arm, while her attendants,
from the concern visible in their countenances, appear to
participate in her sorrow. This bas-relief probably represents Penelope dejected at the departure of Ulysses.
PI. v i n . f. 12.
No. 13. Ditto, imperfect, representing a fragment
of Medusa's head, on one side of which is a figure of
Minerva. PI. v i n . f. 13.
No. 14?. Ditto, representing the bearded Bacchus,
and a female attendant on Bacchus, each of them holding a thyrsus. From the collection of Sir Hans Shane.
PL ix. f. 14.
No. 15. Ditto, imperfect, representing a head of
Minerva, and a head of Jupiter.. PI. ix. f. 15.
No. 16. Ditto, representing Minerva assisting the
Argonauts to build the famous ship Argo. PI. x.
No. 17. Ditto, imperfect, representing Venus on the
ocean, riding upon a sea-horse. PI. xi. f. 17.
No. 18. Ditto, representing Victory pouring out
a libation to Apollo Musagetes. From the collection of
Sir Hans Sloane. PI. xi. f. 18.
No. 19. Ditto, representing a candelabrum lighted
for a sacrifice. On each side stands a priestess, who
with one hand supports the sacred fillets which decorate
the candelabrum, and with the other raises a small portion of her robe, like the figure of Hope on coins of the
Roman Emperors. PL x n . f. 19.
No. 20. Ditto, representing Machaon, after he has
been wounded. He is supposed to be sitting in the tent

ROOM I . ]

TERRACOTTAS.

197

of Nestor, who is administering a potion to him, as described in the Xlth book of the Iliad. The females in
attendance are slaves. PI. x n . f. 20.
No. 21. A bas-relief, representing Bacchus and a Faun;
the former holds a thyrsus in his left hand, the latter
carries a torch in his right hand, and an amphora on
his left shoulder.

PI. X I I I .

No. 22. Ditto, representing two Fauns kneeling, one
of them playing upon the tambourin, the other accompanying him with small musical instruments called crotala.
Between them is Ampelus, the lower part of whose figure
terminates in branches of the vine. PI. xiv. f. 22.
No. 23. Ditto, representing two of the Seasons,
Spring and Summer. PI. xiv. f. 23.
No. 24. Ditto, representing Victory sacrificing a bull
before a lighted candelabrum, which is used as an altar.
PL xv. f. 24.
No. 25. Ditto, imperfect, representing Perseus cutting off the head of Medusa. PL xv. f. 25.
No. 26. Ditto, representing Victory sacrificing a bull
before a small altar, which is placed upon a tripod table.
PL xvi. f. 26.
No. 27- Ditto, imperfect, representing a female Bacchante offering a basket of figs to the goddess Pudicitia.
From the collection of Sir Hans Shane.
PL xvi. f. 27No. 28. Ditto, representing two Fauns gathering grapes into baskets. PL x v n . f. 28.
No. 29.

Repetition of No. 2 1 .

PL X I I I .

No. 30. A bas-relief, representing Bacchus leaning
on the shoulders of a Faun. At his feet is a panther
holding up his mouth to receive the wine which is
poured from the vase held in the right hand of Bacchus. Before this group is a female attendant on
Bacchus, holding a thyrsus in her hand.
PL x v u .
f. 30.
No. 31. Ditto, representing two Fauns leaning over
a large open vessel of wine, as if observing the reflection of their faces on the surface of the liquor. PL
XVIII.'f* 3 1 .

No. 32. Ditto, imperfect, representing a trophy, before which stands a captive attended by a guard, and
K 3

198

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

|jlOOM I.

secured by a chain fastened round his right wrist.
X V I I I . f.

PL

32.

No. 33. A bas-relief, representing two Fauns gathering
grapes into baskets. From the collection of Sir Hans
Sloane. PI. xxxiv. f. 69.
No. 34. Ditto, representing Paris carrying off Helen,
in a car drawn by four horses. PI. xix. f. 34.
No. 35. Ditto, representing Egyptian hieroglyphics.
Pi. xix. f. 35.
No. 36. Ditto, representing two persons navigating
the Nile in a boat. In the fore-ground are a hippopotamus, two crocodiles, some birds, and several plants of
the Nymphsea lotus. In the distance are buildings, on
the roofs of which are seen three Ibises. The whole of
this scenery is viewed through two arches supported by
columns. PL xx. f 36.
*
No. 37- Ditto, imperfect, representing a vase with
two handles, on one side of which is a panther leaping
up, a thyrsus, and the letter A. PL xx. f. 37.
No. 38. A statue of the muse Urania ; both the hands
are wanting; but from the position of the arms, it is probable that the figure held a radius in the right hand, and
a celestial globe in the left hand. It is three feet ten
inches high, and is one of the largest statues that have
been found of terracotta. PL xxr.
No. 39. An Amphora. From the collection of Sir
Hans Sloane.
No. 40. A statue of a muse resting her left arm upon
a pile of writing tablets which are placed upon a square
column.
The right arm is raised towards the neck.
The figure, in its present state, is three feet four inches
high : the head is lost. PL x x n .
No. 4 1 . An Amphora. From the collection of Sir
Hans Sloane*
No. 42. A bas-relief, representing a short naked
human figure, with a beard; he holds in each hand the
stem of a plant. On each side of this figure is seated a
quadruped, whose head is that of an elderly man, and
whose tail terminates in a flower. PL x x m . f. 42.
No. 43. Ditto, representing Cupids supporting festoons of fruit. Pi. x x m . f. 43.

ROOM I . ]

TERRACOTTAS.

199

No. 44. A bas-relief, representing a Faun and a Bacchante dancing, and holding between them the infant Bacchus in a basket used for winnowing corn. PI. xxiv. f. 44.
No. 45 Ditto, representing the head of Pan, on each
side of which is the head of a Satyr; one of the Satyrs
is crowned with branches of the pine, and the other with
branches of ivy. PI. xxiv. f. 45.
No. 46. Repetition of No. 45.
No. 47. A bas-relief, representing the Indian Bacchus received as a guest by Icarus. PI. xxv.
No. 48. Ditto, representing two Fauns riding on
panthers. The hinder part of the panthers terminate
in vine leaves. Between the panthers is a vase with
two handles. PI. xxvi. f. 48.
No. 49. Ditto, representing a bull and a lion running
in contrary directions. The hind legs of both animals
are enveloped in foliage. PI. xxvi. f. 49.
No. 50. Ditto, representing a lighted candelabrum,
which is composed entirely of a plant. The flames issue
from the flower, which grows upon a long stem. On
each side stands a priestess, with one hand holding up a
small portion of her robe (see Nos. 19 and 54), and with
the other hand holding one of the branches of the plant.
PL x x y n . f. 50.
No. 51. Ditto, representing two of the Seasons,
Autumn and Winter. PI. xxvu. f. 51.
No. 52. Ditto, imperfect, representing the goddess
Salus, feeding a serpent out of a patera. The serpent.
is twined round the trunk of a tree, from a branch of
which are suspended two cast off skins of the serpent.
PI. xxvi ii. f. 52,
No. 53. Ditto, representing a warrior consulting the
oracle of Apollo. PI. x x v u i . f. 53.
No. 54. Ditto, representing a lighted candelabrum,
on each side of which stands a priestess carrying a patera on her head, and holding up a small portion of her
robe with one hand. (See Nos. 19 and 50.) PI. xxix.
No. 55. Ditto, representing Theseus slaying a Centaur. PI. xxx. f. 55.
No. 56. Repetition' of No. 18.
No. 57. Repetition of No. 23.

200

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

^ItOOM I .

No. 58. Repetition of No. 50.
No. 59. A bas-relief, representing two Fauns treading out the juice of grapes in a wine-press. On one
side is a Faun playing upon the double pipe ; and on
the other side another Faun, somewhat aged in his
appearance, loaded with a heavy basket of grapes.
PI. xxx. f. 59.
No. 60. Ditto, representing a chariot-race. PL xxxi.
f. 60.
No. 61. Repetition of No. 6.
No. 62. A bas-relief, representing a mask of Bacchus, between those of a young and an old Faun. PL
xxxi. f. 62.
No. 63. Repetition of No. 62.
No. 64. Repetition of No. 6.
No. 65. A bas-relief, representing two captives in a
car drawn by two horses. The captives have chains
fastened round their necks and round their ancles, and
the ends of the chains are held by guards walking on
each side of the car. PL x x x n . f. 65.
No. 66.
Ditto, representing a head of Jupiter
Amnion, which rests on a flower. The ends of the fillets
with which the head of Jupiter is crowned are held on
each side by a Faun, who is furnished with wings, and
whose figure terminates below in foliage, which curls in
such a manner as to give the figure the appearance of
a Triton. PL xxxii.f. 66.
No. 67. Ditto, representing two Fauns gathering
grapes into baskets. PL x x x m . f. 67«
No. 68. Ditto, representing a figure of Victory
standing upon a plant, and supporting the branches
of it with her hands. PL x x x m . f. 68.
No. 69. Repetition of No. 33.
No. 70. A bas-relief, representing Victory sacrificing
a bull before a tripod altar. PL xxxiv. f. 70.
No. 71. Ditto, imperfect, representing Theseus
riding at full speed, and cutting off the head of an
Amazon, whom he has caught by the hair of her head.
PL xxxv. f. 71.
No. 72. Ditto, representing Venus carried through
the air upon a swan. PL xxxv. f. 72.

ROOM I I . ]

G R E E K AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

201

No. 73. Ditto, representing Cupid pressing Psyche,
in the form of a butterfly, to his breast. PL xxxvi.
f.73.
No. 74. A bas-relief, presenting Cupid flying with
a palm-branch in one hand and a wreath in the other. PI.
xxxvi. f. 74.
No. 75. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus.
PL x x x v u . f. 75.
No. 76. A female statue, probably of Thalia, the
pastoral Muse. PL x x x v i n .
No. 77. An Amphora. From the collection of Sir
Hans Sloane.
No. 78. A female statue, the character unknown.
The head and lower arms are modern. PL xxxix.
No. 79. A statue of Juno, crowned with an indented
diadem. Part of the arms is wanting. PL XL.
Nos. 80—83. Amphorae of various forms.
SECOND ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

No. 1. A colossal head of Minerva. Pt. 1. PL i.
No. 2. A funeral urn, ornamented with equestrian
and pedestrian combatants. Pt. 1. PL n .
No. 3. One of the feet or supports of an ancient
tripod table. Pt. 1. PL i n .
No. 4. A statue of a canephora, anciently made use of
as a column. It was one of the- Caryatides which supported the portico of a small temple dedicated to Bacchus.
Pt. 1. PL iv.
No. 5. A candelabrum. Pt 1. PL v.
No. 6. The triangular base of a candelabrum, on the
sides of which three Genii hold each apart of the armour
of Mars; namely, his helmet, his shield, and his sword.
Pt. 1. PL vi.
No. 7. A vase three feet high, with upright massive
handles ; it is of an oval form, and is ornamented all
round with Bacchanalian figures. Pt. 1. PL v n .
No. 8. A statue of Venus, naked to the waist, and
covered with drapery thence downwards. It was found
in the Maritime Baths of Claudius, at Ostia. Pt. 1,
PL v i n .

202

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ROOM I I I .

No. 9- A vase two feet eight inches high, of an oval
form, with two upright double handles, which spring
from the necks of swans. The body of the vase in front
is enriched with a group of Bacchanalians. Pt. 1. PL ix.
No. 10. A fountain ornamented with ivy and olive
branches. The water was conveyed through a perforation in the back part of this monument to a serpent's
head, in which a leaden pipe was introduced, part of
which still remains in the mouth. Pt. 1. PI. x.
No. 11. A colossal head of Hercules, dug up at the
foot of Mount Vesuvius, where it had been buried by the
lava of that volcano. From the collection of Sir JVilliam
Hamilton,
Pt. 1. PI. xi.
No. 12. A colossal head of Hercules, in a very ancient
style of Greek sculpture. Pt. 1. PL x u .
No. 13. A fragment of one of the three supports of a
tripod basin, composed of the head and neck of a lion. On
the forehead are the horns of a goat. Pt. 1. PL x n i .
No. 14. The capital or upper division of a votive
cippus. Pt. 1. PL xiv.
No. 15.. The key-stone of a triumphal arch, ornamented with a figure of Victory elaborately hollowed out
between the two volutes. This fragment is inserted in a
modern pedestal. Pt. 1. PL xv.
No. 16. A colossal head of Minerva, a specimen of
early Greek work. Pt. 1. PL x v i .
T H I R D ROOM. 1
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

No. 1. A bas-relief, representing an old Faun struggling with a nymph. Pt. 2. PL 1.
No. 2. Ditto, representing a candelabrum. Pt. 2.
PL n .
No. 3. Ditto, representing a funeral column, near
which is a statue of the god of Lampsacus. Pt. 2. PL i n .
No. 4. Ditto, representing Bacchus received as a
guest by Icarus. Pt. 2. PL iv.
No. 5. Ditto, representing warriors consulting the
oracle of Apollo. Pt. 2. PL v.
No. 6. Ditto, in the flat early style of Grecian sculp-

ROOM I I I . ]

G R E E K AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

203

ture. It represents Castor managing a horse. Pt. 2.
Pi. v i .
No. 7- A bas-relief, representing Hercules securing
the Maenalian stag, which, at the command of Eurj'stheus,
he had pursued a whole year in the forest of Arcadia.
Pt. 2. PL v i i .
No. 8.
Blank.
No. 9. A bas-relief, divided into three compartments.
In the upper division, the infant Bacchus is represented
riding on a goat; in the middle, a Triton, in attendance
on Venus, is seizing a marine bull by the horns; and in
the lower division is a company of hunters returning home
with their spoil. Pt. 2. PL ix.
No. 10. Ditto, representing a festoon of vine branches
suspended from the skulls of bulls. In the centre, above
the festoon, is a mask of a Faun. It has served as a decoration in the inside of a circular building. Pt. 2. PL x.
No. 11. Ditto, representing the Dioscuri on horseback. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
Pt. 2. PL xi.
No. 12. Ditto, representing a Bacchanalian group,
consisting of three figures ; the first a Bacchante playing
on the tambourin ; the second, a Faun playing on the
double pipe; and the third, an intoxicated Faun holding
a thyrsus. Pt. 2. PL x n .
No. 13. Ditto, representing Victory offering a libation to Apollo Musagetes. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton.
Pt. 2. PL x i n .
No. 14. Ditto, which has served as an ornament on
the outside of a circular building. It consists of a couple
of branches issuing from one stem, and curling in opposite directions. Pt. 2. PL xiv.
No. 15. Ditto, representing the Centaur Nessus carrying Deianira in his arms. Pt. 2. PL xv.
No. 16. Ditto, representing a cow suckling her calf,
and drinking out of a circular vessel. Pt. 2. PL xvi.
No. 17- Two terminal heads, joined back to back;
one of the bearded Bacchus, the other of Libera. Pt.
2. PL x v n .
No. 18. A statue of the Goddess Fortune. Pt. 2.
PL X V I I I .

204

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ROOM I I I .

No. 19. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus, of
very early Greek work. Pt. 2. PI. xix.
No. 20. A head of Hippocrates. Pt. 2. PI. xx.
No. 21. A terminal head of Mercury.
Purchased,
in 1812, at the sale of Antiquities belonging to William
Chinnery, Esq, Pt. 2. PL x x i .
No. 22. A statue of Venus. Pt. 2. PI. x x n .
No. 23. A bas-relief, representing the apotheosis, or
deification, of Homer. The Father of Poetry is seated
on a throne at the foot of Mount Parnassus, the residence of the Muses; before the poet is a group of
figures oiFering up sacrifices to him. Above are Apollo
and the Nine Muses; and on the summit of the mountain is Jupiter, who appears to be giving his sanction to
the divine honours which are paid to Homer. This
highly interesting bas-relief was found about the middle
of the 17th century, at Frattochi, the ancient Bovillse, on
the Appian road, ten miles from Rome. It was for
many years in the Colonna Palace, at Rome, and was
purchased for the British Museum in the year 1819.
Nos. 21*. 22*. Two feet covered with sandals. They
have belonged to the same statue, and are in beautiful
preservation.
No. 23*. A bas-relief, representing a comic and a tragic mask.
No. 24*. Ditto, representing four Bacchic masks.
Purchased in 1818.
No. 25*. A tragic mask.
No, 24. A statue of a Faun. Pt. 2. PL xxiv.
No. 25. A terminal head of Homer, represented in
an advanced age, with a sublime and dignified character.
Pt. 2. PL xxv.
No. 26. A bust of Sophocles. Pt. 2. PL xxvi.
No. 27. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus.
Pt. 2. PL x x v n .
No. 28. A statue of a nymph of Diana resting herself after the fatigues of the chase. Pt. 2. PL x x v m .
No. 29. An entire terminus of the bearded Bacchus,
six feet high. Pt. 2. PL xxix.
No. 30. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus
Pt. 2. PL xxx.

BOOM I I I . ]

GREEK AND -ROMAN SCULPTURES*

205

No. 31. A statue of a youth holding with both hands
a part of an arm which he is biting. This statue belonged to a group, originally composed of two boys who
had quarrelled at the game of Tali, as appears by one of
those bones called tali remaining in the hand of the figure
which is lost. Pt. 2. PL xxxi.
No. 32. A terminal head of Pericles, helmeted, and
inscribed with his name. Pt. 2. PL x x x n .
No. 33. A statue of a Faun ; the trunk of the tree
which supports the figure is inscribed with the name of
the artist.

Pt. 2. PL XXXIII.

No. 34. A terminal head of Epicurus. Pt. 2. PL
xxxiv.
No. 35. A terminal statue of Pan playing upon a
pipe. Pt. 2. PL xxxv.
No. 36. A Greek inscription upon a circular shield,
containing the names of the Ephebi of Athens under
Alcamenes, when he held the office of Cosmetes^ Pt. 2.
PL xxxvi.
No. 37- A terminal statue, supposed to be that of
Venus Architis. Pt. 2. PL x x x v u .
No. 38. A circular votive patera; having on one
side, within a wreath of ivy, an eagle standing upon a
slaughtered hare; on the other side, Cupid sacrificing to
the god of Lampsacus.

Pt. 2. PL XXXVIII.

No. 39. An unknown bronze head, supposed to be
that of Pindar. Presented, in 1760, by the Earl of
Exeter. Pt. 2. PL xxxix.
No. 40. A circular votive patera, with a head of Pan
in very high relief, on one side; and on the other, in
low relief, a profile head of Silenus, in front of a blazing
altar, and a branch of ivy between them. Pt. 2. PL XL.
No. 40*. A torso of Hercules.
No. 4 1 . A Greek sepulchral monument. The basrelief in front represents a trophy, on one side of which
stands a warrior, and on the other a female figure feeding a serpent that is twined round the trunk of a tree on
which the trophy is erected. On the right of these
figures is the fore-part of a horse. An inscription on
the top of this monument contains a list of names, probably of those who fell in some engagement. Brought
to England by Mr. Topham, in 1725, and presented to the

206

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

.[ROOM IV., V.

British Museum*, in 1*780, by the Right Hon, Si?- Joseph
Banks, and the Hon. A. C* Fraser. Pt. 2. PI. XLI.
No. 42. A terminal head of Periander. Pt. 2. PI. XLII.
No. 43.

A repetition of No. 33.

Pt. 2. PL XLIII.

No. 44. An unknown terminal head, probably of a
Greek poet. Pt. 2. PL XLIV.
No. 45. A statue of Actseon attacked by his dogs.
Pt. 2. PL XLV.
No. 46. A terminal head of the young Hercules ; it
is crowned with the leaves of the poplar. Pt. 2. PL
XLVI.

FOURTH ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

No. 1. A bust of Trajan, with the breast naked. Pt.
3. PL i.
No. 2. A statue of Apollo, of very early Greek
work. Purchased, in 1818, at the sale of the Comie de
Choiseul- Gouffiers Antiquities.
No. 3. A head of Apollo, of very early Greek work.
Pt. 3. PL iv.
No. 4. A head, supposed to be that of Arminius.
Pt. 3. PL vi.
No. 5. A statue of Thalia,, found at Ostia, in the
maritime baths of the Emperor Claudius. Pt. 3. PL v.
No. 6. A colossal head of Marcus Aurelius, represented in the character of one of the Fratres Arvales.
Pt. 3. PL ix.
No. 7. A colossal bust of Lucius Verus, covered
with the imperial paludamentum. Pt. 3. PL x.
No. 8. A group of Bacchus and Ampelus. Ft. 3.
PL XT.
No. 9. A head of the young Hercules. Pt. 3. PL x n .
No. 10. A head, supposed to be that of Dione* Pt.
3. PL x n i .
No. 11. A statue of Diana. Pt. 3. PL xiv.
No. 12. A bust of Hadrian, with the breast naked.
Pt. 3. PL xv.
F I F T H ROOM.
ROMAN SEPULCHRAL A N T I Q U I T I E S .

The objects in this room are figured, and more par-

BOOM V . ]

ROMAN SEPULCHRAL A N T I Q U I T I E S .

207

ticularly described, in " The Description of the Ancient
Marbles in the British Museum." Pt. 5.
No. 1. A sepulchral urn, with a bas-relief in front;
it appears never to have been used, as it is solid, and
without any inscription. Presented, in 1817? by W. A.
Mackinnon, Esq.
No. 2. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Atimetus. Presented, in 1817, by W. A. Mackinnon, Esq,
No. 3. A funeral inscription to M. Nagvius Proculus.
Presented, in 1757, by Thomas Mollis, Esq.
No. 4. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Vernasia Cyclas.
No. 5. Ditto, with an inscription to L. Lepidius
Epaphras. Presented, in 1817, by W. A. Mackinnon, Esq.
No. 6. Two earthen ollae, placed in the manner of
those which contained the ashes of the slaves and inferior order of the Roman people. The monumental inscription, in front of them, records the names of Anniolena Maxima and Servilia Irene.
No. 7. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Pompeius Justinianus.
No. 8. Ditto, with an inscription to T. Titulenus
Isauricus.
No. 9. Blank.
No. 10. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to FL
iElius Victor.
No. 11. Ditto, with an inscription to Silia Attica.
No. 12. A sepulchral vase, found in a tomb near
Naples.
No. 13. A sarcophagus, on the front of which is represented the lamentation of a family over a female
corpse.
Under No. 13. Front of a sepulchral urn, inscribed
to Cornelia Servanda and Cornelia Onesime.
No. 14. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Serullia Zosimenes.
No. 3 5. Ditto, with an inscription to P . Licinius
Success us.
No. 16. Blank.
No. 17. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Cossutia Prima.
No* 18. Ditto, with an inscription to Ti. Claudius

208

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

£liOOM V.

Lupercus. Presented, in 1817, by W. A. MacMnnon,
Esq.
No. 19. Two earthen ollae, similar to those described
at No. 6. The monumental inscription, placed in front
of them, records the names of P. Stenius Rufus and
Plosurnia Salvilla.
No. 20. A funeral inscription to Eutychia. Pre*
sented, in 1757, by Thomas Mollis, Esq.
No. 2 1 . An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay.
The bas-relief in front represents the hero Echetles
fighting with a ploughshare for the Greeks at the battle
of Marathon. Upon the cover is a recumbent female
figure.
No. 22. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Claudia Fortunata. From the collection of Sir Hans
Shane.
No. 23. A funeral inscription to Lucretia. Presented,
in 1757, by Thomas Mollis, Esq.
No. 24?. An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay.
The story of Echetles is represented in front (see No.
21), and on the cover is a recumbent female figure.
The figures on this monument were originally painted.
On the upper part of the urn is an Etruscan inscription
in red letters. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
No. 25. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to T.
Sex. Agatha.
No. 26. A sepulchral vase, in alabaster, with an inscription to Flavia Valentina.
No. 27- A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Junia Pieris.
No. 28. An earthen olla, similar to those described
at No. 6. The monumental inscription placed in front
of it records the name of Opilia Faustilla.
No. 29. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Ccelia Asteris. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton .
No. 30. Ditto, with an inscription to P . Octanus
Secundus.
No. 30*. A sepulchral vase, in yellow alabaster.
No. 31. A fragment of a testamentary inscription,
cut from a sepulchral cippus.

ItOOM V . ]

HOMAN SEPULCHRAL ANTIQUITIES.

209

•No. 32. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Pompeius Locusto, Attilia Clodia, and Pompeius. From
the collection of Sir William Hamilton,
No. 33. Ditto, with an inscription to C. Magius Pah
Heraclides.
No. 34. An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay.
The bas-relief in front represents the single combat between the two brothers, Eteocles and Polynices. The
two female figures, who are standing near the combatants, are Furies. An Etruscan inscription is painted in
red letters on the upper part of this urn; on the cover is
a recumbent female figure. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton,
No. 35. A sarcophagus, on the front of which various
figures of Cupid and Psyche are represented.
No. 36. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to D.
Albiccus Licinus.
No. 37. Ditto, with an inscription to Flavia Eunya,
No. 37*. A sepulchral vase, in yellow alabaster.
No. 38. A monumental inscription to Dasumia So«
teris.
No. 39. A sepulchral vase, in alabaster. From the
collection of Sir William Hamilton.
No. 40. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Isochryses.
No. 41. An earthen olla, similar to those described
at No. 6. The monumental inscription, placed in front
of it, records the name of Apuleia Tychen.
No, 42. A funeral inscription to Flavia Provincia.
No. 43. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Pilia Philtata, From the collection qf Sir William Hamilton,
No. 44. A funeral inscription to Isidorus. Presented*
in 1757, by Thomas Hollis, Esq.
No. 45- A mosaic pavement, discovered in digging the
foundation for the new buildings at the Bank of England. Presented, in 1806, by the Directors of the Bank*
I N A TEMPORARY BUILDING,

OPPOSITE T H E

FIFTH

ROOM, is placed the large and valuable collection of
casts, chiefly architectural, which belonged to the late
Sir Thomas Lawrence, They were bequeathed by him,

210

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ROOM V I .

on payment of a sum much inferior to their real value,
to the Royal Academy, by whom they were presented to
the British Museum.
On the left hand, next the floor, are five plaster casts
of the very remarkable sculptured Metopes discovered
at Selinus in Sicily by Mr. Harris and Mr. Angell, in
the year 1823. Presented to the Museum by Samuel
Angell} Esq.
The,fragments of mosaic pavement were found at
Withington in Gloucestershire.
They were presented,
in 1811, by Henry Brooke, Esq.
Three paintings; the Cromlech at Plas Newydd, Anglesea ; Stonehenge; the Tolmen at Constantine, Cornwall. Presented by Richard Tongue, Esq., 1837.
Models of the Trevethy Stone near St. Cleer; the
Chunquoit in Cornwall; Lanyon quoit near Penzance;
Double Cromlech at Plas Newydd, Anglesea; Cromlech
at Duffrin. Presented by Richard Tongue, Esq., 1828-32,
SIXTH ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN

SCULPTURES.

No. 1. A medallion, representing in profile the bust of
an unknown Greek philosopher.
No. 2. Part of the front of a sarcophagus, representing Achilles among the daughters of Lycomedes.
No. 3. A bas-relief, cut from the end of a sarcophagus ; it represents two Fauns punishing a Satyr.
No. 4. Part of the front of a large sarcophagus, representing a marriage.
No. 5. The front of a sarcophagus, representing the
Nine Muses with their respective attributes.
No. 6. A bas-relief, cut from the end of the same
sarcophagus as No. 3. It represents two Cupids and a
Faun carrying an intoxicated Satyr.
No. 7- Part of a sarcophagus, representing a -carpentum, or funeral car, drawn by four horses.
No. 8. A medallion, representing in profile the bust
of an unknown Greek philosopher. It is similar to No. 1,
but of a later time and inferior sculpture.
No. 9. The front of a sarcophagus, representing cap»
tive Amazons with their shields and battle-axes.

ROOM V I . 3

G R E E K AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

21 ]

No. 10. A fragment of a sarcophagus, representing
Bacchus with a thyrsus in his left hand, and with his
right arm thrown over the shoulders of a Faun.
No. 11. A fragment of a magnificent sarcophagus,
representing an elderly man, with a manuscript roll in
his hand, which he is reading. Before him stands a Muse
holding a mask.
No. 12. The front of a sarcophagus, representing a
Bacchanalian procession.
No. 13. Heads of Paris and Helen, in alto-relievo.
No. 14. The front of a sarcophagus, representing
Genii supporting various pieces of armour. On a shield,
in the centre, is an inscription to Sallustius lasius.
No. ]5. A head of Jupiter.
No. 16- A terminal statue of a youth represented with
the attributes of Mercury.
No. 17. A votive altar, sacred to Apollo.
No. 18. A head of Apollo Musagetes, resembling, in
the disposition of the hair, and in the character of the
face, the head of a Muse,
No. 19. An altar of Roman work, ornamented with
Egyptian figures.
Upon it, a votive statue of Diana Triformis, with a
dedicatory inscription round the plinth.
No. 20. A torso of a small statue of Venus*
No. 21. A swan, in red marble.
No. 22. A small statue of Cupid bending his bow.
No. 23. A funeral monument of Xanthippus, who is
represented sitting in a chair, and holding a human foot
in his right hand.
No. 24. An altar, on which various Egyptian figures
are represented. It is of Roman work;
Upon it, a statue of a satyr.
No. 25. A head of an Amazon, in the early style of
Greek sculpture.
No. 26. A figure of Victory sacrificing a bull.
No. 27. A bust of Hadrian with the imperial paludamentum.
No. 28. A bas-relief, representing a female Bacchante clothed in thin floating drapery, through which
the beautiful forms of her body are perfectly apparent.

212

GALLEHY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

£ltOOM V I .

With one hand, which is held somewhat above her head,
she holds a knife, and at the same time secures a portion
of her robe which is blown behind her; with the other
hand, which is held downwards, she carries the hind
quarters of a kid. This piece of sculpture was originally
one of the ornamental figures on the triangular base of a
candelabrum.
Upon it a head of a child.
No, 29. A bust of Severus with the imperial paludamentum.
No. 30. A sarcophagus, in the centre of which is the
portrait of an elderly man, placed in the inside of a shield,
which is supported by two Genii.
Upon it, three tiles, in terracotta, brought from
Athens. The fronts are ornamented with a border of the
honeysuckle pattern, and in the centre of each is a head
of a lion,, for carrying off the water. Purchased in 1815.
Underneath, a colossal foot of Apollo, Presented, in
1784, by Sir William Hamilton,
No. 31. A figure of Victory sacrificing a bull.
No. 32. A head of Faustina, the wife of Marcus
Aurelius.
No, 33. A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to
Viria Primitiva,
Upon it, a triangular base of a small candelabrum.
No. 34, An Eagle.
No. 35, Bust of the Empress Faustina the younger*
Presented by P. Du Cane, Esq., 1838.
No. 36. A statue of Diana Lucifera, of which the
head and arms are lost. It was found at Woodchestet%
in the county of Gloucester, Presented, in 1811, by
Samuel Lysons, Esq.
No. 37. A Greek sepulchral monument, with a basrelief, and an inscription to Isias, who was a native of
Laodicea, and daughter of Metrodorus. Brought from
Smyrna, Presented, in 1772, by Mattheto Duane, Esq.,
and Thomas Tynvhiti, Esq.
No, 38. A triangular base of a candelabrum, the sides
of which are ornamented with the attributes of Apollo ;.
namely, a griffin, a raven, and a tripod.
No." 39. A head of Piautilla,

BOOM V I . ]

G R E E K AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

213

No. 40. A statue of Libera, holding a thyrsus over
her right shoulder, and a bunch of grapes in her left hand;
at her feet is a panther.
No. 4*1- A h e a d o f A t y s .
No. 42. A head of an unknown female, the hair
elegantly bound with broad fillets.
No. 43. A statue of Ceres, crowned in the manner of
Isis.
No. 44. A head of Nero.
No. 45. A sepulchral cippus, without an inscription,,
On the front, beneath a festoon which is composed of
fruits and foliage, and is suspended from the skulls of
bulls, are two birds perched on the edge of a vase, out
of which they are drinking.
Upon it, a votive statue of a fisherman,, who is carrying
a round leathern bucket suspended from his left arm.
The head is covered with a mariner's bonnet, and a
dolphin serves as a support to the figure.
No. 46. A small scenic figure, sitting on a square
plinth. The face is covered with a comic mask.
No. 47. A head of one of the Homeric heroes. It is
highly animated, and is looking upwards, apparently in
great agitation. Pt. 2. PI. XXIII.
No. 48. A small statue of Jupiter sitting. He is represented in his twofold capacity, as king of the upper
and lower regions.
No. 49. A Greek funeral monument of Democles,
the son of Democles, with a bas-relief and an inscription
in eight elegiac verses. It was brought from Smyrna.
Presented, in 1772, by Matthew Duane, Esq., and
Thomas Tyrwhitt, Esq.
No. 50. A votive altar sacred to Bacchus. On the
front, Silenus is represented riding on a panther.
Upon it, a votive statue of a fisherman, holding a
basket of fish in his left hand.
No. 5 1 . A bust of Caracalla; the head only is antique
No. 52. A group of two dogs, one of which is biting
the ear of the other in play.
No. 53. An unknown bust, dressed in the Roman
toga.
No. 54. A bas-relief, representing Priam in the act
h

214

GALLERY

OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

jjROOM V I .

of supplicating Achilles to deliver to him the body of his
son Hector,
Upon it, a head of a female child. The hair is divided
into plaits, which are twisted into a knot on the back part
of the head. Some of the red paint, with which the hair
was originally coloured, is still visible.
No. 55. A bust of Gordianus Africanus the elder,
dressed in the Roman toga.
No. 56. A sphinx, which anciently formed part of the
base of a superb candelabrum.
No. 57. The front of the cover of a magnificent sarcophagus. It represents a group of cattle, on one side
of which is an old Faun, and on the other a young Faun,
both recumbent.
Upon it, two tiles in terracotta, brought from Athens;
the fronts are painted. Purchased in 1815.
Underneath,
A fragment of a colossal toe.
A fragment of a colossal foot.
A votive foot, with a sandal. Round the foot a serpent
is twined, with its head resting on the summit, which terminates a little above the ancle.
An earthen vase, which has two handles at the neck
and terminates in a point at the bottom, like an amphora.
It was found in the baths of Titus, with above seventy
others of the same sort; all of them contained the fine
African sand with which, when mixed with oil, the
Athletse rubbed their bodies before they exercised.
A votive foot covered with a sandal, and having a serpent twined round it as in the one before described.
A colossal hand.
A mask of Bacchus.
No. 58. A head of Sabina.
No. 59. A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to
M. Ccelius Superstes.
Upon it, an Egyptian tumbler, practising his art on
the back of a tame crocodile.
No. 60. A small statue of a muse, sitting on a rock,
holding a lyre in her left hand; the plinth is inscribed
ETMOTEIA.

No. 6 1 . An unknown bust of a middle-aged man.

ROOM V I I . ]

B R I T I S H ANTIQUITIES.

215

The hair of the head and beard is short and bushy; the
left shoulder is covered with part of the chlamys; the
right shoulder and breast are uncovered. On the plinth
is an inscription, signifying that L . iEmilius Fortunatus
dedicates the bust to his friend.
No. 62. A small statue of Hercules, sitting on a rock,
with the apples of the Hesperides in his left hand.
No. 63. A Greek sepulchral monument, with a basrelief, and an inscription to Exacestes and Metra his wife.
No. 64. The front of a votive altar, with an inscription for the safe return of Septimius Severus and his
family from some expedition. The parts in the inscription which are erased contained the name of Geta, which,
by a severe edict of Caracalla, was ordered to be erased
from every inscription throughout the Roman empire.
Upon it, a small statue of a Muse, sitting on a rock and
playing on a lyre.
No. 65. A head of Domitia.
No. 66» A statue three feet ten inches high, ending
from the waist downwards in a terminus. In the right
hand is a bunch of grapes, at which a bird, held under
the left arm, is pecking.
No. 67. A votive altar, with a dedicatory inscription
to Bona Dea Annianensis.
No. 68. A head of Jupiter Serapis. The paint with
which the face was originally coloured is still discernible,
SEVENTH ROOM.
B R I T I S H ANTIQUITIES,

A stone sarcophagus. In it were two glass vessels,
each containing burnt bones, and much liquid; between
them, two pair of shoes of purple leather, embroideredwith gold. Near the sarcophagus were found the remains
of a wooden box, with the brass clamps and round headed
brass nails, by which it had been held together, and with
them two bottles of red pottery and two pans of the same,
on which were some ashes, and two small rib bones.
At some little distance was found the large globular
earthen vessel. It contained some burnt bones, and
the remains of a small glass bottle. It is capable of

216

GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES.

[ROOM

VJt*

containing about six gallons. These were all found at
Southfleet, in 1801, within the site of an old building
about fifty feet square, and were presented to the British
Museum by the Rev* George Rashleigh, 1836.
A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief, in front, of
Ceres holding a cornucopia? and pouring incense from
a patera upon an altar.
A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief in front, of
Mars or a Roman general, holding a spear and shield.
A small Roman altar, similarly decorated with the
preceding. These three were found at Kingstanley, in
Gloucestershire, and presented by the Rev, Peter Hawker*
A pig of lead, with the name of the Emperor Domitian
inscribed upon it. It weighs 154 pounds. It was discovered, in the year 1731, under ground, on Hayshaw
Moor, in the manor of Dacre, in the West Riding of
Yorkshire. Bequeathed by Sir John Ingilby, Bart., and
presented by his Executors in 1772.
A pig of lead, inscribed with the name of L. Aruconius
Verecundus. It weighs 81 pounds. It was found near
Matlock Bank, in Derbyshire. Presented, in 1797, by
Adam Wolley, Esq., and Peter Nightingale, Esq.
A pig of lead, with the name of the Emperor Hadrian
inscribed upon it. It weighs 191 pounds. It was found
in the year 1796, or 1797? on a farm called Snailbeach,
in the parish of Westbury, 10 miles s.w, of Salop. Pre*
sented, in 1798, by John Lloyd, Esq.
'
A pig of lead, also inscribed with the name of the
Emperor Hadrian. Its weight is 125 pounds. It was
found on Cromford Moor, in Derbyshire. Presented, in
1797, by Adam Wolley, Esq., and Peter Nightingale, Esq»
A Roman altar, erected by some freedmen and slaves,
upon the restoration of their master to health. On one
side are the rod and snake of iEsculapius, and sacrificial
instruments. On the other, are the cornucopia? and
rudder, with a patera, simpulum, &c. Found near the Watergate, Chester, 1779. Presented by Sir Ph. de Malpas
Grey Egerlon, Bart*
A large stone vessel, in form of half an octagon, on
each of four sides is sculptured a bust in high relief, viz.
Venus holding a mirror, Jupiter, Mercury with a caducous, and Mars with a spear. It was first noticed by

SOOM IX.]] BRONZES, VASES, GEMS, ETC.

217

Horsley " lying neglected in the mill at Chester ford,
Essex." It was afterwards procured by Dr. Foote
Gower, from a blacksmith, who had used it as a cistern
for cooling his irons. In 1780, Thomas Brand Hollis
received it from the Doctor's widow, and presented it,
1803.
An altar, with a Greek inscription, dedicated by Diodora, a high priestess, to the Tyrian Hercules. One
side is decorated with a bull's head and sacrificing-knife,
the other with a crown. It was found at Corbridge, in
Northumberland, and presented by His Grace the Duhe
of Northumberland, 1774.
A bas-relief, representing a Roman standard of the
second legion, between a Pegasus and Capricorn; underneath is LEG. I I . AVG.
A colossal head, marble.
A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief in front, of Mars,
as a Roman general, holding a spear and shield.
A small Roman altar, similar to the preceding.
A pig of lead.
E I G H T H ROOM.

At present unoccupied.
NINTH OR ANTE-ROOM,

( U P STAIRS.)

To the left, at the foot of the stairs leading to this
room, a circular vase, or capital of a sepulchral cippus,
decorated with foliage and the symbolical serpent.
No. 1. In the centre of the room is placed the
celebrated Barberini Vase, which was for more than
two centuries the principal ornament of the Barberini
Palace. This Vase was purchased of Sir William
Hamilton considerably more than thirty years ago,
by the Duchess of Portland,*since which period it
has been generally known by the name of the Portland
Vase. It was found about the middle of the sixteenth
century, two miles and a half from Rome, in the road
leading from Frascati. At the time of its discovery,
the vase was inclosed in a marble sarcophagus, within
a sepulchral chamber under the Mount called Monte
di Grano.- The material of which the vase is formed
is glass: the figures, which are executed in relief, are

218

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[ROOM X.

of a beautiful opake white, and the ground is in perfect harmony with the figures, and of a dark transparent
blue. The subject of these figures is extremely obscure,
and has not hitherto received a satisfactory elucidation;
but the design and the sculpture are both truly admirable. This superb specimen of Greek art was deposited
in the British Museum, in 1810, by his Grace the Duke
of Portland.
No. 2. An ancient painting in fresco, representing
deer; it was found in a subterraneous chamber at Scrofano, about sixteen miles from Rome. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
No. 3. A bas-relief, in stucco, representing a winged
boy, or genius, carrying a pedum across his right
shoulder. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
No. 4. An ancient painting in fresco, representing a
female figure holding a patera, on which a vase is placed.
Presented, in 111 I, by the Earl of Exeter.
No. 5. An ancient painting in fresco, representing two
females seated, in the Arabesque style, on the curling
branches of a plant; one of them is holding a vase., the
other a tambourin. Between these figures is a bas-relief,
in stucco, representing a human head surrounded with
ivy, and underneath are two birds drinking out of a well.
Presented, in 1757, by Thomas Hollis, Esq.
No. 6. Decorations of Roman armour, found in
Britain.
No. 7. A Persian sextant.
CASE A. Antiquities from Persepolis, Babylon, and
Nineveh. Purchased imth Mr. Rich's collection in 1825.
CASE B. An ancient lyre and two flutes found in a
tomb at Athens. Antiquities, found by Sir R. Ker Porter in Persepolis, Babylon, 8$c.
SHELVES C. Antiquities from Nineveh. From Mr.
Rich's collection.
SHELVES D. Antiquities from Babylon. From Mr.
Rich's collection.
T E N T H ROOM.
COLLECTION OF SIR WILLIAM HAMILTON, E T C .

CASES 1, 2, 3, 4. Penates or household gods, in
bronze. In the lower part of these Cases, are contained
some large bronze vessels, one of which, in the form of

BOOM X . ]

BRONZES, VASES, GEMS, E T C .

219

a round deep patera, is remarkable for the beauty of its
handles, which are raised above the edge: they represent two serpents holding an egg in their mouths; underneath the serpents is the aegis of Minerva.
CASE 5. A raven, the size of life, and seven large
candelabra, in bronze. The raven was presented, in
1777, by Lord Seqforth. It is of the finest workmanship, and has probably accompanied a statue of Apollo.
CASE 6. Specimens of ancient glass. The principal
articles are eight cinerary urns. One of them has the
leaden covering in which it was preserved; and another
contains the burnt bones, and the asbestos cloth which
prevented the ashes of the body from mixing with those
of the funeral pile. These articles are accompanied by
a great number of lachrymatories, and various other
vessels and fragments of vessels, of different forms and
colours; the whole of which afford ample proof of the
ingenuity of the ancients, and of the great knowledge
they possessed in the art of manufacturing glass, and of
imparting to it whatever colour or form they chose.
CASE 7. Necklaces, ear-rings, armillae, and various
other trinkets in gold, several of which are enriched
with precious stones. Among the antiquities of gold in
this Case are a bulla and a large patera; the latter is
embossed with bulls, and was found at Gergenti in Sicily.
This case contains also a large collection of scarabaei,
and engraved gems. From the collection of Sir William
Hamilton, Charles Townley, Esq., and the Rev. C. M.
Cracherode*
CASE 11. Gems from the collections of Charles Townley, Esq., R. P. Knight, Esq., and the Rev. C. M.
Cracherode. The celebrated bronzes of Siris, consisting
of two portions of Greek armour, representing warriors
combating with Amazons. A piece of small mosaic work,
and a few specimens of ancient art executed in silver,
mirrors, & c , are likewise among the articles included in
this Case.
CASE 15. Fragments in terracotta. They consist
chiefly of small heads, some of which are well executed,
and some are valuable as exhibiting specimens of the
Roman head-dresses.
CASE 16. Small figures, and miscellaneous articles in
terracotta.

220

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

£liOOM X.

CASE 17. Hindu, Chinese, and Japanese idols.
C A S E 26. Ditto.

C A S E 27- Small figures, and miscellaneous articles in
terracotta.
CASES 28, 32, 36. Fragments of friezes in terracotta.
CASE 37- Specimens of ancient armour in bronze,
consisting of helmets, breast-plates, standards, swords*
belts, heads of spears, points of arrows, &c. In the
middle division of this Case is the Roman helmet which
was found at Ribchester in Lancashire.
C A S E 38. A tripod, a lectisternium, a pair of steelyards, and two very large candelabra, in bronze. The first
two articles were presented by Sir William Hamilton,
namely, the tripod, in 1774, and the lectisternium in 1784.
CASES 39, 40, 4 1 , 42. Miscellaneous antiquities in
bronze, comprising scales, knives, paterae, and simpula;
mirrors, lamps, bells, and mortars ; measures and winestrainers; large vessels for culinary and other purposes;
several small candelabra, and other articles.
CASES 43, 44, 45. A large collection of Roman lamps
in terracotta.
C A S E S 46, 47, 48. Ditto.

CASES 49, 50, 5 1 . A large collection of Roman lamps
in terracotta.
CASE 52. Dice and tali, formed of various substances.
C A S E 53. A great variety of tesserae in ivory, bronze,
crystal, agate, and terracotta, many of which were
tickets of admission to the theatres. In this Case also
is a considerable number of styles for writing on wax
tablets; pins for the hair; bodkins, and needles both for
sewing and netting.
CASE 54. Architectural mouldings in porphyry, part
of a frieze in rosso antico, handles of knives, fragments
of lectisternia, &c., &c.
CASE 55. Stamps for sealing casks.
CASE 56. A large collection of Roman weights.
CASE 57- Votive offerings in bronze.
CASE 58. Mirrors upon which are engravings principally in outline.
CASE 59. Specimens of ancient painting, from Herculaneum.
CASE 60. Mirrors, a patera, the umbo of a shield

ROOM X I . ]

GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

221

and part qf the scabbard of a parazonium, upon all
which are engravings principally in outline.
CASES 61, 62, 63. Specimens of bas-reliefs in stucco,
from the walls of Herculaneum.
C A S E 64. Celts.

CASE 65. Various instruments used by the ancients.
C A S E 66. Celts.

CASE 67. A marble patera, fourteen inches in diameter,
found in the ruins of Hadrian's Villa; in this Case are also
contained specimens of Roman enamel, and inlaid work ;
and likewise some figs and other vegetable substances,
found in a calcined state in the ruins of Herculaneum.
CASE 68. Armillse, or bracelets, and various unknown
ornaments, in bronze.
CASE 69. A large patera of Oriental jasper, cups of
crystal, agate, &c«
C A S E 70.
CASE 71.

Hinges and nails.
Fibulae, or brooches.

CASE 72. Buckles used by the ancients for different
purposes.
CASE 73. Handles and other parts of vases.
C A S E 74.

Ditto.

CASE 75. Specimens of locks and keys.
CASE 76. Spears, knives, and various instruments, in
iron.
CASE 77. Bits, spurs, and ornaments for harness ;
fragments of chains^ &c.
CASE 78. Some articles in bronze, the uses to which
many of them were applied are unknown.
CASE 107. A bronze statue of a Roman Emperor,
probably of Nero when he was young. The figure is
represented in armour, which is most beautifully inlaid.
It was found near Barking-Hall, in Suffolk, on the estate
of the Earl of Ashburnham. Presented^ in 1813, by the
Marl of Ashburnham.
The remaining cases in this room, at present not arranged, contain various objects in bronze, terracotta, &c*
ELEVENTH

ROOM.

GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

No. 1. A bas-relief representing Minerva and two
other deities. Presented by H. Gaily Knight, Esq., 1839o
JL3

222

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ROOM X I .

A fragment of a sepulchral monument.
A fragment of a mask of Bacchus.
v A sepulchral monument to a girl, Abeita, deceased at
the age of ten years and two months, who is represented
seated, with a dog behind her in a fawning attitude.
Sepulchral monument, with figure of Astarte and
Phenician inscription of two lines.
No. % Part of a frieze, representing the head of Medusa in a wreath supported by a Cupid, and the arm of
another figure. Presented by the Board of Control, 1837.
Part of a frieze from the ruins of a temple at Paleokastro, ten miles S. of Joannina in Epirus, supposed to
have been the temple of Jupiter at Dodona. Presented
by Col Leake, 1839.
No. 3. A man conducting a bull; from a sepulchral
monument.
A portion of a capital of a pilaster.
Youthful genii contending in a chariot race within the
circus.
Fragment of a sepulchral monument to Eporia.
No. 4. Blank.
No. 5. A sepulchral monument to Cassiodorus, inscribed with six elegiac verses in Greek.
The front of a sarcophagus, with a Greek inscription
to M. Sempronius Neicocrates.
A sepulchral monument, representing the deceased
seated at a funeral banquet (ccena feralis); a veiled
female seated near his feet.
No. 6. Sepulchral monument representing an individual reclining on a couch, and another standing.
Fragment of a bas-relief, representing a battle of
Amazons, perhaps the death or capture of Penthesilea, from Brysese in Laconia. Presented by Col. Leake,
1839.
Bas-relief, representing a votive offering of hair to
Neptune, by Philombrotus and Aphthonetus, sons of
Deinomachus. Presented by Col. Leake, 1839.
Bas-relief, representing the lustration of a horse and
dog, from Crannon in Thessaly. Presented by Col. Leake,
1839.
No. 7. A small sepulchral monument, representing a
veiled female seated.

ROOM XI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

223

A fragment of another, representing part of a female
procession apparently approaching some deity.
A bas-relief, representing two men pouring wine into
a large vessel, and two others attending on a cauldron
placed upon a fire.
A sepulchral monument, representing a man fishing,
inscribed to Agathemetros.
Part of a sepulchral monument, representing a funeral
banquet.
No. 8. A sepulchral monument; a husband, wife, and
child, preparing to sacrifice to Serapis, reclining at a
funeral banquet.
A sepulchral monument; a family of seven persons
preparing to sacrifice a pig to two Deities, seated at a
funeral banquet.
A bas-relief, representing a horse held by a slave; cu
from a monument, probably of one of the Equites singul a r s , who fought at the emperor's left hand.
No, 9. A bas-relief, representing the arms of the
Dacians and Sarmatians.
No. 10. A sepulchral monument, representing the
Dioscuri standing, with an altar between them, in a
distyle temple.
A fragment of a frieze, representing two Cupids running a race in cars drawn by dogs; they appear to have
just started from the carceres of a circus.
Part of a sepulchral monument, very much defaced;
it appears to represent a man holding a bunch of grapes,
with a cock at his feet. Presented by Dr. Jams.
No. 11. A bas-relief, representing a Faun playing on
the double pipe.
A bas-relief, front of a sarcophagus, representing
eleven infant genii under the character of a bacchanalian
procession.
A bust of a sleeping child, in alto-relievo.
No. 12. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing
three legs; they have belonged to two figures in powerful action, one of which appears to have been aiming a
blow at the other, who is falling. Bequeathed, in 1812,
by the late Charles Lambert, Esq.
No. 13. Inscription recording honors conferred on a

224

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[ROOM XI.

Lacedaemonian physician by the Gytheatae, from Gythium
in Laconia. Presented by Col. Leake, 1839.
A sepulchral monument; a boy sacrificing to Mercury,
standing near an altar inscribed DEO MERCVRIO.
A fragment, representing Pan playing upon a lyre 3
with a Faun playing upon a reed.
A fragment of a bacchanalian group.
Painted tile, from iEgium, in Arcadia. Presented by
Col. Leake, 1839.
No. 14. Mithraic group. Brought from Rome, in
1815, by Charles Standish, Esq., from whom it was purchased by the Trustees in 1826.
At the back of the pedestal, a bas-relief, representing
two persons, one abandoning his arms, the other sacrificing at an altar; beneath, an inscription recording the
death of a warrior.
A bas-relief of Mercury, seated upon a heap of stones.
A sepulchral monument, with a Greek inscription,
and a bas-relief of a skeleton.
No. 15. A sepulchral cippus, without any inscription. It is richly ornamented on the four sides with
festoons of fruit.
Upon it is a Greek sepulchral urn, solid, and with a
bas-relief in front; it is inscribed with the names of
Pytharatus and Herophilus. Prom the collection of Sir
Hans Shane.
No. 16. A statue of an intoxicated Faun.
N o . 17. A votive altar, dedicated to Silvanus.
Upon it is a trophy found on the plains of Marathon.
Presented, in 1802, by John Walker, Esq.
No. 18. A statue of a Faun. Purchased in 1826.
No. 19. A statue of a Discobolus, who is represented at that precise moment of time which immediately precedes the delivery of the discus. It is an
ancient copy in marble, from the celebrated bronze
statue executed by Myro.
No. 20. A sepulchral cippus, the inscription upon
which appears to have been erased.
Upon it is a circular altar. Formerly belonging to CoL
Roohe, and presented, in 1825, by A* E. Impey, Esq,
On this is placed a fragment of a youthful statue.

ROOM X I . ]

GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

225

No. 21. A statue of Mercury, sleeping upon a rock.
No. 22. A Grecian altar. Presented, in 1775, by Sir
William Hamilton.
Upon it is a statue of Bacchus, represented as a boy
about five years old. The head is crowned with a
wreath of ivy, and the body is partly covered with the
skin of a goat.
No. 23. A statue of Cupid bending his bow. Purchased, in 1812, at the sale of the late Right Hon. Edmund Burke's Marbles.
No. 24. A bronze statue of Hercules, carrying away
the apples from the garden of the Hesperides. Pt. 3.
PI. I I .
Beneath, is one of the feet, or supports, of an ancient
tripod table. Pt. 3. PI. i n .
No. 25. A large sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to M. Clodius Herma, Annius Felix, and Tyrannus.
Upon it is a circular sepulchral vessel of stone, inscribed with the name of Phaenariste, the wife of Philophanus.
N o . 26. A Greek funereal monument, with a basrelief and an inscription. It is to the memory of a
person named Alexander, a native of Bithynia. This
marble, brought from Smyrna, was presented to the Museum, in 1772, by Matthew Duane, Esq,, and Thomas
Tyrwhiit, Esq.
No. 27- A small statue of Neptune, standing, with a
dolphin by his side. Presented by J. S. Gaslwin, Esq,,
1836.
No. 28. A shelf, containing
An unknown bust, the head perfectly bald.
An unknown bust of a female.
A bust of Diogenes the Cynic. All bequeathed by the
late R. P . Knight, Esq.
Underneath, a fragment of a bas-relief, bearing a
figure of a youthful Hercules.
Part of a bas-relief, representing four horses' heads
from a quadriga and a hand.
No. 29. A chair, after the model of an invalid's
chair : found in the Antonine Baths.
A cinerary urn of marble; on the cover is a recumbent

226

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

£ltOOM X I ,

female figure. On the front is a bas-relief, representing
Penthesilea dragged by the hair from her chariot by
Achilles armed with a drawn sword.
A square altar, dedicated by Aur. Thimoteus to
Diana; the three other sides are decorated with rude
sculptures.
No. 30. Bust of iEschines, inscribed with his name,
from Bitolia in the Ancient Pelagonia. Presented by
Col Leake, 1839.
No. 31. Greek sepulchral monument of Tryphon,
the son of Eutychus, who is represented standing,
nearly the size of life, holding in his right hand a strigil,
and with a garment on his left shoulder, in his left hand
some undetermined object; in white marble. From Asia
Minor.
No. 32. Head, supposed to be that of Homer, from
Bitolia in the ancient Pelagonia.
Presented by Col.
Leake, 1839.
No. 33. A monumental inscription, cut from the
front of a sepulchral cippus, to the memory of Claudia
Tychen.
A cinerary urn of marble; on the cover is a recumbent female figure; on the front is a bas-relief, representing the hunt of the Calydonian boar, Meleager^Atalanta, &c.; at each end is a vase.
A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to T. Claudius Epictetus.
No. 34. A shelf, containing
A bust of Hercules.
A bust, supposed to have been intended for Achilles.
A bust of a Faun. All bequeathed by the late R. P .
Knight, Esq.
Underneath, a sepulchral monument to Sotnikes, who
is represented standing enveloped in his pallium, with
his hand to his cheek.
No. 35. Draped female,, wanting the head.
No. 36. Greek funereal monument of Lenseus, son of
Artemidorus.
No. 37- A fragment of a group in alto-relievo; a
man is seated on a chair, with a female standing near
him. It is so broken and mutilated that the subject
cannot be ascertained.

ROOM X I . ]

G R E E K AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

227

No. 38. Sepulchral monument to Hermodorus, son
of Aristomenes.
No. 39. Blank,
No. 40. An alto-relievo, representing five of the labours of Hercules. Presented by the Executors of the
late 0. S, Brereton.
No. 41. Blank.
No. 42. Small statue of Ceres. Presented by J. S,
Gaskoin, Esq., 1836.
No. 43. A shelf, containing
An unknown bust of a boy.
A bust of iElius Ceesar.
An unknown bust. All bequeathed by the late R. P.
Knight, Esq,
Underneath, a sun-dial. Purchased in 1821.
No. 44. A Greek sepulchral monument, with a basrelief, and an inscription to Mousis, who was a native
of Miletus, and daughter of Argaeus. Presented, in
1785, by the Dilettanti Society,
N o . 45. A Mithraic group.
Between this and the next No. a colossal votive foot.
No. 46. A head of Demosthenes. Purchased in 1818.
N o . 47. The front of a tomb, from Delos. Formerly
belonging to Col. Rooke, and presented, in 1825, by A,
E. Impey, Esq,
No. 48. An unknown head. Purchased in 1818.
Between this and the next No., a bas-relief representing three nymphs standing between Jupiter and Pan.
No. 49. A recumbent female, resting her left arm
upon an urn: her head encircled by a diadem.
No. 50. A Greek inscription, being a decree of the
people of Athens and of the Pirseeus, in honour of
Callidamas. Presented, in 1785, by the Dilettanti i$o->
ciety.
No. 5 1 . A shelf, containing
A head of Tiberius.
A bust, inscribed to the memory of CI. Olympias, by
Epithymetus, her freed-man.
A head of Augustus. Jill purchased, in 1812, at the
sale of the late Right Hon, Edmund Burke's Marbles,
A Greek inscription, originally placed under a statue
of Jupiter Urius, which stood within a temple erected

228

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ROOM X I I .

to that deity at the mouth of the Pontus. Presented, in
1809, by Miss Mead.
Underneath, a bas-relief, representing the goddess
Luna surrounded by the signs of the zodiac. Presented,
in 1818, by Col. de Bosset.
No. 52. A seated figure of Cybele. Presented by J
$. Gashoin, Esq., 1836.
N o . 52 # . A terminal statue of a Faun.
N o . 53. A very ancient Greek inscription, known hy
the title of the " Marmor Atheniense." It relates to a
survey of some temple at Athens, supposed to be the
Erechtheium. Brought to England by Dr. Chandler,
and presented to the British Museum, in 1785, by the
Dilettajiti Society.
N o . 54<. A large sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to Agria Agatha.
Upon it is a small domestic fountain, used for sacred
purposes. It is decorated with four flights of steps, and
four figures of Satyrs and Fauns in bas-relief.
N o . 55. A bronze statue of Apollo. Pt. 3. PI. v u .
Beneath is one of the feet, or supports, of an ancient
tripod table, executed in porphyry. It represents the
head and leg of a panther. Pt. 3. PI. V I I I .
T W E L F T H ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES,

N o . 1. A h e a d of Juno, crowned with a broad indented diadem; placed upon
An upright narrow piece of marble, ornamented with
branches of the olive and the vine.
No. 2. A shelf, containing
An unknown female head; the sockets of the eyes
are hollow, and have been originally filled with coloured
stones, or some other material.
A head of Diana.
An unknown female head, with a broad fillet across
the forehead.
Underneath, an epitaph on a dog. From the collection of Sir Hans Shane. Upon this is placed
Cupid sleeping upon a lion's skin.
N o . 3. An unknown head.

ROOM X I I . ]

G R E E K AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

22&

N o . 4. A head of Apollo.
N o . 5. A head of a lion, being a fragment of a large
sarcophagus.
Underneath, an oblong square basin of granite, similar
to such as were used in the temples to contain the
water necessary for the purification of those who sought
admittance to the sacrifices.
N o . 6. A mask cut from the cover of a large sarcophagus. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
N o . 7. A terminal head of Libera.
N o . 8. A Case containing the following objects:—
Small terminal heads of Bacchus and Libera, joined
back to back.
A small terminal head of Libera. From the collection
of Sir William. Hamilton.
Ditto, in yellow marble.
Ditto, in red marble.
A small terminal head of Libera, in reddish yellow
marble, with a necklace composed of ivy leaves.
A small terminal head of Libera, in white marble, with
the breast covered with drapery. From the collection of
Sir William Hamilton.
A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus. From the
collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A small female head, the hair of which is formed of a
distinct piece of marble, and is fitted to the head in the
manner of a wig.
A small head of a young man, covered with a helmet,
which is ornamented with the horns of a ram. From
the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A small mask of Silenus. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton.
A small cylindrical piece of marble, which appears to
have been part of the stem of a candelabrum. It is ornamented with four griffins and two candelabra.
A fragment of a bas-relief, representing the head
of an elderly man. It has the beard on the chin and
upper lip, and the hair of the head is short and curlyc
From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a head of An«
tinous. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton*
A votive barrel, sacred to Bacchus.

230

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ROOM X I I .

A small terminal head of the bearded Bacchus, in
yellow marble. From the collection of Sir Hans Shane.
A votive horn, in marble, two feet long.
On No. 8 :—A head of a female Bacchante.
A votive torso of an athleta, in terracotta, the size of
life. Presented by W. G. Coesvelt, Esq., 1834.
A head of a laughing Faun.
No. 9. A head of Adonis, covered with the pyramidal hood. The lower part of the face and neck is covered with drapery.
No. 10. A shelf containing
A head of Jupiter Serapis in green basalt.
An eagle, in marble.
A head of Jupiter Serapis. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton.
Underneath, a piece of Mosaic pavement, found at
Woodchester, in the county of Gloucester. Presented^
in 1808, by Samuel Lysons, Esq.
No. 11. A shelf containing
A small bust of Antoninus Pius; the head only is antique.
A small figure of a recumbent Satyr.
A bust of a child, with the breast naked.
Underneath, abas-relief, representing, probably, Jupiter and Ceres standing, each holding a cornucopia.
Presented by the Right Hon* Sir Joseph Banks, Bart.
No. 12. A bust of an unknown female, represented in
the character of Isis. It is gracefully terminated by the
flower of the nymphaea lotus, on which it appears to
rest.
No. 13. A Case containing the following articles :—
A fragment of a small head of Hercules, covered with
the skin of a lion. Presented, in 1757, by Thomas
Hollis, Esq.
A funeral mask which was used to cover the face of a
female corpse. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A small head of Hercules. Presented, in 1757, by
Thomas Hollis, Esq.
A small unknown bust, with a military garment. The
head is of yellow marble. Presented, in 1757, by Thomas Hollis, Esq.

ROOM X I I . ]

G R E E K AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.

231

A small head of Hercules, very much injured by the
decomposition of the marble. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton.
The capital of a small column of the Ionic order*
From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A small unknown head. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton.
A small head of Vulcan, covered with a cap. From
the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A votive mask of a bearded Faun. Presented, in 1765,
by Thomas Hollis, Esq.
A small unknown female head, the hair of which is
tied in a knot behind. From the collection of Sir WiU
Ham Hamilton.
A small head of Juno. Presented, in 1757? by Thomas
Hollis, Esq.
A group representing Venus and two Cupids.
One of* the handles of a vase. From the collection of
Sir William Hamilton.
A fragment of a bas-relief, representing part of a female figure. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A bas-relief, representing a mask of a Faun.
A left foot covered with a sandal.
The right foot of a child.
A hand of a female, holding a lock of hair. This
fragment probably belonged to a statue of Venus, who
was represented in the act of wringing the water from
her hair. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
The right hand of a female holding a pipe.
A lion's foot, which probably has formed part of a
tripod table.
The left hand and part of the arm of a female, probably Psyche, holding a butterfly.
A lion's foot, which probably has formed part of a
tripod table.
The left hand of a female stretched out upon a fragment of something unknown.
The right hand of a youth, holding, apparently, a
fragment of a bow. This is probably part of a statue
of Cupid bending his bow.
The right hand of a child holding the head of a ram.
A left foot, covered apparently with linen, round which
bandages are fastened.

232

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

£ROOM XII.

A large votive patera, with a bas-relief on each side,
one representing Silenus, and the other a Satyr. From
the collection of Sir William Hamilton*
A small fragment of a figure holding a bird.
The left hand of a child holding a fragment.
A torso of a male figure, the arms of which appear to
have been raised above the head.
A small mutilated figure. The right breast is naked;
the other parts are entirely covered with drapery. It
has a necklace, from which a scarabseus is suspended.
A head of an eagle, which appears to have served as
the hilt of a sword. From the collection of Sir William
Hamilton.
A votive patera, with a bas-relief on each side, one
representing a mask of the bearded Bacchus, and the
other a panther. From the collection of Sir William
Hamilton.
A fragment of a serpent.
A torso of a faun. Presented, in 1833, by the Rev.
Henry Crowe.
On No. 13:—A head of a Muse, crowned with a
wreath of laurel.
A draped portion of a female statue ; the upper part
has been naked, and sculptured from a separate block
of marble.
A head of one of the Dioscuri.
No. 14. A'head of Apollo.
No. 15. A head of Cybele.
No. 16. A head of a lion, which was a part of the
same sarcophagus from which No. 5 was taken.
Underneath, a cistern of green basalt, originally used
as a bath. On the sides are carved two rings in
imitation of handles, in the centre of which is a leaf of
ivy.
No. 17. A head of Minerva.
No. 18. A colossal head of Antinous in the character
of Bacchus; it is crowned with a wreath of ivy.
No. 19. A shelf containing
A head, apparently of a trumpeter.
A head of Diana, the hair of which is drawn up from
the sides, and tied in a knot at the top of the head.
From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A head of a goat.

GRAND CENTRAL SALOON.

233

Underneath, a small domestic fountain, of a square
form, which was used for sacred purposes*
No. 20. A bust of Minerva ; the head only is antique.
The helmet and the bust, which are of bronze, are, with
some variations, copied from an ancient bust of Minerva
which was formerly in the Vatican, but is now at Paris.
Placed upon
An upright narrow piece of marble, ornamented with
branches of the olive and the pine.

GRAND CENTRAL SALOON.
Over the entrance,.
Plaster cast of the face of the Northern Colossus at
the rock temple of Ipsamboul.
Against the square columns on the west side are placed
A statue of Venus, preparing for the bath ; of white
marble. Presented by H i s MAJESTY K I N G W I L L I A M IV.

A statue of the Emperor Hadrian, in a military dress ;
the breast-plate is in high preservation, and richly ornamented. Purchased in 1821.
Against one pilaster on the north side is a bust of J u piter. Presented by J, T. Barber Beaumont, Esq., 1836.
Against the other, a head of Apollo. Presented by the
Hon. Mrs. Darner.
Against a pilaster on the east side, a mutilated draped
statue of a youth.
Against another, a mutilated statue of a draped female.
In the first recess,
A female statue without head and arms, found in the
temple of Themis at Rhamnus in Attica. Presented, in
1820, by John P. Gandy Deering, Esq. (307*.)
Casts of sculptures and inscriptions from Persepolis,
&c. Presented by the Rt. Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone.
N
Persepolitan sculptures and inscriptions ; those numbered 48, 85, 86, 87, 88, presented by the Rt. Hon. Sir
Gore Ouseley; 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, by the Earl of Aberdeen, in 1818.
In the centre recess,
Casts from Persepolitan sculptures. Presented by the
Rt. Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone.
In the third recess,

234

ANTE-ROOM.

Casts of Persepolitan sculptures. Presented by the
Right Hon, Mountstuart Elphinstone.
Arabic inscriptions. The three marked F presented by
CoL Franklin. Of these, the small one was placed over
the door of Firuz Shah's Minaret at Gour; the large
one upon the same shelf was in front of the Golden
Mosque at Purrooah ; and the one upon the ground was
upon the mosque of Mohajen Tola, at Gour.
ANTE-ROOM.
At one end of this room are arranged, for the present, a
number of Egyptian papyri; and a terracotta sarcophagus
discovered in a tomb at Tuscania, the front of which is
decorated with two dolphins; on the cover is the recumbent
figure of a young woman, with one leg bent under the
other; her head, which is decorated with a wreath of flowers,
rests upon her right arm.
At the other end of this room are four sarcophagi discovered in a tomb near the road leading from Tuscania to
Tarquinia; the fronts are decorated with sculpture and
inscriptions, and on the cover of each is a recumbent statue
of the person whose remains were deposited within. Near
them lies, for the present, a terracotta sarcophagus; the
front is marked with two branches, probably of palm; and
on the cover is the recumbent figure of a female with one
leg bent under the other, as in that already described
of the same material, and found near the same place.
In the centre of this room stands a magnificent marble
Tazza or vase of very large dimensions, the height being
4 feet S\ inches, and the diameter of the cup 3 feet 7
inches. It stands upon a single stem, and has handles
very curiously formed of swans' necks and heads gracefully intertwined. It was brought to England in 1825.
Presented by Lord Western, 1839.
Pedestal on which, as appears from the inscription,
was a statue of Peraia, daughter of Apollonius, son of
Hermogenes, erected by her son Socrates.
On this pedestal is a statue in white marble representing the youthful Bacchus or a Faun, found at Antium.
Pedestal of calcareous stone, on which has apparently
been placed the statue of Apollonius, son of Hermogenes,

PHIGALIAN SALOON,

235

and father of Peraia, the mother of Socrates ; erected to
him by the same Socrates.
On this pedestal is a bronze statue, the size of life,
found at Zifteh, supposed to represent Eros Apteros;
the eyes are inlaid with silver and the nipples with copper.
It is composed of nine pieces hammered together. Purchased in 1840.
P H I G A L I A N SALOON.
Nos. 1—23. Bas-reliefs, representing the battle of the
Centaurs and Lapithae, and the combat between the
Greeks and Amazons; they were found in the ruins
of the temple of Apollo Epicurius (or the deliverer) built
on Mount Cotylion, at a little distance from the ancient
city of Phigalia in Arcadia, These bas-reliefs composed
the frieze in the interior of the Cella. The battle of the
Centaurs and Lapithae is sculptured on eleven slabs of
marble (1—11). That of the Greeks and Amazons occupies twelve (12—23). The direction of the slabs belonging to the former subject was from right to left; that
of the latter from left to right.
A circumstance which adds very much to the interest
of these marbles is our knowledge of the precise time
when they were executed; for Pausanias, in his description of this temple, informs us that it was built by Ictinus,
an architect contemporary with Pericles, and who built
the Parthenon at Athens. These marbles are all engraved and more fully described in the fourth part of
the description of the Museum Marbles.
No. 24. A fragment of a Doric capital of one of the
columns of the peristyle. From the same temple.
No. 25. A fragment of an Ionic capital of one of the
columns of the cella. From the same temple.
Nos. 26, 27. Two fragments of the tiles which surmounted the pediments, and formed the superior moulding. From the same temple.
Nos. 28—38. Fragments of the Metopes, found in the
porticos of the pronaos and posticus, which were enriched with triglyphs. From the same temple.
No. 39. A small tile, which was used for the purpose
of covering the joints of the greater tiles; the ornament
in front surmounted the cornice. From the same temple.

236

PHIGALIAN SALOON.

No. 40. Another tile used for the same purpose, but
on the point of the ridge. From the same temple.
No. 41. A cast in plaster, from one of the ends of
the celebrated sarcophagus in the (cathedral church at
Agrigentum, which represents the story of Phaedra and
Hippolytus. Phaedra is here represented surrounded
by her female domestics, and plunged into grief at the
refusal of Hippolytus, which has just been communicated to her. The attendants are endeavouring, in
various ways, to console their mistress, and some of
them attempt to alleviate her distress by the sounds of
their instruments.
The large fragment of a bas-relief, numbered 166,
belongs to the Elgin collection : it represents Hercules
preparing to strike Diomed, king of Thrace, whom he
has already knocked down, and is holding by the hair
of his head.
At'the sides of the SALOON, over the Phigalian frieze, are
two pediments, of precisely the same form and dimensions
as those which decorated the eastern and western ends of
the Temple of Jupiter Panhellenius, in the island of
iEgina. The ruins of this temple were visited in 1811 by
Mr. Cockerell and other gentlemen, and extensive and
careful excavations were carried on, by which all the members and details of the cornice and mouldings have been
ascertained; and the minute and accurate measurements
then made have been the authorities from which these
imitations have been constructed. The greater part of the
statues which adorned these pediments were at the same
time discovered, and every circumstance illustrative to
their original position, with relation to the architecture of
the temple, was noted with as much accuracy as the case
would admit. From the notes then made, and from long
and careful study of the sculptures themselves, and the
space which they occupied, Mr. Cockerell composed the
gronpes very much in the mode in which they are now exhibited. From the violence with which the temple had
been destroyed, probably by an earthquake, all the statues
had been in some degree mutilated, and some so entirely
destroyed that it was.in vain to attempt their restoration.
Those which were capable of repair were committed to
the hands of Mr. Thorwaldsen, and in uniting the broken

E L G I N SALOON.

237

fragments, and restoring the parts of them that were deficient, that eminent artist has shown the greatest care
and sagacity.
The pediment at the north side of the room is taken
from the western end of the temple; it contains ten
figures, and it is supposed that there was originally one
more, who was stooping down to assist the fallen warrior,
who is wounded, at the feet of Minerva. The subject is
supposed to be the contest between the Greeks and Trojans
for the body of Patroclus.
Of the figures which adorned the other pediment only
five now remain, and the loss of the rest is the more to be
lamented, as the sculptures of this eastern end are of a
much higher character than those of the western. From
the few figures which are still spared to us, it appears that
the subject of this picture was similar to that of the other
pediment, modified only by the taste and skill of the artist.
In this room are two sarcophagi; one, found at Tarquinia, is decorated on all sides with sculptures, representing, on three sides, the sacrifice of human victims; on one
end, a gladiatorial exhibition. Within this sarcophagus
were found the bones of the deceased with his shield, and
other armour. The other sarcophagus was found at Polomarzo. The cover is in form of a roof, terminating at the
cornice with tiles, masks, &c. Upon the ridge of the roof
are, at each end a sphinx, and in the middle two serpents.
All the sides are decorated with sculptures, amongst
which, on the front are two genii, on the back a genius
and an armed warrior.
These sarcophagi a torso of Venus of very fine sculpture purchased in 1821, an imperfect statue of Hymen
purchased in 1831, and a few more articles, are not yet
numbered, the arrangements of the room not being completed.
ELGIN SALOON*.
Many of the sculptures in this room having been
described by various authors, and referred to by the
numbers with which they were marked in their former
situation, those numbers have been retained: but to faci* All the articles in this room, except a few which are particularly specified, belonged to the Earl of Elgin.
M

238

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[ELGIN

litate a reference from the Synopsis to the marbles, a
fresh set of numbers,, adapted to their present disposition,
has been added, which will easily be distinguished from
the former by being painted in red. The general order
observed in affixing these numbers to the several objects
is as follows:—
1. The metopes of the Parthenon.
2. The frieze of the Parthenon, commencing on the
left hand of the visitor as he enters the room.
3. Such of the sculptures placed along the middle
of the room, as belonged to the eastern and western pediments of the Parthenon.
4. The remaining articles placed along the middle
of the room.
5. The casts and bas-reliefs above the frieze on the
eastern side of the room (those nearest the entrance being taken last in order).
6. All the objects below the frieze, taken in their
order of position, and commencing, as before, on
the left of the entrance.
The original numbers are subjoined to the descriptions.
Those which have the letter A prefixed refer to such articles as were originally placed in the room then denominated the fourteenth.
Nos. 1—16. Sixteen of the metopes belonging to the
Parthenon, (of which No. 9 is a cast in plaster, from
the original in the Royal Museum at Paris,) which, alternately with the triglyphs, ornamented the frieze of the
entablature surmounting the colonnade: they represent the
battle between the Centaurs and Lapithse, or rather between
the Centaurs and Athenians, who under Theseus joined the
Lapithse (a people of Thessaly) in this contest, hi some o£
these sculptures the Centaurs are victorious, in others the
Athenians have the advantage, while in others, again, the
victory seems doubtful with respect to either of the combatants. These magnificent specimens of ancient art are
executed with great spirit in alto-relievo; they were seen
at a height of nearly forty-four feet from the ground,
(11, % 8, 12, 15, 6, 4, 5; J3, 7, h 3, 9, 14, 10.)
The sculptures from 17 to 90 (inclusive) compose the
exterior frieze of the cella of the Parthenon, which em-

SALOON.]

G R E E K SCULPTURES.

239

bellished the upper part of the walls within the colonnade
at the height of the frieze of the pronaos, and which was
continued in an uninterrupted series of sculpture entirely
round the temple. It is in very low relief. The subject
represents the sacred procession which took place at the
great Panathenaea, a festival which was celebrated every
fifth year, at Athens, in honour of Minerva, the patroness
of the city. The bas-reliefs which compose this frieze are
arranged, as nearly as can be ascertained, in the order in
which they were originally placed in the Parthenon; several alterations having been made on their removal to their
present situation, in consequence of a more careful examination and minute comparison of them with drawings made
before their removal from the temple. Those on the principal front of the temple, namely the east, commence on
the left hand of the visitor as he enters the room, then
follow those of the north, and lastly those of the west
and south.
Nos. 17—24. That portion of the above-mentioned
frieze which occupied the east end of the temple. On two
of the slabs which compose this part of the frieze are
represented divinities and deified heroes, seated; namely,
Castor and Pollux, Ceres and Triptolemus, Jupiter and
Juno, anjl iEsculapius and Hygeia. There was originally
a third slab, which represented four other divinities, also
seated, but it has disappeared for many years. On the
right and left of these sacred characters, are trains of
females with their faces directed to the gods, to whom they
are carrying gifts : we see also directors or regulators of the
procession, among whom are the officers whose duty it was
to receive the presents that were offered. These females
appear to have headed the procession, and to have been
followed by the victims, charioteers, horsemen, &c, both
on the north and south sides of the temple, which togegether formed a procession up to the same point in two
separate columns. Nos. 20 and 23 are casts in plaster, presented by Sir Francis Chantrey. The original of the latter
is in the Royal Museum at Paris. The upper parts of two
of the figures in No. 21, the legs and right arm of the
youthful figure in No. 22, and the two figures placed under
the latter number, are also of plaster, from moulds made
before the destruction of these figures, which took place

240

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ELGIN

before the marbles came into the possession of Lord Elgin.
(16, 17, 18, 18*, 19, 20, A 100, 21.)
Nos. 25—46. A portion of the same frieze, taken from
the north side of the temple. No, 25 is a fragment of a
much larger slab; it represents two of the Metceci, or
strangers, who settled at Athens, and were allowed to take
part in the procession. They carry on their shoulders a
kind of tray filled with cakes and other articles. The remainder of this part of the frieze represents charioteers
and horsemen. Among the latter are seven slabs, (Nos. 37
—43,) which, whether we consider the elegance of the
compositions, or the spirit with which the figures of the
men and horses are executed, present us with the highest
effort of the art of sculpture in the class of low relief.
No. 46 having been placed at the south-west corner of the
temple, the figure sculptured at the end of it belongs to that
part of the procession which decorated the west end of the
cella. It is repeated in plaster, that the whole of the
western frieze may be seen by the spectator at one view.
(22, 24, 23, 34, 98, 177*, 35, 35*, 37, 178 % 36, 35**,
38, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 3 1 , 3 8 * , 32, 33.)
No. 47- A single slab of the frieze from the west end of
the temple. It represents two horsemen, one of whom
is riding before the other, and seems to be in the act of
urging his companion to quicken his pace. The direction
of these figures is the same as that on the north side,
namely, from right to left. (39.)
There is a peculiarity in the frieze of the west end,
which distinguishes it from that on the north and south
sides of the temple. The subjects represented on the
slabs of those two sides run one into another, that is, what
was left imperfect in one slab is completed in the next ;
whereas in the west end the subjects are nearly complete
on each piece of marble. The western frieze is likewise
distinguished from those of the two sides of the temple, by
the comparatively few figures introduced into it.
Nos. 48—61. Fourteen plaster casts, composing the
remainder of the frieze at the west end of the temple.
(A. 75—88.)
Nos. 62—90. That portion of the same frieze which
enriched the south side of the temple. It represents a
procession of victims, charioteers, and horsemen, and is

SALOON.]

G R E E K SCULPTURES.

241

very similar, in its general character and appearance, to
the frieze on the opposite or north side. With respect to
the victims, we do not possess any that were on the north
side of the temple; but that they formed a part of tjie
procession on that side, as well as on the south, cannot be
doubted, since Stuart, in his celebrated work on Athens,
has engraved a fragment of one of them. The figure
sculptured at the end of No. 90, (on the right of the entrance,) belongs to the eastern portion of the frieze. No.
62 was presented by R. C. Cockerell, Esq. (40*, 41, 4 1 * ,
38**, 46, 50, 47, -52, 40, 42, 49, 45, 48, 43, 44, 51,
38***, 53, 54, 56, 55, 15*, 57, 59, 61, 60, 58, 96, 62.)
The sculptures which follow, from 91 to 106, are from
the pediments of the Parthenon. Nos. 91 to 98 are from
the eastern pediment, on which was represented the birth
of Minerva. Nos. 99 to 106 are from the western pediment, on which was represented the contest between
Minerva and Neptune for the honour of giving name to
the city of Athens. These sculptures are placed in the
order in which they originally stood in the building.
No. 91. The upper part of the figure of Hyperion
rising out of the sea. His arms are stretched forward, in
the act of holding the reins of his coursers. This figure,
which represents the approach of Day, occupied the angle
of the pediment on the left of the spectator. (65.)
No. 92, The heads of two of the horses belonging to
the car of Hyperion. They are just emerging from the
waves, and seem impatient to run their course. (66.)
No. 93. A statue of Theseus, the Athenian hero; he
is represented half reclined on a rock, which is covered
with the skin of a lion. Theseus, it is well known, professedly imitated the character of Hercules; and it is
worthy of remark, that the attitude here given to Theseus
is very similar to that of Hercules on some of the coins of
Crotoiia. (71.)
No. 94. A group of two goddesses, probably intended to
represent Ceres and her daughter Proserpine; the latter is
leaning on the right shoulder of her mother. They are sitting on low seats, which are nearly alike in their construction, both of them being furnished with cushions, and
ornamented with mouldings of a similar style. (77-)
No. 95, A statue of Iris one of the daughters of

242

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

^ELGIN

Oceanus, and the messenger of the celestial deities, particularly of Juno. Iris is represented in quick motion,
with her veil inflated and fluttering behind her; and she
appears evidently in haste to execute the mission on which
she is sent, that of communicating to the distant regions of
the earth the important intelligence of the birth of Minerva. (74.)
No. 96. A torso of Victory. The wings of this figure
were probably of bronze: the holes in which they were
fastened to the marble may still be seen. (72, 262.)
No. 97. A group of the three Fates.' (67, 63.)
No. 98. The head of one of the horses belonging to the
chariot of Night, which was represented plunging into the
ocean on the right angle of the east pediment, that is to
say, the right angle in reference to the spectator. The
car of Day has been already described, (Nos. 91, 92,) as it
was represented rising out of the waters on the opposite
angle of the same pediment. (68.)
No. 99. A recumbent statue, supposed to be of the
river-god Ilissus. The Ilissus was a small stream that ran
along the south side of the plain of Athens. This figure,
which, with the exception of the Theseus, is the finest in the
collection, occupied the left angle of the west pediment. (70.)
No. 100. The torso of a male figure, supposed to be
that of Cecrops, the founder of Athens. (76.)
No. 101. The upper part of the head of Minerva. (See
the following No.) This head was originally covered with
a bronze helmet, as appears from the holes by which it
was fastened to the marble: and the sockets of the eyes,
which were originally filled with metal or coloured stones,
are now hollow. (118.)
No. 102. A fragment of the statue of Minerva, one of
the principal figures in the west pediment, and of nearly
the same proportions as the torso of Neptune, from the same
pediment, (No. 103.) This fragment consists of a portion
only of the chest of the goddess, which is covered, as usual,
with the aegis. The angles of the eegis appear to have
been ornamented with bronze serpents, and the centre of
it to have been studded with the head of Medusa, of the
same metal; the holes in which these ornaments were
fastened to the marble are plainly visible. The upper
part of the head of this statue, the feet, and a portion of

SALOON.]

GREEK SCULPTURES.

243

the Erichthonian serpent, are preserved in the collection.
See Nos. 101, 256, and 104. (75.)
No. 103. The upper part of the torso of Neptune, One
of the principal figures in the west pediment. (64.)
No. 104. See No. 102. (271.)
No. 105. The torso of Victoria Apteros, or Victory
without Wings, who was represented in this manner by
the Athenians to intimate that they held her gifts in perpetuity, and that she could not desert them. This goddess
was represented driving the car of Minerva, on the west
pediment; the car approached Minerva, as if to receive her
into it, after her successful contest with Neptune. (69.)
No. 106. A fragment of a group which originally consisted of Latona with her two children, Apollo and Diana.
This group was placed on the right side of the west pediment. All that remains in the fragment before us, is the
lap of Latona, with a small portion of the figure of the infant Apollo. (73.)
No. 107- The celebrated Sigean inscription, first published by Chishull, in his " Antiquitates Asiaticse," and
afterwards more correctly by Chandler in his "Inscriptiones Antiquse." It is written in the most ancient Greek
characters, and in the bustrophedon manner, that is to say,
the lines follow each other in tne same direction as the ox
passes from one furrow to another in ploughing. The purport of the inscription is to record the presentation of three
vessels, namely, a cup, a saucer or stand, and a strainer,
for the use of the Prytaneum, or hall of justice, of the
Sigeans. The name of the donor was Phanodicus, the son
of Hermocrates, and a native of Proconnesus. (199.)
No. 108. A piece of the ceiling of the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (299.)
No. 109. The lower part of a female statue covered
with drapery. (299*.)
No e 110. A piece of the shaft of an Ionic column, belonging to the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (312.)
No. 111. A colossal statue of Bacchus, from the
choragic monument of Thrasyllus, at Athens. It is a
sitting figure covered with the skin of a lion, and with a
broad belt round the waist; it was originally placed on
the summit of the edifice, at a height rather exceeding
twenty-seven feet, (205.)

244

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ELGIN

No. 112. The capital, and a piece of the shaft of one of
the Doric columns of the Parthenon. (2070
No. 113. An imperfect statue of a youth ; of the size
of life, and of the most exquisite workmanship. (306.)
No. 114. A piece of the shaft of a column, belonging to
the temple of Ereehtheus at Athens. (304.)
Nos. 115, 116, 117, are now 199*, 199*% 199***.
No. 118. Blank.
No. 119 is now 113.
Nos. 120, 121, are now 187*, 187**..
No. 122. A sepulchral solid urn, having three figures in
bas-relief on the front. The first of these is a warrior with
a helmet and a shield, who is joining hands with an elderlyman dressed in a long tunic; the third figure is a female.
The inscription underneath these figures probably contained
the names of the parties, but is too mutilated to admit of
being decyphered. (167.)
No. 123. A sepulchral column, inscribed with the name
of Anaxicrates, an Athenian, the son of Dexiochus; beneath
the inscription is the representation of a sepulchral urn,
executed in very low relief, (240.)
No. 124. Another monumental urn, of the same kind, inscribed with the name of Pheedimus of Naucratis. (A. 51.)
No. 125* The capital of an Ionic column, from the portico of the Erechtheium, at Athens. The building to which
this singularly beautiful piece of architecture belonged,
was a double temple dedicated to Minerva Polias and Pandrosus. (A. 47.)
Nos. 126, 127« A portion of the shaft, and the base, of
the same column. (A. 48, 49.)
No. 128. An architectural statue; it was one of the
Caryatides which supported the roof under which the olive
tree of Minerva was sheltered in the temple of Pandrosus
at Athens. (A. 42.)
No. 129. A piece of the shaft of an Ionic column. (A. 43.)
No. 130. A capital of a Doric column, from the Propyleea, at Athens. (206.)
No. 131. A part of a Doric entablature, from the Propylsea at Athens. (308.)
No. 132. A solid monumental urn, or cenotaph, with a
bas-relief in front, not inscribed. (A. 50.)
No. 133. The capital of an Ionic column belonging to a

SALOON.]

GREEK SCULPTURES.

245

temple of Diana at Daphne, on the road from Athens to
Eleusis. (A. 44.)
No. 134. Apiece of the shaft of an Ionic column, belonging to the same temple. (A. 45.)
No. 135. The base of an Ionic column, likewise belonging to the same temple. (A. 46.)
Nos. 136—149. Casts in plaster from the frieze of the
pronaos of the temple of Theseus. The subject of this
frieze is a battle fought in the presence of six divinities,
who are represented sitting in the midst-of the combatants.
(A. 55—68.)
Nos. 150—154. Casts in plaster from the frieze of the
posticus of the same temple. The subject of these sculptures is the battle of the Centaurs and Lapithse. (A. 69—
73.)
Nos. 155—157« Casts in plaster of three of the metopes
of the north side of the temple of Theseus at Athens. The
first represents Theseus killing Creon, king of Thebes; the
second, Theseus overcoming Cercyon, king of Eleusis, in a
wrestling match; and the third, Theseus killing the
Crommian sow. (A. 52—54.)
Nos. 158, 159. Two, bas-reliefs, which formed part of
the frieze of a temple of the Ionic order (near the Propylsea
at Athens), and dedicated to the Wingless Victory (Nike
Apteros.) The subject represented on them is a combat
between the Greeks and Persians. (258, 257.)
Nos. 160, 161. Two bas-reliefs, from the same temple:
the combatants appear to be all Greeks. (259, 260.)
No. 162. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (182.)
No. 163. Ditto. (183.)
No. 164. A bas-relief, representing a narrow upright
vase with one handle: the form of this vase very much
resembles that of the solid urns, so often used by the
Greeks as sepulchral monuments. (276.)
No. 165. A Greek inscription from Athens, signifying
that certain gifts, which are specified, had been consecrated
to some goddess, probably Venus, by a female who held
the office of lighter of the lamps, and interpreter of dreams,
in the temple of the goddess. The name of this female
which was no doubt inserted at the beginning of the in«
scription, is now lost. (88.)

5246

GALLE&Y OP ANTIQUITIES.

[ELGIK

No. 166. An agonistic inscription, in Greek, consisting of the names of those who had conquered in the
foot race of the stadium, and double stadium; in
wrestling; in boxing; in the pancratium; and pentathlum. (93.)
No. 167- A fragment of a Greek inscription: it consists of twenty lines of very ancient characters, and seems
to be a part of a treaty. (286.)
No. 168. A Greek inscription, imperfect, and very much
defaced. It seems to be an inventory of valuable articles
contained in some temple. (277-)
No. 169. A neuron, from the temple of Ceres at Eleu-

sis. (173.)
No. 170. A capital of a pilaster. (174.)
No. 171. A fragment of a very ancient Greek inscription from the Acropolis : it contains an account of certain
expenses defrayed by those to whom the care of the public
games was confided. The name of the Archon, under
whom the stone was engraved, is effaced. (159.)
No. 172. A fragment of a decree; the beginning is
wanting, and what remains is much mutilated. At the
conclusion of the decree it is ordained that the people of
Hierapytna in Crete shall affix to it the public seal. (1570
No. 173. A Greek inscription, written in two columns ;
it contains a list of names arranged in the order of the
tribes to which they respectively belonged. (92.)
No. 174. A votive Greek inscription, dedicated by
some sailors, as a mark of their gratitude, to Apollo of
Tarsus. (223.)
No. 175. A sepulchral column, of large dimensions; it
is inscribed with the name of Aristides, who was the son
of Lysimachus, and a native of Estisea. (305*.)
No. 176. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a
figure standing upright in a dignified attitude; it is probably intended for Bacchus. (107.)
No. 177« A piece of a frieze, or architectural ornament
from the tomb of Agamemnon at Mycense. The sculpture
is exceedingly ancient, and consists of two kinds of scrollwork, one of which represents the curling of the waves,
and the other a series of paterae which are perfectly flat
and plain. The stone is of a brilliant green colour. (220.)
No. 178- A fragment of a colossal female statue, from

SALOON.]

G R E E K SCULPTURES.

247

one of the pediments of the Parthenon; it has belonged to
a sitting figure, of which the only remaining part is the
left thigh, covered with drapery. (156.)
No. 179. A circular altar, from the island of Delos; it
is ornamented with the heads of bulls and festoons in very
bold relief. (106.)
No. 180. A piece of frieze or architectural ornament,
from the same place as No. 177« It consists of three rows
of scroll-work, all of which are similar representations of
the revolving of the waves. The colour of the stone is
bright red. (221.)
No. 181. A sepulchral column with an inscription to
the memory of Theodotus, who was the son of Diodorus,
and a native of Antioch. (225.)
No. 182. A sepulchral solid urn, with a bas-relief representing three figures, one of which is seated. The
inscription presents us with the following names: Archagoras, Pythyllis, and Poly stratus. (?74.)
No. 183. A sepulchral column inscribed with the name
of Socrates, son of Socrates, and a native of Ancyra, a city
of Galatia. (164.)
No. 184. A sepulchral column of Menestratus, the son
of Thoracides, and a native of Corinth. (168.)
No. 185. A Greek inscription, imperfect, containing an
account of the treasures of some temple, probably those of
the Parthenon. The characters which we see on this
marble are of a much more modern form than in the inscription of the same kind, No/379. (216.)
No. 186. A sun-dial, with four different dials represented on as many faces. The inscription imports that
it is the work of Phsedrus, the son of Zoilus, a native of
Pseania. From the form of the letters of this inscription,
the sun-dial cannot have been made much earlier than
the time of the Emperor Sever lis. I t was found at Athens.
(285.)
No. 187. A fragment of a Greek inscription : it is a
decree of the people of Athens in honour of Hosacharas,
a Macedonian. This decree was passed in the Archonship of Nicodorus, in the 3d year of the 116th Olympiad. (280.)
No. 187*. Part of the capital of an Ionic column. (306*.)
No. 187**. A circular altar, brought from the island of

248

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ELGIN

Delos. It is ornamented with the heads of bulls, from which
festoons of fruit and flowers are suspended. (307-)
No. 188. A solid urn, or cenotaph, in the front of
which two figures, a man and a woman, are represented
joining hands. The former is standing, the latter is
seated. The names of both were probably inscribed upon
the urn, but that of the woman only is preserved, Ada,
(110.)
No. 189. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a
procession of three figures, the last of which carries a large
basket on his head: they are accompanied by two children.
(284.)
No. 190. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing two of
the goddesses, Latona and Diana, in procession. Similar
bas-reliefs, in a more perfect state, are preserved in the Albani collection. The temple which is here introduced, is
probably that of Apollo, which stood in the street at Athens,
called « The Tripods," (103.)
No. 191. A fragment of the upper part of a sepulchral
stele. (95.)
No. 192. A solid funeral urn, of large dimensions.
I t has a bas-relief in front, representing two figures
joining hands; these figures consist of a female who is
seated, and a man who is standing before her. The
Greek inscription gives us the names of both persons:
one is Pamphilus, the son of Mixiades, and a native of
iEgilia; and the other is Archippe, the daughter of Mixiades. (237.)
No. 193. A bas-relief, representing a Bacchanalian
groups found among the ruins of the theatre of Bacchus,
on the south-west of the Acropolis. It consists of four
figures, each carrying a thyrsus; one of these is Bacchus,
dressed in the Indian costume, who with his right hand is
holding out a double-handled vase, into which a female
Bacchante is pouring wine from a monota, or vase with one
handle. On each side of these figures is an elderly Faun,
in a dancing attitude, one of whom is glancing his eye at
the contents of a large vessel of wine placed on the ground.
(235.)
No. 194. The upper part of the head of an Egyptian
idol, in granite; the head is that of a lion, and is remarkable for being ornamented with a crown of serpents, simi-

SALOON.]

GREEK SCULPTURES.

249

lar to that which is spoken of in the Rosetta inscription. (105.)
No. 195. A very large funeral urn, solid, and without
any inscription. It has three figures in bas-relief; the
first of these is clothed in a tunic and is seated; the second is a warrior standing up and joining hands with the
former; and the third is a boy carrying a large circular
shield. (228.)
No. 196. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a
female figure seated in a chair, with a child standing
by her side; the upper part of the woman is wanting.
This fragment is probably part of a sepulchral monument. (162.)
No. 197- A bas-relief, imperfect, representing a charioteer driving four horses at full speed.; a figure of Victory is flying towards him with a crown. (236).
No. 198., A fragment of a bas-relief, representing part
of the body and legs of a boy. (109.)
No. 199. A cinerary urn, ornamented in front with
four standing figures ; two of these, in the centre, are joining hands, the other two are in a pensive attitude. The
names of all the figures were originally inscribed on the urn;
the first name is not legible; the others are Philia, Metrodora, and Meles. (148.)
No. 199*. A bronze urn, very richly wrought. It was
found inclosed, within the marble vase in which it now
stands, in a tumulus on the road that leads from Port
Piraeus to the Salaminian ferry and Eleusis. At the time
of its discovery, this beautiful urn contained a quantity of
burnt bones, a small vase of alabaster, and a wreath of
myrtle in gold. (300.)
No. 199**. A large marble vase; it is of an qval form,
and within it was found the bronze urn described in the
preceding number. (301.)
No. 199***. A circular votive altar, ornamented with the
heads of bulls, from which festoons are suspended. The
inscription, in Greek, near the bottom, is a prayer for the
prosperity and health of a person named Casiniax. (91.)
No. 200. A small female figure, covered with drapery ;
it is without a head. (90.)
No. 201. A sepulchral column of Thalia, the daughter
of Callistratus, of Aexone. (149.)

250

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ELGIN

No. 202. A votive Greek inscription, dedicated by
Gorgias the Gymnasiarch. (224.)
No. 203. A decree of the people of Tenos, in honour
of Ammonius, their benefactor: this decree is directed to
be engraved on marble, and affixed in the temple of Neptune and Amphitrite. Straboand Tacitus mention a celebrated temple that was dedicated to Neptune in this
island, and it is highly probable that the same temple was
dedicated to Amphitrite, as well as to Neptune. Neptune and his symbols frequently occur on the coins of
Tenos. (231.)
No. 204. A fragment of a bas-relief, on which are represented part of the skin of an animal and the branch of
a tree. (158.)
No. 205. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (178.)
No. 206. A fragment of a Greek inscription, engraved
in very ancient characters. It seems to be a treaty between the Athenians and the people of Rhegium, a town
of the Bruttii, in Italy. (282.)
No. 207. Small statue of Ganymede; part only of the
eagle's claw remains upon the left thigh. (293.)
No. 208. A sepulchral column of Mysta: the Greek
inscription informs us that she was a native of Miletus,
daughter of Dionysius, and wife of Rhaton, who was a
native of Thria, a town belonging to the tribe of (Eneis.

(]1L)
Nos. 209—218. Ten objects of small dimensions: they
represent (with two exceptions) various parts of the human
body, and have been offered up as vows to Jupiter Hypsistos, praying for the cure of diseases in those parts, or
in gratitude for cures already received. The part of the
body which had received a cure has been broken off from
No. 2 1 2 ; but the inscription implies, that Syntrophus
presents it as a mark of his gratitude to Jupiter Hypsistos.
No. 213 is a prayer in behalf of Euphrosynus. (247, 245,
249, 252, 241, 251, 248, 246, 253, 250.)
Nos. 219, 220. Two pieces of the architrave belonging
to the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (291, 85.)
No. 221. A fragment of a boy, holding a bird under
his arm, and feeding it. (81.)
No. 222. A sepulchral column, inscribed with the

SALOON.]

G R E E K SCULPTURES.

251

name of Botrychus, son of Euphanus, and a native of
Heraclea. (278.)
No. 223. A Greek inscription, imperfect, engraved in
very small characters: it is an enumeration of the sacred
dresses which belonged to some temple. (283.)
No. 224. A. fragment of a bas-relief, representing the
fore-legs and part of the body of a bull. (160.)
No. 225. Fragment of a Greek inscription; very imperfect. (180.)
No. 226. A fragment of a Greek inscription ; it is the
latter part of a decree in honour of a person who had deserved well of some particular city. It is directed, as in
the inscription No. 203, that the decree shall be engraved
on marble, and placed in the temple of Neptune and Amphitrite. (230.)
No. 227. A small figure of Telesphorus, completely enveloped in a cloak; it wants the head. (78).
No. 228. A sepulchral column, with an inscription to
the memory of Biottus, who was the son of Philoxenus,
and a native of Diradium. (275.)
No. 229. A sepulchral stele, with a bas-relief, representing
a man clothed in a tunic. The inscription over this
figure records the name of Erasippus, who was the son of
Callinicus, and a native of CEum in Attica. (212.)
. No. 230. A solid sepulchral urn, with a bas-relief, representing five figures, executed in a singularly rude style.
The first of these figures is a boy carrying a la^ge circular
shield, the second is a warrior joining hands with a third
person, who is seated before him : the group is completed
by the introduction of a child, and of a female whose attitude evinces a dejected state of mind. Over the warrior
is the name of Sosippus, in Greek letters. (239.)
No. 231. The capital of an Tonic column, from the
temple of Diana, at Daphne. (80).
No. 232. The upper pant of the shaft of a small Ionie
column. (310.)
No. 233. The capital of a Corinthian column. (308*.)
No. 234. A fragment of a Greek inscription ; it is too
imperfect to admit of a full explanation, but it seems to
have been in honour of a person who had distinguished
himself on some occasion by great humanity. (170.)
No. 235. A fragment of a decree made by a Society

252

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

QELGJN

which is distinguished by a number of epithets, among
which are two derived from the names of Hadrian and
Antoninus. The Society appears to have been formed of
musicians, and the decree to have been passed in honour of
Bacchus and the Emperor Antoninus Pius. A patera is
represented on the upper part of this marble. (161.)
No. 236. A sepulchral inscription, in six elegiac
verses, to a young man of the name of Plutarchus, who
died in Ausonia, at a distance from his native country.
(242.)
No. 237. A Greek inscription, imperfect. (287«)
No. 238. An amphora. (215.)
No. 239. An unknown female head, the hair of which
is concealed within a close head-dress. (122.)
No. 240. A fragment of an unknown female head. (255.)
No. 241. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing an
unknown female head : from the style of the hair, which
is curiously plaited, we may fix the sculpture to about the
time of Antoninus Pius. (123.)
No. 242. A head of the bearded Hercules. (120.;
No. 243. A head of the bearded Hercules, similar to
the last, but of larger dimensions. (117*)
No. 244. A large head. (266.)
No. 245. A female torso, covered with drapery. (296.)
No. 246. A large head. (263.)
No. 247. An unknown bearded head, very much mutilated : it is larger than life, and is crowned with a very
thick cord-shaped diadem. (119.)
No. 248. The head of a middle-aged man, with a conical
bonnet; it appears to have had very little beard, and is
most probably the head of a mariner. (116.)
No. 249. A fragment of a head, crowned with vine
leaves: it appears to have been executed at a declining
period of the arts. (121.)
No. 250. An unknown female head, the hair of which
is confined within a close elegantly formed cap. The same
style of head-dress is observable on some of the silver coins
of Corinth. (114.)
No. 251. The head of a laughing figure, executed in the
early hard style of Greek sculpture, (115.)
No. 252—255. Four pieces of the frieze from the
temple of Erechtheus at Athens; they are enriched with

SALOON.]

G R E E K SCULPTURES.

253

flowers and other ornaments, which are designed with the
most perfect taste, and are chiselled with a degree of sharpness and precision truly admirable. (127—130.)
No. 256. The base on which a statue has stood; the
feet, which still remain, are very wide apart, and shew that
the figure must have been in powerful action; they are
presumed to be the feet of Minerva, from the west pediment of the Parthenon. See No. 102. (201.)
No. 257. An amphora. (171.)
No. 258. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, having
the inscription, as well as the arabesque ornament on the
summit, perfect. The inscription is to the memory of
Asclepiodorus the son of Thraso, and Epicydes the son of
Asclepiodorus; both the deceased were natives of Olynthus, a city in Macedonia. (169.)
No. 259. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, inscribed
with the name of Euphrosynus. (155.)
No. 260. A piece of Doric entablature, originally
painted. (154.)
No. 261. A Greek inscription, imperfect at the end,
being a contract respecting the letting of some lands and
salt pits by the people of Pireeus. Presented, in 1785, by
the Dilettanti Society, (289.)
No. 262. An unknown bust. (100.)
No. 263. A sepulchral solid urn, ornamented with
reeds, and inscribed with the name of Timophon, the son
of Timostratus, and a native of Anagyrus, whose inhabitants were of the tribe of Erechtheis. (163.)
No. 264. The capital of an Ionic column belonging to
a temple of Diana, at Daphne, in the road to Eleusis.
(295.)
No. 265. A piece of the shaft of a small Ionic column,
the lower part of which is fluted and reeded. (297«)
No. 266. A sepulchral stele, with a very ancient inscription to the memory of Aristophosa and others. A peculiarity occurs in this inscription, namely, that the letters
uo are twice used for viov. (214.)
No. 267- A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides of
a thick slab of marble. It is an inventory of the valuable
articles which were kept in the Opisthodomos of the Parthenon at Athens. (305.)
No. 268. A fragment of the capital of a Corinthian

254

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ELGIN

column: it is ornamented with the leaves of the laurel and
acanthus. (102.)
No. 269. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (193.)
No. 270. Ditto. (190.)
No. 271. Ditto. (197.)
No. 272. Ditto. (189.)
No. 273. Ditto. (179.)
No. 274. A sepulchral Greek inscription, engraved on a
piece of entablature. It consists of two lines in prose, and
sixteen in pentameter verse. The name of the deceased
was Publius Phaedrus, a native of Sunium, son of Theophilus and Cecropia, and grandson of Pistoteles, The inscription states that he was of noble family, and that his
death was followed by the universal regret of the Athenians, on account of his youth, learning, wisdom, and personal accomplishments. (153.)
No. 275. A fragment of a cinerary urn, on which
a-re represented four figures in bas-relief. The two central
figures consist of a young man and woman who are joining
hands, and whose names are inscribed above in Greek characters, Demostrata and Callistus. Two other figures are
standing by the side of these, in a pensive attitude. (104.)
No. 276. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides
of a large piece of marble. It is an inventory of the
sacred treasures belonging to the Parthenon. (298.)
No. 277. Fragment of a figure. (147.)
No. 278. A bas-relief, representing Hygeia feeding a
serpent out of a patera. She is seated on a throne which
is covered with a cushion, and her feet are placed upon a
footstool. She wears a high ornament, or tutulus, on her
head, and she has a fan, in the shape of an ivy leaf, in her
left hand. (238.)
No. 279. A bas-relief, imperfect, representing a goddess seated on a chair or throne, behind whom are seven
figures, four of which are children; one of the latter is leading a ram to an altar, the rest are in the attitude of devotion. (94.)
No. 280. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a
female sitting. (279.)
No. 281. Fragment of a figure. (146.)
No. 282. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sur-

SALOON.]

G R E E K SCULPTURES,

255

faces of a tablet of marble. It is an inventory of articles
of gold and silver belonging to the Parthenon,, and which
the quaestors of the temple acknowledge that they have received from their predecessors. (311.)
No. 283. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, inscribed with the name of Eumachus, who was the son of
Eumachus, and of the city of Alopece. Presented, in
1785, by the Dilettanti Society. (292*.)
No. 284. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (184.)
No. 285. A fragment of a Greek inscription, contain*
ing a list of Athenians, with the townships to which they
respectively belonged. We read the names of no less than
twelve different townships in this small fragment; namely,
according to the order in which they occur, Sunium, lonidiae,
Alopece, Pallene, Halee, Ericea, Colonus, Sphettus, Ceriadse, Thoricus, Hephsestia, and Bate. (222.)
No. 286. The upper part of a sepulchral column, with
an inscription to the memory of a person named Simon,
who was the son of Aristus, and a native of Halse in
Attica. (2170
No. 287* Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (185.)
No. 288. Ditto. (1870
No. 289. A portion of the cornice from the portico of
the Erechtheium at Athens. (165.)
No. 290. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, ornamented with leaves and flowers; the inscription is to the
memory of Chabrias. (226.)
No. 291. A Greek inscription, engraved on three sides
of a piece of marble. The characters are extremely ancient ; but unfortunately the marble has been very much
mutilated, and the letters defaced. (309.)
No. 292. An amphora. (211.)
No. 293. A bas-relief, representing a votive figure of
Cybele, seated in a kind of small temple. (97.)
No. 294. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (192.)
No. 295. A fragment of a sepulchral stele from which
the bas-relief has been almost entirely broken away; the
inscription is to the memory of Hieroclea, the daughter of
Leucius. (218.)

256

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[ELGIN

No. 296. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (188.)
No. 297. A small tile, in terracotta, which has been
used to cover the joints of the larger tiles. The front is
enriched with a fleuron, and is also inscribed with the
name of the maker, Athenaeus. (113.)
~No. 298. A votive monument with two Greek verses^
signifying that Horarius had dedicated some lamps, which
he won in the games, to Mercury and Hercules. The basrelief above, which probably represented the two deities
here mentioned, is almost entirely broken away; only the
feet of one figure remain. (219.)
No. 299. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (198.)
No. 300. A small bas-relief, imperfect, representing
Cybele seated. Presented, in 1820, by John P. Gandy
Deering, Esq. (103*.)
Nos. 301—309. Fragments of figures, many of which
have belonged to the metopes of the Parthenon. (131—134,
136—140.)
Nos. 310—315. Fragments of colossal statues, some of
which have probably belonged to figures which stood in the
pediments of the Parthenon. (261, 264, 267, 270, 272,
27P.)
No. 316. A small statue of a Muse, without a head; it
was probably intended to represent Polyhymnia. (208.)
No. 317. A sepulchral column, inscribed with the
name of Callimachus, who was a native of the city of
Aexone, and the son of Callistratus. (209.)
No. 318. A base of a column brought from the plains
of Troy. (210.)
No. 319. Fragment of a figure. (143.)
No. 320. Fragment of No. 327. (141.)
No. 321. The chest of a female figure, covered with
drapery ; it has probably belonged to one of the metopes
of the'Parthenon. (79.)
No. 322. Fragment of No. 327- (142.)
No. 323. A fragment of a metope of the Parthenon ;
it is the torso of one of the Lapithse. (294.)
No. 324. An oblong shallow vessel for containing holy
water. The front is ornamented with a bas-relief representing five figures, one of which, probably Juno, is seated

SALOON/]

GREEK SCULPTURES.

257

on a throne: of the remaining figures, three females are
imploring the benediction of the goddess in behalf of their
children, whom they are carrying in their arms, and a
fourth i£ bringing oblations. From Cape Sigeum, near
the plain of troy. (99.)
No. 325. A colossal head, much mutilated; it was
found in the temple of Nemesis, at Hhamnus> in Attica,
and is supposed to be the head of Nemesis. Presented, in
1820, by John P . Gandy Deering, Esq. (273.)
No. 326. The feet of a male statue, on the plinth.
Presented, in 1820, by John P . Gandy Deering, Esq,
(107*.)
No. 327. A torso of a male figure, probably that of
^Esculapius. (202, 135, 151.)
No. 328. A sepulchral column to the memory of Callis,
who was the daughter of Strato, and a native of the city
of Gargettus. (203.)
No. 329. A base of a column, brought from the plains
of Troy. (204.)
No. 330. A fragment of a square altar, which has probably been dedicated to Bacchus. The ornaments on two
of the sides only have been preserved; these represent
female Bacchantes in dancing attitudes. One of the figures
holds a shawl or veil in her hands, the other brandishes a
thyrsus. (112.)
No. 331. A fragment of a sepulchral stele; the inscription is very imperfect, but records the name of Musonia. The summit is ornamented with the figure of a
butterfly on some fruit. (150.)
No. 332. A fragment of a statue of Hygeia. (125.)
No. 333. A small fragment of a very ancient Greek
inscription, written in the boustrophedon manner. Presented, in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society. (81*.)
No. 334. An imperfect Greek inscription, engraved on
three sides of a piece of marble, in very ancient letters,,
Presented, in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society. (87.)
No. 335. A fragment of a bas-relief, with part of an
inscription. (126.)
No. 336. A bas-relief, imperfect, inscribed with the
names of Aristodice, Aristarchus, and Athenais, natives of
Sestus. Presented, in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society.
(236*.)

258

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[jELGIN

No. 337* Part of the stem of a candelabrum ornamented
with four female figures, one of which is playing on the
lyre, and the others, with joined hands, are leading the
dance. (124.)
Nos. 338, 339. Fragments of colossal statues. (265,
269.)
No. 340. A part of a colossal foot, probably belonging
to a figure in one of the pediments of the Parthenon. (244.)
No. 341. The left knee of a colossal statue of very
fine work : it has probably belonged to a figure in one of
the pediments of the Parthenon. (256.)
No. 342. Fragment of a statue. (268.)
No. 343. Ditto. (144.)
No. 344. An amphora. (176.)
No. 345. A funeral inscription to the memory of Polyllus; it consists of one line in prose, and two in verse.
The line in prose gives us only the name and titles of
Polyllus, and the verses intimate that Polystratus had
erected a statue to the deceased, and had placed it under
the protection of Minerva ; the marble on which this inscription is cut formed a part of the base on which the
statue stood. (292.)
No. 346. A Greek inscription, relating to the Erythraeans : the characters are very ancient. (288.)
No. 347- A fragment of a decree of the Athenians, engraved on a very large piece of marble. So much has
been broken away from this inscription, that the precise
object of it is not easily collected: it is ordained, however,
that the decree shall be fixed up in the Acropolis. (281.)
No. 348. A very ancient Greek inscription, which has
served as an epitaph on the tomb of the Athenian warriors killed at Potidsea. This inscription, which originally
consisted of twelve elegiac verses, has suffered from the injuries of time. (290.)
No. 349. Fragment of a figure. (145.)
No. 350. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (195.)
No. 351. A sepulchral stele, with an ornament of
flowers on the summit. It is inscribed with the names of
Hippocrates and Baucis. (175.)
Nos. 352—360. Casts in plaster of the frieze of the
Choragic Monument of Lysicrates, commonly* called the

SALOON.]

G R E E K SCULPTURES.

259

Lanthorn of Demosthenes. The subject of this frieze is
the story of Bacchus and the Tyrrhenian pirates. (A. 89,
97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 91, 90.)
No. 361. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing an
elderly man before one of the gods, probably Bacchus,
who appears to hold a vase in his right hand. (84.)
No. 362. A fragment of a decree of the people of
Tenos, in honour of some benefactor, whose name is not
preserved on the marble. (232.)
No. 363. A fragment of a public act relating to the
people of Athens and Myrina. (234.)
No. 364. A fragment of a public act of the Athenians;
it consists of twenty-one imperfect lines, and seems to relate to the repair of the pavements and roads in the neighbourhood of Athens. (233.)
No. 365. An architectural fragment, which has formed
one of the ornaments of a roof. (243.)
No. 366. A sepulchral Greek inscription in ten verses,
of which the first two and the last two are in the elegiac
measure, and the rest are hexameters. The inscription is
in memory of a young lady of extraordinary beauty, named
Tryphera, who died at the early age of 25 years. (152.)
No. 367- An architectural fragment, similar to No.
365. (254.)
No. 368. A Greek inscription relating to Oropus.
Presented, in 1820, by John P. Gandy Deering, Esq.
(106*.)
Nos. 369, 370. Fragments of Greek inscriptions, very
imperfect. (191, 196.)
No. 371. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing
Minerva placing a crown upon a person's head. (89.)
No. 372. A sepulchral stele with a Greek inscription,
consisting of four lines and a half, part of which is written
in prose and part inverse. The inscription informs us
that the monument was erected by a mother to the memory
of her two sons, Diitrephes and Pericles, the former of
whom was a soldier of Parium; and also to the memory of
her daughter, whose name was Agnes, and that of her
brother, Demophoon, who was a soldier of Parium. (172.)
No. 373. A sepulchral stele. The bas-relief in front,
the lower part of which is broken away, represents two
females joining hands, one of whom is seated and veiled,

260

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

|~ELGIN

the other standing. Between these appears an old man,
clothed in a tunic, and standing in a pensive attitude.
(229.)
No. 374. A votive Greek inscription of Antisthenes,
the priest of Pandion : he was the son of Antiphates, and
belonged to the tribe of Pandionis. (86.)
No. 375. A bas-relief, representing a young man
standing between two goddesses, Vesta and Minerva, who
are crowning him. (82.)
No. 376. A bas-relief, representing two divinities,
namely, Jupiter seated on a throne, and Juno standing
before him ; the latter is removing the veil from her face,
as if to address the king of the gods. (227.)
No. 377. A Greek inscription, imperfect, but of which
fifty-five lines remain. It is written in the Boeotian
iEolic dialect, and is a treaty between the cities of Orchomenus in Boeotia and Elatsea in Phocis, respecting some
payments due from the Orchomenians to the Elataeans.
These payments were for the rent of certain pastures which
the people of Elatsea had let out to the Orchomenians.
The treaty confirms the payment of the stipulated sums,
and renews the treaty of pasturage for four years. (1770
No. 378. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides
of a tablet of marble. It is a decree of the council of the
Boeotians, ordaining the election of three extraordinary
magistrates, who, in concert with the ordinary magistrates,
were to take charge of the re-casting of some articles of
gold and silver, belonging to the temple of Amphiaraus, and
which had been injured by the effects of time. (302.)
No. 379. A Greek inscription, imperfect, engraved in
very ancient characters; it seems to be an inventory of
some treasures, probably those contained in the Parthenon,
and which the Quaestors acknowledge to have received
from their predecessors in the same office. The inscription not only fills one side of the marble, but also the
right edge. (200.)
No. 380. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing three
figures sacrificing before an altar. (101.)
No. 381. A Greek inscription in the Doric dialect; it
is a dedication to Bacchus, by Alexas the son of Nicon,
and Cephisodorus the son of Aglaopheedas, who had both
been victorious in the choruses of men. (83.)

SALOON.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

261

No. 382. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imperfect. (186.)
No. 383. A bas-relief, imperfect; it represents three
goddesses, one of whom is seated on a throne. (108.)
No. 384. A sepulchral stele, in which an equestrian
figure, with an attendant on foot, is represented in basrelief. Above the figures is an inscription, consisting of
three verses, of which the second is a pentameter, and the
two others hexameters ; they record the name of the deceased, Aristocles, who was the son of Menon, and a native
of Piraeus. (213.)
Nos. 385, 386. Fragments of Greek inscriptions, veryimperfect. (194, 181.)
E G Y P T I A N SALOON*.
No. 1. A lion couchant, of red granite; the mane
inscribed in front with a name not yet decyphered ; the
base is also inscribed with hieroglyphics, in which appears
die name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). Presented by Lord
Prudhoe, 1835.
No. 2. A sarcophagus of white stone, in form of a
mummy case, with five rows of hieroglyphics down the
front; the face has been gilt. From Mr. Sams' collection.
No. 3. Sarcophagus of red granite. On the upper
part are Netpe, the four genii of the Amenti, and Isis.
Beneath, at the sides, the deceased offers to various deities.
At the head is a peculiar scene relative to the Sun, and
at the feet, a bark with disk, in which is a scarabseus, &c.
The inscription with which it is covered refers to a sacerdotal functionary, (i priest of the temples of the quarter of
the white wall," or Acropolis of Memphis. From the side
excavation of Col. Campbell's tomb, Gizeh. Presented
by Col. Howard Vyse, 1839.
No. 4. Colossal head of brownish breccia. From
Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 5. A group of black basalt, representing King
* The articles contained in this Room, to which this mark (f) is prefixed in this catalogue, were collected by the French in different parts of
Egypt, and came into the possession of the English army in consequence
of the capitulation of Alexandria, in the month of September, 1801. They
were brought to England in February, 1802, under the care of General
Turner, and were sent, by order of H i s MAJESTY, KING GEORGE THE
T H I R D , to the British Museum.
N

262

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Horus, of the 18th dynasty, standing under the protection of the Deity Amnion Ra the generator.
No. 6. A colossal head of brownish breccia. From
Mr'. Salt's collection.
No. 7. f A colossal ram's head, which has formed
part of a sphinx.
No. 8. Statute of the god Hapimoou, or the Nile,
bearing an altar of libations; inscribed with dedicatory
inscriptions relative to Shishak or Sheshonk, king of the
22d dynasty. From Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 9. f A colossal fist of very considerable magnitude, found in the ruins of Memphis.
No. 10. f A large Egyptian sarcophagus, of breccia,
brought from the mosque of Saint Athanasius, at Alexandria- It is covered with hieroglyphics both within and
without.
Under No. 10. A sandstone altar. Presented by W. R.
Hamilton, Esq. 1838.
No. 11. A figure of a hawk-headed sphinx, found by
Belzoni, in the Temple of Ipsambul. From Mr, Salt's
collection.
No. 12. An Egyptian monument of granite, found in
the palace at Carnak, decorated with six figures in high
relief, holding each other's hands, viz., a male and female on each side, and a female at each end. From Mr,
Salt's collection.
No. 13. Similar to No. 11, but part of the head has
been broken off; found at the same place. From Mr.
Salt's collection.
No. 14. The lower part of a statue, similar to No. 21,
of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 15. A colossal head in red granite, from Carnak,
found by Belzoni, in 1818. From Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 16. The lower part of a statue of Bubastes, bearing the name of Amenoph I I I . (Memnon).
No. 17. A coffin of green basalt. Two perpendicular
lines of hieroglyphics inscribed down the body. They are
dedications to Osiris and Phthah for Seveksi, a deceased
sacerdotal functionary. It is in shape of a mummy, and in
the hands are symbols resembling those of life and stability.
No. 18. A coffin of red granite in the shape of a mum-

SALOON.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

263

my; on it, Netpe, Nephthys, and Isis, and hieroglyphics
relating to an athlophorus.
No. 19. The head and upper part of a statue of
Rameses the Great, brought from the ruins of the Memnonium, a building dedicated to Memnon, at Thebes.
This fragment is composed of one piece of granite of
two colours;, and the face, which is in remarkably fine
preservation, is executed in a very admirable manner.
Presented, in 1817^ by Henry Salt, Esq., and the late
Louis Burckhardt, Esq.
No. 20. Part of the frieze of an Egyptian temple. It
is covered with hieroglyphics on both sides, containing
the name of Psammetichus II. The upper part of this
frieze consists, on one side, of a row of serpents, on the
other, of a row of birds. Presented, in 1766, by H i s
M A J E S T Y K I N G GEORGE

III.

No. 2 1 . A colossal statue of Amenoph III. (Memnon)
sitting, of black breccia. His hands are extended flat
upon the thighs: the front and back of the throne are
decorated with hieroglyphics. Found, in 1818, in an
excavation in the Temple of Memnon. From Mr, Salt's
collection.
No. 22. Part of the frieze of an Egyptian temple. It
is covered with hieroglyphics on both sides, containing
the name of Nectanebo, the last of the Pharaohs. The
upper part of the front of this frieze consisted of a row
of birds, the legs of which are all that now remain.
Presented, in
THE T H I R D .

1766,

by His

MAJESTY

KING

GEORGE

No. 23. f A large Egyptian sarcophagus, of black
granite, covered with hieroglyphics inside and outside.
This sarcophagus, which was brought from Grand Cairo,
was used by the Turks as a cistern, which they called
" The Lovers' Fountain."
No. 24. f The Rosetta stone, containing three inscriptions of the same import, namely, one in hieroglyphics, another in the ancient vernacular language of
Egypt, and another in the Greek language. These inscriptions record the services which Ptolemy the
Fifth had rendered his country, and were engraved by
. order of the High Priests, when they were assem-

264

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

bled at Memphis, for the purpose of investing him
with the royal prerogative. This stone was found near
Rosetta.
No. 25. f An Egyptian figure, the size of life, kneeling on a square plinth, round which is a border of
hieroglyphics: the head and arms of the figure are
wanting.
No. 26. A seated figure of Ousiree Menephtha,
bearing on his knees the figure of a ram's head ; in a hard
white stone. Hieroglyphics on the shoulders of the
figure, on the sides of the seat, and round the pedestal.
On his feet are sandals. From Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 27. A mutilated figure of Rameses II. (Sesostris)
kneeling, and supporting with both hands an altar, dedicated to the deity Thore, on which a scarabaeus is
placed. Presented, in 1805, by Earl Spencer.
No. 28. A circular vessel of sand-stone; one handle
is decorated with the head of Isis, the other handle and
the edge are inscribed with hieroglyphics.
No. 29. A group of a male and female seated, of
soft stone painted. The front of the statues and sides
of the chair are inscribed with hieroglyphics.
No. SO. A colossal head, in white hard stone. From
Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 31. A group of two figures seated with a smaller
one between them, in hard sand-stone: found in a tomb,
and probably represents the man, his wife and child, who
were buried therein. The sides of the seat, the ground
about their feet, and a stripe down the front of their
lower garments are decorated with hieroglyphics, with
the name of Amenoph II. The heads and upper parts
of the bodies of the figures have been covered with a
thick coat of paint, part of which still remains. From
Mr* Salt's collection.
No. 32. A sarcophagus of grey stone, with its cover;
of the Queen of Amasis, king of the 26th dynasty. The
entire sarcophagus, inside and outside, is covered with
sculptures and hieroglyphics. It was discovered at the
bottom of an excavation 130 feet deep, behind the palace
of Sesostris, near Thebes.
No. 33. A sarcophagus of green basalt, in form of a

SALOON.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

265

mummy, decorated with the four deities of the Amenti,
and three rows of hieroglyphics down the front. On the
feet, two jackals.
No. 34. A lion couchant, of red granite; the mane
inscribed with hieroglyphics, as is also the pedestal,
which bears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). On
the left fore-paw is another royal name not }ret ascertained, and apparently of different work. Presented by
Lord Prudhoe, 1835.
No. 35. A painted statue, found in a sepulchre near
the Pyramids. Presented, in 1817, by Captain Caviglia.
At each side of the door on the left, a statue of Bubastes.
No. 36. Group of a male and female figure seated on
a high-backed chair.
No. 37. A large statue of Bubastes sitting in a kind
of chair, and resting the arms upon the thighs. In the
left hand is the emblem of life; the disk which was once
upon the head has been broken off. It is inscribed with
the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 38. A statue of a baboon, the pedestal inscribed
with the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 39. A stone sarcophagus, discovered in a tomb
at Thebes; the paintings with which it is ornamented
have been restored. Presented, in 1820., by the Earl of
Belmore.
No. 40. A baboon, of sand-stone.
No. 4 1 . A statue of Bubastes standing, with the head
of a lioness, on which was the disk of the moon and the
erect serpent's head; she holds the lotus before her in
her left hand, the emblem of life in her right. From
Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 42. The lower part of an Egyptian figure kneeling on a square plinth, round which is a border of hieroglyphics, containing the name of Rameses the Great.
Presented, in 1812, by His Royal Highness the Duke of
York.
No. 43. The sacred boat, bearing a group, of which
a fragment only remains, of a vulture overshadowing
the statue of a female. It is inscribed in several places
with the names of the mother of Amenoph I I I . (Memnon.)

266

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Beneath, is a casing stone, from the Great Pyramid.
Presented by Col. Howard Vyse, 1838.
No. 44. The upper part of a statue of a king, having
on his belt the prenomen of Osortasen I. or Nectanebo.
Presented by Colonel Howard Vyse, 1838.
No. 45. Similar to No. 41, but the disk is nearly perfect. From Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 46. A figure,,the size of life, of a royal scribe,
seated upon the ground, and resting his arms upon his
knees; the left arm has been broken off. Ears of corn
are in his left hand; round his neck is suspended a tablet
inscribed, in hieroglyphics, with the name and titles of
Rameses (Sesostris). In front a tablet inscribed with
hieroglyphics, including the same name and titles.
Hieroglyphics also appear upon the arm, and behind this
figure.
No. 47. A mummy-shaped sarcophagus, of white stone.
No. 48. A male statue, in basalt, seated upon a pedestal, his arms crossed upon his knees, which are almost
as high as his chin. The front of the figure and pedestal
are covered with an hieroglyphical inscription. From Mr.
Salt's collection.
No. 49. Similar to No. 41. From Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 50. The upper half of a standing statue of Bubastes, similar to No. 41.
No. 51. A statue of a Prince, in calcareous stone,
swathed, seated; covered with hieroglyphics, among
which is the name of Thothmes I I I . and the obliterated
cartouche of his sister.
A kneeling statue of a royal scribe, of white stone.
He holds a shrine containing the figures of Isis, Osiris,
and Horus.' On his shoulders and lap appears the name
of Rameses (Sesostris).
A statue in calcareous stone, of a person kneeling and
holding before him a tablet, containing a formula of
prayer to Ra.
On the ground behind ;
The fragment of an Egyptian figure seated upon a
plinth, with the legs turned inward, and lying one upon
the other. The plinth and portions of the dress are covered with hieroglyphics.

SALOON.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

267

A portion of an altar, similar to that represented on
No. 8.
A fragment which was found at the foot of Pompey'g
Pillar, and is partly covered with hieroglyphics, whereon
appears the name of Rameses.
A mutilated fragment of a statue.
A colossal fist. Presented, in 1805, by Earl Spencer,
No. 52. A bust broken from a seated Bubastes.
No. 53. Similar to No. 41. From Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 54. Blank.
No. 55. A colossal arm, in red granite, belonging to
the same statue as the head No. 15. From Mr. Salt's
collection.
Under No. 55. Casing stones from the great Pyramid.
Presented by Col. Howard Fyse, 1838.
No. 56. Blank.
No. 57- A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No.
37. A portion of the disk upon the head has been broken
off. It bears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 58. A bust broken from a seated statue of Bubastes.
No. 59. f A fragment of a porphyry column.
Upon it is placed
A colossal hawk. Presented, in 1805, by Mr. T.
Philipe.
No. 60. A seated statue of Bubastes. From Belzoni's
collection. Behind it, a bust broken from another similar
statue.
No. 61. A statue, in red granite, of Phthahmenoph.
On his breast is inscribed his own name ; on his shoulder,
that of his father, Rameses (Sesostris).
In front of the pedestal is a group of four seated
statues, in black basalt, two male and two female; a
stripe of hieroglyphics decorates the front of each dress.
The heads have all been broken off.
Behind No. 61. The representation of an entrance
to a tomb. From the neighbourhood of the Pyramids.
No. 62. A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No.
37^ but without any name inscribed. The disk upon this
figure is entire. From Mr, Salt's collection.
No. 63. Another seated statue of Bubastes, but of
superior workmanship, and with the name of Shishak in-

268

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

scribed in front of the chair. The disk is sculptured upon
a separate stone. From Mr, Salt's collection.
No. 64. A column of grey granite in four pieces ;
it has six rows of shields containing names. The upper
and lower rows have the name of Ramerre, the four
other rows consist of the name of Phthahmenoph; but
the upper of these is interrupted by a square tablet,
which contains the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
The square slab at the top has the names of Amenoph
I I I . and Ramerre. From Mr. Salt's collection.
Behind No. 64. The entrance to a tomb. Similar to
that behind No. 61.
No. 65. A seated statue of Bubastes. From Behoni's
collection.
No. 66. f A fragment of a large sarcophagus, similar
in its structure to Nos. 10 and 28.
Within No. 66. A trough, in hard breccia, with hieroglyphics, among which appears the royal name of
Rameses the Great. At one end is the figure of an old
man seated. From Mr, Salt's collection.
No. 67. A fragment of the platted beard of the Great
Sphinx. Presented, in 1817? by Captain Caviglia.
No. 68. A seated figure of Bubastes, similar to No.
37. It is inscribed with the name of Amenoph I I I .
(Memnon).
No. 69. The upper half of an erect statue of Bubastes.
Behind No. 69, is a fragment of a statue of a king
seated, in grey granite.
No. 70. A seated male statue, holding in front of
his knees a small standing figure, inscribed with the
same royal name (Amyrtaeus) as the Alexandrian sar«*
cophagus, No. 10.
On one side of No. 70, is a statue of a person seated,
holding in his left hand a hoe, or pickaxe; on his left
knee are some hieroglyphics, sculptured in relief. From
the vicinity of the Pyramids.
On the other side of No. 70, is a statue of Pioeri,
prince of ^Ethiopia, holding an altar, inscribed with hieroglyphics, and having on it a ram's head. The back
and plinth have also hieroglyphics, among which appears
the name of Rameses the Great.
No. 7 1 . \ The upper half of an erect statue of Bubastes

SALOON.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

269

Behind No. 71, is a fragment of two seated figures, in
red granite. The back of the chair is covered with hieroglyphics, and on a transverse belt are the titles of Rameses V. or IX. of the 19th dynasty.
No. 72. A standing figure of Bubastes, similar to
No. 4 1 .
No. 73. A bust broken from a statue of Bubastes.
No. 74. An Egyptian scarabeeus, or beetle, brought
from Constantinople: it was part of the Elgin collection.
No. 75. Fragment of a statue, of grey granite, inscribed with the royal name of Horus of the 18th dynasty.
No. 76. An erect figure of Bubastes, similar to No. 4 1 .
No. 77. A bust broken from a sitting figure of Bubastes.
No. 78. The cover of a mummy-shaped sarcophagus
of granite, covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics.
The entombed person appears to have been a priest.
Underneath are
Feet broken from a statue of Bubastes.
A fragment of a colossal head, of granite.
No. 79. A bust broken from a sitting statue of Bubastes.
No. 80. An erect statue of Bubastes, similar to No.
41.
No. 81. A figure of a priest of Ammon, the size
of life. He is represented sitting on the ground, and
resting his arms upon his knees. An ear of corn
is held in the left hand, and in front of the figure is the
head of.Athor (surmounted by a shrine?) which has
formed the top of a sceptre.
No. 82. A head of a sphinx, of Roman work. From
the collection of Charles Towneley, Esq*
No. 82*. A much mutilated seated statue of a military
chief, of black basalt; the sides of the seat inscribed
with hieroglyphics.
No. 83. A fragment of a kneeling statue, holding a
shrine containing a figure of Osiris, and inscribed with
hieroglyphics, wherein appears the name of Pharaoh
Hophrah.
No. 84. An erect statue of Bubastes, similar to No, 41.
N3

270

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[^EGYPTIAN

No. 85. A bust broken from a seated statue of Bubastes.
No. 86. t An Egyptian sarcophagus, in black basalt,
slightly resembling in its form the human figure. It has a
single border of hieroglyphics round the outside, bearing
the royal name of Amasis.
On No. 86 are placed
A sepulchral shrine, the front covered with hieroglyphics.
A fragment of a pyramid, decorated with sculptures
and hieroglyphics.
A fragment of a shrine, decorated on all sides with
hieroglyphics ; it has contained in front at least four
figures, holding each other's hands.
A shrine covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics,
containing a figure of a chieftain holding a staff or
sceptre, the top of which consists of a head of Isis surmounted by a plume.
A fragment of a pyramid bearing the name of EnantefNaa.
No. 87- A bust broken from a seated figure of Bubastes.
No. 88. A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No.
37. The front of the chair is inscribed with the name of
Amenoph I I I . (Memnon).
No. 89. Fragment of legs, broken from an erect statue of Bubastes ; the pedestal inscribed with the name of
Amenoph I I I . (Memnon).
No. 90. A bas-relief of an Egyptian figure, a close
garment enclosing the body down to the feet, excepting
the right shoulder and arm; the hands are crossed in
front of the body; the head has been--broken off. This
seems to have formed the cover of a sarcophagus.
Presented by the Lords of the Admiralty.
No. 91. A fragment of legs, similar to No. 89.
No. 92. A statue of a priest, of white stone, holding
a shrine containing the figure of the deity Chons or Khons,
remarkable for the long lock of hair over his right ear9
the rest of the head having been close shaven.
No. 93. Bust of a queen, from a colossal statue of
white stone. In front is an altar of libation, dedicated
hj a Pharaoh to Osiris.

SALOON.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

271

No. 94. The lower part of an erect statue of Bubastes.
No. 95. A votive column, on which is an inscription
in Greek to the great God Serapis at Canopus. It was
brought from Aboukir. Presented, in 1807, by Dr. Bancroft, Jun.
No. 96. The upper part of a statue of Rameses the
Great, holding a tablet with offerings, under which is
a vase. Found near Abydos.
In front is a tablet of calcareous stone, in form of a
propylon, covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics, and
bearing the names of kings, Osirtesen and his successor.
No. 97o Blank.
No. 98. Thirteen sepulchral vases, surmounted by
heads of some of the four genii of Amenti (or the lower
regions). Among them are two complete sets of four
each, as they were generally placed in the tombs. All
from Thebes. Presented by J .Gardner Wilkinson, Esq.,
1834.
Nos. 99, 100. Tablets executed prior to or at the
commencement of the 16th dynasty.
Nos. 101,102. Various objects in basalt; among them,
A small Egyptian figure, with a beard, a short apron,
and a terrific aspect. He is standing upright, holding
his arms downwards a little apart from the body. The
ornament upon the head is peculiar to the representation
of this figure. From the collection of Charles Tovoneley,

Esq.
An Egyptian monument, in which are sunk two square
tablets, one of which is left blank, and on the other are
represented two female figures standing side by side.
These tablets are surrounded by hieroglyphics. From
the collection of Sir Hans Sloane.
A small headless figure of a priest of Ammon, seated
on the ground, and resting his arms upon his knees. An
ear of corn is held in the left hand, and in front of the
figure is the head of Isis on the top of a sceptre. Presented, in 1767, by the Earl of Bute.
A kneeling figure, holding a statue of a baboon seated
on a pedestal, inscribed with the name of Hophrah. The
back and pedestal of the figure are inscribed with hieroglyphics, and the same (?) name.
A kneeling figure, holding in front a head of Isis.

272

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

A figure seated on the.ground, resting one arm upon
the knees, the right raised towards the mouth ; the head
of Isis on a sceptre in front; hieroglyphics upon the
sides.
No. 103. Tablets executed prior to, and at the commencement of the 16th dynasty.
No. 104. A small monolith naos, two disked ursei?
and monuments in the shape of altars.
Nos. 105, 106. Tablets, probably executed during
the 16th dynasty.
No. 107. Tablets executed during the 17th dynasty,
No. 108. Miscellaneous objects.
Nos. 109—113. Tablets executed during the 18th
dynasty.
No. 114. The side of a tomb, two baked terracotta
covers of coffins, and a bas-relief, consisting of a double
range of figures. The upper range is imperfect, half of
the figures having been sculptured upon another stone*
The lower range represents some priests armed with
knives, with which they are sacrificing bulls. It was found
near Sakkara, four leagues from Grand Cairo. Presented, in 1767» by the Earl of Bute*
No. 115. Tablets executed during the 18th dynasty.
No. 116. Seven objects. Presented, in 1817, by Captain Caviglia, viz.:
A small hawk of very coarse work, found in front of
the Great Sphinx.
A Greek inscription erected in front of the Great
Sphinx, by Marcus Aurelius and Lucius Verus*
A small lion, found in a temple between the paws of
the Great Sphinx.
A tablet of hieroglyphics, found in front of the Great
Sphinx.
"A lion very rudely sculptured; it is supposed to have
stood on one of the walls between the paws of the Great
Snhinx.
The impression of a human foot carved in stone, with
the letters NEKO© engraved over it. Found in front of
the Great Sphinx,
One of the horns of an altar which was found in front
of the Great Sphinx.
Nos. 117,118. The tablet of Abydos.

SALOON.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

273

Nos. 119, 120. Fragments from the sides of tombs,
&c,
No. 121. Tablets executed during the 18th and successive dynasties.
No. 122, 123. Tablets executed under the Ptolemies.
No. 124. Tablets executed under the Romans, one
with the name of Tiberius: Christian Greek, and Coptic
inscriptions.
Under the shelves round the room are various tablets,,
See, affixed to the walls (Nos. 125—194); among them
the following articles are worthy of particular notice.
No. 133. A small Egyptian figure kneeling upon a
square plinth, and supporting with his hands a kind of
altar, in front of which, within a sunk tablet, is a figure
of Neith. The plinth and front of the altar are covered
with hieroglyphics, among which appears the royal name
of Amasis. Presented, in 1771, by Matthew Duane, Esq.
It is placed upon
An oblong stone, with a shallow excavation in the
centre. The top and sides are adorned with hieroglyphics. It was perhaps intended for a pedestal. From
Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 135. A large square tablet, of breccia, covered
with hieroglyphics. It appears to have been used as
a mill-stone for grinding corn. Presented, in 1805, by
Earl Spencer.
No. 137- A capital of an Egyptian column. Presented, in 1805; by Earl Spencer.
Upon it, f a small mutilated Egyptian figure, kneeling on a broken square plinth, the front and back inscribed with hieroglyphics.
No. 140. A large head, broken from a mummy-shaped
sarcophagus.
No. 145. A fragment covered with hieroglyphics.
Presented, in 1805, by Earl Spencer.
Nos. 169—171; 173—177; 179—181 are fresco paintings, chiefly illustrative of the domestic habits of the
Egyptians. N o . 175, presented by Sir H. Ellis, 1834.
Under No. 168. A head, of white stone.
Under No. 169. A torso, of marble ; the back of the
chair inscribed with hieroglyphics.

274

GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

Under No. 170. Fragments of sandstone, with hieroglyphics.
Under No. 171. A fragment of a statue holding a staff
or sceptre ornamented at the top with a head of Isis.
Under No. 173. The upper half of a seated statue,
of white stone. From Mr. Sams' collection.
Under No. 174?. A bust broken from a statue of grey
granite.
Under No. 175. A mutilated statue of ThothmesIIL,
of black basalt. From Mr. Sams' collection.
Under No. 176. Fragment of a bas-relief representing a group, probably a king seeking the protection of
his favourite divinity : resembling No. 5.
A small basalt statue of Amounemhe, an officer of state,
seated on a throne.
Under No. 177. The fragment of a statue, holding a
tablet decorated with sculptures and hieroglyphics,
wherein appears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
Under No. 179. A Sphinx, represented, according to
the custom of the Egyptians, without wings. Found
in the excavation made in front of the Great Sphinx.
Presented, in 1817, by Captain Caviglia.
Under No. 180. The head of a fish or serpent, in white
stone.
Under No. 181. A Sphinx represented without wings,
like the one described above. Presented, in 1767, by
the Earl of Bute.
E G Y P T I A N ROOM.
UP STAIRS.

The wooden figures in Cases A. and B. are generally
found in tombs; the bronze are offerings, or objects
of private worship; the porcelain and small figures of
stone are all perforated, to attach to the network or the
necklaces of mummies.
CASE A .

DEITIES.

Sandstone. A small statue of Amoun-ra seated upon a
throne, oskh round the neck, shenti round the loins with a

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

275

feathered garment. On the side of the throne are cynocephali, ureeus and lotus sceptres, and at the back Amdun
seated between Khons loh and another deity. Round
the lower plinth is a dedication to Amoun-ra. The head
is from another statue, and the plumes are wanting. 7 5
in. h.
D i v . 1.— Wood. Osiris-Amoun, an old bearded
human figure, in Osirian dress, seated on a plinth,
the knees raised; on his head a modius; both hands
hold some object. Round the base a double dedication
to Osiris, and Osiris-Amoun; a hollow behind has held
a papyrus. 1 ft. 1 in.h. Tombs of the Kings at Thebes.
Steatite, Small figure of Phtah in Osirian dress, holding a graduated gom by both hands, and standing on a
plinth in shape of a cubit, which is also graduated in
front. 7 | in. h.
Wood. Phtah, or Phtha, the Egyptian Vulcan, standing, in Osirian dress, his head shorn, round his neck an
oskh ; both hands hold a gom. 5 | in. h.
Arragonite. The upper part of a male figure, probably
a deity, walking.
Barley covered with linen. Figures of Osiris ? on the
head the shaa; face, green wax. I ft. 1 in. h. One of
them presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Sevek, Sabak, or Souk, a form of Seb, the
Egyptian Saturn, crocodile-headed, walking, wearing the
shenti; black, with yellow stripes. 6 in. h.
Vitrified composition. Thmei or Mei the goddess of
truth, the Egyptian Themis, seated in a close garment;
the distinctive mark, the feather on the head, is wanting.
4§ in. h.
Terra-cotta, Onouris, the Egyptian Mars, a form of
Khons : holds an oval buckler and sword. 1 ft. 4 in. h.
D i v . 2.—Bronze. Khons as Kneph, or Phtha; Silenus-faced, dwarfish naked body, bowed legs, crowned
with the plume, clothed In lion's skin. c2 in. h.
Bronze. Khons as Kneph, standing, holding with both
hands an unknown object, 3 | in. h.
Bronze. Khons as Kneph, standing on a lotus flower
between two sphinxes. 2 | in. h.
Bronze. Khons as Kneph, winged; terminating below
in a lion's foot. I f in. h.
Silver. Arnoun-ra ? the Egyptian Jupiter, walking $

276

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

human form, bearded, wearing the teshr surmounted
by the plume and disk ; in his right hand -9-; in his left
the gom. The dress and plume have been plated with
gold, part of which still remains. 8 J in. h. Thebes.
Bronze. Three other figures of Amoun-ra : the eyes
of one inlaid with silver; the plume of another with
enamel. 8 § - S | in. h.
Bronze. Amoun-ra, seated. l l | i n . h.
Bronze. Amoun-ra, walking. 2 in. h.
Bronze.
Amoun-ra, walking, holding in his right
hand the emblem of victory. 6 to 4§ in. h.
Bronze. A small naos ; in the interior is a seated figure
of Amoun-ra; on the architrave and frieze of the door
two winged globes, personifications of the Hat or good
demon; the cornice is formed of disked ursei. At the
lintels of the door are two disked ureei coiled vertically.
The sides and back represent in bas-relief Chnouph ramheaded, one of the forms of Amoun-ra, and Khons
seated between winged female deities. At the sides of
these scenes are vertical lines of hieroglyphics, too much
erased to be satisfactorily made out, but containing the
name and prenomen of some monarch. On the base is
inscribed in large symbols in bas-relief, " the abode of
Amon." Above is a ring to carry the naos by. It may
have been used as a stamp, 4 | in. h. ; base, 2\ in. b.,
Sin. 1.
Bronze. Maut, seated, wearing the pschent; suckling ; wants the figure of young Khons. 1 ft. 2 in. h.
Bronze. Neith, the Egyptian Minerva, seated on a
throne ; wearing the teshr. 4 | in. h.
Bronze. Neith, walking.
Bronze. .ZEgis of Neith, consisting of her head and
the oskh. 4f in. h.
Bronze. Kneph, Chnouphis, the ram-headed divinity,
walking, wearing an otf, and holding the emblem of victory. 7 in. h.
Bronze. Mgis of Chnouphis, consisting of his head
and the oskh. 4 in. h.
Bronze. Sate, the Egyptian Juno, seated, wearing
the Shaa, between two horns, surmounted by a disk and
another ornament; this figure has held a lotus-sceptre
and-^-. 6§in. h. Thebes.
Bronze. Arnoun-ra, Harsaphes, the Pan of the Egyp-

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

277

tians, on a double pedestal; he stands upon nine bows*
symbolic of the Ethiopians ; before his feet the name of
the queen of Amasis; the eyes, whip, & c , richly inlaid ;
on the upper pedestal the cartouche of Amoun-ra, between two winged uraei; at the side, a deity bearing offerings, two phoenixes, -^-s, goms, & c , preceded on one side
by three jackal-headed, and on the other by three
hawk-headed figures; upon the back of the pedestal
Horus, on the symbol usual on the sides of thrones,
between two female deities, by whom he is saluted.
The lower pedestal has on its upper surface four horizontal lines of hieroglyphics; " may Amoun-ra, tire
husband of his mother, resident in the centre of Thebes,
give always a good embalmment, in the Amenti (or the
West), for Har-ge, the scribe, officer of the queen, son
of Obai, a similar functionary, born of Obeth, a lady
of the house." In front is Meui elevating the boat of
the sun, and saluted by cynocephali and the female
deities attached to the upper and lower region ; the symbol of which, at the back, is corded up by Har-hat and
Thoth; at each, side is a procession of four forms of
Hapi-nloou, each uttering an address, as " we give you
all life and power, offerings, incense, flowers."
Two similar figures, without pedestals. 6 to 8 in. h.
Bronze. Chons, Khons or Khonsou, the Egyptian
Hercules, in Osirian dress, with the lunar disk and mystic
lock of hair, holding the gom, whip, and crook. 2 | in. h.
Gold. Khons-ioh, seated, hawk-headed, crowned with
the lunar disk. \± in. h.
Bronze.
Phtah, or Phtha, the Egyptian Vulcan,
in Osirian dress, bearded, shorn head, holding the graduated gom. From 1 to 1\ in. h.
Bronze. Phtah-Sochari, bifrons, pantheic, standing
upon two crocodiles ; the anterior head, a jackal's disked,
the other, a ram's disked, with uraeus. The form
dwarfish, naked, bow-legged; the right hand holds a
whip; the left, an unknown object; the back formed by
the body and tail of a hawk. 3 in. h.
Bronze.
Athor, Athyr, or Hathor, the Egyptian
Venus; her head overshadowed by a vulture supporting
the disk and horns; on the breast is the oskh. The
body is composed of a shrine, placed upon a wheel of

278

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

eight spokes, containing a figure of Athor standing,
holding a gom and -^-; on a plinth in front, " Athor,
mistress of the heaven." This bronze apparently represents the Egyptian profile of an aegis. 7 in. h.
Gold. Athor, cow-headed, walking, in a long garment ; on her head the disk and horns surmounted by
two plumes. If in. h.
Bronze, Ra, or Re, the sun, superior form of Month ra and Horus ; hawk-headed;, in Osirian dress^ seated with
the knees raised, holding with both hands upon his chest
a-9". The urasated disk broken off. 4 j i n . h .
Thebes.
Bronze. Ra seated, with the knees raised, holding a
lotus sceptre. 4 in. h.
Bronze. Month-ra, Mandoulis, the Egyptian Apollo,
hawk-headed, wearing a disk and two tall plumes; the
collar and eyes of one of the figures inlaid with gold.
From 7 J to 10 in, h.
Bronze. Month-ra,walking,on adoublepedestal; round
the first pedestal, a line of hieroglyphics, " Month-ra, the
giver of life, lord of the land of purity," &c. 7 J in. h.
Bronze.
Nofre-Thmou, or Athmou, human form,
walking, wearing the shenti ; on his head the lotus
flower, whence issue two tall plumes. Another, of the
Ptolemaic period. 7 in. h.
Bronze. Imothph, seated, human form, shorn head,
wears the shenti; unfolds a roll of papyrus. Around
the base of one is inscribed, " Imophth, the giver of life,"
&c. From 5§ to 3 in. h.
Bronze. Imothph, or Jmouth, walking, holding in his
left hand -^-; in his right a gom. 5\ in. h.
Bronze. Thoout, or Thoth, the Egyptian Mercury,
walking; ibis-head, decorated with the otf. 6 | in. h.
Bronze. loh, or Ooh-Thoth, standing on a pedestal,
holding before him, on a basket, the symbolic eye, emblem of the moon. The head attire wanting. 4J in. h.
Bronze. loh, or Ooh-Thoth, lunar Mercury, ibisheaded, decorated with the disk of the moon; seated.
4J in. h.
Bronze. Thoth, ibis-headed, and Horus, Har-si-esi,
hawk-headed, standing face to face. Each holds a vase
of libation pouring an united stream of water on the
earth. 2 in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

279

Bronze, Thoth, human form, walking, his head surmounted by the head and neck of an ibis and the disk
of the moon, crowned with an otf. 3 | in. h.
Bronze,
Thmei, the Egyptian Themis, in Osirian
dress, seated on a pedestal; the sides have been inlaid ;
her head bound by a fillet surmounted by a feather.

4f in. h.
D i v . 3.— Wood, blue and bluish green porcelain, steatite, glass, 8fc. Khons as Kneph, & c , (vide A. 2.)
Blue porcelain. The same divinity quadrifrons, bifrons, &c. From 4 in. to | in. h.
Blue porcelain. Heads of Khons as Kneph, &c.
jiEgis of the same, and square amulet, representing
the same in relief; Reverse, two crocodiles in intaglio.
4 to I in. h.
Red composition. Small tablet representing Khons as
Kneph, &c., in relief. The ornament on the head resembles a modius. \\ in. h.
Vitrified earth. Amoun-ra seated on a throne with feathered ornaments; the plinth behind, which is in the shape
of an obelisk, is inscribed with the invocation of Amounra, and upon the base of the statue is an inscription apparently containing the names and titles of the same deity.
3 | in. h.
Green porcelain, Amoun-ra, seated. If in. h.
Green porcelain, Maut, walking; on the plinth, behind, an inscription, * Maut, the great mother." Her
<
head attire composed of pendent ursei. 2 | in. h.
White porcelain. iEgis of Maut. 1 in. h.
Lapis lazuli. Neith walking. From 1 to If in h.
Blue and green porcelain. Chnouphis, ram-headed,
walking. From If in. to I in. h.
Blue and green porcelain, Amoun-ra, or Harsaphes,
2 to f in. h."
Light blue porcelain. Khons, standing. I f in. fin. h.
Bluish grey porcelain, Khons-ioh, hawk-headed, walking, shenti round the loins ; on his head the lunar disk.

Ifin. h.
Light green porcelain. Phtah, or Phtha, standing;
one holds the gom and emblem of stability. 2f to 1 in. h.
Blue porcelain. Heads, from small figures of Phtah.
2 | to 1J in. h.

280

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Blue porcelain. Phtah-Sochari/ or Phtah-SochariOsiris, a youthful dwarf with bowed legs, naked, his
hands upon his thighs, a close cap on his head. 3 to §
in. h.
Green porcelain.
Phtah, standing upon two crocodiles ; on his head the otf, with a vertical scarabaeus in
front; a hawk upon each shoulder; Pasht Merephtah,
lion-headed, and winged, supports him behind. 2§ in. h.
Light gre,en porcelain. Phtah-Sochari, without the
otf, scarabaeus on his head, hawk on each shoulder; Isis
supports him at his right and Nephthys at his left side.
Pasht Merephtah, human-headed and winged, supports
him behind. 2J to 2f in. h.
Blue porcelain. Phtah 7 Sochari, standing on two crocodiles ; on the head a scarabaeus ; a sword in each hand.
2 | to | in. h.
Blue porcelain. Phtah-Sochari bifrons, standing on
two crocodiles, holds two reeds or feathers; two bands
pass from the mouth to the shoulders ; behind, a hawkheaded dwarf, with his hands on his loins. 2J in. h.
Memphis.
, Blue porcelain, Phtah-Khons, a dwarfish youth, with
the lock of Horus. 1 | in. h.
Red brick> terracotta. Onouris standing, brandishing,
a sword. 6 to 5 in. h
Blue porcelain. Onouris as before; another figure of
Onouris kneeling upon the left knee. \\ to § in. h.
Dark porcelain. Athor or Hathor, cow-headed, standing. 2 in. h.
Blue porcelain. Head of Hathor, full face, cow-eared,
a long curled lock on each side. 3§ in. h.
Blue porcelain. Smaller heads of the same, hair
straight and vertical, f to ^ in. h.
Blue porcelain. iEgis of Athor bifrons, cow-eared,
between two ursei, one bearing the shaa, the other the
teshr; fine workmanship. 3 in. h.
Blue and grey porcelain. Re, Ra, or Phre, the sun,
hawk-headed, walking, wearing the shenti, his head surmounted by the solar disk, with uraeus in front.
\\
to 1 in. h.
Deep blue porcelain* Month-ra, walking ; the disk at
the base of the plumes wanting. c2\ in. h.

EOOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

281

Light green porcelain. Nofre-Thmou, walking upon a
crouching lion. 4 in, h. 2J to § in. h.
?
Porcelain of various colours. Nofre-Thmou, walking;
another figure of him seated. 2^ to 1 | in. h.
Blue porcelain. Hobs, form of Hor or Horus, lionheaded, human form, shenti round the loins. On his
head the otf. 2 | in. to 1J in. h.
Steatite. Imothph, or Imouth, seated. J in. h.
Blue porcelain. Thoout or Thoth, ibis-headed, walking. 4 | in. h.
Blue porcelain. Ooh, or loh-Thoth, walking, holding
in his hands a pallet and reed. § in. h.
Blue porcelain. Thoth, ibis-headed, walking ; on his
head a scarabaeus. 2J in. h.
Blue and grey porcelain. Meui,, secondary form of
Emphe, bearded, wearing the shenti, supporting the solar
disk upon his head. 1§ to § in. h.
Porcelain of various colours. Meui, as before, in profile.
l £ t o 1 in. h.
Lapis lazuli. Sel.k, walking, head surmounted by a
scorpion, tail erect. I f to f in. h.
Lapis lazuli. Tbmei, seated. 1 in. h.
D i v . 4.— Wood covered with bitumen. Horus, or
Hobs, lion-headed, with the shenti, walking; arms
folded across the breast. 11 \ in. h.
Wood. Horus, or Hobs, standing; legs slightly bent.
Yfin.h.
Painted wood. Thoout, or Thoth, walking, in a boat;
black and yellow colour. 7 | in. h., 1 ft. 1.
Calcareous stone. A cippus or small monument. In
front a bas-relief; Khons-Horus, standing, holding in
the right hand a scorpion, gazelle, and two vipers; in
the left a lion, scorpion, and two vipers; round his neck
an oskh, and heart-shaped vase. Above, the head of
Khons-Kneph or Typhon, full faced. Behind, three incuse divisions. 1. Amoun-ra Harsaphes, a gazelle on
whose back stands a hawk of Horus, Thoth, and Chnouphis. 2. A procession of Meui, Re, Horus, Amset, Isis,
and Tafne, with a vertical scarabaeus. 3. The " Eye of
Horus," having on his head the right symbolic eye, a
deity striking a frog, an urseus, the four genii of-the
Amenti, and four figures of Thoth. Beneath, three
horizontal lines of hieroglyphics, an invocation to the

282

GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

various deities in the compartments. 1 ft. 2 in. h., 9 in.
b. Presented by Col. T. P. Thompson,
Wood painted. A cippus representing Horus standing.
In his left hand he holds by the tails a scorpion and a
lion ; in the right, an oryx by the horn, and two serpents
by their tails. Above, the gigantic head of Typhon,
or Khons-Kneph, &c.; he stands upon two crocodiles, and has at each side a standard. The back and
edges are covered with an inscription relative to the
subjugation of the impious by the arms of Horus. 1 ft.
5 in. h.
Steatite. Cippi representing Horus, & c ; on the apex
of one, a scarabseus with extended wings. 4<J to 3 j in. h.
Brown stone.
Horus Harpocrates, seated upon a
throne flanked by lions; at the back, a doorway supported by two columns. 5§ in. h.
Steatite.
Horus Harpocrates, seated, wearing the
pschent; round the base, and at the side of the throne,
an inscription in Gnostic symbols. 3 | in. h.
Dark stone. Horus Harpocrates, walking, with the
pschent and mystic lock of hair, his finger raised to
his lips ; on the plinth behind in hieroglyphics, " Horus
the giver of life —Onkhsnev, son of Djotbous, born of
Tikar, lady of the house." 7 J in. h.
Basalt. Horus Harpocrates,, walking. 11 in. h.
CASE B .

DEITIES.

D i v . 1.-—Calcareous stone. Osiris pethempamentes,
the Egyptian Pluto; standing, human form, bearded;
on his head the otf; holds the curved sceptre and threethonged whip. On the plinth behind, a dedication to
Osiris, the revealer of good. 9f in. h.
Wood covered 'with stucco. Osiris pethempamentes
standing; part of the head attire, beard, and string,
which was inlaid of a different material, wanting. 1 ft.
| in. h.
Calcareous stone., Head of Osiris pethempamentes.
3 | in. h,
Calcareous stone. Osiris onnophris, the Egyptian Bacchus, human form, wearing the shaa, seated upon a
throne ; holds with both hands a gom. On the plinth
before his feet in hieroglyphics, " Osiris, lord of innumerable days, king of the gods." 1 ft. h.

BOOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

288

Calcareous stone. A bust of Osiris onnophris.
Wood. Female deity, Netpe, Isis, or Nephthys, standing; wings attached to her arms. 1 ft. 4Ǥ in. h. Pre"
sented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Steatite. The upper part of a statue of Isis Thermuthis.

Sfin. h.
Painted wood. Nephthys kneeling, on her head a
ba.sket and building, forming the phonetic combination
of her name; the face gilded, the arms and legs wanting.
lOjin.-.h.
Painted wood. Female deities, Isis or Nephthys,
kneeling upon plinths, on one knee. 9 | to 4^ in. h.
D i v . %—Bronze. Figures of Osiris pethempamentes
standing; one has the eyes inlaid with silver. 11 ft. to 1
in. h.
Bronze. Small ornament; Osiris pethempamentes,
five times repeated. 1 § in. h.
Bronze. Head of Osiris onnophris. *5 in. h.
Bronze. Osiris-ioh, with the lunar disk, seated;
round the plinth, in hieroglyphics, '* Osiris the moon?
the giver of life," &c. 9 in. h.
Bronze. Isis thermuthis, .seated, suckling Horus ; she
wears the diadem of urasi, surmounted by the disk and
horns, her hair long. 1 to If in. h.
Bronze.
Isis thermuthis, similar to the preceding,
imperfect.
Bronze. Objects representing the iEgis of Isis ther*
muthis; one, of fine execution, wants the head attire,
l O j . t o l J i n . h.
Bronze. . Har, or Hor, as in the lap of Isis, in a close
cap, with the mystic lock, on his forehead an uraeus,
his finger upon his lips. 5 | to J in. h.
Bronze.
liar, Hor, or Horus infant, seated, both
arms by his side. This is probably from a seated figure
of Isis, similar to the figure of Isis thermuthis above. 4<|
in. h.
Bronze. Har, or Horus Harpocrates, as in the lap
of Isis ; wearing the pschent. 4 | in. h.
Bronze. HLar, or Horus Harpocrates, walking, wearing the pschent. 8 | t o 3 | i n . s h .
Bronze. Horus Harpocrates, as in the lap of Isis;
on his head the teshr, surmounted by the disk and
plumes of Amoun-ra; round the base an inscription, half

284

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

effaced, relative t o ' " Horus the great, eldest' son of
Arnoun." The plumes of one are wanting. 7 to 1-^in. h.
Bronze. Horus in the character of Harsiesi, and
Harsontiotf, or Haroeri, hawk-headed, walking, wearing the pschent with uraeus; the left hand and arm are
raised to hold the gom. The figure stands upon a double pedestal, decorated with inscriptions, but they are
illegible. 9 | in. h.
Bronze. Pnehto, son of Har, or Horus Harpocrates,
seated; the head attire peculiarly formed, and the hair
united into a thick tail behind; on his head are the
horns of a goat surmounted by three vases, each having
a disk at its apex, between two feathers and two ursei,
5 j to 4?| in. h.
Bronze. Pasht, or Tafne, the Merephtah, Hephaistoboule, or companion of Phtah ; lion-headed, standing;
on her head the uraeated disk. The eyes are inlaid with
silver. 6 j in. h.
Silver. Pasht, or Tafne, as above. 1 in. h.
Bronze. Pasht in the character of Menhi; on her
bead a place for the urseus ; her left hand has held the
lotus-sceptre. The right hand and lower part of this
figure, which apparently has been seated, wanting. Sfin.h.
Silver. Pasht-Menhi, standing. .1 \ in. h.
Bronze.
Pasht, or Bubastes, the Egyptian Diana;
cat-headed, standing, in a long striated garment; left
hand holding the segis. 5§ to 2 | in. h.
Bronze. Pasht, or Bubastes, human form, standing,
in a long garment with sleeves; in her right hand a fractured lion-headed aegis; a basket slung from her arm ;
her hair is short and bushy; an oskh round her neck ;
down the back a line of hieroglyphics, <f Pasht, the
giver of life/' &c. 8 | in. h.
Bronze. Anubis, jackal-headed, walking ; in the left
hand a gom ; in the right -^-. 7 J in. h.
Div. 3.—Calcareous stone. Thaoeri, or Thoueris, hippopotamus body, standing, lion-headed, human breasts9
the back covered with a crocodile's tail, the hands holding a peculiar kind of collar. This divinity appears to be
a companion of the lion-headed type of Horus. 2 in. h.
Green porcelain, A female deity seated on a throne,
her hands by her sides; her head attire surmounted by

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

285

the fore part of a fish ; probably a type of Neith. 3 to
2J in. h.
Green feldspar.
Hawk-headed deities, in Osirian
dresses, seated with their knees raised, g to f in. h.
Porcelain and blue glass* Hawk-headed deities, walking. 11 to | in. h.
Lapis lazuli. Hawk-headed deity, in Osirian dress,
seated. 2 J in. h. Thebes.
Lapis lazuli. Female deity walking. A similar deity
seated with the knees raised. § to f in. h.
Blue porcelain. Osiris pethempamentes, seated. 1J
in. h.
Light blue porcelain ; deep blue glass. Osiris-Tattou,
under the form of the emblem of stability, surmounted
by the otf. 4§ to If in. h.
Blue porcelain, wood, stone, fyc. Isis seated, suckling
Horus; on her head the uraeus, the disk, and horns;
on the plinth behind one, an inscription relative to
u
Isis, the great mother goddess, the giver of life." 4<J
to | in. h.
Blue glass, porcelain of various colours. Isis terrestrial and queen of the Amenti, walking, her head surmounted by a throne, her peculiar emblem. 2 | to f
in. h.
Blue porcelain. Isis terrestrial, kneeling. . 1 in. h.
Green porcelain. Isis terrestrial, seated upon a throne,
suckling Horus. 1 in. h.
Green porcelain. Isis terrestrial, walking, holding the
gom and -^-. If to 1 \ in h.
Lapis lazuli, porcelain of various colours, fyc. Nephthys, walking. 2 | to § in. h.
Blue porcelain. Small tablets in high relief. Horus
walking between Isis and Nephthys, each of whom he
holds by a hand. The same subject in profile. 1 \ in. h.
White and blue porcelain.
Horus ; his arms by his
sides, mystic lock sometimes on the right, sometimes on
the left shoulder. If to f in. h.
Dark and light blue porcelain.
Horus Har-si-esi,
walking, hawk-headed, wearing the pschent, holding a
gom. I f to 1§ in. h.
Light blue porcelain. Horus Har-si-esi walking. 2

to If in. h.
o

286

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Deep blue porcelain. Small tablet, with Horus Harsi-esi, seated with the knees raised. , ^ in. h.
Blue porcelain. Pasht, or Bubastes, lion-headed, walking ; the head attire is broken off. 4 | in. h.
Red and green porcelain. Pasht, walking, the right
hand holding the left symbolic eye, emblem of the
moon; on the plinth behind, a perpendicular line of
hieroglyphics. 3 to 2 | in. h.
Green porcelain. Pasht, lion-headed, with uraeus on
the top of her head attire, walking ; on the plinth behind,
an inscription. %\ in. h.
Blue porcelain. Figures of Pasht, lion-headed, walking,
uraeus on the head ; in the left hand a lotus-sceptre. On
the plinths behind some are inscriptions, l j to | in. h.
Blue porcelain. Pasht, lion-headed, walking ; in her
left hand a lotus-sceptre. From 4 | to \\ in. h.
Blue porcelain. Pasht, lion-headed, seated on a
throne; in her right hand a sistrum, in her left a lotussceptre ; the throne decorated with winged serpents;
at the sides and on the back -^-. 2 | in. h.
Blue porcelain. Pasht seated on a plain throne. If
in. h.
Blue porcelain. Figures of Pasht, or Tafne, lion-headed,
walking, on her head the uraeated disk of the sun. On
a small plinth behind one is an inscription, ie Pasht," &c.
2 in. to 1 in. h.
Blue porcelain. Pasht, walking, having on her head
the pschent. 1-J- to 1 | in. h.
Wood. Pasht, lion-headed, seated upon a plain
throne, holding in both hands some object upon her
chest. The back of this figure is formed by that of a
hawk, the tail reaching to the ground. 2\ in. h.
Light blue porcelain. iEgis, having a male human
head, full face, and part of the head of the lion-headed
deity, which has been broken off. 1 in. h.
Blue and white porcelain.
JEgis of Pasht or Tafne,
full-face, g in. h,
Dark porcelain. Lower part of a figure of Merephtah,
walking, and holding a lotus-sceptre. On the plinth
behind is part of an inscription, well executed, " Merephtah, mistress of heaven, regent of the gods, giver of
life like the sun." If in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

287

Transparent composition* Pasht, lion-headed, standing, profile to the right. \\ in. h.
Blue 'porcelain. Plate in open work, procession of six
female deities.
Blue porcelain. Snake-headed deity, body like a
long-tailed monkey, bow-legged; both hands applied to
his head, l j in. h.
Porcelain of various colours. Anepo or Anubis, jackalheaded, walking. 3 | to f in. h.
Green porcelain. A small throne of open work ; at the
sides a deity walking, two winged serpents, and -^-.
l

i

in h

' -

Yellowish green porcelain* Fragment, in two divisions,
representing Typhon, full-face, and the hippopotamic
deity, standing, in profile. 1 | in. h.
Deep blue porcelain. Typhon, full-face, standing, between two figures of the hippopotamic deity, g in. h.
Stone, porcelain, fyc. Female deity, in form of a
hippopotamus standing on its hind legs, with pendent
arms and the breasts of a female. The back is covered
by the tail of a crocodile. This deity has been called
Ouemti by M. Champollion, and Tipho by Mr. Wilkinson, It is the companion of Khons (see above) and
Typhon. In the zodiacal and astronomical scenes it is
the Ursa major; and apparently a form of Isis. At
Ombos, the months are represented under analogous
types. From 4 to | in. h.
Blue porcelain. Hippopotamic deity, a form of Hathor or Isis, on its hind legs, with female face and headdress, i f in. h.
D i v . 4.— Wood painted with bitumen. Pasht, lionheaded, walking; one arm broken off. I ft. 6 in. h.
Tombs of the kings, Thebes.
Wood. Hippopotamic deity, seated, her hands placed
upon her knees. 1 ft. 4 | in. h. Thebes.
Ebony. The same deity, standing, in profile, holding
in her hands and on the ground a peculiar object, perhaps
a band or shawl. 9 j in. h.
Ebony.
Typhon, similar to Khons as Kneph, but
without the plume, standing, full-face, bifrons. 9 | in. h.
Vitrified stone. Pasht, as the ' great avenger,' or
Oeri-hek; seated on a throne, lion-headed, her arms by
o 2

288

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES;

[EGYPTIAN

her sides; her throne based upon the bodies of four of
the enemies of Egypt; two of the northern and two of
the southern frontier. On the plinth, before the deity,
two animals have been seated. The head attire wanting.
8 in. h.
Wood pa'mted with bitumen* Typhon, Seth, ass-headed,
seated ; the legs wanting, but the body apparently mummied. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Tombs of the Icings, Thebes.
Wood covered with bitumen. A tortoise-headed deity,
seated; one of the inferior genii. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Tombs
of the kings, Thebes.
CASE C.

DEITIES.

D i v . 1.— Wood. Amset, Hape, Kebhsnauf, with
human, baboon, and jackal heads, walking; a shenti
round the loins. The right hands raised to hold a gom.
1 ft. 9 to 1 ft. S in. h. Tombs of the Icings, Thebes.
D i v . 2.— Wood.
The four genii of the Amenti,
Amset, Hape, Sioumautf, Kebhsnauf, mummied forms,
standing upon plinths, each having his appropriate head,
viz., human, baboon, jackal, hawk. These figures are
generally placed near the coffins in the tombs. 1 ft. 4
in. h.
D i v . 3.— Wax.
Amset, Hape, Sioumautf.
These
figures are generally found in the interior of the bodies
of mummies. 3 \ in* h.
Clay covered with red wax. Amset and Hape, first
and second genius of the Amenti. 3 in. h.
Wax. Amset, first genius of the Amenti. 3 | in. h.
Porcelain, various colours. Amset, human-headed, in
profile: Hape, baboon-headed; Sioumautf, jackal-headed;
Kebhsnauf, hawk-headed. 3 | to 1J in. h.
D i v . 4.— Wood. Sioumautf and Kebhsnauf, with
their appropriate heads, mummied, and seated with
their knees raised. Tombs of the Icings, Thebes. 1 ft.
4|inh.
Wood covered with bitumen. Kebhsnauf, hawk-headed,
mummied, standing. 1 ft. 6^ in h. Tombs of the Icings,
Thebes.
CASE D.

C O F F I N , ETC.

Wood painted. A coffin, in the shape of a mummy,
of Penamoun, Theban prophet priest of Amoun. Round

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

289

the neck is a rich oskh. On the chest, Netpe kneels
and spreads her wings. The rest of the body is divided
into compartments by perpendicular and horizontal lines
of hieroglyphics, consisting of sepulchral dedications to
the celestial Osiris, Seb, and Anubis, with two prayers
by Penamoun, the prophet-priest of Amoun, & c , son of
Sa-bai-tattou, a similar functionary; one of these is
addressed to Osiris. The compartments contain the
four genii of the Amenti, Osiris placed between two
symbolic eyes, and two female disked winged deities,
probably Isis and Nephthys. On the feet the goddess
Isis disked, winged, kneeling. The back of the coffin
has the emblem of stability? surmounted by two arms
holding a disk, entitled *' the eye of Horus, the lord
of truth." At each side of this emblem, is a standard
of the god Nofre-Thmou; and at the base, symbols of the
West and life. The perpendicular line of hieroglyphics
in front of the coffin contains a " dedication to Osiris,
lord of the Amenti, great god, lord of Abydos, that
he may give a good embalmment in Noute-hir for the
sake of the Osirian [deceased].
Penamoun/* 6
ft. 4 in. h. Outer coffin over Case A and B.
Painted wood. A stand for offerings, in the form of a
rounded column, placed on a pedestal, the capital in
form of the lotus flower. 3 ft. h.
Painted wood. Capitals of similar stands; one is rectangular at the apex, with three spikes to hold objects of
offering. 2 in. to 4 | in. h.
Bronze. A stand or altar for holding offerings. The
stem is cylindrical, it tapers from a broad circular base, and
expands at the top ; at the centre a large circular plate
with a rim for holding offerings ; on the stem and rim of
the plate, are hieroglyphic inscriptions; those on the base
are apparently invocations in behalf of a person named
Psametik. 4? ft. 5 in. h.
CASE E.

A N I M A L S , D E I T I E S , ETC.

D i v . 1.—Painted wood. Jackals, seated, with pendent
tails ; animals sacred to Anubis. 1 ft. 3 in. 1., 9 | in.
h. to 3 | in. 1., 1 | in. h.
D i v . 2.~Painted
wood. Chnouphis, ram-headed,
walking. 1 ft. 10 in. h. Tombs of the Icings, Thebes.

290

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

Wood covered with bitumen* Hobs or Horus, lionheaded, walking ; the feet wanting. 1 ft. 7 J in. 1. Tombs
of the kings, Thebes.
Painted wood. Figure of a Pharaoh, standing, on his
head the teshr, round his loins a double triangular apron.
1 ft. 9 in. h. Tombs of the kings, Thebes.
Wood. Thoth, ibis-headed, walking ; much corroded,
1 ft. 8 | in. h. Tombs of the ki?igs, Thebes.
D i v . 3.— Wood. Kneph or Chnouphis, ram-headed,
walking. 1 ft. 8 in. h.
Wood. Female deity, Isis or Nephthys, standing, in
profile to the right; a wing attached to each arm, the
left raised, the right inclined to the earth; in her right
hand a feather ; before, part of a naos. The flesh gilded,
the hair and wings inlaid with porcelain. 2 ft. 1 in. h.
CASE F .

SACRED ANIMALS, QUADRUPEDS.

Div< 1.— Wood. Jackals, emblems of Anubis, lying
down ; some with collars round their necks, inlaid with
porcelain or composition. 1 ft. 9 in. 1., 10 in. h.; 4 in.
1., 4 in. h.
D i v . 2.—Dark stone. Cynocephalus, or dog-headed
baboon, emblem of the moon, seated ; fore paws upon his
knees; on his head the lunar disc. 8 in. h.
Bronze. . Cynocephali seated, the fore paws upon the
knees. In one, the eyes, collar, and symbolic eye pendent from the same, are inlaid with gold ; round the base is
inscribed, " Thoth, twice great the lord of Shmoun, may
he give establishment to Harften, son of Petamenoph."
From 2J to 1 \ in. h.
Bronze. Lion, emblem of Phtha or Horus, lying extended ; apparently taken from the apex of a sistrum.
2 | in. L, l i i n h .
Bronze. Cats, emblems of Pasht or Bubastes, seated;
Some have collars round their necks; one has the symbolic eye suspended from the collar; an inscription round
the base, " Pasht, the giver of life. Khonsats, son of
Oushorneb." 11 to | in. h.
Bronze. A cat, placed upon a staple. 2 j in. h.
Bronze. Heads of cats, from statues; on one an engraved symbol; the ears have held ear-rings.
Bronze. A wolf ? emblem of Osiris, walking. | in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

291

Wood. A jackal, emblem of Anubis^ standing on a
standard; model of one of the standards borne in the
funeral processions. 4J in. h. Thebes. Presented by J.
G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Terracotta. A dog with a curled tail, and collar round
the neck, of the Greek or Roman period.
Bronze. Shrew-mice, emblems of Maut or Buto. On
the shoulders of one is engraved the winged globe ; on
the back, a vulture with outstretched wings; a similar
vulture behind; round the pedestal, " Athor? mistress
of Sshatem, the giver of life. Hape-onime, son of
Phtha
rou." 5 | in. 1., 2J in. h. .
Bronze. A horse, sacred to Amoun-ra, bridled; of late
workmanship. 1 in. h.
Bronze. Apis, the bull, emblem of Osiris and the
moon ; one has the urseated disk between the horns;
on the neck, the scarabseus with open wings ; a housing
on the back, behind which is a vulture with expanded
wings ; these are all engraved. From 2§ to I f in. h.
Wood. Apis, walking ; the horns and disk are wanting.
This figure is on its original plinth. 1 ft. 3 in. l . , 9 | i n . h.
Dark stone. Apis, walking; a man with the shenti
kneels upon both knees facing the bull. The head of
this figure is broken off. 7 J in. h.
Bronze. Gazelle, walking, sacred to Typhon. 1§ in.
h. Another, with its legs bound for sacrifice. 2 | in. 1.
Wood. Ibex, kneeling upon the right fore leg; emblem of Typhon. 2 in. h.
Bronze.
A ram, the emblem of Chnouphis, walking,
on its head the otf; of a late aera. 2 J in. h.
Bronze. A ram, with the head attire of Amoun-ra.
Brown stone. The head of a ram ; beneath are the ends
of four iron pins to attach it to some other object, and
above, an iron pin for the head attire. 3 in. h.
Bronze. A sow, Typhonian animal, walking; under her
two pigs. 1J in. h., 2 in. 1.
Wood. A mystic animal; the head and neck are those
of a viper, the body of a quadruped. (Vid. Rosellini, M.C.
X X I I I . 2.)

11 in. 1., 4 | in.

h.

D i v . 3.—Porcelain, vitrified stone, fyc. Cynocephali,
seated or standing, sacred to loh-Thoth. One holds a

292

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

symbolic eye, emblem of the moon ; another stands on
its hind legs. 4 to § in. h.
Stone, porcelain, Cynocephali, seated, having on their
heads the disk of the moon. 3 to \ in h.
Green porcelain.
A monkey, seated, fore paws on the
mouth. 1 in. h.
Porcelain. Lions couchant, emblems of Phtah and
Horus. 2 in. ]., \\ in. h. to § in. 1., ^ in. h.
Porcelain. The anterior parts of two lions, supporting
between them the disk of the sun. § in. 1., § in. h.
Porcelain. The same, without the disk. \\ in. 1.
Porcelain.
The anterior parts of a lion and bull
conjoined. From 1 | to § in. 1., \ in. h.
Green porcelain. Head of a lion, emblem of vigilance.
\ in. h.
Terracotta, porcelain. Sphinxes, emblematic of intellect and strength, lying down or seated; on the head
of one is an inverted lotus. From 4 to 1 in. h.
Porcelain, ivory. Dogs, seated or lying down, emblems
of Anubis. One asleep. 1 to | in. h.
Porcelain. Cats, seated, emblems of Pasht. 6 to \
in. h.
Porcelain. A cat on the top of a column with a lotus
capital. I f in. h.
Porcelain. Cats ; before each a kitten. \\ in. h.
Blue porcelain. The bull Apis, walking. A tablet with
the same in bas-relief. 1 to \ in. h.
Porcelain. Head of a bull. \ in. h.
Terracotta* Head of a bull, bearing a disk. 5 in. h.
Red composition. A cow, lying down; on its head, disk
and plumes.
Red porcelain.
Ibex, lying down. This animal,
as well as the gazelle, appears to have been devoted to
Typhon. \ in. 1.
Porcelain. Rams, walking, emblems of Chnouphis.
\ in. h.
Porcelain. The same, lying down. From \ to § in. h.
Porcelain.
Heads of rams, surmounted by the
uraeated disk of the sun, emblems of the same. 1 in. h.
Porcelain. Swine, walking, emblems of Typhon. 1J
to J in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

293

Porcelain, ivory. Hares, emblems of Osiris onnophris;
one has the head turned behind. \ to § in. h.
D i v . 4.— Wood. Heads of sacred cows or bulls, their
distinctive emblems broken off. Tombs of the Icings at
Thebes. 1 ft. 7 | in. h., 9 | in. 1.
Wood. Ears from similar heads. , 5 | in,
Crude unbaked earth. Models of rams' heads. 2^ to
2 in. h.
Bronze. Horn of a ram. 4J in. 1.
Wood. Head attire, disk, &c.
CASE G. SACRED ANIMALS, CHIEFLY BIRDS.

D i v . 1.— Wood. Hawks, bodies swathed, apparently
emblematic of Sochari. Many have been placed on the
plinths of Osiris, or upon coffins. 7 | to 2 in. h.
Wood. Hawk, crowned with the pschent, upon a
pedestal, decorated with an auditor of truth in the act
of adoration. 1 ft. 4<J in. h.
Wood. Hawk of Re, or Ra, the sun; on its head the
solar disk. 1 ft. h.
Wood. Vultures, emblems of Maut, standing upon
plinths. 8 | in. h.
D i v . 2.™ Wood. Head of an ibis, emblem of Thoout,
or Thoth. 4 | in. 1., 2 in. h.
Wood. Head and neck of a goose, sacred to Seb, or
Saturn. 1\ in. l.,3j in. h.
Bronze. Ibis, emblems of Thoth. The eyelids of one
have been inlaid in silver. 2J in. h. Thebes.
Bronze.
Hawks, crowned with urseated disks, emblems of Re, or Ra. 1 ^ to \f in. h.
Silver. Human-headed, bearded hawk, flying with extended wings. It has apparently formed a portion of
inlaying. %\ in. h., 3 in. b.
Bronze. Hawks, crowned with the pschent, emblems
of Horus. From 1 | in. h. to 1 in. h.
Bronze. Oxyrhyncus; on its head is the urseated disk
and horns. This fish was consecrated to Thoth and the
moon. 3J in. 1., 2 | in. h. Thebes.
Bronze. Fish of the Perch species. [Chsetodon?] 2.|
in. h., 4 in. 1.
Silver. The smaller figure of a like fish. 1 in. 1.
Wood. Ursei, the heads disked. 6 i to 3 | in. h.
o 3

294

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Wood, Small hawks, with swathed bodies, emblematic of Sochari. 3§ to If in. h.
Wood. Human-faced hawks, emblems of the soul.
Those whose heads are disked represent the souls of
deities. 6 to S\ in. h.
Wood. Urseus coiled upon a plinth ; the head and
neck erect. On the breast the symbol of Neith. 7
in. h.
Wood. Lower part of an urseus coiled upon a plinth.
On one side a line of hieroglyphics, " Amonemophth
gives thanks to Oeri-hek," one of the titles of Pasht,
as the Egyptian Nemesis* 9 in. 1., 4 | in. h.
Bronze. Urseus, in profile.
Bronze. Urasus, crowned with the disk of the sun;
the breast inlaid with blue and red porcelain ; the whole
has been gilt. 3 | in. h.
Bronze. Urseus, crowned with a conical cap. On its
breast the name of Neith, of which it is a personification.
If in. h.
Bronze. Urseus, the head and neck erect, crowned
with the head-dress of Osiris : emblem of Soven, or
Sowan. The neck has cavities for inlaying. 3 in. h.
Bronze. Urseus, erect, upon a column with a lotus
capital; the head crowned with the emblem of a goddess,
mistress of the lower hemisphere, as Neith, Sate, &c. 3 |
in. h.
Bronze. Ursei; the head ornament indistinct or wanting. The breasts inlaid with a red and blue composition.
\\ to | in. h.
Bronze. Urseus, having the head and bust of Jupiter
Serapis, crowned with a modius. I j in. h.
Bronze. Urseus, hawk-headed, crowned with the disk
of the moon, emblem of Khons-Ioh. If in. h.
Wood, Heads and necks of vipers. 6 | in. 1., 2 | in. h.
Bronze. A frog, emblem of the pure waters sacred to
Chnoum. Three frogs seated in a row upon circular
plinths. l\ in. L, | in. h., to 1 | in. 1., J in h.
Bronze. A crocodile, emblem of Sevek, the Egyptian
Saturn, f in. h.
D i v . 3.—Green feldspar, 'porcelain, fyc. Hawks, emblems of divinities in general, especially of Horus. 4 to
<
| in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

295

Porcelain. Hawks, crowned with the pschent; emblems of Har-oeri, or Har-si-esi.
Blue porcelain. Hawk; on its head, disk and plumes
of Amoun, emblem of Athor. l j in. h.
Blue porcelain. Hawk, with the head attire of PhtahSochari. \\ in. h.
Dark porcelain. Hawk of Ooh, or loh ; on its head
the disk of the moon. 1 in. h.
Lapis lazuli, porcelain. Human-headed hawks, emblems of the soul. 1^ to § in. h.
Wax. Nycticorax, the Ben or Bennou of the Egyptians ; emblem of Osiris pethempamentes. £ in. h.
Blue porcelain. An ibis, seated, its beak placed upon a
frog. | in. h.
Porcelain. A goose, standing on a lotus-flower; emblem
of Seb, or Saturn. \ in. h.
Steatite, porcelain. Crocodiles, emblems of Sevek,
the Egyptian Saturn. 4 to 1 in. 1.
Red porcelain. Latus, or Binni fish, emblem of Athor.
I in. 1.
Blue porcelain. Siluri, or Bayads. I f in. h.
Agate, porcelain. Ursei.
Porcelain. Ursei, with female faces, surmounted by
tall plumes, personifications of Mere-sochari, in profile to
the right. l\ to 1 in. h.
Porcelain. Lion-headed urasi, emblems of Chnoumis
I I in. b.
Serpentine, hematite, porcelain, fyc. Frogs. 1 j to f
in. h.
White porcelain. Scorpion, emblem of Selk. 2J in 1.
Green porcelain. Koucoupha sceptre or gom, emblem
of strength. If in. h.
Porcelain. Symbols of life. I f to f in. h.
Porcelain. Emblems of stability, or nilometers; pilasters with four transverse capitals. 4 j in. to f in. h.
D i v . 4.—Wood. Head of the hippopotamus, sacred to
Onouris. 9 \ in. h. Tombs of the kings, Thebes.
Bronze. Feet of a vulture, from a figure of the bird.
6 | in. h.
Crude unbaked earth. Models of vultures. 3 | to 2 |
in. h.
Crude unbaked earth. Models of ursei; on the breast

290

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

of one a line of hieroglyphics traced in white. 3 | to 2 |
in h.
Wood. Emblems of life. 9 in. h.
Wood. Emblems of stability. 9 in. h.
Grey stone. Portions of the symbolic eye, prepared
for inlaying in a large statue or coffin.
CASE H.

SMALL STATUES.

D i v . 1.—Calcareous stone. Male figure, walking, with
the shenti; the features large, coarse, and peculiar, the
beard short; the workmanship of an early era. 1 ft. 5 in. h.
Calcareous stone. Figure of a functionary, walking,
upon a rectangular plinth, with long hair and a garment
round the loins. On the plinth are two horizontal lines
of hieratic. 1 ft. 4 in. h.
Green basalt. Head and chest of a sacerdotal functionary ; the head in a skull cap ; part of a group, the
hand of another figure resting on the right shoulder; at
the back is part of a sepulchral dedication to Phtah. 5
in. h.
Wood. Figure of a man standing ; the hair short,
and a short garment round the loins; a boatman? 11 g
in. h.
Calcareous stone. Figure of Os-he standing, holding
before him a tablet on which is an act of adoration to
Re. 1 ft. 4 in. h.
Calcareous stone. Figure of Shamaroei. a sacerdotal
functionary, seated by the side of his sister Toernofre;
at the sides, his children; at the back, a dedication to
Amoun-ra; also to Isis and Athor round the plinth.
1 ft. 4 in. h.
Green basalt. Part of a figure of a priest named
Psametik, holding a naos in which is Neith. 6 in. h.
D i v . %—Wood.
Figure of a Pharaoh, standing,
collar round the neck, short garment round the loins,
fringed apron. On the forehead a place for the ureeus.
1\ in. h.
Wood. Figures of men, seated on thrones based on
pedestals; hair short, bearded, shentis round the loins.
Tombs of the kings, Thebes. 1 ft. 7 | in. h.
Ebony. Figure of a high officer of state, walking,
with a long garment gathered round the loins; his hair

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

297

long and falling on his shoulders before; on the plinth
behind, the naked figure of a boy in bas-relief. 1 ft. 7 in. h.
Wood. Figure of a high officer of state, in a long
garment with full sleeves, plaited from the loins downwards, formed into an apron in front; his hair long, falling
in two lappets on the shoulders ; the left hand open,
and the right clenched. 11J in. h.
Wood. Figure of a man, walking, clothed from the
loins downwards; he holds a basket or vase in the left hand,
and the handle of some instrument in the right. 5\ in. h.
Wood. Rowers, seated, with their knees raised ; arms
moveable; from models of boats. The flesh of one
coloured yellow. From 4f to 5 in. h.
Wood painted. Figures of men, walking, shentis round
their loins. The moveable arms arp wanting. These
figures are also from sepulchral boats. 6 | to 3 in. h.
Wood painted. Priest, from a model of a sepulchral
boat. 4 in. h.
Wood. Female figures, walking, the head attire of
one bound with a fillet. 8 in. h.
Ivory. A naked figure, standing, with close cap, probably one of the sacerdotal class. 4 | in. h. Memphis.
Wood painted. Figure of a man, unbearded, seated;
the arms and legs wanting. Tombs of the kings, Thebes.
D i v . 3.—Bronze. Figure of a king, walking; on his
head the urseated claft, with fore lappets and tail; round
his loins a shenti. 7 in. h.
Bronze. Figure of a king, standing; his head is
bound round with a diadem, and in the centre is the
place for the insertion of the urseus; his left hand is
raised, and his right placed on his waist; round his
neck is an oskh, and a feathered garment and tunic
round his loins ; on his head a low modius with a
place for the insertion of a distinctive head ornament,
apparently two plumes. The dress is richly inlaid with
silver. 9 | in. h.
Dark green steatite. Small statue of Phtahmai, bard
and royal scribe of the tables of all the gods, in a tunic,
fluted and gathered from the loins downwards; he kneeb
on both knees, and holds before him a tablet on which is
inscribed the prenomen of Rameses the great [Sesostris],
the symbol of gold, and the notched palm branches in-

298

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

dicative of time, placed on frogs or tadpoles, emblems of
Chaos, from which Time springs. S | in. h.
Soft stone. A king, walking; an oskh round his
neck ; a short garment with the apron between two
pendent uraei round his loins. His left hand holds a
short sash, the emblem of military power; his right a
crook. The head is wanting. 5§ in. h. Thebes.
Dark stone. Group representing an individual named
Monthoph' standing, in a long garment, having on his
left side, his mother Apou, and on his right, his wife
Taut-pneb ? with each an arm round his neck ; on the
back, a sepulchral dedication to Osiris, and the names
of the three persons, with that of his son Har, a sacred
scribe. 5 | in. h.
Green basalt. Lower portion of the figure of a priest,
standing, holding before him a naos, in which is Osiris
pethempamentes standing. On the plinth behind, the
lower part of an inscription in hieroglyphics, containing
part of the genealogy of the deceased. Of the time of the
xxvi. dynasty. 6§ in. h.
Bronze.
A priest, kneeling, holding upon his head a
bowl, in which are five circular cakes of bread ; his
right hand raised, with the palm downwards. 5§in. h.
Thebes.
Bronze. Priests of libations, kneeling; in the right
hand of two a vase, in the left an altar; round the
plinth of one an inscription, almost effaced. 3 | to 2 |
in. h. One of these from Abydos.
Bronze. Altar of libation, with vases, cakes, &c. At
each corner in front, a hawk; behind, two cynocephali,
having on their heads the disk of the moon. A shorn
figure, with a short garment round the loins, kneels between them. A frog with a hole between his fore feet
serves as a spout. 2 j in. L, ] § in. b., 1 in. h.
Calcareous stone. The figure of a deceased scribe,
Nebre, standing, clothed from the chest to the ankles; he
holds before him a figure of Osiris Pethempamentes. The
hair and faces are coloured ; on the back, are his name
and titles traced in black. Thebes. 9 | in. h.
Calcareous stone^ painted. Figure of Senofrenebmas,
seated on a throne, holding in his left hand a stem and
flower of the papyrus; at his right side a naked child

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

299

placing a finger upon his lips; on the plinth behind, and on
the sides of the throne, a hieroglyphic dedication to Osiris,
lord of Tattou, for the devotion of the deceased, Senofrenebmas, and for his brother Mautsi. 8 \ in. h. Thebes.
Bronze.
A male figure, walking, in the attitude of
offering; his head shorn, a short belted garment round
the loins, and another round his waist, with an oskh and
ornament round the neck. 9 | in. h.
Basalt. Figure of a man, standing, clothed from the
chest to the ankles. On the plinth, a sepulchral dedication
for the deceased, offered by his brother. 6 in. h.
Calcareous stone. A small statue of Sevek-nasht, son of
Eiao, walking; in each hand a cylindrical roll; on his
head a claft; a belted shenti round his loins; his name
is inscribed before his right foot; on the sides of the column behind, are two sepulchral dedications to Osiris
and Anubis. 1 ft. 1J in. h.
Arragonite and calcareous stone. A male figure, with a
short garment round the loins, seated on a throne : before
him an altar for libations, and a flight of stairs ; the plinth
red; the disposition of the hair and form of the features peculiar. It seems of an early period. 7 J in. h.
Abydos.
Arragonite and calcareous stone. A similar figure walking, on a pKnth ; before his feet, a small flight of steps.
6§ in. h. Abydos.
Calcareous stone. Male figure, walking, on a plinth,
wearing an oskh and shenti; head and right arm wanting;
round the edge of the plinth, a sepulchral dedication to
Osiris, lord of Abydos, for the deceased, by his brother
Thoth. It is of coarse execution. 5\ in. h.
Dark sandstone. A man, walking, wearing an oskh,
and garment from the loins to the knees. 8J in. h.
Bronze. A male figure, walking; on his head a conical
cap, disc, and horns ; a long sash descends from the
apex of the cap to the feet. 2f in. h. Thebes.
Bronze. A male figure, kneeling, with a shenti; hands
and arms placed by the sides; the head in a claft, with
lappets before. 2 | in. h. Thebes.
Bronze. The figure of a man, walking ; in each hand
a cylindrical roll; on his head the claft, with lappets on

300

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

each shoulder before. The workmanship of a late period.
4 in. h. Thebes.
Green vitrified earth* A figure, apparently female, almost naked, walking, holding a calf, slung round her
neck, by its four feet. Her right hand is pendent by her
side, and grasps by the horns an oryx or gazelle. These
animals were probably borne as offerings. 7 J in. h.
Steatite, A naked female figure ; her right knee on a
semicircular base; she wears the oskh and anklets; her
elbows have been placed upon two columns, rising from
each end of the base. The head, right arm, and one
column, are wanting. 3 in. h.
Calcareous stone. A female lying on a couch in a long
close tunic; her head supported by an ouols or headrest ; round her neck an oskh ; her hair in the style of
the x x n . dynasty. A child is placed transversely under
her legs. 8 | in. h.
Calcareous stone. The figure of a female, lying upon a
bier or couch: on her head a pyramidal ornament ; her
body clothed. On her right, the naked figure of a child ;
above his head, a hieratic inscription. The figures are
surrounded by the painted figure of an asp. 9 | in. 1.
Calcareous stone. Nubian female, kneeling and grinding. 9 in. h.
Porcelain. Heads and torsos of two females, supporting on their heads two monkejrs turned back to
back, with their right paws on their mouths. 2 | in. h.
Calcareous stone, gilt. A female in a long garment,
seated; in her left hand ~9~; the hair blue, in short
rows of curls ; the eyes inlaid. 5 in. h.
Calcareous stone. A female standing, her hair disposed
similarly to that of Athor, a fillet along the top and back
of the head; her arms pendent; on the column behind,
a dedication to Osiris for the deceased. 5J in. h.
Porcelain. A female standing, with a girdle round the
loins ; on her head a cowl, and disk with holes around;
she holds some object under her right breast. 4J in. h.
D i v . 4.—Blue porcelain. Namms, or head-dress, from
the statue of a king; the diadem gilt, and inlaid with
red and light blue porcelain ; behind, one vertical, and two
oblique bands, the latter terminating in uraei. 3 | in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

301

Green basalt, calcareous stone. Heads from the statues of priests ; the face of one gilt. 2 to 1 | in. h.
Calcareous stone. Heads and busts of high officers of
state, with long hair, from statues. 7^ to 2 in. h.
Calcareous stone. Heads of females, from statues. 6
to 5 | in. h.
Arragonite. A bearded head, of the Greek or Roman
epoch. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq,, 1834.
Bronze. An arm andjiand bent, holding some object of
offering. 3 in. h. Temple of Berenice. Presented by J.
G.Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Legs, hands, and arms from statues. From
1 ft. 2J in. to 4 in. 1.
Porcelain and composition. Hands and arms, carved on
one side only, and used for inlaying. 3 to 1 in. 1.
Bronze. Foot, and pair of feet from statues. 3 to J in. h.
CASE I . K. L .

HOUSEHOLD F U R N I T U R E ,
L A R G E OBJECTS.

AND O T H E R

D i v . 1.—Wood. A seat with four turned legs, which,
with the rails, are inlaid with ivory. The seat concave,
covered with stucco, of a maroon colour, each side supported towards the centre with small bars of ivory. 1 ft.
2J in. h. Thebes.
Wood. A seat of similar form, coloured. 10f in. h.
Thebes.
Wood. A similar seat; the bottom has been of leather.
1 ft. | in. h., seat 1 ft. 2 | in. sq. Thebes.
Wood. A high-backed chair, the back double; the inner
sloping, the outer upright; the bottom of platted cord,
like modern cane-bottomed chairs. 2 ft. 4 in. h., seat
I ft. 3 in. sq., 1 h. l\ in. h. Thebes.
Wood- A seat with four curved legs crossing and
moving on a bronze pivot; they terminate in the head
of a goose, the eyes and nostrils inlaid with ivory; the
seat has been of maroon-coloured leather; the legs are
decorated with inlaid patterns. 1 ft. 9 | in. b., 1 ft.
I I in. h, Thebes.
Wood. A high-backed chair on lion-footed legs ; the
back solid, inlaid with panels of darker wood, with lotus
flowers of ivory; the bottom of cord. 1 ft. 1 1 | in. h.
Thebes.

302

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Wood. Three-legged stools ; the seats concave; the
legs curved outwards; one has been coloured white.
1 ft. \ in. to 11 in. h. Thebes.
Wood. A square stool, of light wood, but strong and
compact, with upright and diagonal bars, the bottom
concave, formed of four flat bars; the whole is covered
with white fresco. 1 ft. 3 in. h. Thebes.
Arragonite, calcareous stone, wood, Ouols or rests for
the head, consisting of a semicircular support, upon a
column based upon a plinth. One is supported on two
diagonal legs united by a brass pin; of another, which
has consisted of two such pieces morticed together, the
half only remains. 10 to 5 | in. h. The last presented by
J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Upper part of an ouols, the sides carved in
bas-relief, representing Khons-Kneph. 4 in. h.
Arragonite.
Ouols with a fluted column ; in front a
perpendicular line of hieroglyphics relative to lot-kai or
Atkai, holding some office. 6g in. h.
Wood. Ouols. In front a line of hieroglyphics relative to Mas-khar-hao, a royal bard, glorifier of Amoun.
6 j i n . h.
D i v . 2.— Wood. The square bottom of a seat, concave,
covered with stucco, and decorated with a coloured
border. 1 ft. 5 in. sq. Thebes.
Wood. Three legs from a gal or couch, representing the fore and hind parts of lions; they are painted
of a dark colour. 1 ft. 8 to 1 ft. 6 in. h.
Wood. The fore foot of a similar couch; lion's head in
a claft. 1 ft. 4 | in. h.
A similar foot; but the head that of a cow. 1 ft. 4 J
in. h.
Wood, ebony, fyc. Legs from chairs and seats, turned
or flat; one has the head of a goose; another, lion's claws.
1 ft. 5\ in. 1., 3 in. 1.
Linen.— Cushion, stuffed with feathers of water-fowls.
1 ft. 5 in. J.
Wood. A cramp ; on its upper surface, iC the lord of
diadems, Osirei-Menephtah," 12th king of the XVIII.
dynasty, B.C. 1604-1579. 1 ft. | in. 1.
Wood. Two cramps, used for connecting masonry. 1
ft. 1 in. 1. Ramesseium at Thebes.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

303

Lead. A cramp. Temple of Berenice. 5 in. 1. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. A small cramp, in a state of decomposition. 7
in. 1. Thebes. Presented by J. G Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Iron. Keys. 5 in., 4f in., 4 | i n . , I f in. h. Thebes.
Bronze. A pair of hinges, with the basalt socket of the
lower. 7 in. h. 11 in. 1. Granite sanctuary of the great
temple of Karnak.
Bronze. A hinge. 5 in. 1.
Calcareous stone. The capital of a column, with lotus
flowers. 4J in h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq.,
1834.
Dark and blue porcelain. Small tiles, part of the inlaying of a door in a pyramid at Sakhara. 2J in. to 1
in. 1.
Wood. Pyramidal stand for a vase ; the legs painted
blue, red and yellow. 2 ft. 4 in. h. Thebes.
Wood. A stand with six legs, probably for holding a
vase, coloured white. 1 ft. 3 in. h.
Calcareous stone. The model, apparently of a house,
square at the base, and slightly converging towards the
top, which has had a balustrade all round ; there are
two doors, and six windows at each side. The upper
ones are latticed. 3 J in. w., 4 in d. at base, 8 J h.
Wood. The model of a granary and yard. The yard
door opens inwards, and is fastened by a sliding bolt.
The granary is on the opposite side, and consists of three
rooms, each having one door towards the yard, which
opens by sliding upwards ; the roof of the granary is
flat, protected by a low wall forming a terrace, at the
end of which is a covered shed, in which a man is seated.
It is approached by a flight of steps, under which is a
chamber with a sliding door, like those of the granaries.
In the yard is a female standing over a kneading trough,
making bread. The doors are painted red and white,
the female yellow, the man red, the trough yellow. On
one side of the trough is a hieratic inscription, 1 ft* 10
in. h. Gournah.
A wig of human hair. From the upper part, which is
curled, depend long and tightly platted locks ; the colour is black with an auburn tinge. Wigs of this description appear on the heads of the female musicians

304

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

in the fresco paintings of this collection, and on those of
persons of high rank. 1 ft. 7 \ in. h.
Tomb behind the
small temple of I sis, Thebes.
Reed, Rectangular basket in which the wig was contained. The sides are formed of the kash or writing
reeds of the Egyptians; the framework is of narrow sticks
bound together by papyrus. 1 ft. 3 in. h., 1 ft. 7 in. b.,
lOin.d.
Wood. A three-legged stand or table. On the upper
surface is painted the urseus coiled upon the basket, the
symbol of dominion; before it, on an altar, the leg of a
victim and other viands; a vine behind, with red twigs
and purple bunches of grapes; before the snake is a
dedication to Amoun-ra and Osiris for Phaihroupi. 1 ft.
8 in. h., 2 ft. 3 in. b. ? 18 in. d. Thebes.
Wood. Curved fragments, perhaps from a chariot. 1
ft. 6 in w., 7 in. h.
Wood. Various other fragments of chairs, stools, &c.
D i v . 3.—Arragonite, pottery, fyc. Large vases for domestic purposes; one painted like the Phoenician vases,
representing two mystic birds with human arms, probably
thephcenix, flowers of the papyrus, &c. 1 ft. 6 in. to 10
in. h.
Arragonite. Circular tables or salvers. 1 ft. 7 in. dr.,
1 ft. 8 in. dr.
CASE M.

OBJECTS OF DRESS A N D TOILET.

D i v . 1.—Leather. A cap, of a single piece cut into
network ; at one corner, a ring of ivory. 1 ft. b., 1 ft.
1 in. 1.
Leather. A workman's apron, narrowing towards the
bottom, where it is cut into a kind of fringe ; two straps
above, to pass round the body. There is a small purseshaped pocket at the right side, secured by a flap and
tongue; the edge is ornamented with a painted black
border. 3 ft. 2 in. 1.
Linen cloth. An Egyptian tunic, without sleeves, sewn
together by the selvage, which is blue. The bottom
terminates in a kind of fringe. 4 ft. 3 in. 1. Thebes.
Basket, in which the above tunic was contained,
formed of platted leaves of the palm tree. 8§ in. h., 1 ft.
3 in. 1. dr. Thebes.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

305

Palm leaves, A basket, in which were found many of
the shoes and sandals in Div. 4. 1 ft. 1.
D i v . 2.— Wood. Rectangular case bored with four cylindrical holes, to hold sthenic or stibium, a bluish black
metallic colour for the eyelids. 4 in. h., 1J in. sq. at base.
Wood. Cases for sthem, in the shape of four cylinders united ; the covers have moved upon pivots; pins
for laying on the colour, some surmounted by a hawk.
3 ^ t o 2 i in.h.
Green porcelain or vitrified stone. Vase for colour, in
the shape of four cylinders united. Around is inscribed,
" Establish good life to the scribe Oohmos or Amasis."
2 | in. h. Memphis.
White porcelain. Cylindrical reed-formed case for
paint; in front, a line of hieroglyphics; " the gracious
god, the lord of the world, the sun the lord of worlds,
(prenomen of Amentuonkh,) the great royal wife Onkhsen-amoun or Amononkhsen." 6 in. h., f in. dr.
Reed. Cylindrical cases with inscriptions, carved, or
traced with black paint; one has the linen and string
in which it was wrapped. 3§ to 4 in. 1.
Reed, wood, ivory, porcelain.
Cylindrical cases for
stibium. 7 to 2 | in. 1.
Ivory. A case for paint; it represents a monkey standing erect, grasping with both arms a cylinder, with its
cover of wood. 3§ in. h.
Ivory, arragonile, porcelain. Studs for the hair. See the
mummy of Kotbti, Case 0 0 . 2 to | in. dr., 2 in. to \ in.h.
Porcelain, wood. Cylindrical cases for paint, with
capitals like the leaves of the doum palm; round the shaft
are waving lines and fringes. One has a hematite pin.
4 in., 3 | i n . h.
Terracotta. A case for paint, in form of the head attire of Pnebto, the son of Horus. 3^ in. h., 3J in b.
Wood. A small vase or bottle for the sthem, in the
shape of Khons standing erect. 4 | in. h.
A similar vase, in form of a naked, beardless, girdled,
Typhonian figure. 2 | in. h.
D i v . 3-—Bronze. A mirror; the handle in the shape
of a lotus-sceptre surmounted by the head of Athor, the
goddess of beauty, with an inverted crescent. 1 ft. h.,
1 ft. \ in. 1.

306

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Bronze, A similar mirror, the handle in shape of a
plaited tress of hair surmounted by two hawks. 5 in. h.
Bronze, Mirrors with handles of wood; one terminates in the head of a hawk-headed deity, in a claft; the
other in a kind of standard, having at one end the right
symbolic eye. 1 ft. 1 | in. h.
Bronze. A mirror with ivory handle in form of a column
with a lotus capital. 10J in. h.
Bronze. A mirror with a handle of porcelain, in form
of a lotus-sceptre; on its upper surface is inscribed the
name of "Monthemhe, son of Hykheth." 1 0 | in. h.
Bronze. Mirrors, without handles. 6 J to i in. dr.
Bronze. Circular mirror, in form of a box with its
cover. 6 | in. dr.
Basalt, arragonite. A vases for stibium. 4J to 1J in. h.
Calcareous stone, 8$c. Covers from similar vases.
Dark green steatite. A vase for stibium, held by a kneeling youth, shorn, with a single braided tress of hair from
the crown, and wearing a long garment and belt round
the loins. %\ in. h.
Green 'porcelain. A vase for stibium, having in open
ivork round the body, a frieze of nofre, feathers, and
other symbols: the foot broken. 2f in. h. Memphis.
Bronze, wood, <fyc. Pins, for laying the pigment on
the eyelids and brows, or used as hair pins; one terminates in hematite. 6 to 3 | in. 1.
Bronze, wood, hone, fyc. Similar pins having a bulb at
one end only. 5 | to 2 | in. 1.
Arragonite9 ivory, fyc. Pins, & c , for the hair.
Wood. Combs ; one with a double row of teeth, another
has the back terminating in the head of a cow. 4 \ to
2 | in. 1.
Wood. Fragments of similar combs.
D i v . 4>.—Leather, palm leaves, papyrus, wood. Sandals of various forms and sizes.
Leather, palm leaves. Sandals with high sides, approaching to the form of a shoe, with peaked toes; these
sandals are provided with ankle and fore straps.
Leather. Shoes with round toes, red and green, most
of them for children ; they were found in the basket on
shelf I. in this Case, and are provided with ankle and
fore straps, like sandals, but are probably of a later epoch.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

307

Shoes of similar shape are depicted on the covering of
the mummy of a child [in Case B B.] of the Roman
era. 1\ to 5f in. 1.
Leather. Shoes similar to the preceding, of coarser
work and stouter material; one is of a late epochs ornamented with stitched and cut ornaments, with eyelet holes
behind for a lace, which has been fixed round the foot
to a tongue on the ankle. 10 to 9 in. 1.
CASES N t O T .

VASES.

The peculiar application of the various forms of these
objects is not easy of solution; some, however, appear
in the hieroglyphic texts to have been appropriated to
particular substances,—as wax, wine, liquids, &c. The
smaller and more elegant are supposed to have held unguents, perfumes, & c , for the toilet; the larger and
coarser, domestic objects, as wine, eatables, & c , or to
have been for preserving and mixing liquids ; others
again contain varnish, bitumen, &c. The materials of
which they are fabricated are chiefly basalt, serpentine,
arragonite, or oriental alabaster, various kinds of clays
baked, a thoroughly vitrified brilliant porcelain, and
glazed terracotta. The pottery is occasionally painted
when unglazed. The prevailing colours of the glazing
are red, blue, and green. The delineation of subjects on
these vases is exceedingly rare ; some few have inscriptions. The following appear most worthy of remark :
CASE N. DIV. 1.—Arragonite, A large vase, the neck
broken off, inscribed in front with the prenomen and
name of Thutmes or Thothmes I I I . (Mceris.) Another
has the name of a different king, (vid. Rosellini, Tom. n.
App. Tav. xv. 12.) 1 ft. 1 | to 8J in. h.
Arragonite.
Two vases, one having in front the
prenomen Merenre, of an unplaced king prior to the
xvi. dynasty, with the standard and titles of the same
monarch ; the other, that of Re-Nofrekah, assumed by
Sabaco, first king of the xxv. dynasty, but previously
used by a monarch of the xv. dynasty ; this prenomen,
standard, and titles are also in a long cartouche upon
the cover. 8 to 5§ in. h.
Div. 2.—Pottery. Four ampullae, each inscribed with
a single line in hieratic writing. Two have their stoppers

308

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

of unbaked clay, and another the linen bands by which
they were held in their places. 6 j to 5 | in. h.
Arragonite. A vase, inscribed with the name of Noubmet-het, a princess. 4i| in. h.
Porcelain, pottery, fyc. Vases with flat circular bodies
and short necks. The necks of three are formed by a
lotus flower and two apes squatting; on the lateral
bands are invocations to Amoun, Phtah ? Nofre-Thmou,
Khons, Neith, Pasht, to give happy years to the possessor ; underneath the necks a rich oskh, or collar.
5 | to S in. h. Thebes.
Pottery. A vase, having on each side, in bas-relief, a
figure o£ Horus advancing, similar to that in Case A.
Div. 4. 3 | in. h.
Div. S.—Arragonite.
A circular table inscribed with
hieroglyphics, indicating that it belonged to Atkai, having
on it eight vessels of various forms, each inscribed with
his names and titles. 1 ft. 1 | in. dr. Abydos.
Calcareous stone. Kectangular slab, with cavities to
receive the following objects :-^-two bottle-shaped vases,
one of alabaster, the other of basalt; four alabaster crucible-formed vases ; a peculiar shaped object, bifurcate
at one end, of pink porcelain ; a piece of basalt, with
the place for another. 6§ in. 1., 4 j in. d. Abydos.
Porcelain. A vase of a deep blue, with a wavy pattern of
white and yellow; in front are two projections, perhaps
intended to represent eyes. 6J in. h. Memphis.
Arragonite.
A jar-shaped vase ; the neck ornamented
with a female face. 9 in. h. Memphis.
Div. 4.— Glass. Unguentaria, or vases with long necks;
one blue, and another of a speckled gray, with the
neck twisted. 7 J to 2 in. h.
Pottery. A bottle, with a rude representation of a face
and arms in bas-relief in front. 7f to 6 in. h.
CASE O.

VASES.

Div. 1.—Painted pottery. A jar-shaped vase, with three
small handles or ears placed on the neck ; the linen by
which the stopper was covered still remains. This vase
has been painted "of a yellow colour, with dark streaks,
and highly varnished. 11J in. h.
Painted pottery. A bottle-shaped vase, with three small

ftOOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

309

handles round the body; the ground is light brown,
with red and black lines ; between the handles are three
emblems of life, with human hands and arms, in each
hand a gom. lOf in. h.
Porcelain, or opaque glass.
Small vase with four
handles, of a blue colour, with a wavy pattern, light blue,
white, and yellow, most probably used for the toilet. 4J
in. h.
Porcelain, or opaque glass. Small diota of a light blue,
with a pattern of dark blue and yellow; one handle and
the neck broken. 4 | in. h.
Memphis.
Div. 2.—Porcelain, or opaque glass. Small jug, richly
ornamented, of a deep blue, with pattern of a yellow,
white, and light blue colour ;—a portion of the handle
still remains. This vase is the most brilliant specimen
of glass in the collection. 3§ in. h.
Painted pottery. Double vases, connected together by
the lip, handles, or body. 4 | in. h.
Pottery. Vase, or rather lamp in shape of a small
bottle, with a spout; above, six small circular holes. 3 j
in. h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Div. 3.—Terracotta.
Vase of libations, frequently
seen on the altars before divinities. The body has an
oval hole through its centre. In front is a small spout,
formed by the neck and beak of a bird. Painted on it are
two symbolic eyes, a symbol of life with human arms,
from the hands of which other smaller symbols of life
are pendent; an emblem of stability, surmounted by the
right symbolic eye ; a border of rosettes or flowers
on each side round the aperture; these subjects are
traced in black and red; the upper part and spout is
fractured. In this vase the beads and emblem of stability in Case R. 3. were said to have been found. 10J
in. h.
Terracotta.
Diota, of a deep red, having in front
Onouris, or Mars, brandishing his sword, of grotesque
proportions ; apparently of late workmanship. ' 1 ft. 1
in. h.
Arragonite.
Diota, with flat three-handled cover
fitting accurately ; a line of hieroglyphics indicates that the
vase holds " 8 hno. and 6 parts." 10J in. h. Lower Egypt.
p

310

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

Porcelain, or opaque glass.. Vase, of a deep blue^
with a pattern of light blue, white, and yellow. 3§ in. h.
CASE P.

VASES, LAMPS, ETC.

Div. 2.—Red pottery. Vase, in form of a female standing and playing upon the guitar ; the eyes, hair, and other
parts, traced in black outline; a short single handle behind the neck. This vase contains some viscous fluid.
8 j in. h. Thebes.
Red pottery. Head of a female, with the short matted
hair peculiar to the era of the Bubastite dynasty, and
Nubian features, from a similar vase. It appears to have
been coloured black. 2 | in. h.
Pottery. Vase in shape of the ibex, standing upon a
plinth; the mouth of the vessel placed on the back.
Underneath, a small animal; all the legs broken and
imperfect. The colour is green; it was probably used for
the toilet. 2f in. h.
Pottery. Vase in the shape of a hedgehog ; the aperture, with its short neck, is placed upon the back; before
it a human head; of a green colour. I f in. h. Thebes.
Pottery. Vase in the shape of a lamb lying down,
of a red colour, and late epoch. 3 | in. h., 4 | in. 1.
Pottery. Vase in shape of the fish latus. 6 | in. 1.
Pottery. Vases in shape of gourds, with single handles
and short narrow necks. Upon one of a bright red colour
is traced in black, a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics,
for the offering of " Eian ;" the other is of a yellower
colour, and striped horizontally. 6 \ to'4§ in. 1. Thebes.
Pottery. Vases in the shape of the pine cone. 4 | to
5 in. h.
Red pottery. Vase, somewhat cylindrical, issuing from
a flower, and decorated with the feathers of Osiris and
other symbols. 6 in. 1.
Div. 3 and 4.—Terracotta.
Lamps; on the upper
part of some, a toad in bas-relief; others have an
eagle, the head of a boar, bunch of grapes, two children, palm leaves, ornaments; on one is ©eoAoyta ©sou %a^K.
These lamps are of the Greek and Roman era. 5 to S

in. L, If to § in. h.

EOOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

81]

Pottery. Fragments from vases ; one, which is from
Coptos, has the figure of a hare traced on it; on another
is a spiral ornament. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq.,
1884.
CASE Q.

MUMMY COFFIN.

Cedar wood. Inner coffin of " Harsontiotf, divine
father and prophet priest of Amoun in Thebes," invested
with several other offices, as prophet priest of Khons,
Isis, and Harsaphes, of the saviour and brother gods ?
superintendent of the incense vases of Amoun, son of
Nasht-har-hat, prophet priest of Amoun in Thebes, &c.;
and of Taitnofreophth, an assistant priestess of Amounra. The face is gilt, bearded, in a blue claft. There is a
rich oskh terminated at each shoulder by the head of a hawk
in the otf; upon the neck an emblem of the soul and
pectoral plate, representing the deceased adoring Osiris,
Horus, Isis, and Nephthys. Beneath the oskh is the scarabseus with expanded wings thrusting forward the disk,
adored by cynocephali. In front is an invocation to Ra of
seven perpendicular lines of hieroglyphics with figures of
the four genii of the Amenti, and Isis and Nephthys in
compartments. On the feet are two jackals, guardians
of the upper and lower hemisphere, and the names and
titles of the deceased.
The interior of the cover or lid exhibits an astronomical scene. The heaven (Tphe) as a female with extended arms and legs; above her head a winged globe,
and emblem of progression, both inverted ; the red disk of
the sun appears beneath her chin, at her wTaist, and at her
feet; on her breast, between the fore parts of two
sphinxes, is an oval containing a hawk-headed deity between two wings, two vipers, and a human-headed viper.
Beneath these are four human heads surmounted by palm
branches placed on a viper and entitled " the heads of
the lords of flame;" a human-headed deity disked
standing by the side of a serpent with human legs and
two wings, which he grasps ; at each side of him a
symbolic eye; by the side of this emblem is inscribed
" eternity." Beneath, a figure of the soul flying—" the
spirits passing to life eternal." At the right side of
Tphe is Ra piercing with a spear the constellation Taurus,

312

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

indicative of the birth of the sun ; behind him are a cro*
codile, and lion with a crocodile's tail; in front, the
hippopotamic deity, the ursa major of the system, here
entitled " Isis, the established mother of the panegyries
of heaven," the four genii of the Amenti, other inferior
deities, an emblem of the soul, and figure of the deceased.
Behind the scene of the birth of the sun, is another train
of deities. At the left side of Tphe is a boat, the emblem
of Nephthys attended by deities, the constellation of Osiris,
Isis-Sothis or the dog star, the constellation of Harkemautf, and Harsiesi. The area is filled by stars, and
the constellations are followed by a bennou and tortoises,
inferior deities, and the deceased in the act of adoration,
The sides of the coffin represent part of the scenes depicted
on the chambers and sarcophagi of the kings, the bark of
the sun drawn by the hours, the capture of the apoph or
gigantic serpent, the sounding of the depths by the boatmen,
the deceased adoring in the bark, inferior deities, emblems,
&c. At the top of the coffin is the scarabaeus thrusting
forward the head-dress of Osiris, saluted by Seben vulture-headed, and Sate with the head of an uraeus. Two
cartouches of Osiris saluted by Isis and Nephthys, winged.
Osiris, emblem of stability, adored by Isis,, Nephthys, and
two other deities. At each side, in compartments, are
seated figures of mummied animal-headed inferior deities.
At the bottom of the coffin are depicted two figures with
their hands bound behind them and their feet tied, emblematic of the enemies of Egypt, and an inscription before them, " all thy enemies are under thy sandals."
Two jackals seated facing, and two figures of Osiris pethempamentes, having a finger on the top of the head,
from which flows a stream of libations. The background is uncoloured, and the divisions are formed
by horizontal and perpendicular lines of hieroglyphics,
containing inscriptions relative to the various scenes, &c.
On the lower half is a figure of the goddess Netpe,
placed upon a standard; by the side are inscriptions
relative to " Netpe, the great mother of the gods;"
on her head is the hawk standard, symbolic of the Ement
or west. See Mummy in Case RR.
Wood, Figure of Osiris standing upon a plinth, with
an oskh round the neck, a pectoral plate on the chest,

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

313

and scarabseus on the stomach. The body, plinth, and
pedestal are covered with hieroglyphics, invocations of
the deceased Harsontiotf. The long plinth on which the
figure stands has in front an excavation with a cover, on
which is the1 hawk of Sochari. 2 ft. h.
Linen, Hypocephalus, covered with stucco, belonging
to Harsontiotf; black,'the figures in yellow, representing
the boat of the god Eneph, or Chnouphis, and the quadrifrons ram-headed seated type of Amoun-ra. Round it
is a border of hieroglyphics, containing the names and
titles of the deceased. 6 in. diameter.
CASE R.

BOWLS, CUPS, ETC.

Div. 1.—Pottery, Two stands for vases, hollow through*,
out, of a deep red colour. 1 ft. 4 | to 1 ft. 5 J in. h.
Div. 2,—Basalt, arragonite, fyc. Paterae, or bowls,
differing in depth and diameter. One bears an inscription
relative to Atkai, from whose tomb many other of the
objects in the collection have been taken. Others have
rims. 4§ to 2f in. h., 1 1 | to 5 | in. dr.
Steatite, arragonite.—-Small flat vases or cups, in shape of
the fish chaetodon; one has the scales and fins elaborately
indicated/ 4J to 4fin. 1.
Arragonite, Vases or cups in the shape of the shell
Indina Nilotica. 5 to 4 | in. 1. Abydos»
Arragonite, Small vases in the shape of wine-glasses.
4§ to 4 in. h. Abydos.
Div. 3.— Porcelain, Large blue bowl: on the exterior,
fourteen petals of flowers in a dark blue outline ; in the
centre of the interior, a square divided into eight triangles,
the alternate ones being darker, surrounded with undulating lines; from each corner arises a stem of five
flowers of the lotus or papyrus, alternately placed. 10
in. dr.
Porcelain, Semi-globular bowl of a light greyish purple colour; round the rim is a horizontal line of hieroglyphics inlaid in white—" . . . like the sun, lord of
diadems, Amon-mai Rameses. . . . of the king, like the
sun, lord of the world, the sun, guardian of truth, approved of the sun, giver of eternal life." Beneath, a
horizontal band of circular flowers, and on the base, the

314

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

calyx and expanded petals of the lotus, coloured light
blue and red. 4 in. dr., 2 | in. h.
Terracotta. Round cups, on feet; they have three
holes in the lower part of the body, and were probably
used for incense. 3 J to %\ in. h.
Div. 4.—Pottery.
Paterae, having in the interior,
traced in outline, a procession of Har, Atmou, Tafne,
Seb, Netpe, Osiris, Iris, Thoth, and Nephthys; the bark
of Ra, figure of Amoun-ra, Osiris, &c. 11 in. dr., 8
in. h.
CASE S.

VASES.

Pottery.
Vases of Greek manufacture, generally coloured of a light red, but occasionally dark, with the
figures of birds and animals, Etruscan borders, and other
patterns
CASE T.

VASES OF BRONZE, AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS,
VIANDS, ETC.

Div. 1.—Bronze. Bucket. On the sides are engraved,
I. Osiris, under the form of an emblem of stability, saluted
by Isis and Nephthys, each pouring liquid from a vase of
libations on the hands of two human-headed hawks, emblems of the soul of the deceased Petamoun, prophet of
Amoun in Thebes, chief scribe of Maut, scribe of the
sledges [?] of the abode of Amoun. II. Petamoun seated
on a chair, in his left hand a pat sceptre; his name inscribed upon his dress ; beneath the chair is a cynocephalus. His son Presh-khons, prophet of Amoun in
Thebes, offers to him a libation from a vase and incense
from an amschoir, over an altar before a table. The hieroglyphical lines on the body contain the names of the personages and their invocations. The base is engraved in
outline to represent the calyx and expanded petals of the
lotus. 1 ft. S in. h. Thebes.
Bronze. Bucket. Round the body the following scenes
are engraved in outline : I. Har, or Hor a deceased Theban
prophet-priest of Amoun, scribe, and in charge of the
living cynocephali of the temple of Khons, adoring Osiris,
Har-si-esi, Isis, and Nephthys, who confer upon him
power, victory over the impure, incense, and other pure
and good things. II. Har or Hor, seated by his wife

BOOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

315

Tnofrebais, receiving an offering of incense and libations
from his son Petamoun, also a sacerdotal functionary.
The invocations and titles of the deceased are contained
in the hieroglyphics above the head of the figure. The
base is engraved to represent the calyx and expanding
petals of the lotus. 1 ft. 10 in. h. Thebes,
Bronze. Bucket, having the following scene engraved
in outline. Osiris pethempamentes, manifester of good,
great god in Hat, seated on a throne ; behind, stand
Har-hat, great god lord of the heaven, hawk-headed;
Isis, the great mother goddess, in a tree, wearing
the disk and horns, and holding a lotus sceptre; and
Nephthys, the sister goddess. Before Osiris is a priest
holding an amschoir, and pouring upon an altar a libation, part of which the human-faced hawk catches in his
hands. The hieroglyphical text, which is in a reverse
direction; contains the names and titles of the deities, and a
sepulchral act of adoration to them, and all the gods and
goddesses of the district of Har-hat, for a deceased Ramses,
prophet priest of Thmei, Isis, and the statues [?] of the
temple of Har-hat, & c , born of Esihbai, lady of the house,
assistant priestess of Har-hat. At the top of the scene is
a band of stars, and the base of the vase represents the
expanding petals of the lotus. ] ft. 5 J in. h.
Bronze. Small buckets with subjects in bas-relief; an
offering to Amoun-ra, Harsaphes attended by female and
other deities, whose emblems are not very distinct; boats
of the sun, &c. The base is formed of the calyx and petals
of the lotus. 3 | in. h.
Bronze. Crucible-shaped vase, perhaps from an amschoir. The interior has been gilt. I f in. h., 3f in. dr.
Presented- by J. G, Wilkinson, Esq,, 1834.
Bronze,
Simpula. The handles terminate in the
head and neck of a goose. 1 ft. 10 to 1 ft. 1 in. h.
Bronze, Semi-oval cup or bowl, remarkable for its rich
and continued sound when struck. 6 in. dr., 4 in. h.
Bronze, Table of a long rectangular shape, with a
handle or projection on two sides ; in front a horizontal line of hieroglyphics, indicating that it belonged to
Atkai. On it are several vases, stands, bowls, saucers,
and a colander ; they appear to be models of utensils.

316

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

The table is perforated to receive some of the vessels.
7 in. h., 1 ft. \ in. b., 1\ in. dr. Abydos.
Bronze. Vase ; the body tapers to the base ; the neck
short; round the top is a horizontal line of hieroglyphics.
" The table of the superintendent of the signet,
Mashi," indicating the table on which it was once placed.
4 j i n . h.
Bronze, Fragment of circular box, sculptured with
bulls* &c. On the edges of the lips are two fixed rings
for the handle. 5\ in. h., 3 in. dr.
Bronze. Lamps ; the handle of one is formed by the
head of a dog issuing from a lotus calyx. 2\ to 1 \ in.
h., 4 | in. 1.
Bronze. Circular shallow vessels, the bottoms marked
with deep concentric circles. 4 | to 5 in. dr.
Div. 2.—Papyrus and cane. Rectangular stand of two
stages, composed of papyrus, supported at each corner by
a column of cane. On each is a small duck, trussed ; and
on the bottom circular cakes of bread. 8J in. h., 9 | in.
b., 6 in. dr. Private tomb at Thebes.
Basket containing the fruit of the doum palm, pomegranates, &c. 8 in. h.
Smaller basket wove in with colours, which has held
fruit of the doum palm. %\ in. h.
Small elliptical basket which held fruit.
5 in. h.,
7 J in. b.
Fruits of the doum and date palm, fig, grape vine,
carthamus, heglyg (persea), nebbek, ricinus, and pomegranate ; wheat; barley ; tares.
Flat circular, square, triangular, & c , cakes of bread or
biscuits, the top of one stamped; some apparently made of
barley. 6 in. 1.
Div. 3.—Horn of a cow or ox.
Rolls of prepared leather, of a maroon colour. 1 ft.
3 in. to 7 in. 1.
Bitumen, and materials with which the mummies are
embalmed.
Fragments of leaves of the papyrus, from a box or
basket.
Roll of fibres of palm leaves or cane.
Iron.
Blade of a sickle, fractured in three pieces*

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

317

completely oxydized throughout. Traces of the wooden
handle into which it has been fitted are visible upon the
end. 11 in. dr. Found by Belzoni under a statue at
Karnah.
Wood. Pick-axe used in agriculture, of a single piece.
2 ft. 1.
Wood. Hoe, consisting of a handle into which is inserted a broad blade placed at an acute angle, and fastened by a cord of fibres of the palm. 1 ft. 10 in. h.
Acacia wood. Yoke or pole with a knob at each end,
to retain the leather strap, which is stamped with concentric ornaments. 3 ft. 6 in. 1.
Wood. Eight steps of rough wood from a rope ladder;
rope of the same ladder made of fibres of the palm ; found
in the tomb of Menephtah I. 1 ft. 6 in. 1.
Palm leaves. Pair of tassels of fibres, united by a
cord of the same material, perhaps put round the neck of
an animal. 5 in 1.
Div. 4.— Calcareous stone. Fragments from the tomb
of Menephtah I. (Akencheres), 12th king of the XVIII.
dynasty. In front is the arm and anterior portion of the
body of a female deity, and part of her titles in hieroglyphics ; before her is a line of small hieratic characters.
At the edge is part of the prenomen and name of Menephtah I. Presented by Col. T. P. Thompson.
Pottery. Fragments of vases covered with enchorial
inscriptions. Similar pieces, bearing Greek inscriptions,
appear to have been tax gatherers' receipts at Syene and
Elephantina.
CASE U .

FRAGMENTS

OF T O M B S , W E A P O N S ,

ETC.

Div. 1.—Calcareous stone.
Fragments from the
tombs, exhibiting the mode in which the sepulchres of the
kings at Thebes are ornamented ; they are part of hieroglyphic texts, cut in a slight bas-relief, and appropriately
coloured.
Div. 2.—Bronze and silver.
War-axe, the head of
bronze, riveted into a hollow handle of silver ; at the end
is a hole for a cord or strap. 2 ft. J- in. 1.
Bronze. Daggers with a short flat blade, grooved at
the centre; the handles of ivory arid silver ornamented
with studs. 11 in. to 9 | in. 1.
p 3

318

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Wood. Sheath of a dagger, which has been gilt. 11
in. 1.
Wood. Bows of small size. 4 ft. 9 in. to 3 ft. 6 in. 1.
Iron, bronze. Heads of small spears or javelins; that of
iron probably of later date; and one of the bronze has
hieroglyphics on each side. 7 to If in. 1.
Arrows with blunt tips; one has a flint head. 2 ft. 8 J
in. 1., 2 ft. 4 in. 1.
Bronze.
Triangular shaped arrow-heads. 3 | to 2\
in. 1.
Three bladed arrow-head. I f in. 1. Presented by Dr.
C. Leemans, 1836.
Wood. Stick with a knob atone end, probably used
for fowling. 3 ft. 1.
Flat rib-shaped sticks, adapted for the same use. 3 ft.
8 in. to 2 ft. 1.
Bronze. Hollow cylinder inscribed on the sides with
hieroglyphics, relative to Re-mai or Mai-re, the prenomen of Pipi or Apap, an unplaced monarch previous
to the xvi. dynasty, whose standard it bears. (See Leemans, Mon. Egypt, p. 146.) 2 in. h.
Bronze.
Small knives, the blades of bronze, the
handles of agate or of hematite. 4 | in. b., 3\ in. 1.
Blades from similar knives. 4 J to 3\ in. 1.
Bronze,
Species of knife with lunated blade, the
other end terminating in the fore part of an ibex wearing
an oskh inlaid with gold. \ 5--| in. 1.
Steatite. Blade of a knife, inscribed on one side with
hieroglyphics, " Phtahmos, great sotem and atlophoros/*
4J in. L
Silex.
Fragments of flints cut for arrow-heads or
knives. 4 to § in. 1.
Iron. Knife of a late period and peculiar construction ;
it consists of a broad cutting blade, moving on a pivot at
the end, and working in a groove by means of a handle.
It is probably of the Arabic sera. 5 J in. 1.
Div. 3.—Wood. Clab or staff, in which are inserted a
number of wooden spikes. 2 ft. 6 in. 1.
Wood. Rough stick with a curved tooth turned upwards, fastened near the top by straps of leather of a
maroon colour. 3 ft. 3\ in. 1.
Wood. Sticks, forked at one end. They are gene-

BOOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

319

rally held in the hands of the chiefs or elders, and appear emblematic of office. 4 ft. 7 in. 1., 2ft. 3 in. 1.
Wood, Staff, inscribed with a perpendicular line of
hieroglyphics relative to Pimouimen, priest of the panegyries.
Ebony.
Staff, with a line of hieroglyphics, containing
an invocation relative to Bai, son of Pitonro of Memphis,
whose titles are recited at great length. 2 ft. 1 in. 1.
Wood. Cylindrical stick, terminating at one end in a
fork like the gom. On it is the name of a superintendent
of the bari of Amoiin, and there is an ancient repair of
a split part by a collar of bronze. 5 ft. 3 in. 1.
Rope, double coil, with knots at equal distances. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Handles of fans. 1 ft. 6 in. to 1 ft. 5 in.l. One
presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Pair of paddles, from the model of a boat; the
handles terminate in heads of jackals. 2 ft. 4 | in. 1.
Mast and stays from the model of a boat. 3 ft.
3 | in. 1.
Wood. Small curved piece of wood, with loop of fibres
of the palm ; the fulcrum of a lever. 8 J in. 1. Presented
by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Head and end of a gom. The head on this
sceptre has been termed that of the koucoupha or hoopoe.
5 in. 1.
Div. 4.—Calcareous stone. Fragment. On one side,
traced in black and red, a seated figure of " Amoun-ra,
lord of the heaven, lord of the world." On the reverse.,
a standing figure, indistinct. 1 ft. h., 8 in. b. Thebes.
Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Calcareous stone. Fragment, on which is traced in
black ink a seated figure of "Amoun-ra, king of the
gods, lord of heaven, the mighty ruler." 9 in. h., 6 in. b.
Calcareous stone. Fragment, on which is traced in
outline a seated figure of Phtah ; before and behind are
hieroglyphics, " Phtah, lord of truth . . . . . Phtah, in
his abode thrice gracious;" he holds by both hands a
gom. 9 in. h., 9 in. b.
Calcareous stone. Fragment; at the bottom is traced
in black, a crocodile ; above are portions of an inscription,
apparently a dedication for a pharaoh to Amoun-ra* 1

320

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

^EGYPTIAN

ft. 4f in. h., 1 ft. 3 in. b. Found in the tomb of Barneses
IX., at Thebes.
Calcareous stone. Fragment, with the subject traced in
black and red outline. The Pharaoh Rameses VII. of
the xix. dynasty, standing in a propylon supported by
columns having capitals of the lily lotus ; he wears a long
transparent garment with sleeves and triangular unseated
apron ; on his forehead the urseus ; his hands are held out
in the attitude of receiving the address of an athlophoros
and a priest, each bearing a feather sceptre. The text consists of an address to the king, who is described as " illuminating like the disk of the sun, rising to the pure 9
restraining with his hand the fallen of Ethiopia, &c.: that
he may be endued with the duration of the sun, the years
of Tom or Thmou, be victorious like Month-ra, and have
the dominion of Horus/ ? % ft. 6 in. b., 1 ft. 7 in. h.
White calcareous stone. Fragment of a bas-relief. The
Pharaoh Rameses II. or I I I . (Sesostris,) standing, wearing the tosh ; in his left hand a crook and three-thonged
whip ; in his right the emblem of the panegyries. Before
him is a small raised tablet, on which is inscribed his prenomen and name, with the usual pharaonic titles ; underneath is a line of water. Reverse, A trior or Merephtah, standing full-faced, raising both hands and arms ;
on her head is the cornice and peculiar spiral attire; in her right hand a flower and two buds of the
lotus, in the left two vipers ; she wears armlets and
bracelets. At one side of the edge is a boat, 10 in. h.,
7 in. b.
Calcareous stone. Fragments with hieratic and enchorial inscriptions.
Calcareous stone.
Fragments with processions and
figures of deities, with vertical lines of hieroglyphics
traced in black and red. Tomb of Rameses VII
CASE V .

COFFIN, BOARDS, ETC,

Wood. Coffin of Otaineb, a foreigner, in the form of
a mummy. The face is green, in a claft, with a rich oskh
round the chest; on the breast is Netpe, holding in each
hand a feather, between Isis and Nephthys, who kneel
and place their hands over a signet. Beneath is the
Judgment scene of the Amenti, and four columns with

BOOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

321

compartments representing the deceased in adoration
to Thoout or Thoth, who introduces him to the various
deities to whom the different parts of his body are
dedicated; as, " the lips to Anubis," " the elbows
to Neith," " the thighs to the eye of Horus," " the eyes
to Athor," " the teeth to Selk," " the knees to the lord
of KeL," " the loins and back to Pasht," & c , &c.; on
the upper part of the feet are two jackals and formulae
of adoration to Osiris and Anubis for the usual benefits*
On the sides of the coffin are Isis and Nephthys adoring
the standard of Osiris ; two jackals on pedestals ; the deceased adoring respectively Amset, Kebhsnauf and Isis \
the mummy of the deceased supported by Anubis attended
by a female deity; the deceased adoring Anubis under
his human and jackal type, and the genius Hape, who is
here termed Osiris. At the back is Osiris under the form
of the emblem of stability, and Meui or Moui seated on one
leg, elevating with both his hands above his head the boat of
the sun, in which is seated the quadrifrons ram-headed
type of the god Chnouphis ; two blue arms issue from
above to receive the disk, adored on each side by a
cynocephalus, having on its head the disk of the moon.
On the sides beneath are emblems of life, stability, &c»
The back ground of this coffin is white. It is of a late era.
6 ft. h. Presented by his Majesty King George III.
Wood. Rectangular board prepared with a coat of
stucco, smoothed. On it is traced in outline a figure of
Thothmes III. [?] or Mceris, seated, holding in his right
hand a mace, and in his left a long staff; before his
face is his prenomen twice repeated. This part of the
board is squared to facilitate the operations of the artist.
To the right are a quail and seven arms inverted. 1 ft.
S in. h., 1ft. 9 in. b.
Wood. Rectangular board, having on one side ten
horizontal lines of hieratic invocations to Thoth, stating,
" that the gods and goddesses will give glory to Thoth on
that day . . . . . i n their shrines, and will come from their
divine abodes of flame." The whole inscription consists,
of mythological ideas connected with the ritual. On the
reverse are eight lines of hieratic. 1 ft. 5^ in. b., 1 0 |
in. h.
Wood. A similar board, with an hieratic inscription*

322

GALLERY

OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Calcareous stone. Fragments of hieratic inscriptions.
Pottery. Fragments with Coptic inscriptions.
CASE W .

INSCRIPTIONS, INSTRUMENTS

OF W R I T I N G ,

PAINTING, ETC.

Div. 1.—Calcareous stone. Fragments of hieratic inscriptions.
Div. 2.— Wood. Rectangular pallets, with longitudinal
grooves to hold the kash or small reeds used for writing ;
the well for colour in one is in the ,usual form of an oval
or signet, towards the upper end of the pallet. 1 ft. 9
to 11 in. 1., 2 in. b.
Wood. Pallet, with two kash, similar to the preceding;
across the groove is inscribed the name of " Phtahmos, deceased superintendent of scribes." On the front
as well as on the back are several lines of hieratic
writing. Those in front are illegible; those on the
reverse appear to be names, as Amoun-si, Thooutemhbai,
Phtahemhbai, &c. 1 ft. 4 in 1., 2\ in. b.
Ivory.
Small rectangular pallet, with two kash and
two wells for black and red colour; it is inscribed in
hieratic on both sides, the letters on the upper much
effaced. 1 ft. L, l j in. b.
Wood. Rectangular pallet, with seven kash and two
small wells in the shape of signets. On the upper surface is delicately engraved in outline, towards the top,
the prenomen and name of Rameses the great encircled
by uraei, " giver of the duration of the panegyries."
At the edges of the groove are invocations to Thoth and
his companion, female deity, " to give the years of
Horus, lord of the two worlds, and duration of years
to the king." In the groove itself is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics. 1 ft. \ in. 1., \ in. 1., 2 in. b.
Thebes. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Colour box ; large circular well with traces of
red colour, and groove for brush. 9 | in 1. Thebes. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Fragments of colour, dark and light blue, red, and
yellow.
Palm leaves. Basket which held the above. 7\ in. dr.
Palm leaves. Basket containing three brushes made of

BOOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

323

fibres of the palm ; their ends appear tinged with red
colour. 9 in. dr.
Bronze, Hemispherical vase; the interior has apparently been gilt, and contains twelve balls of deep blue
colour. 4 in. dr., 2 j in. h.
Blue porcelain. Small stands with ten or twelve crucible-shaped vases. 3 in. 1., 2 in. b., l j to 1J in. h.
Blue porcelain.
Small slab with four small jars
having spouts, probably for colours. 1J in. h., 3 in. dr.
Arragonite. Thick slab with eight excavations, having
the appearance of a stand with eight vases; probably for
colours. 8 in. b., 3 in. d., 5^ in. h.
Basalt. Rectangular slab, with cartouche-shaped excavation to contain colour, and a small muller or grinder,
4 | in. 1., 3 in. b., 1 in. h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson,
Esq., 1834.
Slate. Similar slab, flatter. 5 in. L, 3 in. b., J in. h.
Basalt, wood. Mullers from similar slabs; one of
wood may possibly have been used as a polisher. 3 to 2
in. h.
Stone. Circular seal or stamp, the handle in the shape of
two lotus flowers; on the base, circular ornaments placed
in concentric circles. 2§ in. dr.
Stone or terracotta. Three seals, on the base various
ornaments. I j to 1^ in. dr.
Stone. Rectangular seal with a circular handle, on
the base various hieroglyphics. 2g in 1., 2\ in. h.
Terracotta. Seal, with impression of a jackal.
Bronze. Triangular seal, on which is a peculiar symbol. 1 | in. dr.
Terracotta. Oval impression of a seal, from a papyrus,
containing the prenomen of Amasis-Neith-si, termed the
child of Isis. l j in. dr.
Terracotta. Three impressions of seals ; a head of
Pallas, a sleeping dog> and a hieroglyphic inscription.
1 to \ in. dr.
Lead. Another with Greek ? characters. 1 in. dr.
Arragonite. Two flat rectangular slabs, with 7 hieroglyphic names of liquid substances ; below each is a small
hemispherical well. A set of vases with similar names
above them is depicted on the foot of the rectangular sar-

324

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

cophagus of Monthophth. One has besides the name and
titles of Atkai. b\ in. b., 2§ in. h.
Div. 3.—Bronze.
Cylindrical box for ink, with a
chain for the pen case ; the whole similar to the hieroglyphic symbol for scribe or writing. 2f in. h. box, 6f in.
h. case.
Wood. Pugillares or wTax tablets ; a pair of flat rectangular boards, excavated to receive a coat of wax, leaving
a narrow raised border all round for protection ; one
edge of each has two holes to receive straps for hinges.
A few lines of Greek have been written with a style on
one. With them is a short curved style approaching
to the form of a crocodile, and a small signet of iron. 9 |
in. 1., 5 in b., J in. d.
Bronze.
Instruments; broad blades with recurved
handles ; knives lunated at one extremity and hooked
at the other; pair of pliers. Some of these were found
in the same tomb with the board in Case V.
Leather. Small square bag, stamped with ornaments,
flowers of the lotus, &c.; with it was found one of the
preceding instruments. 7 | in. 1., 4 | in. h.
Cedar wood. Portrait of a Graeco-Egyptian female
upon very thin wood, with necklace, ear-rings and hair
pin. The features are soft and young, the complexion
red; border of the garment purple. 1 ft. § in. 1., 2|in. b.
Calcareous stone. Fragment, portion of a calendar ;
the inscription is unfortunately imperfect. 8 | in. h., 6 in. b.
Calcareous stone. Fragment inscribed with seven lines
of hieratic^ commencing with a date of the 7th year of
Horus ? in the 5th line is another date of the first of
Payni, of the 21st year of the reign of Amenof II. The
back is also covered with a hieratic inscription, much
effaced. 1 ft. 1 in. b., 6 | in. h.
Terracotta. Moulds, with figures of Phtah, Ra, hippopotamic female deity, symbolic eyes, cynocephali,
victims, pyramidal hieroglyphic, & c , in intaglio. 3 in
to | in. 1.
Div. 4.—Clay. Two bricks of sun-dried clay, stamped
with the prenomen of Rameses II. or I I I . (Sesostris,)
Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834,

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

325

Calcareous stone, 'pottery. Fragments inscribed with
inscriptions and portions of inscriptions in debased Greek
and Coptic.
CASE X.

BOXES, BASKETS, SPOONS, AND BRICKS.

Div. I.—Palm leaves. Flat rectangular baskets, platted. Similar baskets appear upon the backs of sepulchral figures equipped for agriculture. 11 in. 1., 8 in h. 5
8 in. 1., 6 in. Ti.
Circular fragments of the bottoms of baskets, oval
covers, and other pieces, some worked in colours. Various sizes.
Div. 2.—Ebony.
Rectangular box with cover ; the
sides and lid veneered with ivory coloured red, in a border
of white and red ivory and blue porcelain. At the top
and sides is a stud or button, and part of the string
or cord by which the lid was retained in its place, of
in. h., 7 | in. b., 9 in. d.
Wood. Tall rectangular box, with four short legs and
a cover, moving on a cylindrical wood hinge. 6§ in.
h., 5 in. b., 6 in. d.
Papyrus. Rectangular box or basket, with a flat cover
of the same. 1 ft. sq., 9 j in. h.
Wood. Rectangular box, with four legs, and curved
cover; the sides and top have salmon-coloured panels
with white and black borders; on the top is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, "Sacred to the deceased
navigator? Teh-kar." 10j in. h., 1 ft. %\ in. 1., 8 in. b.
Ivory. Rectangular box, with a pyramidal cover, veneered with ivory. On the panels in front are traced in
outline inlaid with colour, a Cupid in a chlamys holding
a flower, a bird of the finch tribe, and a water fowl; on
the sloping panel of the cover a female, probably Venus,
holding her long hair in both hands and throwing aside
her garment; on the slip beneath, two finches and two
water fowl. The panels of the other sides, both of box
and cover, are uncolouredN and carved in low relief, representing female figures standing or reclining with loose
drapery. A similar figure is also upon the flat top. The
edges are ornamented with beading, Memphis* 9 | .in,
h,, 10 in. sq,

326

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Wood. Small rectangular boxes, one with sliding cover.
5§ to c6\ in. 1.
Wood. Bowl-shaped box with partitions. 6^ in. dr.,
3 in. h.
Wood. Small four-legged box with a vaulted cover ;
the sides and top inlaid with ivory stamped with circular
ornaments. 6J to 3f in. h.
Wood. Tall cylindrical boxes; one contains a substance similar to flour. b\ to 3f in. h.
Horn. Portion of a similar box. 4 in. h.
Div. 3.—Wood. Small vases or boxes ; some have
flat covers fitting exactly, and fixed by pins through projections at each side; the tops and edges carved. 4f to
4 in. dr., 2§ to l\ in h.
Wood. Box in shape of a long narrow gourd divided
lengthwise. 7 in. 1.
Wood. Semi-cylindrical box with a sliding grooved
cover, On the sides and top are carved the ornaments
of an oskh. 5 | in. 1. to %\ in. 1.
Wood. Circular, egg-., and cartouche-shaped spoons.

5 J to %\ in. 1.
Wood, Shovel-shaped spoon, with handle. 5 J in. 1.
Wood. Spoon ; the handle formed by the twisted
stems and buds of a lotus flower. 6^ in. 1.
Wood. Spoon with an egg-shaped bowl and moveable
cover. The handle represents flowers of the papyrus ;
the buds are of ivory stained pink. The whole is inlaid
with colour. 1 ft. 1.
Ivory, wood. Spoons; the bowls carved to represent the shell Indina Nilotica, which a human hand holds
by the thumb and finger. The handle terminates in the
head of a goose. 9 | to 6 in. 1.
Ivory. Spoon, with a similar bowl, which the young
Horus, standing upon a lotus flower, supports on his
head by both hands. 3 | in. h.
Wood. Spoon, with bowl in shape of a cartouche, and
handle carved in bas-relief, representing a gazelle couchant.
Within the bowl, two fish feeding on a water plant are
traced in outline. 7 in. 1.
Ivory. Spoon or box in shape of a fish ; on the tail
and gill are two pivot holes for a moveable cover of the
same material. 6 | in. 1.

BOOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

327

Ivory. Box in shape of a water fowl; the head of
the bird is reverted, and conveys to its back, which
forms the cover, a small fish, which two young birds of
the same species fly to devour. These three objects are
fastened to it by pegs. 7 in. 1., S in. h.
Wood. Circular spoon ; on the edge is a hawk with
outstretched wings and human face, and a lion or cynocephalus. The handle is formed by two twisted flowers
and stalks of the lotus. 5 in. 1., 3 j in. b.
Wood. Cup, of a circular shape, with two cylindrical
handles, probably used as a lamp feeder. 7f in 1., 3i|
in. b.
Wood. Spoons or boxes in the shape of geese; one
swimming, the other trussed; this has a cover. %\ in,
h., 5 | in. 1.; 4J in 1., f in. h.
Wood. Spoon ; the bowl is in form of the latus fish ;
a fox seizing it by the tail forms the handle. The body
of the fish has a moveable cover, the pivot being placed
in the eye; inlaid with blue paint. 10J in. 1.
Wood. Flat spoon with two bowls in shape of cartouches ; the handle carved in open work, representing
two standing figures of Onouris, holding the lion's tail in
the left, and a club or sword in the right hand. In each
bowl is a lump of wax of different colour. The carved
parts have been inlaid with blue paint. 7 in. 1., 4 in. b.
Wood. Spoon with circular bowl; the handle in
shape of the fish latus, with two flowers of the papyrus
at the mouth ; the body is hollow, with a moveable cover,
and a duct from the mouth to the bowl. 1\ in. h.
Wood. Spoon; the bowl pear-shaped; the handle,
carved in open work, represents Khons-Kneph standing
between two stems of the lotus. The ornament on his
head is horizontal, and on it are placed two birds. 1\
in. 1.
Ebony. Fragment, with a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, sepulchral dedication to
and Anubis for
" Saph? great glorifier of the gracious god (royal bard),
attached to the lord of the wrorld at his side, superintendent of the bow." 9§ in. b.
Ebony. Long panel, with a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, " t h e gracious god, lord of diadems, restrainerof
the nine bows (Ethiopians), lord of the world (the sun lord

328

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

of truth), the son of the Sun (Amenof restrainer of the
land of purity), giver of eternal life." (Amenof I I I .
Memnon.) 11 in. 1.
CASE X. 4. — Clay and straw.
Sun-dried bricks,
stamped on the upper surface with names, according to
the edifice for which they were destined ; some have the
name of Thutmes or Thothmes I. (Chebron), A. c. 1796—
1783. Thutmes or Thothmes I I I . (Mceris), A. c. 1762—
1740 ; one with title of " the lord of strength." Amenof
or Amunoph II. (Mephrathutmosis), 1727—1702; and
Thutmes or Thothmes V. (Tmosis), A. C. 1702—1692.
Presented by Lord Prudhoe, 1834.
Clay and straxv. Fragment of a brick from the Pyramid at Dashour. 8 in, 1,, 6J in. b. Presented by Col.
T. P. Thompson.
CASE Y.

BASKETS, TOOLS, ETC.

Div. 1.—Palm leaves. Large oval basket of fibres of
the palm tree. 1 ft. 8 | in. dr., 1 ft. 7 in. h.
Smaller oval basket. 1 ft. 5\ in. dr., 9 in. h.
Wood. Mallets used by the Egyptians for hammers.
lOj to 1 ft. 2 in. h.
Wood. Long rectangular staves, inscribed with the
name of Har-piphai. One has a sepulchral dedication to
Phtah for the deceased. 2 ft. 9 to 1 ft. 4 | in. L
Leather. Bag, found in the larger basket.
Div. 2.—Set of tools found in the same basket, con*
sisting of—
Drill bow, 1 ft. 7J in. 1. ; saw, 1 ft. 3 | in. 1.; drill, 10
to 9 in. 1.; chisel, 10 in. 1.; bradawl, 5\ in. 1.; horn for
water or oil, 8 \ in. 1. ; hone, 5 in. 1.; roll of prepared
leather, 6 in. b. ; drill breast-plate, 2 J in. 1. With this
set was one of the mallets in Div. 1.
Another set of tools found in the smaller basket, consisting of—
Adze, 6f in. h., 8 | in. b. ; chisel, 1 ft. 1 | in. 1.; drill,
9 in. 1. ; bradawl, 4 | in. 1.; knife, 9 | in. 1. ; axe-blades,
9 | to 3 J in. 1.; handles of tools, 3 | in 1. With this set
was a mallet in Div. 1. The blades of the preceding tools
are of bronze.
Other tools or models;—•

&00M.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

329

Chisels, 10\ to 8 | in. 1.; saws, \\\ to 11 in. 1. ; adzes*
6 | in. h., 7 \ in. 1.; "hatchets, 1 ft. 6 to 1 ft. 5 in. 1.
The blades have been attached by linen bandages and
an adhesive composition. On the blades of the larger*
and handles of the smaller tools, is generally inscribed
a line of hieroglyphics relative to " the gracious god, the
sun the establisher of the world, (the prenomen of Thoth^
mes III. or Moeris) beloved of Amoun."
Wood. Model of an axe or hatchet, painted with red$
blue, and white stripes. 1 ft. 7 in. 1.
Wood, Knife^-handle. 4 in. 1.
Horn for holding water or oil. 4§ in. 1.
Wood. Handles of tools. 8 | in. 1. to 7 | in. 1.
Bronze. Blades of chisels and other tools. 4f to 4 | in. 1.
Bronze. Nails. 4J to l j in. 1.
Wood. Bradawl; the iron blade of a late era. 4 J
in. h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Bronze. Tools or models, the peculiar use of many
unknown ; they consist of four slabs bevilled at the
sides, four small trays, four large thin plates with spikes
shaped like axe-blades, four* smaller ditto, and two other
different shaped blades, two small axe-blades, Several
of these are inscribed with the name and titles of AtkaL
5 to 2§ in. 1.
Bronze.
Pedestal from a small statue, probably of
Amoun-ra, bearing the name and titles of that deity, and
a dedication from a bard, son of a functionary at-^
tached to the south, fourth prophet priest of Amoun,
grandson of a similar functionary, and of tbe lady Snasht.
In front are the name and titles of Neithakhor (Nitocris), royal daughter of Psametik. 4 j in. 1., 2 in. b.,
1 | in. h.
Div. 3.— Wood, ivory. Hands on handles or forearms ; one has the head of the terrestrial Athor at tlie
wrist, full face; the others lotus flowrers; their use is
unknown. 1 ft. 1J in. to 7 in. 1.
Ivory. Fragments of a gorget ? on which are delineated Typhon, the hippopotamic deity, lion's head full face,
camelopard, frog, and jackal-headed sceptre. 6 j to 5 in.
1., 2f to l j in. b.
Wood. Fragments of open work carving ; a person of

830

GALLERY OF- A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

high rank in adoration to Osiris pethempamentes. 8 in.
h., 5 | in. 1.
Calcareous stone* Moulds, having figures of the Numidian crane; one has an enchorial inscription on its
reverse ; another is coloured pink and green. 5§ in. sq.,
I f in. th., 4J in. b., 3 to 3 | in. h., \\ to 1 in. th., S | by 3
in. sq., by \ in. h. One 'presented by J, G. Wilkinson,
Esq., 1834,- another by H. W. Diamond, Esq., 1837.
Bronze. Two rectangular pieces, fragments of a box
or vase, bearing the name and prenomen of Tahraka, 3d
king of the xxv. dynasty. 3 to 3 | in. sq.
Wood. Semi-elliptical plate, on which is traced one
of the Amenofs in a biga. 2\ in. h., 2^ in. b.
Ebony. Pedestal; in front is the name and prenomen
of Amasis-Neith-si, of the xxi. or Saite dynasty, " the beloved of Thoth." 2f to 1 in. b., 1 in. h.
Bronze. Plates, pedestals, and fragments of bronze.
4 in* 1., 2 in. b., \ in. h., by § in. cube.
Bronze.
Fragments; one filled with wood, another
terminated by a crocodile surmounted by a lion-headed
rod, another by a hawk-headed rod, under which stands
the god Ra, another by the head of the koucoupha. 8
to 4J in. h.
Arragonite. Rectangular plinths, with a leaf-shaped
smoother? I f in. b., 4 | in. h., J in. th.; £ in. b., l j in.
h., \ in. th.
Blue porcelain. Rectangular plinth, probably used for
inlaying; on it is traced in outline, Amounemopt, a royal
scribe, standing in adoration to Osiris pethempamentes.
6 | in. h., 4J in. b.
Bronze. An oval disk, having a seated female deity engraved in outline, the head surmounted by the disk and
horns. %\ in. dr.
Div. 4.—Clay. Bricks of sun-dried clay, similar to
those in Case X. Div. 4., stamped on the upper surface
with the prenomen of Amenof or Amunoph III. (Memnon.), A. c. 1692—1661; of Rameses III. (Sesostris), A. c.
1565—1499 ; of Rannofre, a deceased prophet priest.
1 ft. 4 in. h., 6 | in. b., 5§ in. th. to 11 J- in. h., b\ in. b„ 3 |
in. th. Presented by Lord Prudhoe, 1SS4.
Clay. Fragments of sun-dried bricks. Presented by
J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.

a00M.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

331

Reed from between the bricks of the walls of Sais. 1
ft. 1 in. 1. Presented by the same.
Fragments of plaster, with a flower painted in fresco.
Presented by the same.
Fragment of stucco, imitating syenite. 5 in. 1. Presented by the same.
Wood. Smoothing tools ; one has its own figure engraved on it. 9 | in. 1., 6 j in. 1., 2\ in. h.
Wood. A cylindrical box containing stucco. 4 in. h.,
4 in. dr.
Brushes for colouring walls, made of fibres of palm
leaves. 7 to 5 J in. 1.
Wood. Part of a stamp for bricks, with incuse hieroglyphics, relating to a temple of Phtah. 8 in. 1.
CASE Z.

BASKETS, MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, PLAYTHINGS,
WEAVING TOOLS, ETC.

Div. 1.—Palm leaves. Oval, and circular baskets,
covers, & c , made of the fibres of the palm tree, exhibiting various kinds of basket-making, some worked in
ornamentally with colours. 1 ft. S in. dr., 9 in. h., to 6
in. dr., S in. h.
Div. 2.—Bronze.
Sistrum; the handle cylindrical,
with the head of Athor on each side, full faced, coweared, and surmounted by a cornice flanked by ureei
with the otf, one of which is lost; at the top the fullfaced head of the terrestrial Athor, placed on the symbol
of resplendence, between disk-bearing lion-headed ureei
and vultures holding signets in their claws; at the sides
are the lion-headed deity Pasht-Merephtah, one of the
types of Athor, seated in a naos, and the female goddesses attached to the upper and lower regions, holding
in each hand a sistrum. These subjects are in. outline,
and are supposed to be stamped. There are three perforations for wires.
1 ft. 4 j in. h. Temple of the
Western lake, Karnah.
Bronze. Cylindrical handle of a sistrum, surmounted
by the aegis of Athor; at the sides of the head, ureei in
the shaa and teshr; on the top a lion, seated. 8g in. h.
Silver, bronze. Sistra of a later epoch, with three or
four horizontal bars or wires, the ends generally ter-

382

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

minating in the head of a goose reflexed ; one is peculiar for having its handle formed by a figure of Khons
Kneph ; they have cats with kittens at the top. 9 j to
3 j in. 1,
Wood, porcelain.
Models of sistra ; perhaps used as
toys. The bodies of those in porcelain are in the form
of a propylon. 5§ in. 1. ; 11 in. to 2 in. 1.
Bronze. A cat from a sistrum. 2 in. 1.
Bronze. Small bells ; one has at the top the head of
Khons Kneph, Chnouphis, Anubis, and Merephtah. 2f
to 1 in. 1.
Wood. The top of a Bouni or harp, with 11 pegs; it
has had 17 strings, which descended perpendicularly to a
sounding board beneath. 1 ft. 4 in. 1. Presented by J.
G< Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Small harps, the base or sounding board round
and concave, the handle cylindrical and inclined; they
have had five strings. 1 fL 9 to 1 ft. 5 in. h.
Wood. A small harp, borne, in playing, on the shoulder;
the body or sounding part boat-shaped, and covered with
parchment; the handle inclined, with 4 pegs; a bridge
lies across the body of the harp, to which the strings were
attached; a part of one remains. 3 ft. 1., 16 in. h.
Thebes.
Reed. Small pipe of reed, perhaps the ginglaros of
Pollux, with 7 holes burnt in at the side, and two straws
of Indian corn, found with it. 1 ft-. 3 | in. to 8 j in. L,
straw 1 ft. 1 in. to 1 If in. L
Bronze. Pair of cymbals, united by a band of linen.
51 in. dr.
D-iv. 3.— Wood. Doll, completely carved, but terminating at the thighs. The head has several holes, with
pegs by which the hair has been attached. 8 in. h.
Wood. Flat dolls ; one only has a head, with long hair
of clay beads ; the painting on the body represents the
dress, collar, &c. Another has on one side the hippopotamic deity standing. 8 j to 7 in. h.
Wood, porcelain, fyc. Draughtsmen of various sizes,
generally conical, with globular tops ; one has the head
of a cat. Others are pyramidal; under one is the
figure of a jackal ; these latter have been supposed to
be signets. 3 to \ in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

333

Leather, palm leaves. Ball, stuffed with chaff; others,
platted. %\ in. dr.
Wood. Fish, the scales indicated by black paint. This
object has been apparently used as a toy. 4f in. 1.
Porcelain. Models of fruit, balls, eggs, & c , probably
used as toys. 2 J to 1 in. dr.
Div. 4.—Linen cloth of various sizes and shades,
and of different woof. Some of these pieces have a selvage
of blue lines. 4 ft. to 1 ft. 6 in. b.
Specimen of Egyptian linen bleached by the modern
process, and portion of the original. 6 in. b. Presented
by Mr. J. Bodd.
Skeins of thread, some dyed of a reddish colour.
Wood. Spindles and knitting needles. 9 J to 9 in. 1.
Wood. Spindles, differently formed; one has a base
of plaster, on which is inscribed the symbol " E m e n t ; "
others are wrapped in cloth; and one is attached to a
skein of thread. 1 ft. 1 in. to 10 in. 1.
Bronze. Needles for sewing. 3 to 3\ in. 1.
Wood, Hackle for dressing flax or hemp. 4 in. sq.
CASES A A., B B . j C C

MUMMIES, COFFINS,

ETC,

Div. 1.—Mummy of a female ? The outer bandages are
of a salmon colour. On the head is a gilt mask, andoskh
round the neck, of linen, covered with stucco and coloured. 4 ft. 8 J in. 1.
Mummies unrolled and wrapped up again; one in a
very incomplete state.
Wood. Large heads and pieces from coffins.
Sycamore.
Coffin, formed of two different ones,
the cover and upper end being of a far earlier epoch
than the sides. On the cover is a deceased priest in
adoration to Osiris, Amset, Sioumautf, and Kebhsnauf;
on the end a figure of Anubis; at the sides Hape, Sioumautf, and Kebhsnauf. The back grounds are yellow
and blue, the figures traced in red. The interior contains the mummy of a child. % ft. 11 in. 1., 10 in. b., 1
ft. \ in. h.
Small rectangular coffin, in which is the mummy of a
child, bandaged, and covered with painted linen, representing the mask of the deceased, Kebhsnauf and SiouQ

334

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

mautf, and a hawk-headed mummied deity in a propylon,
1 ft. 1\ in. 1., b\ in. b.
Similar coffin, containing the mummy of a child. 1 ft,
7J in. 1., h\ in. b.
Div. 2.—Sycamore. Sides of a coffin ; the right has on
its exterior, commencing from the feet, Osiris Serapis seated in a propylon with Nephthys; Osiris with the head
of a hare ; Thmei and the deceased ; the balance ; two
seated figures of Osiris ; the burning pool, with the cynocephali, and two souls; the hawk of Sochari; four
souls ; Osiris seated with Isis and Nephthys, and addressed by a double snake-headed deity; two male and
two female deities ; Harpocrates ; the bird of evil augury;
Sevek-ra; Ra and cat-headed deity in a propylon, &c.
The whole is interspersedwith hieroglyphics, and at the top
is a horizontal line relative to the god Ra. In the interior Serapis seated and the winged serpent; Amoun-osiris
seated, having before him the skin of the panther and pole ;
a mummied figure having on its head an urseated disk,
with flame and ass-headed deities; Osiris pethempamentes,
with the vulture of Maut, symbol of resplendence and
of life; Amset and Sioumautf, with a feather-headed
deity.
On the left side of the same coffin, from the head, the
mummy of the deceased, supported by Tattou and deplored
by Isis, in a boat drawn by three deities ; Osiris Onnophris, in a propylon, attended by Isis; before him a tall
male figure and the Ouemti; the boat of Re drawn by two
blue and two green jackals, with the winged serpent, five
souls, and the scarabseus thrusting forward the disk of
the sun ; two crocodile-headed female deities; a male
deity, Nephthys and Thoth ; Osiris Serapis. The interior has Serapis as before; Osiris Sochari seated on
a throne; double snake-, cat-, and typhon-headed deities ; Osiris pethempamentes standing, with vulture and
symbol of life ; Hape, Sioumautf, and a crocodile-headed
deity with disk, standing.
The back ground of the exterior is yellow, the figures
and hieroglyphics blue, red, and green. That of the interior, maroon, with the dresses of the figures white. The
whole is highly varnished in yellow. 5 ft. 10 in. 1., 11
in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

335

Wood, Upper part of the cover of the coffin of king
Men-ka-re, the Mycerinus or Mencheres of the Greeks,
successor of Saophis II., and builder of the third pyramid. The coffin has been made in shape of a mummy, but the head is wanting. In front are two perpendicular lines of hieroglyphics, " Osirian king Men-ka-re of
eternal life, born of heaven, engendered of Netpe . . . having extended thy mother Netpe over thee, may they watch
over thy rest in heaven, and manifest thee to the god
chastiser of thy enemies, king Men-ka-re of eternal life.''
Beside this are various portions of the lid and chest of
the same. 4 ft. 2 in. 1. Found in a chamber of the third
pyramid by Col. Howard Vyse, 1837, and presented by him
in 1838.
The body of king Men-ka-re, found in a chamber of the
third pyramid excavated by Col. Howard Vyse in 1837.
It consists of part of the back, the pelvis, and legs, with
a fragment of its woollen wrapper. Presented by Col.
Howard Vyse, 1838.
Skull, and cloth made of wool, having formed part of
its wrapper, from the quarries at Mokattam. Presented
by Dr. J. Bowring, 1838.
Mummies of children. 2 ft. 8 in. h., 1 ft. 6 in. 1.
Wood. Case for holding a foetus, in shape of Osiris
pethempamentes seated. 5 \ in. h.
Finger, sheathed in silver or silver gilt, from a mummy.
The colour may have been produced by the heated bitumen. 2§ in. 1.
Linen. Tress of hair in its bandages, from a female
mummy. 2 ft. 3 in. 1. Thebes.
Mummied hair from the heads of men, in oval cakes.
6 in. 1.
Div 3.—Sycamore. Part of the lid of the coffin of
Taihreri, a female; on it are depicted the judgment scene of
the Amenti, the hawk of Sochari, the embalmment scene,
Thoth, and other deities. The face is yellow, the
back ground buff, the hieroglyphics blue on a white
ground. In the interior is a figure of Netpe and the Hat
or good demon. 4 ft. 3 in. h.
Mummy of Onkhsnofre, in its bandages ; the exterior
are of a buff pink or salmon colour, and upon them are
the remains of beaded work of bugles, among which is a
Q2

336

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

scarabaeus, the four genii of the Amenti, &c. (See Coffin,
Div. 4.) 5 ft. 1 in. 1.
Wood. A small coffin, with a vaulted cover, containing
the mummy of a Graeco-Egyptian child. The body is
covered with an external wrapper with a representation
of the deceased in a toga, the hair crowned with a wreath,
the feet in shoes, the left hand holding a branch of laurel,
the right raised. On the top of the cover is a viper between two wreaths. At the bottom of the chest, within, a
figure of Netpe. 2 ft. 8 in. 1. mummy, 3 ft. 1 in. coffin.
Wood. The upper part of the inner coffin of Iriouirooui, son of Harsaphes, in the form of a mummy with
oskh; on it are two dedications to Osiris and PhtahSochari-Osiris, deeply cut.
Mummy of Amouniriou, a functionary of the court of
the queen Amounertais, in its salmon-coloured bandages;
the exterior has been covered with a network of blue
porcelain bugles, among which are the scarabaeus and four
genii of the Amenti. 5 ft. 7 in. 1. (See Coffin, Div. 4.)
Div. 4.— Linen covered with painted stucco. Oskh from
the outer covering of a mummy. It terminates at each
end in the head of a hawk, surmounted by a disk, emblem of Re. 1 ft. dr., 10 in. h.
Wood. Inner coffin of the lady Onkhsnofre, daughter
of Khonsmos, in the form of a mummy, having a headdress with vulture plumes. On it are the hawk of Chnouphra, Netpe, the standard of Osiris, the embalmment
scene, Osiris, Thoth, the four genii of the Amenti, and
other deities; these are in compartments separated by
vertical lines of hieroglyphics. Around the scenes of the
lid is a snake crowned with the otf. The back ground is
yellow, and the texts consist of sepulchral adorations to
deities, and invocations addressed by them to the deceased. The face is coloured pink. 6 ft. 3 in. 1.
Inner coffin of Amouniriou, officer attached to the
palace of Amonertais,, royal daughter of a monarch
named Kashto ? The scenes upon this coffin very
nearly resemble those on the last, having symbolic eyes,
the goat standard of Chnouphra, the judgment scene
of the Amenti, Thoth, Horus, genii of the Amenti, &c.
These utter invocations to the deceased, and as a specimen may be cited that of the genius Hape. " I am Hape,

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

337

I am thy son, loving thee, I am beside ? thee ; I give thee
to establish thyself on thy legs for ever like as I have
done for my father Osiris." The face is red and bearded.
6 ft. 1.
CASE DD,

ANIMAL MUMMIES.

Div. 1. — Mummies of cynocephali or dog-headed
baboons, animals sacred to Ioh-Thoth, and chiefly worshipped at Hermopolis. One is partially denuded of
bandages and exhibits the hair. 1 ft. 8 in. h., 1 ft. 7
in. h.
Head of the cynocephalus denuded of bandages. 8 J in. 1.
Thebes.
Mummies of jackals or dogs with long, upright ears,
emblems of Anubis. The outer bandages of one in strips.
1 ft. 3 in. to 1 ft. \\ in. h. Thebes.
Head of a dog, animal sacred to and emblem of Anubis,
enveloped in bandages. The outer covering has been
gilt. 7 \ in. h.
Head of a dog, unrolled. 5 | in. h.
Div. 2. Mummies of cats. The male was the emblem of the sun, the female of Pasht or Bubastes, the lion
and cat-headed deity. 1 ft. 9 in. to 11. in. h. Thebes.
Wooden case in shape of a cat seated on a pedestal.
The body contains some embalmed object, probably the
mummy of that animal. 1 ft. h.
Cats, unrolled. 1ft. 8 in. to 1 ft. 10 in. 1. Thebes.
Various fragments of cats.
Div. 3.—Mummies of bulls, consisting of the head and
some of the principal bones of the body. On the fore»
head is the triangular mark of Apis, to whom all cattle
were sacred. The breast of one is bandaged like the
Etruscan border in dark and white cloth. 1 ft. 7 in. h.,
1 ft. 11 in. 1.; 1 ft. 8i in. h., 2 ft. 4 in. 1.; 1 ft. 6 in. h.,
2 ft. 5 in. 1. Thebes/
Heads of gazelles, impure animals, emblems of Typhon
and Typhonian divinities. One is denuded of bandages.
9 J, 10J to l l j in. 1. Thebes.
Div. 4 . - Mummy of a bull, as above.
Mummy of a small ram, sacred to and emblem of
Amoun-ra, especially in his ram-headed type of Chnouph
or Kneph. Only the head and some of the bones •

338

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

preserved. The body is formed by board and papyrus.
The leg bones are wrapped up separately,, and the bandages coloured yellow and pink with black lines for the
eyes and mouth. 1 ft. 1 in. h., 1ft. 8 in. 1. Thebes.
Heads of rams, unrolled, or in bandages. 1 ft. 1 in.
h., 1 ft. in 1.
Mummy of a lamb. 11 in. h., 1 ft. 2 in. 1. Thebes.
Head of a sheep.
CASE E E .

ANIMAL

MUMMIES.

Div. 1.—Red earthenware. Conical pots, with covers
cemented by stucco, containing mummies of the ibis,
sacred to and emblem of Thoth. 1 ft. 4 in. 1. Sakhara.
Mummy of the black ibis, unrolled, and two eggs.
l f t . 1 J i n . 1.
**
Div. 2.—Mummies of the ibis. 1 ft. 3 to 9 in. 1.
Bones of the ibis. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq.,
1834.
Eggs of the ibis. 2\ in. 1. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Est]., 1834.
Mummy of an owl? emblem of Buto or Maut, the
companion of Amoun-ra. 1 ft. 1.
Mummies of hawks, emblems of Ra and Horus ; on
the body of one a network of strips. 1 ft. 4 | to 11 in. h.

Thebes,
Mummy of the sparrow-hawk, emblem of Ra, unrolled.
Div. 3.—Mummies of crocodiles, emblems of Sevek,
one of the forms of Seb, the Egyptian Chronos or Saturn,
enveloped in bandages ; one in a fine state has been unrolled. 1 ft. 5 to 1 ft. 6 in. 1. Thebes.
Mummies of the Silurus or Bayad enveloped in bandages
and unrolled.
Div. 4.—Mummies of fish enveloped in bandages in
the shape of cakes.
Mummied lepidotus fish unrolled, in fragments.
Bronze. Rectangular case with a lizard at top and
two small rings, probably for a chain. It has a hole
lengthwise in which was found the skeleton of a small
snake enveloped in cloth. 2f in. 1. Thebes.
Elliptical and conical mummied objects, one^with the
upper part neatly bandaged in panelled ornaments of dark
and light colour, 1 ft. 4 to 10 in, 1, Thebes,

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

339

Mummies of snakes in their bandages, in the shape of
elliptical cakes. 11 in. to 4 in 1.
CASE E E. {not yet finally arranged in divisions),
SEPULCHRAL FIGURES, AND BOXES.

These small statues or figures, deposited in small boxes
or in the coffins of the dead, represent, with few exceptions, the body of the deceased in an Osirian dress, one
hand holding an axe, the other a hoe, and cord of a
small flat basket suspended on the back. The deceased
thus equipped are prepared to enter the mystic abode
of Hapi-moou or Elysian fields, where the soul is engaged
in the labours of agriculture. It has been conjectured
from the number found, and the variation of fabric, that
they were offerings to the deceased by his relatives. They
are all inscribed with a similar formula, differing considerably in extent, but containing the names and titles
of the deceased, who is styled " illustrious Osirian/'
Wood, Tall rectangular boxes with vaulted covers,
each containing two sepulchral figures of " Khons " or
" Khonsou," " superintendent of the navigators of the
boat of Amoun-ra " ; the face and hands coloured white;
there is a collar round the neck and a formula neatly
carved around the body. 1 ft. h., 4 in. sq.
Wood, Sepulchral box for Har, prophet priest of
Month, &c.
The sides of the box are covered with
hieroglyphics traced in blue, containing the invocations of
the deceased, " that he may see his father Osiris, who
will make a path through the darkness to his beloved,"
&c., and an invocation to the god Thmou. 1 1 | in. h., 11
in. b., 6 in. d.
Wood. Similar box, with a line of hieroglyphics round
the sides in a red border, containing the name of the
Osirian . . . . . Amouniri, and part of the formula eftgraved round the bodies of sepulchral figures. 1 ft. b.,
5 in h., 7 in. d.
Wood, Narrow rectangular boxes for holding sepulr
chral figures : on one is a deceased Harmas adoring Osiris,
Isis, and Nephthys seated, or Ra and his companion
Okisnaa; on another the name of Khonsaouonkh, son of
Piskeetto, the son of Sa-amoun, the beloved of the gods

340

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

and scribe of' Amoun-ei; this has come from the same
tomb as the mummy in Case V V. The back ground of
these boxes is of a dark colour. 1 ft. \\ in. h v 1 ft. to 1
ft. 2 in. 1., 6 in. d.
Wood. Rectangular box with vaulted sides and flat
cover, on which is a boat with a sail; round the sides is
a dedication to Ra, to Phtah-Sochari-Osiris, and to Atmou. 7 J in. h., 10 in. b., 5 in. d.
Wood. Sepulchral box with two vaulted covers, representing Pairannou adoring, on one side, Osiris and
Kebhsnauf, and on the other, Hape and Sioumautf. Presented by Joseph Gw'ilt, Esq., 1838.
Wood, terracotta, sun-dried clay. Models of coffins,
in shape of the human body mummied ; one contains
a sepulchral figure of wood, which has been wrapped
in linen bandages, and belonged to a prophet priest named
Sithoth ; another, a figure covered with a sepulchral dedication for Oohmos or Amasis, son of Phai . . . , and a
third, which is of the coarsest execution, that of a person
also named Amasis. 1 ft. %\ to 4J in. 1. Presented by
J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834. "•'
Linen covered with plaster. Upper part of a small
sepulchral model of a coffin in the shape of a mummy;
round the head is a fillet; the whole is painted red.
5 in. h.
Green basalt. Lower parts of sepulchral figures of
Amenof III. (Memnon), 8th king of the xvui. dynasty ;
bearing the prenomen of the king. S\ in. h.
Arragonite. Sepulchral figures of Rameses V. (Rapsaches), 2nd king of the xix. dynasty ; of the rudest
execution, and coloured with wax of different colours.
Arragonite. Upper part of the sepulchral figure of a
king; the name is wanting, and the face broken off; the
hair is platted into a tail behind.
Arragonite.
Sepulchral figure, in a long garment,
with sleeves gathered behind, a triangular apron in front;
hands crossed upon the breast, the right holding an emblem of stability, the left -^-. 8 in. h.
Dark marble. Sepulchral figure of a religious functionary, Petamounophth. 9 in. h.
Lower part of another. 3^ in. h. Presented by J. G*
Wilkinson, ESQ:., 1834.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

341

Dark marble. Sepulchral figure of an individual named
Pthahmos. 6 | in. h.
Calcareous stone. Sepulchral figures of Remai, or
Maire ; Reophth or Raophth; and Senmaut, son of Mahtphtah. 9§ to 5J in. h.
Calcareous stone. Upper part of a sepulchral figure;
on the chest is the baieth or human-headed hawk, emblem
of the soul; the colouring of the whole, which is pink
and green, is peculiar and of a late period. 5\ in. h.
Presented by H. W, Diamond, Esq,, 1837.
Calcareous stone. Sepulchral figures of Maau, Mashiheth, N...nofre, and Tah-rot, females. 1 0 i t o 4 J i n .
h. The last presented by J, G, Wilkinson, Esq., 1834>
Blue /porcelain. Sepulchral figure of Menephtah I.,
12th king of the xvm. dynasty. 3f in. h. Tomb of this
monarch, Thebes,
Porcelain of various colours. Sepulchral figures of
Pnoute . . . . and Osorkon, athlophori; of " Amounophth or Amenof, divine father of Amoun . . . . in
Thebes, superintendent of the sacred scribes of the
temple of Amoun, and prophet priest of Amoun in
Thebes" ; of Penamoun, superintendent of the sacred
scribes; of Harhem . . . , divine father and sacred scribe
of the divine abode of Amoun; of Pinofre, divine father
of Amoun ; of Kontates, chief prophet priest, born of
Nebti-ei; of Psametik, prophet priest of Phtah; (the
hieroglyphics in black upon the back;) of Penamoun,
priest of the sanctuary ; of Eishesiou, Theban priest;
of " Phtahonkh, incense bearer of the temples of . . . .
born of Ertob " ; of Amoun-iri, beloved of the gods;
(sacerdotal title; the hieroglyphics on the back;) of
Shasouphtah, a royal purificatory priest, title peculiar to
the Memphite and early dynasties; of Phai, superintendent of the abode of silver [treasury]; of Haroeri, a
priest; of " Onkhhar. attached to the care of the South ?"
of " Seneith, superintendent of the archers of the king
Psametik" (no prenomen); of Nofre-het-ra, born of
Emphe, a prophet priest; of Phtahnishti or Phtha-nasht,
superintendent ? of the silver chambers ; of Amoun-rokh ;
of Hahem-re ; of Aahmos lohmes (Amasis); of Abtcb,
born of Taineb ? of Hoau (white, the hieroglyphics in
pink) ; of Bokenkhons ; of Hape, son of Naau; of Hard;
Q3

342

GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

of Harernaa, superintendent of the house ; of Hmemaut ;
of Iri-har-rou? of Maau; of Onkhsenesi; of-Outamah teh, son of Esiates ; of Peneniom, a functionary;
of Petesi, born of Esieneimos; of Petesi, son of Nishtipasht, a priest; of Phtah-pnofre, Theban priest; of
Psametik, born of Neith-aur; of Ra-haa-het (Hophra),
born of Sanoubtat; of Ronou, a female ; of Boueimerai, a female; of Iriharoui; of Petamoun ; of Phaihbai, a female; of Samerephtah, a female; of Tairot,
daughter of Taiamoun ; of Sanev, son of
born of
Tihtor, lady of the house. From 8 in. to If in. h.
Light blue porcelain. Sepulchral figure, on which is
inscribed " the illustrious Osiris, lord of innumerable
days, king of eternity." 65 in. h.
Green coloured terracotta. Sepulchral figures of Sasouesi, a female. 4 in. h.
Porcelain. Various sepulchral figures, without inscriptions.
Coloured brick. Sepulchral figure of Sevekmos, priest
of Amoun. 7 | in. h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson,
Esq., 1834.
Coloured brick. Upper part of a sepulchral figure of a
man named Phreopht or Reophth.
Wood. Sepulchral figure of Menephtah I. [Akencheres], 12th king of the XVIII. dynasty.
7§ to 6f
in. h.
Wood. Sepulchral figure of a Pharaoh, the head in a
claft with lappets in front, and a tail behind; on the forehead, the hole where the ureeus has been inserted. 1 ft.
51 in. h. Tombs of the Kings, Thebes.
Wood. Sepulchral figure of a Pharaoh, hair short,
bushy, falls in a broad square tail behind; on the forehead, the hole for the insertion of the urseus; covered
all over with bitumen. 1 ft. 2 in. h. Tombs of the
Kings, Thebes.
Wood. Sepulchral figure of Rameses VII., 4th king
of the xix. dynasty ; the head-dress has lappets before,
and descends in a tail, behind; in front is the usual
formula. 1 ft. | in. h.
Wood. Sepulchral figures of Amoun-6s-men, a functionary; of Ouon-nofre (Onnophris), priest of Khons;
6 f Bokensouten, sacred scribe of the divine offerings of

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

343

all the gods; of Khonshemhbai, superintendent of pure
offerings in the abode of Amoun; of Horhemhbai, a similar functionary ; of Monthophth, priest of Monthra,
or Mandoulis ; of Amountebsou, guardian of the doors
of the apartments of the royal palace; of Maimos, auditor
of truth to the god Phtah ; of Kekemi, a guardian of the
door, of Kanofre, of Taimerit, and Taishaa, females attached to the worship of Amoun; of Taia, lady of the
house and priestess of the sun; of Thoueris, or Te-oeri,
a female priestess ; of Esi-nofre, Mehtkhons, Naamerit,
and Tishau, females. From 10J to *l\ in. h. Four presented by J, G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Ebony, Sepulchral figure of Hesheere, priestess of
the disk of the sun. This figure is formed of two longitudinal pieces ; the hieroglyphics and hair are inlaid
with yellow. 9 in. h.
Wood. Various sepulchral figures, uninscribed, or
with effaced inscriptions.
CASE G G.

FIGURES OF OSIRIS.

Wood, Figures of Osiris standing, the head attire
wanting. The inscriptions on the bodies are all of similar import, as are those on the plinths, which have
in front an excavation to hold some embalmed object; sepulchral dedications are inscribed round the plinth of each
figure. One bears an inscription relative to Phaishasht;
another to Iri-har-rou, glorifier, scribe of truth, &c.;
another to Petamoun, &c. 1 ft. to 11 in. h.
Wood, Plinths from similar figures ; on the upper part
of one are four horizontal lines of hieroglyphics,—the
names and titles of Paikhons, purificatory priest of
Horus Haroeri, son of Petamoun, and Ter...en-pasht,
an assistant priestess of the temple of Amoun, lady of
the house.
CASE H H.

COFFIN.

The coffin of Irioui, son of Selsol, in the form of a mummy. The subjects depicted are analogous to those on the
coffin of Otaineb in Case V.; viz., the judgment scene of
the Amenti, and the different deities to whom the various
parts of his body were dedicated, successively adored by
the deceased. At the back of the coffin is a figure of

344

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Athor, placed upon a standard, wearing a net-work garment, having on her head the symbol of the Ement; in
each hand, which is elevated, a sash. The face of the
mummy is coloured red, the figures white, upon a dark
ground ; the figure of Athor yellow7, red, &c. 6 ft. 6 in. h.
Bequeathed by Col. William Letkieidlier, A.D. 1755.
Wood, Figures of Osiris, having on the head the
disk of the sun, and two tall plumes placed on the
horns of a goat. These figures stand upon long rectangular plinths, in one of which is an excavation, with
a cover in form of a chest. Down the centre is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, containing in one the
name of Asko, daughter of Iribouni. 1 ft. 1 0 | in. to 2 ft.
2 in. h. One presented by J. G, Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
CASE I I .

FIGURES

OF OSIRIS.

Div. 1.— Wood. Similar figures without plinths; one
has an invocation to Osiris for an assistant priestess,
Ta...neith, born of Tainreouenpasht; another for Sakhons, son of Gothi, a priest, and of Tainreouenpasht,
lady of the house; another, the name of Petkhons?
son of Tsensaph; another, that of Sahar, lady of the
house, daughter of the priest of Onnophris, Psametik,
born of the lady of the house, Hthiauesi, t{ her soul to
the heaven, her body in the abode of stars" ; another
has the name of a priest, Petamon. The names on the
others are wanting. 2 ft. 2\ to 10 in. h.
Div. 2.—Wood. Figures of Osiris of similar type
and use, but much decayed ; the inscriptions obliterated ;
some are covered with bitumen. 2 ft. 2\ in. to 1 ft. h.
Wood. Chest-shaped covers, from plinths ; their upper
surface is usually inscribed with a line of hieroglyphics,
as " Sokari-Osiris, lord of the tombs," &c. One has
the Genii of the Amenti, and other deities, with Anubis
unfolding the doors. 1\ in. 1., 4 in. h., 2 in. d.
Wood. Head attires from similar figures, consisting of
the red disk, emblematic of the sun; the two ostrich feathers, emblematic of truth ; and the horns of a goat, indicative of fecundity. 8 in. h.
Div. S.—Wood, covered with bitumen.
Figures of
Osiris pethempamentes, used as cases for papyri. These,

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

345

which are always portions or copies of the great funeral
ritual of the Egyptians, in hieroglyphic or hieratic characters, were either contained in the body of these figures,
which divided in half, as in some specimens, or else in
small rectangular cells, with a lid fitting to the body, and
neatly covered with bitumen. These cells were made
at the back, and the papyrus still remaining is exhibited
in one figure. 2 ft. 2 in. to 1 ft. 8 | in. h.
CASE K K.

SEPULCHRAL BOXES, VASES, ETC.

Div. 1.— Wood. Tall rectangular box with vaulted
cover; the sides coloured with vertical stripes of blue,
white, and red. 1 ft. 9 j in. h., 1 0 | in. sq. at base.
Wood, Rectangular box, adapted for holding sepulchral vases; it is black, and in front is a small tablet,
with a dedication in white to Osiris, for Amounosonkh,
priestess of Amoun. 1 ft* 3 in. h., 1 ft. 6 in. b., 9 j in. d.
* Wood. Tall pyramidal box, with a cornice ; at each
side is traced in yellow upon a black ground a procession of inferior deities, in two rows, holding in their hands
offerings or swords, and having above their heads perpendicular lines of hieroglyphics, the invocations addressed by them to the deceased, Tooutates. On the
cover of the box are the two jackals, guardians of the
upper and lower hemispheres, with the uraei of Sate and
Soven. 1 ft. 6 in. h., 9 in. sq. at base.
Wood. Sepulchral tablet. 1. The Hat with pendant
uraei in the tesher and otf, jackals, &c. 2. The soul
adoring in the bark of Ra, Ra Atmou, Tore, Thmei,
Tafne, and Seb—the boat steered by another deity. 3.
The deceased standing in adoration to Osiris, Isis, Nephthys, Harsiesi, Anubis and Macedo. 4. Adoration of
the deceased son of the lady Taikoulheb, in horizontal
lines of hieroglyphics. On the top has been a humanheaded hawk with a gilt face. 2 ft. 5 in. h.
Wood. Flat sepulchral tablet, with an arched top,
placed on its original stand; the subject traced upon it is
in three divisions. 1. The Hat or good demon and the
two jackals, emblematic of the upper and lower hemisphere. 2. Baieth, or the disembodied soul, adoring the
boat of Chnouph, who is seated under an uraeus, and at-

346

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

tended by Thoout or Thoth, Har-hek, and other deities.
3. The deceased adoring Osiris pethempamentes, Horus,
Isis, Nephthys, Thoth, Anubis and Macedo; underneath,
a row of symbols of life and of stability, and a dedication
to Ra, Atmou, Osiris pethempamentes, Isis, Nephthys,
Macedo, and Anubis, " that they will give an abode provided with flesh, fowl, wine, milk, libations of water,
bread, and incense, for the sake of the Osirian Taibesate,
justified." The whole edge of the painting, with the exception of the base, is surrounded by a border of feathers ;
the whole is coloured blue, red, and green. 2 ft. h., 1
ft. 1 in. b.
D i v . 2.— Wood. Models of two sets of sepulchral vases
with covers of a human, baboon, jackal, and hawk head
respectively, representing Amset, Hap6, Sioumautf and
Kebhsnauf, the four genii of the Amenti or Hades. There
is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics in front, containing the names of the genii. 1 ft. 2 in. h. to 9 j in. h.
Green porcelain. Sepulchral vase, third of a set, with
the jackal-headed cover of Sioumautf. 5 | in. h.
Linen. Bags containing the saw-dust used in absorbing the moisture of the entrails; one is enclosed in a
small cylindrical basket made of fibres of palm. Z\ in. h.
Div. 3.—Arragonite, terracotta, wood, fyc. Covers from
sepulchral vases, representing a human head, indicative of
the genius Amset. 6 to 3 \ in. h.
Arragonite. Cover of a sepulchral vase, in the shape
of a human head with a lock of hair on the right side, indicative of Horus. 4 J in. h.
Terracotta, wood. Covers from sepulchral vases, in the
shape of a human head, indicative of Amset; the faces
are occasionally painted yellow, the colour usually appropriated to females. 6 to 3 in. h.
Div. 4?.—Arragonite, calcareous stone. Covers from
sepulchral vases, in shape of the head of the cynoeephalus, indicative of Hap£« 3 \ to 5 \ in. h.
Calcareous stone. Covers from sepulchral vases, in
shape of the head of a jackal, indicative of Sioumautf.
5 to 4 in. h.
Calcareous stone. Similar covers, in shape of the head
of a hawk, indicative of Kebhsnauf. 5 to 4§ in. h.

ROOM.]
CASE L L.

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

347

SEPULCHRAL BOATS, CONES, ETC.

Div. 1.— Wood. Model of a sepulchral boat, in the
form of a canoe, conveying to its place of sepulture the
mummy of a deceased female, laid upon a bier, under a
canopy supported by four columns with lotus capitals.
At the head and feet are two females in the act of lamentation, in imitation of Isis and Nephthys at the bier of
Osiris, and at the left side stands a priest holding a roll
of papyrus in his left hand, as if reading. Before him is
a large vase, and a similar one in the prow of the boat,
with a lighted altar. A rower is seated in the stern;
and there are two oars or paddles, with two high spars
for rullocks, surmounted by the heads of hawks. At the
prow are two symbolic eyes. The body is painted of a
grass green; the prow and stern, of a deep blue colour.
At the ends are two yellow projections, one straight
and the other angular. 2 ft. 5J in. 1., 10J in. h.
Wood. Model of a sepulchral boat similar to the preceding ; the attitude and head-dress of the female mourners
is different, and there is no priest; in the prow is a table on
which are a vase, haunch of a victim, and other objects;
the blades of the paddles have two symbolic eyes painted
on them. At the prow and stern are two yellow angular projections. 2 ft. 1 in. 1., 1 ft. \ in. h.
D i v . 2.—Wood. Sepulchral tablet of Ha-heth-re, in
three divisions. 1. The Hat or good demon and the
two jackals. 2. The boat of Chnouphis or Knef adored
by the deceased. 3. The deceased adoring Osiris, Harsi-esi, Isis, Nephthys, Thoth, Anubis, Macedo, and the four
genii of the Amenti. Beneath, a dedication to Ra, Atmou,
the gods resident in Poni, Osiris pethempamentes, Osiris
lord of Rosat, Isis, Nephthys, Anubis, Hop-hioue (Macedo), Athor, and the gods resident in Noutehir, " that
they may give an abode provided with drugs, flesh, fowl,
wine, milk, libations, kufi clothes, offerings, and all other
good and pure things for the Osirian superintendent. . . .
Ha-heth-re (Hophra), son of
born of the lady of
the house
;" the names of the parents of the deceased being omitted. The whole richly coloured, and
surrounded by a border representing feathers. 1 ft. 7 in.
h., 1 ft. 1 in. b.
Wood. Sepulchral tablet; the deceased adoring

348

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Osiris, Isis, Nephthys, and the four genii of the Amenti
standing on an expanded flower of the papyrus; above,
the H a t ; underneath are seven horizontal lines of hieroglyphics ; a sepulchral act of adoration for the deceased,
" P . . h i m o n t h , the true all devout before Osiris onnophris, king of eternity, the son of Amouneiri, all true
before Phtah Sochari Osiris, the god supporting his father,
and his mother Esi-eiri, lady of the house, all devoted to
the god Thmou;" " thy soul to the heaven and the god
Ra, thy body to the abode of glory and the god Seb."
I ft.2|in. h., 9J in. b.
Wood. Sepulchral tablet in three divisions. 1. The
Hat and jackals. 2. Ra, Osiris, the four genii of the
Amenti seated, with human heads, each holding a feather
in their hands. 3. The deceased adoring Osiris, Horus,
Isis, and Nephthys. Beneath, a sepulchral act of adoration for a deceased; the whole much obliterated. 1 ft.
4in.h., l O j i n . b.
Wood. Sepulchral tablet in two divisions. 1. The
Hat or good demon ; underneath, a dedication to the
god Seb. 2. The deceased Gotho, functionary of Amounei,
in the act of adoration to Osiris Onnophris, Isis, and the
four genii of the Amenti seated on two papyrus flowers.
Beneath, a dedication to Ra and Atmou for the deceased,
son of Sanebbaitattou and the lady of the house . . .
nasamoun. 1 ft. 1 in. h. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson,
Esq., 1834.
Wood. Sepulchral tablet, in two divisions, of Psenesi,
son of Amounates and the lady of the house Esiates;
both father and son are functionaries. 1. The Hat or
good demon, jackals, symbolic eyes, and the scarabaeus
propelling a red disk. 2. The deceased adoring Sochari,
Isis, and the four genii of the Amenti, Underneath, a
dedication to Osiris only for the deceased. 1 ft. 3 | in.
h., 11 in. b. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Wood. Sepulchral tablet in two divisions : 1. the Hat
and the right symbolic eye ; 2. the deceased adoring
Ra and the four genii of the Amenti, and supported from behind by Athor, having on her head the
symbol of the West; behind her, Anubis; beneath, a
dedication to Ra for the deceased, Irioui, son of Aouonk.
1 ft. h., 8 | in. b.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

349

Wood, Sepulchral tablet, representing offerings to R a ;
the hands and arms of the deceased, a female, alone remain. The figure of the deity is seated upon a throne
placed upon a pedestal of syenite. 10 in. h., 9 in. b.
Wood. Fragment of a square tablet, representing a
priest adoring Osiris pethempamentes seated. 1 ft. 3 in. h.
Wood. Tablet with two representations of a priest
adoring Thmou and another deity. 1 ft. 5\ in h.
Calcareous stone. Small sepulchral tablet in form of
a propylon. In the centre is a seated figure of Phtah ;
under the cornice, the Hat, and at the lintels, sepulchral
dedications to Phtah and Ra, to give health and life to the
deceased. At the back a dedication to Phtah for the deceased, Pen-noub. 9 in. h., 6 | in. b.
Calcareous stone. Sepulchral tablet representing Ra,
hawk-headed, with the urseated disk, and " Meresochari,"
uraeus-headed, having the tall plumes or palms of Amoua
on her head ; each holds a symbol of life and koucoupha sceptre. In the division beneath, two figures in the
act of adoration. 5 | in. h., 4 in. b. Presented by J\ G.
>
Wilkinson, Esq., 1834?.
Calcareous stone. Stele representing in bas relief a
seated female^ Tah-maau, holding in her left hand a lotus
flower; her son Roau stands before her holding a like
flower in his right hand; above are the two symbolic
eyes and signet. 4 \ in. h., 3 \ in. b. Presented by J. G.
Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
Calcareous stone. Sepulchral stele, carved on all sides.
On the upper surface, in bas-relief, the head of the deceased to the right, traced in black, with a short square
beard. Around the sides are two dedications to Athor
for Nebement, son of a lady named Athor, and on the
back, which has a horizontal ascending inscription partially carved, is the name of " Heau, auditor in the tribunal of truth," and a dedication to the same deity. 7 J
in. sq.
D i v . 3.—Sepulchral cones* The precise use of these
objects is not known; they are of baked earth, red on the
exterior, but black towards the centre. The base is inscribed with hieroglyphics in relief, which have been
stamped, one specimen exhibiting a double impression.
The inscriptions generally read from left to right, con-

350

GALLERY OP A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[^EGYPTIAN

trary to the usual manner; they have been supposed to be
seals, but no impressions from them have been as yet
discovered, and numerous specimens precisely similar
have been found within, or over the door of, the same
tomb* The hieroglyphics, which are always stamped
upon the base, contain universally a dedication to the
deceased, sometimes accompanied with figures.
Red brick. Sepulchral cones, stamped with the names
of Maimos, prince of Kosh or Koushi, (Ethiopia,) in the
time of Rameses II. or III. (Sesostris) ; of Nofreophth
(Nepherophes), fourth prophet priest of Amoun ; of the
same and his wife Amounophth; of Nofreothph, chief
scribe of Amoun, and his sister Maire; of " O . . ou
. . . . and priest of Amoun;" of Tenrokas, a priest; of
Ra-men-to-snab, military chief and first prophet priest of
Amoun ; of Saph, a military officer; of Semau or Senmaut, commander of the infantry (matoi); of O . . attached to the royal palace, and his brother Obi, who are
represented in the act of adoration ; above is a boat; of
Amounemeian, superintendent of the balance of the
abode of Amoun; of Amounemhe (Amenemes), superintendent of the cloth? . . . of upper and lower Egypt;
of Ramentosnab, royal scribe, superintendent of the do-?
mains of upper and lower Egypt; of Re or Ra, a similar
functionary ; of Nofre-bai, female holding some office.
Div. 4}—Wood. Mask from a coffin; the eyebrows,
eyelids, small short beard, and string are of bronze.
8 | in. 1.
Wood. Fragment from the soles of the feet of the
inner coffin of a mummy; on it is the bull Apis running
and bearing on his back a male mummy. Presented by
J. G. Wilkinson, Esq., 1834. 9 in. b., 1\ in. h.
Wood. Fragments of faces from the coffins of mummies. 9 j to B\ in. h.
Wood. Beards from the same ; one is short and square.
6 to \\ in. h.
Wood. Feet from a mummy coffin. 6 | in. 1.
Wood. Hand from the outer covering of a mummy,
printed yellow. 6 in. 1.
Wood. Hand from a coffin, holding a cylindrical roll,
probably a papyrus ritual; a horizontal line of hieratic
extends across the back of the hand, " the Osirian

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

351

Irikhons?
" ; it is covered with yellow stucco.
7 i in. 1.
Linen. Lower part of the outer covering of a mummy,
of coloured stucco. On it are delineated feet, sandals,
feathered ornaments, &c. 9 in. b.? 3f in. h.
Linen. Piece of the external covering of a mummy,
taken from the back, covered with stucco, and painted
white with red stripes. 1 ft. 4 in. h.
CASES M M. TO Z Z .

M U M M I E S , C O F F I N S , ETC.

CASE M M. 1.—Mummy of Pefaakhons, surnamed
Onkhouonnofre, auditor of the royal palace, in its linen
case ; the face, which is red, has had a beard ; the head
is in a claft, on the crown of which is a scarabaeus; on the
chest is an oskh, and a ram-headed hawk with the disk and
horns, flying with expanded wings and grasping in each
claw a signet; at the sides two pendent ursei with the
shaa; to the right, Osiris pethempamentes in the shaa,
Sioumautf and Kebhsnauf; to the left, Osiris, Amset and
Hape, the two other genii of the Amenti. On the abdomen is the hawk of Ra with an uraeated disk, and at
the sides Isis and Nephthys, each having on the head a
disk, and wings attached along the arms, one of which is
inclined to the earth. Before each goddess is a signet,
gom, and vulture standing on a basket; before it, a vase.
Below, is the standard of Osiris with plumes and ursei
and the maonkh or counterpoise of a collar ; to the right
is Selk kneeling on a symbol of resplendence, Anubis,
and a genius or inferior deity, having on his head two
feathers and holding another in his hand; to the left,
Neith, Anubis, and a similar deity. Underneath are two
hawks standing upon symbols of resplendence; and on
the feet, two jackals seated on pedestals; on the sole is the
bull Hape or Apis passing over the symbol of the hill.
5 ft. 6 f i n . 1.
CASE M M. 2.—Mummy of Penamoun, (coffin in Case
D.,) priest of Amoun, in its wrapper of salmon colour
bound by stripes of a light buff; on it is the representation of an oskh and pectoral plate with deities, symbols
of life and of stability, trie Hat or good demon, &c. 6
ft. 6 in. 1.
CASE M M. 3*—Outer linen case from the mummy of

352

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

Haraouonkh; the face bearded; the figures similar to
those on that of Pefaakhohs (1.), but with goats on
standards, instead of vultures, before Isis and Nephthys.
5 ft. 10 in. 1.
CASE N N. 1.—Wood, Inner coffin of Tatshbapem,
daughter of Petkhons, porter of the temple of Am6n, and
born of Samaut, "lady of the house." The head of the
deceased is in a vulture-claft, the face flesh colour; on the
chest an oskh and a goat-headed hawk. The body has
the following representations; the deceased offering a
sistrum to Osiris, Amset and Hape, and to Osiris, Kebhsnauf, and Sioumautf; the hawk of Ra, the embalmment
of the deceased, Anubis and Macedo, Thoth and Osiris
hawk-headed, Neith and another female deity, the standard of Osiris, jackals, &c. On the soles of the feet is
the bull Apis bearing on his head the lunar disk, and
on his back the mummy of the deceased. On the inner
part of the lid is a figure of the goddess Netpe. The interior of the chest has an emblem of stability and -^-;
on the top of the former is -^-, with two human hands
and arms elevated, supporting a yellow disk, which
sheds a triple stream of blue, yellow, and red globules
of light. On the exterior of the chest is an emblem of
stability, surmounted by the disk and plumes on the
horns of a goat, and flanked by disk-bearing ursei, emblematic of Osiris Tattou ; on each side a standard of
Nofre-Thmou and the titles of Anubis ; above, the Hat.
The back ground is white, the figures in blue, red, and
yellow. The whole of the outside of the lid has been
covered with a yellow varnish. 5 ft. 9 in. 1.
CASE N N. %—Mummy of Tatshbapem in bandages of a
salmon colour, crossed by bands of light buff; on the exterior a net-work of blue and yellow bugles, and a scarabaeus with extended wings worked in beads.
CASE O O. 1. Mummy of Kotb-ti, female attached to
the worship of Amoun, wrapped in buff linen, with
bandages of maroon; the head is in its linen case,
the face gilded, the hair black, in long vertical plats
with lotus flowers on the forehead, and diadem round
the head, with two locks attached by studs; at the
side of the neck are the remains of a pendent fillet
of flat blue circular beads; the arms are modelled in

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

353

wood, and crossed upon the breast, having bracelets,
and armlets with symbolic eyes ; the ringers are covered
with models of rings in carnelian, ivory, wood gilt and
silvered, &c.; on the middle finger of the left hand is the
shell Trochus Pharaonicus, or " Wheel of Pharaoh," from
the Red Sea, set as a ring; and on the thumb ring is
inscribed " Maut, mistress of heaven", companion of
Amoun; on the mummy is a pectoral plate, representing
Netpe kneeling, and the sepulchral scarabseus with gilt
eyes, adored by Isis and Nephthys; another, with the
jackal, emblem of Anubis ; and a copper model of the
mummy of the deceased. The hair was found wrapped
up in the cloth roll at the head of the coffin, and is exhibited in two trays at its sides. This mummy is apparently of a late epoch. 5 ft. 6 j in. 1.
CASE O O. 2.— Wood. Mummy-shaped coffin of Kotb-ti;
she is represented partially bandaged, with the hands
folded across the breast, each holding a bunch of lotus
flowers. The ground work is buff, with bands of a maroon
red, representing the mode of bandaging the body; an
oskh round the neck, and pectoral plate with Osiris, Isis,
and Nephthys ; the face is a deep red, the hair black
and yellow, with lotus flowers and diadem, as on the
mummy. On the lid, the goddess Netpe kneeling and
extending her arms and wings, between two symbolic
eyes ; Anubis and Macedo, jackal-headed; Isis and Nephthys standing face to face ; at the sides of the chest,
Anubis, Thoth ibis-headed, two human deities, and two
symbolic eyes ; at the feet, Isis kneeling, and two emblems of stability. On the lid is a perpendicular line of
hieroglyphics, containing " The invocation of the Osirian
priestess? of Amoun Kotb-ti, who says — Approach,
Netpe, my mother, extend thy arms and wings over me,"
Szc. 6 ft. 21 in. 1.
CASE Q Q.— Wood. Coffin and mummy of Har or
Hor (Horus), incense bearer of the abode of Chnouphis or Kneph, son of Tinaaei, (son of Ouonnofre,) and
of Tithau ; on the lid the following representations:—a
pectoral plate with Thmei;.the goat-headed hawk; the
judgment scene of the Amenti; Ra seated, and Osiris
standing, attended by inferior deities ; Netpe coloured
blue, issuing from a syenite mountain, having on her

354

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[[EGYPTIAN

head a disk and ostrich feather, and extending in each
hand an emblem of water to a mummied figure of the
genius Amset, supported by the symbol Ement with
human arms ; Osiris mummied, in the form of a sphinx,
disked, placed on a bier, underneath which are various
head attires : the judgment scene repeated; inferior deities of the Amenti with mummied bodies, and heads of a
jackal, cow, snake, ibis, and viper; a blue human figure
with a lizard in each hand; down the centre is the
standard of Osiris, placed on seven bows, with a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, dedication to Osiris
pethempamentes for Har ; the interior of the lid has a
large figure of Sochari-Osiris ; round the exterior of
the chest are hieroglyphics painted in detail, containing
an invocation to the " avenging mother-goddesses,
mistresses of innumerable days, chiefs of eternity living
in truth," &c. ; in the interior, a winged figure of Isis
with disk and horns, with bows symbolic of the Ethiopians under her feet; at the sides are Amset, Hape,
and various inferior deities of the Amenti, with vulture,
urseus, lion, jackal, cow, and tortoise heads; at the foot
of the mummy are two decapitated figures, one black
and the other white, emblematic of the enemies of the
Egyptians ; the eyes and brows are inlaid in blue porcelain.
6 ft. 1 in. 1.
The mummy is placed between the lid and chest; it
is neatly bandaged in blue striped linen, with transverse
bandages of yellow, pink, and reddish brown. 5 ft. 4 |
in. 1.
CASE R R . 1. Mummy of Harsontiotf, priest of Amoun
in Thebes, holding various sacerdotal offices, (from the
coffin in Case Q.) The upper part is enveloped by a
linen covering of blue, with figures and subjects embossed
and gilded; on the head is the scarabaeus, thrusting
forward the disk of Ra ; Osiris as an emblem of stability,
adored by Isis, Nephthys, and the four genii of the
Amenti; the cow of Athor ; Amset, Hape, and a disked
seated deity; at the sides of the head are the hawks of
Ra, and cartouche of ieOsiris pethempamentes" ; round
the fillets of the head are embossed lines of hieroglyphics ; there is an oskh round the neck, and a pectoral plate with Osiris, Isis, and Nephthys, seated. The

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

355

following subjects are depicted on the body:—the barks
of Ra and Kneph ; the Hat with attendant trains of inferior deities and emblems of the soul; the embalmment
scene; the standard of Osiris, saluted by Ra, Isis,
Nephthys, Anubis, Horus, and inferior deities; Osiris pethempamentes, adored and saluted by Isis, Nephthys, and
other deities; Osiris under the type of an emblem of stability, attended by Ra, Sochari, Moui, and other deities ;
Osiris Serapis embalmed, after the model of a sphinx,
placed on a bier, attended by Har-si-esi and an emblem
of the soul, between six lion-headed female deities, personifications of Pasht or Tafne; Osiris saluted by Isis,
Nephthys, and other deities ; emblems of life and stability, jackals, &c. ; on the soles of the sandals are two
bearded male figures with their hands and arms tied, short
garments round the loins, and chlamys on the shoulders,
emblematic of the enemies of Egypt. 5 ft. 7f in. 1.
CASE R R. 2, Wood. Coffin containing the mummy
of Pirotharnaaoubsh, incense bearer of the temple of
Khons, and son of Hmekhons ; on the neck, a pectoral
plate with an ibis, ostrich feather, and small chest. The
following objects are depicted on the lid :—the hawk of
R a ; the four genii of the Amenti; two hippopotamic
deities ; the judgment scene of the Amenti, between a
cat- and lion-headed deity, holding vipers ; the standard
of Osiris supported by Thoth, Horus, and Sate twice repeated, between the goat standards of Chnouph; above, the
H a t ; Osiris under the type of the emblem of stability, saluted by Selk and Neith, between the hawks of Isis and
Nephthys, and two symbolic eyes ; the vulture of Soven
or Seben ; the boat of Ra, with the scarabeeus in the
disk, supported by Moui kneeling on a symbol of resplendence, and flanked by two ursei* In the various
divisions are dedications and the names of the deities;
on the sides of the lid, dedications to Osiris, Isis and
Phtah-Sochari-Osiris for the deceased. The sides of the
chest represent the cow of Athor issuing from a mountain ; the upper part of a human figure mummied; a
chsetodon on an altar ; jackal-, crocodile-, goat-, and
human-headed figures holding vipers ; two cynocephali
seated on a pylone ; a monkey ; a lion-headed male
deity; ram-, tortoise-, crocodile-headed deities, holding

356

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[EGYPTIAN

swords ; a man holding an antelope. On the left side, a
vulture ; Typhonian, lion-, jackal-, and human-headed
figures holding swords, vipers, or lizards ; a bird and
four vases on stands. 6 ft. 1\ in. 1.
CASE S S. 1.—Mummy of Haremhbai, son of Petaraoun and Peset, in a linen covering of open work ; the
head in a claft, and the face gilt; on the crown of the
head, a scarabaeus with extended wings, and an inscription on the fillet; the neck is ornamented with a rich
oskh and pectoral plate ; below, a scarabseus, and a disk
in which is the name of Re, with cynocephali and emblems of the human soul; Netpe seated, with expanded
wings ; the embalmment scene; Osiris, lord of Tattou,
seated, receiving the adoration of Anubis and another
deity ; Sochari receiving similar homage ; Isis and Nephthys disked; the four genii of the Amenti in their
human form, holding sashes or bandlets ; Pasht or Tafne,
lion-headed; two jackals, seated, holding pat sceptres
and having whips at their sides ; down the centre is
an invocation of the deceased; the head has been broken
off the body for the purposes of plunder, and the bandages are much charred. Many of the figures and inscriptions are gilded. 5 ft. 5\ in. h.
CASE S S. 2. Inner coffin of Nentef or Enintef, an
unplaced monarch previous to the xvi. dynasty. The
lid has been richly gilded, having on it a vulture, or hawk,
the tail covering the feet, the body and wings the body
of the deceased, with ornaments of net work, and an oskh ;
the eyelids are of bronze, and the eyes of enamel; on the
forehead is a cavity for the insertion of the ureeus. The
lower part of the coffin is blue ; at the feet are Isis and
Nephthys, kneeling upon altars ; there is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics running down the centre
and continued along the feet " . . . Nentef justified direct thy arms to Osiris., thy heart and race belong to
Isis and Nephthys.—The address of Isis and Nephthys
who come to offer thee to thy gods, king Nentef justified." The interior of the coffin is covered with a layer
of bituminous matter, to which part of the exterior bandages were adhering. Fragments of these bear portions of
a hieratic inscription, with which the whole of the body
was probably covered ; they are too small to give any

BOOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

35?

connected sense, but are apparently part of a ritual. 6
ft. 4 in. 1.
CASE T T. 1. Mummy in its bandages; it is much
decayed, and the feet are broken off; on it is bead-work
in blue, red, yellow, and dark porcelain, representing a
scarabaeus, emblem of stability, & c , with strings of coloured bugles. 4 ft. 1\ in. 1.
CASE T T. 2. Mummy in its bandages, the outer
covering of painted linen, and the mask gilt; round the
neck is an oskh; underneath and on the body are Netpe,
Osiris-Tattou, the four genii of the Amenti, the embalmment of the deceased by Anubis, uraei in the teshr and otf,
and Isis deploring; on the ankles two jackals and the feet
of the deceased; on the soles are sandals chequered
blue and white. 4 ft. 10 in. 1.
CASE T T. 3. Mummy in its bandages; on it a net
of blue porcelain bugles and beads, and a square open
work piece of painted linen, representing the embalmment scene, with Anubis, Isis, Nephthys, the four genii
of the Amenti, six hawrk~headed deities; above, Netpe with
expanded wings. 5 ft. %\ in. 1.
CASE U U. 1. Mummy of the deceased in its bandages,
of a light brown colour ; the upper part is covered with
a layer of pitch, 5 ft. 4J in. 1.
CASE U U. 2. The coffin of Penamoun ? incense bearer
of Amoun-ei or Thebes, son of Ouonnofre (son of Hor)
and of Baenrou ? daughter of Sakhons; the face of dark
polished wood, with a small square beard; the head in
a rich claft, representing the wings and body of a bird,
with a disk in front and two side ornaments ; round
the neck an oskh with a pectoral plate representing To
or Tore within a disk placed in a boat; the hands are
crossed on the breast, each holding a roll of papyrus;
below, the Hat or good demon ; Osiris pethempamentes
standing between Isis and Nephthys, disked, with winged
arms; behind whom respectively are a hawk and ibis
standard, emblematic of " the South" and " North" ; a
right symbolic eye placed upon a basket, and a small
pharaonic figure kneeling and offering the left eye on a
basket; the deceased in a long transparent garment,
adoring Phtah-Sochari, under the form of R a ; and again
under the form of To or Tore ; before each of these
R

358

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[[EGYPTIAN

deities is a stand with a panther skin ; a mother goddess
in a vulture-daft, adoring the pied bull of " PhtahSochari-Osiris, lord of the West," standing on a pylone
in a rock of syenite; behind, a naos ; the same deity
adoring the pied cow of Isis in a similar scene : the four
genii of the Amenti; two jackals ; on the feet symbolic
eyes, lion-headed winged ursei, &c. ; round the sides of
the chest, traced in yellow upon a black ground, a cat
grasping a snake ; the mummy on its bier, with the soul
soaring above, placed in a sledge drawn by the cow of
Athor, Anubis acting as driver ; a temple on a mountain,
above which are the symbols of the east and west;
a lion-headed mummied deity, holding two swords ; a
man walking, holding in each hand a star ? a winged
object; the judgment scene; a deity with two snakeheads ; the disk of the sun, encircled by the ursei of the
upper and lower regions, descending below the solar
mountain, and adored by a cynocephalus. 6 ft. 4f in. 1.
CASE V V. 1. Linen case from the mummy of a girl;
the face yellow, the head in a claft, with a rich oskh
round the neck; below, the scarabseus and disk; in its
hind legs a signet and emblem of stability, with a winged
and lion-headed urseus at each side ; the judgment of the
Amenti; the chest of Osiris covered, on it the hawk of
Month; jackals, &c. The figures are yellow and red, the
back-ground blue. 4 ft. 5 | in. 1.
CASE V V. 2,3. Coffin and mummy of Khonsaouonkh,
keeper of the door, sacerdotal functionary in the worship
of Maut, and scribe of the silver apartments (or treasury?)
of Thebes ; the face is gilded; on a black ground are
traced in yellow a pharaonic figure under the form of
Horus, holding a sistrum, and adoring the jackal of Anubis;
the deceased offering to Amenof I., deified under the form
of Osiris ; the same, and his soul, receiving the libations
of Athor and the purifications of Thoth and Horus;
Nephthys, Selk, Isis, & c , and a dedication to Osiris
pethempamentes and Sochari-Osiris for the deceased.
At the sides of the chest are the cow of Athor, cynocephali, mummied sphinx-shaped deities, with the names
of Anubis and the deceased in ovals ; inferior crocodileand hawk-headed deities seated under serpents, chsetodon,
jackal, decapitated human figures, the apoph, genii of

BOOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

359

the Amenti, semi-ovals, one with six heads, and another
with four figures of the profane, lion-headed deities,
&c. 5 ft. 9 in. 1.
The mummy lies in the chest, enveloped in linen
which has been richly gilded, and covered with pitch ;
on the chest, the goat-headed hawk or vulture ; the hawk
with expanded wings, a line of hieroglyphics, wings of
deities or birds, &c. These are indicated by the raised
surfaces through the bitumen. 5 ft. 9 in. 1.
CASE X X. 1. Mummy of a Grseco-Egyptian youth,
in plain bandages from head to foot; over the face is
placed the portrait of the deceased, full-faced, the complexion red, the hair dark, eyes dark and full; the chest
enveloped in drapery.
The portrait is painted upon
a thin piece of cedar. 5 ft. If in. 1.
CASE X X. 2, S. Coffin and mummy of Onkhhape, a sacred musician, son of Thothmei, a doorkeeper of Amoun, and of Taitnofreophth. The coffin
consists of a flat board with a representation of
Netpe, on which the mummy was laid, and a vaulted
cover, with four square pillars at the corners. On one
side of the cover, the deceased, mummied and laid on a
bier placed in a boat drawn by two jackals, is lamented
by Isis and Nephthys ; above is a human-faced hawk,
emblem of the soul; in front are two standing cynocephali, and the figure of the deceased, supported by a female
deity; behind, the four genii of the Amenti standing,
two cynocephali, and the deceased, as before. The hieroglyphics in this part consist of invocations of the deceased
to Osiris, and others, relative to the boat; " guide, guide
with care, guide Ra ... to the solar abode in the west of
the heaven, guide the Osirian Onkh-hape the true, to
his abode of rest in Noutehir," &c.; also to Anubis, to
"give a good embalmment in the west, ...and to extend his arms to receive the deceased in the west of the
pure land of truth." Beneath are invocations and dedications to Re, Thmou, Phtah-Sochari, and x\nubis. On
the other side, the standard of Osiris, in a boat, having on
one side a dark hawk, on the other a chest, is supported
by Isis, Nephthys, Har-si-esi, Thoout or Thoth, and
Thmei; it is drawn and saluted in front as on the other
side, the deceased being held by the goddess Ement; belt 2

360

GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.

[^EGYPTIAN

hind, are Ra, Osiris, and two other deities mummied, and
seated with their knees raised. The accompanying hieroglyphics consist of invocations to Osiris and Thoth,
to the boat, and to Ra, " to shed his light over the deceased." Beneath are invocations as before; at the head
of the coffin are two symbolic eyes. 6 ft. 1., I ft. 8 in.
b., 1 ft. 5 in. h.
Mummy of the deceased in its bandages ; the body is
thin and tightly enveloped, the bandages of a dark brown
colour; with it are two bronze cymbals, of the modern
form. This mummy and case is apparently of the early
part of the Roman epoch. 5 ft. 2 | in. 1.
CASE Y Y. 1.

Mummy of a Graeco-Egyptian, or Ro-

man, with the outer linen covering painted to represent
the deceased in a toga with purple bands, the hands
placed on the breast, the left holding flowers. Below is
a disk, entwined by two ursei; on the crown of the head,
the Hat, and other ornaments ; at the sides, winged and
other deities, &c.; a pylone, with urseated frieze; a Typhonian figure, &c. The lower part of the body represents a net-work dress, the legs of the deceased, & c , but
the part covering the feet is wanting. The portrait is
full face, and coloured red ; the whole of a very late era.
5 ft. 1 | in. 1.
CASE Y Y. 2. Coffin, similar in shape to that of
Onkh-hape. A Greek inscription beneath the cornice at
one end, testifies that it is " the coffin of Tphout, daughter of Heraclius Soter and Sarapout, born in the fifth
year of the reign of the Emperor Hadrian, on the twelfth
of Athyr, deceased in the eleventh year, on the twentieth of Tybi, at the age of six years, two months, and
eighteen days, and buried in the twelfth year, on the twelfth
of Athyr." On the cover is an inscription terminating with
the name of the deceased, and of her mother. On one
side is the deceased adoring Osiris, Anubis, Kebhsnauf,
and Hape. Beneath is the boat of the sun, placed on
the apophor gigantic serpent, and drawn by three jackals;
a similar scene is repeated on the other side, with Anubis, Sioumautf, and Kebhsnauf. On the bottom of the
coffin is depicted Netpe in a tunic, necklace, ear-rings,
&c.; at the sides of the head, Isis and Nephthys, kneeling. 4 ft. 9f in. 1., 1 ft. 7 J in. h., 1 ft. 9 in. w.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN A N T I Q U I T I E S .

361

CASE Z Z. 1. Mummy of Mautemmen, female attached to the worship of Amoun, probably a priestess ;
swathed in such a manner as to exhibit the whole of
the form; round the body, ankles, and upper part of
the arms are broad bands, similarly ornamented : others,
which are narrower, cross from the shoulders to the
belt: the fore arms are swathed with narrow strips,
like the animal mummies : round the loins is a short
pink garment: a flower of the lotus is traced in red upon
each knee, and the nipples are indicated by gilt wax ;
the external bandages are buff colour. The back part
of the head and the extremities of the feet are bared,
exhibiting the hair and bones. (The coffin is over Case
B B . ) 5-ft. Tin. 1.
CASE Z Z. 2. Mummy of the Roman era, in its bandages. On the outer covering of linen is a painted figure
of Osiris pethempamentes full faced, covering the whole
of the upper surface of the body; the face is pink,
other parts red and yellow. At the sides of the head
are Isis and Nephthys kneeling. 5 ft. 6 in. 1.
CASE Z Z. 3. Mummy of a female named Cleopatra,
in its bandages. On the exterior cover is a female figure
with pendent arms; on her head, in a disk, placed in
a boat, Ra seated ; Isis and Nephthys kneeling ; inferior
deities; the deceased attended by Anubis ; the four
genii of the Amenti. This covering is secured by transverse narrow bandages ; at the left side of the head is a
wooden comb, with double rows of teeth; underneath
the head, a circular wrapper, and on the feet and breast,
two inscriptions on papyrus. There is a perpendicular
line of hieroglyphics down the centre of the body; the
ground is cream colour. Around this mummy was a
wreath of thin twisted gold tinsel with berries. 5 ft. 7
in. (Coffin in Case A A A ) .
;CASE A A A .

COFFIN,

OBJECTS

OF A T T I R E ,

SEPULCHRAL

ORNAMENTS, AMULETS, E T C .

Wood, Coffin of Cleopatra, daughter of Candace,
member of the same family as Soter, (see Case B B B.,)
and similar in shape and design; on the arched part of
the cover are judgment scenes before Ra and Osiris ;
a train of inferior deities, seated in porches, and holding

362

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

^EGYPTIAN

swords in their hands ; two rows of hawks, with human
and animal heads ; on one side is a boat, with the disk of
Kneph, attached to a snake drawn by four deities ; on the
other, the boat with the disk of the right symbolic eye,
attached to a snake drawn by three jackals; before the
boats, the mummy of the deceased brought by Anubis
to Osiris and Ra, attended by emblems of the soul, cynocephali, the genii of the Amenti, and inferior deities.
At the ends are the emblem of the soul, the mummy of
the deceased, the coffin watched by jackals, the Hat,
the scarabseus with expanded wings, and the scarabseus
in the boat adored by Isis and Nephthys. The interior
represents the heaven, as in the coffin of Soter, surrounded by zodiacal signs, but without the boat; at the
sides of the head are four tortoises. The upper end has
the hawk of Ra, and the lower, the cow of Athor, seated
on a pedestal. On the sides are the twenty-four hours,
as female figures, twelve on each side, each procession
closed by a thirteenth female, perhaps personifications of
the morning and evening star. The flat board on which
the mummy of the deceased was laid has a large female
figure, with pendent arms, full face; at the sides of the
head are Isis and Nephthys kneeling, each attended by
another deity. 5 ft. 10 in. 1., 2 ft. 1 in. b., 1 ft. 11 \ in. h.
Div. 1. Gold, silver, bronze, porcelain, glass. Earrings, and pendants from ear-rings; two of these cylindrical, of the Arabic era; bracelets.
Carnelian, jasper, composition, ivory, <^t\ Rings with a
break in the circumference, probably objects of attire,
but their precise application is unknown.
Gold, electrum, silver, bronze, iron. Signets set with
amulets or scarabsei; some bear the prenomen of Thothmes III. (Mceris), one, that of Rameses VII. or IX. ;
those of iron are of the Greek period.
Div. %. Gold, carnelian, jasper, amethyst, Egyptian
emerald, fyc. Necklaces, bracelets, pendent ornaments,
beads, &c.; one necklace has pendants in the form
of the lock of Horus, fish, and cowries, with a cowrieshaped clasp; another has flat beads representing deities,
symbols, &c. ; and a third, blue spherical beads capped
with silver. Among the pendants are an aegis of Pasht>
human-headed hawk, and the shell Indina Nilotica.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES,

363

Div. S. Porcelain, ivory, mother of pearl, carnelian,
bronze, $fc. Finger rings, some in open work, with figures
of deities, &c. ; on the faces of several are the prenomen
of Amenof III., the names of Amentuonk, Amoun-ra,
&c.
Div. 4. Basalt, arragonite, porcelain, vitrified earth,
fyc. Pectoral plates, which were suspended from the
neck by strings, or placed upon the exterior bandages of
mummies ; many are in the shape of a propylon, having
in high relief the figure of a scarabseus ascending, placed
in a boat, adored on each side by Isis and Nephthys ;
on the base of the scarabseus is generally the same
formula as in sepulchral scarabsei. Many of these plates
bear the names of the persons to whom they belonged;
with them are some others having the head of Athor, scarabseus with symbolic eyes, deities, &c.
Div. 5. Porcelain. Portions from the network coverings of mummies, consisting of scarabsei, wings, bugles,
beads, &e.
Feldspar, lapis lazuli, hematite, steatite, porcelain, composition, fyc. Amulets, consisting of symbolic eyes,
victims, feet of animals, necks of vipers, plumes, counterpoises of collars, heart-shaped vases, geometric symbols,
&c.
Div. 6. Basalt, tyc. Sepulchral amulets and scarabsei.
In the narrow upright part of the case are several sepulchral tablets, similar to those in Case L L. Div. 2.
CASE B B B .

C O F F I N , OBJECTS OF A T T I R E , A M U L E T S , S E P U L C H R A L ORNAMENTS', E T C .

Wood, Coffin of Soter, archon of Thebes, son of Cornelius Pollius and Philout; of the form of those of the
Grseco-Egyptian era. On one side of the vaulted cover is
the judgment scene of the Amenti; at one end a ramheaded hawk, having on his head the ostrich feather,
and horns of a goat, and at the other a scarabseus, ramheaded, quadrifrons, with similar head-dress ; emblems
of Amoun-ra, in his secondary form of Chnouph. The
other side represents Harsaphes, the boat of Sochari,
Anubis, standards of the Ement, Month-ra, and Thoth,

364

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

and a boat with a naos, drawn by Nephthys; at one
end, a quadrifrons ram, and on the other a lion with a
ram's head, each winged and surmounted by the horns of
a goat and feather. On the ends of the coffin are a winged*
scarabseus, two figures of Hat, the embalmment scene, the
goddess Netpe, and the soul receiving the libations of
Nephthys and Thoth, Isis and Horus. On the flat sides
are the boat with the left symbolic eye, and the boat with
the disk of Kneph, each attached to a disked urseus drawn
by human-, hawk-, and baboon-headed deities, -^-s, and
a train of inferior deities seated. On the top is a gilt
hawk of Ra, and a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics,
with a horizontal line under each of the upper scenes.
On the ledge of the upper end is Icor^ Ko^vtfuou rioAAiou
priTgoc QiMvroc ^xm Q'A&M -9~« In the interior of the lid
are Netpe, with the vase upon her head, elevating her
arms ; at each side of her, six signs of the zodiac, commencing with Leo on her right, and Cancer on her left
side ; the sun, personified as a boat with a disk, in which
is a figure of the god Amoun-ra, or Chnouphis, enters Leo;
while another boat, in the disk of which is the left symbolic
eye, enters Cancer. A scarabaeus and two cynocephali are
at the feet of the goddess; at the sides of her head are stars.
The sides of the lid, within, have the twenty-four hours
of the day and night personified as females, with disks
upon their heads, enclosing stars; those of the night
being probably indicated by dark, those of the day, by
light coloured garments. At the upper end is a disk shedding rays of light, and at the lower is a red cow, seated
on a naos, or pylone, with the Hat or good demon above.
On the four corner posts are invocations relative to the
course of the soul. The board upon which the body was
laid represents a female with a wreath upon her head, long
hair, and pendent arms, with her feet placed upon the
symbol of the hills ; at the sides of her head, Isis and
Nephthys kneeling and deploring. The back ground
represents the heglyg, or persea; down the body is a perpendicular line of hieroglyphics, " I am the great mother," &c. The whole of this coffin is executed in a
completely Grseco-Egyptian style; the back ground is
white ; that of the hieroglyphics salmon colour. 6 ft. 11J
in. 1., % ft. 6 in. h., % ft. 4 j in. b.

KOOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

365

Div. 1, 2. Amethyst, carnelian, dark and vitrified stone,
porcelain, fyc. Amulets ; the greater portion of them
in the shape of the scarabaeus, but many in those of
animals (among which are Egyptian hedgehogs, and a
human-headed hog) ; they have incused on their bases
the figures of deities, sacred animals, the names of kings,
short inscriptions, and other symbols or hieroglyphics.
They have formed portions of necklaces, bracelets, rings,
or other articles of personal adornment, and are classed
according to the objects which they represent, with an
internal arrangement following the rank of the symbols
on their bases. Among the larger ones in Div. 1, will
be found the prenomen of Re-Men-Ka, the names of
Amenof II. and III., and Taia, wife of the latter ; on
the smaller in Div. 2, the figures and names of Amoun
and Phtah; the names or prenomens of Amenemhe I.,
Osortasen III., Thothmes III. (Mceris), Amenof I I .
and III., Rameses II. or III. (Sesostris), an unplaced
Amenof, Rameses IV. and Aahmes Neithsi (Amasis)
of the xxvi. dynasty.
Div. 3. Basalt, porcelain, carnelian, composition, SfC
Scarabeei completely carved; most of them have rings
or perforations under the body.
Div. 4. Basalt, serpentine, marble, hematite, steatite,
£fc. Sepulchral scarabeei, generally engraved with a
prayer or formula, extracted from the ritual, relative to
the heart or soul, of which it was probably the emblem.
Considerable difference exists in the length of the inscriptions ; but they often contain the name of the deceased. The inscribed sepulchral scarabsei are found
between the folds of the interior bandages of the mummies ; the uninscribed on the flesh itself. The inscription is on the base; but the names and titles of the deceased, figures of deities, & c , are found on the elytra
and corslet. From the difference observable in the elytra,
different species of the insect seem to be represented.
Among these are a small green jasper scarabaeus, set in a
semi-oval plinth of gold, said to have been found in the
coffin of king Enintef, but bearing the name of the king
Savakem . . f; several bear the names of different functionaries; one has a heart-shaped vein, in which is engraved a bennou, and at its sides " the heart of the sun*"

366

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

[EGYPTIAN

In this division are other amulets, in form of a vase^
human heart, two fingers of the hand, &c.
Div. 5. Linen, Bandlets from mummies.
Gold, silver, tin, iron. Ornaments taken from the bodies of mummies ; one has stamped upon it the figure of
Osiris pethempamentes.
Wood. Tesserae from Grseco-Egyptian mummies,
bearing inscriptions relative to Heras, Theano, and Harpocration.
Linen.
Sepulchral sandals; one of papyrus, with
part of a Greek inscription ; another has a figure of a
foreigner bound hand and foot, with an inscription relative to all the enemies of the deceased being under the
sandals.
Linen.
Hypocephalus with Chnouphis quadrifrons?
and other deities. Presented by J. G. Wilkinson, Esq.,
1834.
Leather. Fragments embossed with figures of Osorkon I. or II., and Amoun-ra Harsaphes.
Div. 6. Gilded ornaments of wood or linen, representing deities, & c , and portions of garlands from mummies.
Over Case A.—Bronze. Chnouph or Kneph, the ramheaded type of Amoun seated, wearing the shenti. The
head attire is of diminished proportion, and the statue
of a very late era. 2 ft. h.
Over Cases A and B.— Wood. Outer coffin of Penamoun or Penamon, prophet priest of Amoun, holding
other sacerdotal offices. (See Case D. for the inner coffin,
and M M. for the body.) The face of the deceased is
of a dark coloured wood, with short square beard and
oskh. Below is a dedication to Osiris, with the names,
titles, & c , of the deceased. The goddess Athor, in a
net-work tunic, with pendent arms, bracelets, armlets, and
anklets, and bearing on her head the symbol of the west,
is depicted on the interior of the lower half, or chest,
standing, in profile to the right. 6 ft. 8 j in. h., 2 ft. J
hi.l.
Over Case G. Bronze. Female, probably a deity,
standing, her right hand clasped, her left flat and open.
The whole has been gilded and covered with stucco, 2
ft. 6 | in. h.

ROOM.]

EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.

36?

Over Case K.—Wood. Coffin of . .. month, priest9
divine father of Amoun, son of Herisnauf, a similar
functionary, and of a female named Khonsates; the face
of the deceased is red, with a long narrow beard. On
the body are Netpe, the judgment scene of the Amenti, and
the embalmment scene; at each side, a procession of
deities facing upwards ; on the right, Thmou, Osiris Onnophris, the four genii of the Amenti, Thoth, Seb, Anubis,
and Neith, each of whom respectively addresses the deceased ; on the left, Ra, Tore, the four genii of the
Amenti, and other deities whose names or attributes are
obliterated ; the rest of the body is covered with dedications to Osiris, Anubis, Ra, and the invocations of different
deities. The ground of the coffin is yellow, the hieroglyphics black; round the whole of the scenes on the
3id is a snake, with its tail placed under its head. The
back of the coffin has also been painted; on the right
side, cynocephali and other figures are visible; those on
the left are obliterated. 5 ft. 11 \ in. h.
Over Case S.^-Wood. Mummy case, scooped out of
a single tree ; the head in a feathered claft, the face
black, the body covered by the wings and tail of a bird;
on the chest a vulture ; on the soles of the feet, I sis and
Nephthys kneeling on altars ; down the body is a dedication to Osiris. No name remains, but the case is
apparently of the style and period of the coffin of king
Nentef, in Case S S. 6 ft. 1 in. h.
Over Case T.— Wood. Coffin of Mauteneimas, or
Mouteneimos, female musician of the goddess Maut,
daughter of Phaienkhons, priest, divine father of Amoun,
and of a female named Otai; her face flesh colour, in a
long claft; beneath a figure of Netpe is a door with
bolts, and under each wing a ram and vase, symbolic of
the god Chneph, or Chnouph. The usual scenes are
represented on the body. In front, a sepulchral dedication to Osiris pethempamentes, and " the address of
Osiris, lord of the east; he gives her soul to proceed
to the heaven, her body to the earth, to receive the good
and pure things of Osiris pethempamentes, the revealer
of good," &c. The ground of this coffin is yellow ; the
whole of coarse execution, and apparently of a very late
epoch. 5 ft. 11 in. h.
Over Case A A. Wood. Outer coffin of the lady

368

GALLERY OF A N T I Q U I T I E S .

Onkhsenofre. The lid has only a plain vertical line of
hieroglyphics, an invocation of the deceased, and in the
bottom of the chest is a figure of Netpe or Athor. The
face is coloured pink. 6 ft. 8 in. h.
Over Case B B.—Inner coffin of Mautemmen (see
the body in Case Z Z.), female attached to the worship of
Amoun, in the shape of a mummy.
The hands are
crossed on the breast; on the top of the head are flowers
of the lotus ; the feet are carved ; down the centre, the invocation of the deceased. The coffin is covered with
stucco, and of a buff colour. 6 ft. 3 in. h.
Over Case C C. Wood. Outer coffin of Amouniriou,
functionary of the palace of the queen Amounertais.
Face bearded, single line of hieroglyphics in front, and
in the bottom of the chest, figure of Netpe. 6 ft. 8 in. h.
Over Case D D.—Mummy of a crocodile, in its bandages. 6 ft. S\ in. 1. Presented by the Rev. Vere Monro.
Over Case E E . Glass case containing the bones of a
mummied ibis, with insects and other contents of the stomach, prepared by Sir Anthony Carlisle, in 1805. In
the drawer are various fragments of bandages, & c , two of
them of worsted. Presented by Sir Joseph Banks.
Over Case 1 1 . Bronze, Osiris onnophris, in the shaa
or upper part of the pschent; the eyes have been inlaid
with some other material; the whole covered writh stucco,
and gilded. 2 ft. 10 in. h.
Over Cases K K., L L. Outer coffin of Tatshbapem
(see Case N N . for the inner coffin and mummy); the
face is flesh colour ; on the exterior are invocations and
dedications to Osiris, and within the chest, Netpe, full
faced, with elevated arms ; in each hand -9~. 6 ft. 6 in. h.
Over Case L L. Bronze. Osiris pethempamentes,
standing, wearing the otf.
Over the Door.™Leather. Cross from the vestment of a
Copt priest, supposed to be of an era not later than A.D.
640 ; it is gilt, and embossed with a double spiral pattern :
the right arm of the transverse bar is imperfect. 2 ft. 6
in. h., 1 ft. 6 in. b. Medinat Abou. Presented by J. G.
Wilkinson, Esq., 1834.
'
EXPLANATION OF EGYPTIAN TERMS.
CLAFT.—Head-dress with long lappets pendent on the shoulders
and neck. See statue of Amenof III. ,Egyptian Saloon, 21.
Coffins of mummied, &c.

ETRUSCAN ROOM.—MEDAL ROOM.

369

GOM.—Sort of sceptre, terminating in the head of an animal called
the koucoupha. See in the hands of a male figure in a fresco
painting, Eg. Sal. 176, and object Egypt. Room, Case G-. div. 3,&c.
OSKH.—Semicircular collar or tippet worn round the neck. See
bust of Rameses I I . or I I I . (Sesostris), Eg. Sal. 19. Object iii
Case B B. div. 4, &c.
OTF.—Crown of Osiris and other deities, composed of a conical cap
flanked by two ostrich feathers, with a disc in front, placed on
the horns of a goat, Seefig.of Osiris, Case B. div. 2, &c.
PSCHENT.—Cap or crown worn by deities and Pharaohs, composed
of the shaa and teshr. See Pharaonic head, Eg. Sal. 15.
SHAA.—Conical cap, upper portion of the pschent, Called also ouobsh or white. See statue of Menephtah II., jEg. Sal. 61.
SHENTI.—Short garment worn round the loins. See statue of
Amenof I I I . , Eg. Sal. 21. Bronze fig. of Amoun-ra, Egypt.
Room, Case A. div. 2, &c.
TESHR.—The 6 red' cap, lower portion of the pschent, cylindrical
cap, with tall inclined peak behind and spiral ornament in front.
See fig. Neith, Egypt. Room, Case A. div. 2. Amulets, Case
A A A . div. 5.
TOSH—Royal military cap. Bas-relief of Rameses I I . (Sesostris),
Egypt. Room, Case U. div. 4.

E T R U S C A N ROOM.
In this Room is a large collection of Greek and Etruscan Vases, which are at present in course of arrangement.
M E D A L ROOM.
At the farther end of the Tenth Room is the M E D A L
ROOM, where are deposited a large collection of Coins and
Medals, the basis of which was formed by the cabinets of
' Sir Hans Sloane and Sir Robert Cotton, and which has
been from time to time enlarged by many valuable purchases and donations, but principally by the munificent
donation of H i s late MAJESTY, K I N G GEORGE IV., and
by the bequests of the Rev. C. M. Crach erode, and R. P .
Knight,' Esq. I t is comprehended under the three following heads:
1. Ancient Coins.
2. Modern Coins.
3. Medals.
The first of these heads consists of Greek and Roman
coins.

370

P R I N T ROOM.

The Greek coins are arranged in geographical order,
and include all those struck with Greek characters, in
Greece, or elsewhere, by kings, states, or cities, which
were independent of the Romans. With this class are
placed likewise the coins of free states and cities, which
made use of either the Etruscan, Roman, Punic, Spanish,
or other characters.
The Roman coins are placed, as far as it can be ascertained, in chronological order. They consist of the As and its
divisions; Family or Consular coins; Imperial coins struck
in Rome; Imperial coins struck in E g y p t ; Imperial coins
struck with Greek characters, in different states and cities
subject to the Romans; Imperial coins struck in the Roman
colonies; Imperial coins struck with Punic characters;
and Contorniates.
The second head, comprising modern coins, consists of
Anglo-Saxon, English, Anglo-Gallic, Scotch, and Irish
coins, and likewise the coins of foreign nations. This
class is arranged according to the respective countries to
which the coins belong, those of each country being kept
separate.
The third head, which comprises a class considerably
more modern than either of those which precede it, consists of medals struck in our own country, and of those
which have been struck abroad. These are arranged in
the same manner as the modern coins.
EDW. HAWKINS.
Oct. 16, 1840.

P R I N T ROOM.
This Room, at the south end of the east wing, contains
an extensive and valuable collection of prints and drawings, an important part of which were bequeathed by the
Rev. C. M. CRACHERODE, and RICHARD PAYNE K N I G H T ,

Esq.
The contents of the M E D A L and P R I N T ROOMS can

be

seen only by very few persons at a time, and by particular
permission.
HENRY ELLIS.
Oct. 16, 1840.

PRICES

OF

CASTS

FROM A N C I E N T MARBLES, BRONZES, ETC.,
IN

THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
ELGIN
Nos.
65.
66.
71.
77.
74.
72.
67.
63.
68.
70.
76.
118.
75.
64.
271.
69.
73.
143.
79.
294.
156.
207.

MARBLES.

PEDIMENTS, ETC., OF T H E PARTHENON.
[painted black.]
Hyperion
Right Arm of Hyperion [separate] .
.
.
.
Heads of Horses of Hyperion .
.
.
.
Theseus
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Ceres and Proserpine
Iris
.
.
.
Torso of Victory
One of the Fates
The two other Fates
.
.
.
.
.
.
Horse's Head
.
.
. • .
.
.
.
Ilissus .
.
.
Torso of Cecrops
Fragment of the Head of Minerva
.
.
.
Fragment of the Body of Minerva
.
.
.
.
Torso of Neptune
Fragment of Serpent
Torso of Victory without wings
-.
.
.
Fragment of Latona
Torso of a Youth
.
Torso of a Female Figure
Torso of a Youth, probably part of a Metope
.
Fragment of a Female Figure .
.
.
.
Capital of a Column [one quarter]
.
.
.
.

£ s. d*
I 10 0
0 10 0
. 3 0 0
8
0 0
36 0 0
12 0 0
. 3 0 0
16 0 0
36 0 0
0 18 0
8 0 0
3 0 0
. 0 5 0
1 10 0
3 0 0
0 3 0
. 3 0 0
5 0 0
0 5 0
0 5 0
. 0 5 0
1 2
0
1 10 0

METOPES OF THE PARTHENON.
11. Metope
2.
8.
12.

,

. 3 0
3 10
3 10
, 2 10

0
0
0
0

OS
CD

03
C*

03
CJ

03 03 03
-si Cn Or

-3
CD

Or 3^

O i f » - « D W H < ! 0 3 0 i ^

B

B

tr1 co ir- w 5

B

0

1

•Tj

TEL •

TL

3
(J.
co

^
ffi
to

3

^
g
t«

O
*2

CO
GO

HJ H - H- 1-1 H- i-i i— h - i - - H - ' 0 > - ' O H - O 0 i —
O

0

0

0

0

0

p
0

o

0
0

0
0

0
0

0

0

0

0

0
0

»

0
0

0
:

»
0

0
0

0

n

0

0

t
0

^

1— i — t - i O S H - ' O i - ' O i ^ i ^ i ^

0 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 ^

0

O O O O O O C T t O O O t O S *

0
0

0

0
0

0

0

0

0

0
0

03 0 0 3 0 0 0
0

0

0

0

0 0

o

o

o

.

o

o

o

o

o

o

o

o

?

-

00

* • • • •

CD

> >>

#
a
3 5-

O

>

<*h
C r O C t O O O O O C ^ O O O O O x O O O O O O O O O O O O O i O O i - ' C J t O O O O O m O O O ;

© o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o i

PRICES OF CASTS.

PHIGALEIAN

£ s.
. 5 0
' . 3 10
. . 0 7

d.
0
0
6

. 4 7 10

0

7
2

0
0
.
. 5 0
.
.15 0
.
. 0 15
.
. 0 16
0 17
.
. 0 10
. . 0 7
0 10

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
6

0 12
. 0 10
. 1 1 2
. o 10
. o 12
0 12
. 0 10

0
0
0
0
0
0
6

MARBLES.

The whole frieze in twenty-three pieces
Single slabs in proportion.
TOWNLEY

.
.

.

Frieze of Temple of Victory in four pieces .
Icarus, No. 306 . . .
.
. .
Bas relief, No. 213

.

COLLECTION.

Venus, Room I I . No. 8
Venus, Room I I I . No. 22 '
Actaeon, Room I I I . N o . 45
,
.
Bacchus and Ampelus, Room I V . No. 8
Torso of Venus, Phigaleian Gallery .
Clytie, Room X I I . N o . 12.
.
.
Diomede, Room V I . No. 47
Jupiter Sarapis, Room V I . No. 68
.
Atys, Room V I . N o . 41
.
Pindar, Room I I I . N o . 39
Bassi relievi, v i z :
Room I I I . N o . 6
N o . 10 .
.
.
No. 12 .
.
.
No. 14 .
.
.
X I I . No. 1 .
.
.
No. 20
Leg of Table, Room X I . No. 24
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
. •
.
.

.
.
.
.

.

.

.
„
.
. .
.
.

.
.
.
.

BRONZES.
Apollo
. .
Small Apollo .
Mercury
.
D o . in Bronze
Jupiter

.
.
.
.

.
.
,
„

.
.
.
.

.

.
.
,
.

1
0
0
5
0

1
8
5
0
6

0
6
0
0
0

MISCELLANEOUS.
Rosetta Inscription
Cellini Cup
.
Terra Cotta Vase

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

. 0 7 0
0 10 0
. 0 5 0